home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
Text File | 1995-06-25 | 3.2 MB | 68,119 lines |
Text Truncated. Only the first 1MB is shown below. Download the file for the complete contents.
- Products Available
- 7.1
- • 105Mb removable drive for A5000 − Just after last month’s magazine
- went to the printers, we discovered that there is an IDE version of the
- 105Mb SyQuest removable drives. This means that you don’t need a SCSI
- podule − it can use the built-in IDE interface. Not only that, but the
- drives themselves are cheaper than the SCSI equivalent − £455 instead of
- £490. Also, they will fit inside the A5000 and are user-fittable − no
- soldering needed, just a screwdriver and enough technical common sense
- to follow the fitting instructions.
- 7.1
- These drives are not quite as fast as the SCSI version but they are up
- to 20% faster than the A5000’s own 80Mb drive and up to 40% faster than
- the 40Mb version.
- 7.1
- To show just how much cheaper these drives are than existing SyQuests, I
- have worked out the costings of a drive plus 200Mb of data storage and a
- drive plus 400Mb of storage. These are Archive VAT-inclusive prices.
- 7.1
- Drive type 200Mb 400Mb
- 7.1
- 42Mb £710 £1085
- 7.1
- 84Mb £750 £950
- 7.1
- 105Mb £530 £680
- 7.1
- This costing has been done on the assumption that you already have a
- SCSI podule. If not, you have to add £160 to the costing for the 42Mb
- and 84Mb versions but not the 105Mb as it is an IDE drive. (If you want
- the faster SCSI 105Mb drive, just add £35 to the above costings.
- 7.1
- • Acorn Pocket Book pricing − The lower price of the Acorn Pocket Book
- is being maintained for a little longer. They are currently available
- through Archive for £200. Similarly, the special price on Schedule (£19
- through Archive) is also being maintained and I think that there is
- going to be a special offer on the A-Link − see the Price List for
- details (if they arrive in time).
- 7.1
- • Almanac − Stallion Software Ltd have released a new version of
- Almanac. Existing users can have a free upgrade by sending their old
- disc to Stallion. The new version includes full support for 3D, larger
- icons, import/export, extendable notes, multiple telephone/fax numbers
- and support for FaxPack.
- 7.1
- • Alpine Adventure Collection − Alpine Soft-ware have released a games
- compilation including two of their original games, Cops and Plague
- Planet, plus one new one, Kidnapping − can you rescue your father, the
- famous scientist, who has been kidnapped? All three games come as a
- single compilation at £15 +VAT from Alpine Software.
- 7.1
- • Archive BBS on line! − With some invaluable help from Paul Welbank of
- StarNet BBS (0603-507216), we have got the Archive Bulletin Board up and
- running − well, sort of! It tends to be a bit fragile, so please report
- any teething troubles you find and also let us know what features you
- would like to see added. Give it a ring on 0603-766585.
- 7.1
- • Archive Hints & Tips − Matthew Hunter, who has been helping out at
- Norwich Computer Services over the summer has converted the whole of the
- Archive Hints & Tips data into Knowledge Organiser II format. This means
- that you can search through the data much more easily and quickly,
- looking for different topics, themes and/or words. This version will
- only work on machines with 2Mb RAM or more but you do not need to own KO
- II to run this application. It comes with full instructions and costs
- £12 inclusive to Archive members. Those who have bought the original
- Hints & Tips discs may return them for an upgrade for £2.
- 7.1
- • Archive words discs on removable − We have now made all the Archive
- words discs available on removable hard drives. On either a 42Mb, 84Mb
- or a 105Mb, you can have all the words from Archive 4.5 up to the
- current issue plus separate files for Hints & Tips and Products
- Available. The 42Mb disc version is £85, 84Mb is £110 and 105Mb is £85.
- 7.1
- • ARM3 + fpa deal − We have managed to get some better pricing on the
- ARM3 + fpa combination. We can now offer the two together with the fpa
- installed and tested for £235. If you have an old ARM3 for part
- exchange, you will only need to send us a cheque for £175.
- 7.1
- • Assembler Help − Stallion Software Ltd has now produced Assembler Help
- (using Strong-HLP). This stand-alone program gives help for assembly
- language programmers. It includes help on ARM instructions, FP
- instructions, assembler directives, variables, macros, instruction
- formats and instruction speeds. Assembler Help costs £15.95 +VAT from
- Stallion Software Ltd.
- 7.1
- • Blood Sport is a martial arts game from Matt Black featuring ten
- deadly opponents, each with a unique fighting style. Blood Sport costs
- £12 inclusive of VAT and carriage from Matt Black.
- 7.1
- • CD-ROM drives − Morley Electronics now have two “Revolution” CD-ROM
- drives available, an economy version for £299 +VAT and a high
- specification one, the Revolution Pro, for £499 +VAT (£350 and £575
- through Archive, respectively). Both the drives are fully multi-session
- and PhotoCD compatible but the Revolution Pro is capable of data
- transfer rates of over 300Kb/s.
- 7.1
- • Creator II − Alpine Software have produced an updated version of their
- game-creating program. The new version is £49 +VAT from Alpine and
- registered users of Creator can upgrade for £20 +VAT. New features
- include scroll text for demo writing, bar graph facility for displaying
- energy, shield levels, etc, tiled backgrounds for memory saving, and it
- now handles multi-level games. The new version comes on three discs with
- a 100 page manual.
- 7.1
- • Event is a diary system produced by ExpLAN for the Archimedes. It
- takes up very little space on the Archimedes and will talk to Schedule
- on the Pocket Book and Agenda on the Psion 3. Event costs £24.95
- inclusive from ExpLAN.
- 7.1
- • Ethernet Card − Digital Services are the latest company to announce an
- Ethernet expansion card for Acorn machines. The new card is now shipping
- in quantity and has apparently been designed to provide maximum possible
- bandwidth on thin Ethernet systems. It incorporates two features which
- are claimed to be unique: the computer’s CMOS RAM may be password
- protected, thus preventing unauthorised personnel from tampering with
- the configuration and, secondly, the NetGain for Ethernet client
- software is included in the ROM. The latter enables fast application
- loading when used in conjunction with the NetGain server pack. Currently
- the card is available to fit A3000, A3020 and A4000 and is priced at
- £139 +VAT from Digital Services.
- 7.1
- • Illusions Disc Magazine − Virtuality disc mag-azine and Illusions disc
- magazine have merged to form a single larger magazine. New prices for
- the bimonthly magazine are: 1 issue £2.50, 3 issues £7.50, 6 issues
- £14.50.
- 7.1
- • Impression tutorial − Illusions Disc Magazine have published a 10-part
- Impression tutorial on disc. The disc also contains some colour and b&w
- clipart to be used within the tutorial. This costs £9.95 inclusive from
- Illusions Disc Magazine.
- 7.1
- • JPEG Shareware disc − Stuart Bell has put together a Shareware disc
- with the latest versions of various JPEG applications. It contains:
- !FYEO, version 1.02; !Jewel, version 0.04; !JFIF, version 26th June
- 1993; !JPEGinst to install !JPEGit, version 1.11A, i.e. the PD version;
- !JView, version 0.07; djpeg (Keith Sloan’s implementation), file dated
- 18 Nov 1991; !ChangeFSI, version 0.90a; JPEG-FAQ − a text file pulled
- off Usenet and headed “JPEG image compression: Frequently Asked
- Questions”. This is available as Archive Shareware Disc 51.
- 7.1
- • Keyboards on special offer − If your keyboard is getting a little
- unreliable, (e.g. CapsLock problems) then you can try cleaning it. (See
- page 32 for details.) If the problems persist, it might be worth
- thinking of replacing it with a brand new keyboard. We have managed to
- get hold of about ten brand new Acorn keyboards (as supplied with A5000)
- and can sell them at a special price of £95 instead of the normal price
- of £123. If you want to buy a new Acorn mouse at the same time you can
- buy keyboard plus mouse for £130.
- 7.1
- • Keystroke is a new desktop utility which allows you to perform a range
- of desktop activities, including using existing desktop programs like
- Impression by just pressing keys. We mentioned it last month but forgot
- to say that it is available for £29.95 inclusive from Quantum Software.
- It is now also available through Archive for £28. (See the review on
- page 21.)
- 7.1
- • Kim’s Game − There is now a computer version of the familiar parlour
- game which took on a new meaning in The Generation Game! Kim’s Game from
- Le Computer offers “hours of fun for all the family” for £25 inclusive
- of VAT and p&p.
- 7.1
- • Lexicon 2 − Stallion Software Ltd have rel-eased a new version of
- Lexicon. Existing users can have a free upgrade by sending their old
- disc to Stallion. The new version includes cloze testing, vocabulary
- testing and 3D-look. Russian, French and German versions are available.
- 7.1
- • Lingo Master − This is described by its author, Nigel Caplan, as “a
- unique shareware program which allows anyone to learn any language at
- any level for just £5 registration”. The aim of the pro-gram is to help
- you with your vocabulary storage and learning. It allows you to enter
- vocabulary (it comes with 2,000 words in three languages) and then tests
- you on that vocabulary. You can get an unregistered version for £1 or
- register for £5 or get a full site licence for £10 from Nigel Caplan, 33
- Alwoodley Lane, Leeds, LS17 7PU.
- 7.1
- • Memory madness − There is a general rise in the price of memory at the
- moment and supply is getting difficult on some items. In particular, the
- A3020/A4000 2Mb upgrades will not be available until early October and
- we think they will be about £95 instead of the current £70. We do have
- two 2Mb upgrades left in stock but will only sell them with A4000
- computers. The A3000 1-2Mb upgrade is now £70 and the 1-4Mb is £140.
- 7.1
- • Morley hard drives − Morley Electronics have extended their range of
- hard drives up to 500Mb. New Archive prices are as follows:
- 7.1
- Size (Mb) Internal External
- 7.1
- 40 £320 £400
- 7.1
- 80 £400 £480
- 7.1
- 120 £490 £570
- 7.1
- 240 £700 £780
- 7.1
- 330 £780 £860
- 7.1
- 500 £1100 £1180
- 7.1
- • Phases à la Français − There is now a French version of the popular
- Phases WP/DTP package. Phases à la Français costs £24 (+£3 p&p) +VAT
- from NW SEMERC.
- 7.1
- • Print, design and bureau service for Acorn computer users. Alternative
- Publishing in Glasgow are offering various services to Archimedes users
- who need to get their DTP output professionally typeset and printed.
- Contact Majid Anwar at Alternative Publishing for more details.
- 7.1
- • Replay DIY − Irlam Instruments can provide you with the means of
- creating your own computer movies. Replay DIY consists of a single-width
- podule plus software. You need an ARM3, at least 2Mb of RAM (4Mb for
- preference) and a fast hard disc to run it. (The new version of the
- A5000 would be ideal!) Plug in a video camera and you can start to
- record live sequences − or pre-record and digitise from a video
- recorder. Remember though that it chews up an awful lot of disc space −
- about 20Mb/minute! The software then compresses this down to about
- 4.5Mb/minute. Replay DIY costs £250 +VAT from Irlam Instruments or £285
- through Archive including carriage.
- 7.1
- (Is anyone already using Replay DIY? Would anyone be prepared to give us
- their views and/or hints & tips regarding its use?)
- 7.1
- • Resultz is here! − Colton Software’s new spreadsheet that links in
- with their wordprocessor, Wordz is now available. (See PipeLineZ for de-
- tails, on page 45.) It costs £119 +VAT or £125 through Archive. (If you
- buy it direct from Colton before 15th October, the price is only £119
- inc VAT − Archive will match the offer until the same date.)
- 7.1
- • RISC OS 3 special offer coming to an end − Acorn have said that the
- special offer on RISC OS 3 (i.e. £49 instead of £89) has been extended
- up to the end of October but that the A5000 version (£29) will be
- discontinued forthwith. We still have a few of each in stock.
- 7.1
- • Scanlight price drop − With the coming of the Scanlight Video 256 (see
- Products Available last month) there has been a small drop in price of
- the Scanlight 256. This has now dropped to an Archive price of £215. The
- A3000/4000 version stays at £225.
- 7.1
- • Scanlight Plus A4 discontinued (sort of!) − CC are having problems
- getting hold of the sheetfeeders for their A4 Scanlight scanners. They
- still have the scanners (£325) and these are going to be available,
- “while stocks last”. We have some of the A3000 version available,
- normally £325, but we will sell them (to clear stocks) £285 − cf the A5
- version at £225.
- 7.1
- • Schedule re-scheduled!!!! − Once again, please accept our apologies
- (on behalf of Acorn) to the dozens of you who are sitting waiting for
- Schedule for the Acorn Pocket Book. The delivery date has slipped back
- and Acorn are now saying that they will be coming to us in the week
- commencing 17th September.
- 7.1
- • Stokke Wing chairs − We have sold quite a few of the chairs we
- mentioned last month but are having difficulty importing more. The ones
- available from stock at the moment are beech and rosewood (not teak) and
- the cover colours available are black, navy blue, light blue, red,
- beige, green, plum or dark grey. They cost £320 each.
- 7.1
- • StrongEd from Stallion Software is “a fast, compact and powerful
- editor that supports editing multiple files and throwback”. Strong-Ed is
- written in assembler and occupies less than 200Kb of RAM. It costs
- £25.70 +VAT from Stallion Software.
- 7.1
- • Tales of Lore is a dungeon style games program in which you, the
- goodie, are fighting against the bad guys and solving various puzzles
- along the way. This game runs on all 1Mb RISC OS 3 machines and is
- available from UK Software for £29.95 inclusive.
- 7.1
- • Vigil − If you find debugging your multitasking programs a chore,
- Vigil from Rhein-gold Enterprises should be rather helpful to you. It
- allows you to see what is going on inside your program while it is
- running, i.e. the state of its memory, variable, etc. Vigil costs £24.95
- inclusive from Rheingold or £23 through Archive.
- 7.1
- Review software received...
- 7.1
- We have received review copies of the following: 1st Paint (e), Alpha-
- Sound (e), Archimedes Game Maker’s Manual (programming book), ArcVenture
- III − The Vikings (e), CADMust (computer aided circuit design), Choices
- (e), E-Numix (e), Frontier 2000 (e), Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e),
- Gestalt 2 − Time & Fractions (e), Kim’s Game (ge), Letters (e), Mini
- Expansion Adaptor (h), Pictogram + Word Library (e), Sea, Trade & Empire
- (e), Small Steps (e), Soapbox (e), Sounds & Rhymes (e), Splash (ea),
- StrongEd (u), Switch (g), Tiles (e), TOM computer simulator (see 6.5 p9)
- (e).
- 7.1
- e=Education, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music, u=Utility,
- a=Art. A
- 7.1
- Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
- spiritual health.
- 7.1
- First of all, I must apologise to those of you who thought that this
- God-slot had finally been pushed out... only to find it had been put,
- temporarily, at the back of the magazine!
- 7.1
- Thanks for all the very interesting correspondence it provoked − whether
- to support or to object. Surprisingly, there were many who called
- themselves atheists or agnostics who were in support of the God-slot and
- I am especially grateful for their support. This brings me to my main
- point this month which I know is going to alienate quite a few of those
- who declared their support for me (sorry!)...
- 7.1
- The biggest danger both inside and outside the church today is the “live
- and let live” philosophy − statements like, “It doesn’t matter what you
- believe as long as you are sincere.” or “All religions lead to God.”.
- These just do NOT square with the real Christian message. Read for
- youself what Jesus said and then try to tell me that he only said “nice”
- things like “love your neighbour”, etc.
- 7.1
- Did Jesus say, (John 14v6) “I am one way (to God), an aspect of the
- truth and a source of life”? No, he said, “I am THE way, THE truth and
- THE life. (my capitals) No-one comes to the Father except through me”.
- Or how about that familiar passage, John 3v16: “God so loved the world
- that he gave his one and only Son that whoever believes in him shall not
- miss out on God’s blessing...” No, that is not what he said! He actually
- said that “shall not perish”. Perish? Surely Jesus wouldn’t condemn
- anyone, would he? Surely, Christianity is about love and acceptance?
- Well, try reading on to verse 18... “whoever does not believe stands
- condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God’s one
- and only Son..” Condemned? Just because he didn’t believe in Jesus?
- That’s not very nice!
- 7.1
- Some will say I am quoting Jesus out of context and misrepresenting him.
- OK, read it for yourself and prove me wrong. No, if you are a person of
- integrity, there are only two reactions to Jesus’ claims. You will
- either say, “He is demon-possessed and raving mad. Why listen to him?”
- (which is what they said about Jesus in John 10v20) or “This man really
- is the Saviour of the world.” (John 4v42)
- 7.1
- I have some free copies of John’s gospel. I will send one to anyone who
- is prepared to read it. What is more, I will give a year’s free
- subscription to Archive to anyone who can honestly come up with any
- conclusion about Jesus other than that he was mad, bad or the Son of
- God.
- 7.1
- Norwich Computer Services 96a Vauxhall Street, Norwich, NR2 2SD.
- 0603−766592 (−764011)
- 7.1
- 4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
- 7.1
- 4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
- 8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
- 7.1
- Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
- 6QA.
- 7.1
- Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
- Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
- 7.1
- Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
- 342510)
- 7.1
- Alternative Publishing Suite 91, 9A
- Pentagon House, 36 Washington Street, Glasgow, G3 8AZ. (041-248-2322)
- (041-248-3638)
- 7.1
- Atomwide Ltd 7 The Metro Centre, Bridge Road, Orpington, Kent, BR5 2BE.
- 7.1
- (0689-838852) (0689-896088)
- 7.1
- Cambridgeshire Software House 7 Free
- Church Passage, St Ives, PE17 4AY. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
- 7.1
- Chalksoft P.O. Box 49, Spalding, Lincs, PE11 1NZ. (0775-769518)
- 7.1
- Clares Micro Supplies 98
- Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
- 7.1
- (0606-48511) (0606-48512)
- 7.1
- Colton Software (p10) 2 Signet
- Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881)
- 7.1
- (0223-312010)
- 7.1
- Computer Concepts (pp19/20) Gaddesden
- Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
- 7.1
- (0442-231632)
- 7.1
- Cygnus Software 11 Newmarke Street, Leicester, LE1 5SS.
- 7.1
- Dalriada Data Technology (p5) 145 Albion
- Street, Kenilworth, Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
- 7.1
- Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
- 210600)
- 7.1
- (0705-210705)
- 7.1
- EESOX 5 Hillfield Road, Comberton, Cambridge, CB3 7DB. (0223-264242)
- 7.1
- ExpLAN 34 Drake Gardens, Tavistock, Devon, PL19 9AT. (0822-613868)
- 7.1
- HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760)
- 7.1
- (091-491-0431)
- 7.1
- Holdfast Computing Strode
- House, Strode Gardens, Alveston, Bristol, BS12 2PL. (0454-411126)
- 7.1
- Human Computer Interface Ltd 25 City
- Road, Cambridge CB1 1DP. (0223-314934) (0223-462562)
- 7.1
- Illusions Disc Magazine 42 Wimborne
- Gardens, Ealing, London, W13 8BZ.
- 7.1
- Iota Software Ltd St John’s
- Innovation Centre, Cowley Road, Cambridge, CB4 4WS.
- 7.1
- (0223-421542) (0223-421543)
- 7.1
- Krisalis Software Teque House,
- Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
- 7.1
- Lambda Publications (p16) 194 Cheney
- Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-695296)
- 7.1
- Le Computer Main Road, Willows Green, Chelmsford, CM3 1QB. (0245-
- 362225)
- 7.1
- (0245-362225)
- 7.1
- Leading Edge 376 Meanwood Road, Leeds, LS7 2JH. (0532-621111) (0532-
- 374163)
- 7.1
- Longman-Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
- 4ZS.
- 7.1
- (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
- 7.1
- Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
- 7.1
- Morley Electronics Morley
- House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355)
- (091-257-6373)
- 7.1
- Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
- 627-4469)
- 7.1
- Oak Solutions (p6) Broadway
- House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
- 211760) (0954-211760)
- 7.1
- Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
- Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
- 7.1
- Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
- 411162 after 6)
- 7.1
- Really Small Software Company Olivers
- Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467 - eve & w/e)
- 7.1
- Rheingold Enterprises 7
- Waterbridge Court, Appleton, Warrington, WA4 3BJ. (0925-210657)
- 7.1
- Risc Developments (p23) 117 Hatfield
- Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
- 7.1
- Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
- 7.1
- Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
- House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
- 7.1
- Storm Educational Software Coachman’s
- Quarters, Digby Road, Sherbourne, Dorset, DT9 3NN. (0935-817699)
- 7.1
- System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
- AL7 4TB. (0707-395500) (0707-395501)
- 7.1
- TBA Software 24 Eastgate, Aberystwyth, Dyfed, SY23 2AR. (0970-626785)
- 7.1
- UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
- 474681)
- 7.1
- Oak Solutions (p6) Broadway
- House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
- 211760) (0954-211760)
- 7.1
- Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
- Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
- 7.1
- Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
- 411162 after 6)
- 7.1
- Really Small Software Company Olivers
- Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467)
- 7.1
- Rheingold Enterprises 7
- Waterbridge Court, Appleton, Warrington, WA4 3BJ. (0925-210657)
- 7.1
- Risc Developments (p23) 117 Hatfield
- Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303)
- 7.1
- (0727-860263)
- 7.1
- Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
- 7.1
- Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
- House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
- 7.1
- Storm Educational Software Coachman’s
- Quarters, Digby Road, Sherbourne, Dorset, DT9 3NN.
- 7.1
- (0935-817699)
- 7.1
- System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
- AL7 4TB.
- 7.1
- (0707-395500) (0707-395501)
- 7.1
- TBA Software 24 Eastgate, Aberystwyth, Dyfed, SY23 2AR. (0970-626785)
- 7.1
- UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
- 474681)
- 7.1
- Unveiling the Vision
- 7.1
- The ‘Vision for the Future Mk II’ is gradually being unveiled by Acorn.
- It is now clear that their vision is most certainly not limited to an
- exciting new ARM700/VIDC20/256Mb RAM machine some time in the new year.
- The vision starts NOW.
- 7.1
- Acorn have launched some newly bundled packages for A3010, A4000 and
- A5000. They have improved the software content, souped up the
- specification for the A5000 and yet reduced all the prices! The idea is
- obviously to capitalise on the current weakness of Amiga and Atari and
- get into the home market in a very big way this autumn and winter. The
- pricing and the marketing are both very aggressive, the latter being
- based round a huge press campaign offering a free video which will show
- the strengths of the Acorn machines and how it ‘blows the opposition out
- of the water’.
- 7.1
- Details are hazy at the moment but as information is released, we will
- do our best to keep you up-to-date with all that’s happening. (Check out
- the Price List for any last minute details that we discover.) For the
- main bulk of the information that we know already, turn to page 7 and
- read the section in Acorn World show report.
- 7.1
- Exciting times, aren’t they?!
- 7.1
- Paul Beverley
- 7.1
- P.B.
- 7.1
- Dalriada
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 18
- 7.1
- Oak
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 20
- 7.1
- Acorn World Report − 2
- 7.1
- Paul Beverley
- 7.1
- The exciting news this month is the launch of a range of new, bigger and
- better and yet cheaper computer bundles, each with an impressive set of
- ‘free’ software. Most of them are based on the existing, unmodified
- computers but one has an upgraded computer.
- 7.1
- New, faster A5000
- 7.1
- At last, Acorn have done something about the major gap at the top end of
- their RISC OS computer range (I mean apart from the ARM700/VIDC20/256Mb
- RAM mega computer to be launched next year). The A540 has long been out-
- moded with its 800Kb floppy drive but the A5000 was always short of
- memory at a maximum of 4Mb. There have been third-party memory upgrades
- beyond 4Mb but none are what you would call ‘cheap and reliable’.
- 7.1
- The new A5000s have a RAM capacity of up to 8Mb. They have, of course,
- got the higher density 1.6Mb floppy drive but it is better than the A540
- in one other important way − it is faster. Acorn have commissioned from
- VLSI some higher speed ARM3 chips. These run at 33MHz − even faster than
- the early A540s that had a 30MHz processor and certainly faster than the
- majority of A540s that had the 24MHz ARM3.
- 7.1
- For the technically-minded, these higher speed processors are built with
- the new 0.8µ fabrication process which can ensure trouble-free operation
- at 33MHz clock rates. The floating point accelerator will also be
- available in this new higher speed version before the end of the year.
- Until then, only 24MHz machines will be able to have FPAs fitted.
- 7.1
- The 33MHz clock means a raw speed increase of 30%. In real terms, this
- means that, depending on the application, you can expect to see about
- 20% speed improvement. Neil Gardener, Acorn’s Product Manager, says that
- the A5000 is now faster, in terms of measured performance, than a
- typical 33MHz 486 PC.
- 7.1
- The new A5000 will comes in four models which echo the existing models:
- 2Mb/80Mb, 4Mb/160Mb and the two network versions, Econet and Ethernet.
- 7.1
- A5000 pricing
- 7.1
- The A5000 computers, although higher specification, are lower in price!
- The 2Mb/80Mb model is £1499 incVAT and the 4Mb/160Mb is £1699 incVAT.
- (They are currently £1644 and £1879 incVAT, i.e. price drops of £145 and
- £180 respectively.)
- 7.1
- The hard-disc-less A5000s are £1382 and £1499 incVAT for the Econet and
- Ethernet versions respectively.
- 7.1
- We don’t yet have any pricing information for the 4-8Mb upgrades. (See
- Price List for latest news.)
- 7.1
- New Acorn bundles
- 7.1
- The new bundles are, for the A3010, an Action Pack (to replace the
- Family Solution) and a re-vamped Learning Curve and, for the A4000 and
- A5000, a re-vamped Home Office or the same Learning Curve as for the
- A3010.
- 7.1
- The idea is to provide a more versatile set of packages than at present.
- Also, as well as providing ready-to-run software, each bundle has some
- ‘interactive demonstration software’, i.e. the sorts of demos you get on
- some of the Acorn User, Acorn Computing and Archimedes World program
- discs.
- 7.1
- The A3010 is only available as a 1Mb Action Pack or a 2Mb Learning Curve
- but you can buy the A4000 and the two A5000 hard-drive versions with
- Home Office, Learning Curve or neither.
- 7.1
- The Action Pack
- 7.1
- This has Zool (see the review on page 39), StartWrite and an audio
- training tape plus interactive demonstrations of Lemmings, Chuck Rock,
- Fervour and Superpool.
- 7.1
- The Learning Curve Pack
- 7.1
- The Learning Curve includes, as we suspected, Acorn Advance (WP,
- spreadsheet, database + graphs) and PC Emulator (the name PCSoft seems
- to have been dropped) with DR DOS 6 as well as the audio training tape.
- The interactive demonstrations included are: Rhapsody, ScoreDraw,
- VoxBox, Fervour, SmArt, Naughty Stories, Topographer, Darryl the Dragon,
- Crystal Rain Forest and ArcVenture Vikings.
- 7.1
- The Home Office Pack
- 7.1
- The Home Office includes EasiWriter, DataPower (instead of Desktop
- Database as was supplied with the old Home Office), PipeDream 4 and the
- PC Emulator with DR DOS 6 as well as the audio training tape. (Even at
- Archive prices, that’s almost £600 worth of software!) The interactive
- demonstrations are: Prophet and Almanac.
- 7.1
- A3010 pricing
- 7.1
- The A3010 Action Pack costs £399 incVAT (cf £499 for the old Family
- Solution). If you want a monitor, that makes it £648 with an AKF30
- monitor or £698 with an AKF18. The A3010 Learning Curve is £749 incVAT
- with an AKF30 or £799 with an AKF18. That’s a decrease of £50 on the old
- A3010 Learning Curve and you get the much-improved range of software.
- 7.1
- A4000/5000 pricing
- 7.1
- The prices (all including VAT) of the A4000 and A5000 computers with
- their different packs are:
- 7.1
- Base LC HO
- 7.1
- A4000† 2Mb/80Mb £999 £1049
- £1099
- 7.1
- A5000 2Mb/80Mb £1499 £1549
- £1599
- 7.1
- A5000 4Mb/160Mb £1699 £1749
- £1799
- 7.1
- †A4000 has AKF30 monitor as standard. Add £50 for an AKF18 multisync
- monitor.
- 7.1
- Hitting the consumer market
- 7.1
- As well as marketing the new computer bundles, Acorn are making major
- efforts to get a huge range of games titles available and are hoping
- that many of them will be released at the same time as the PC and Amiga
- versions. They are making experienced ARM programmers available to help
- software houses port leading games titles to run on Acorn systems.
- Efforts are being made to involve as many of the mainstream software
- publishers as possible. These will include US Gold, Gremlin, Renegade,
- Ocean and Electronic Arts.
- 7.1
- The other major move in this area is to involve Centresoft. They are a
- leading distributor and wholesaler of home entertainment software, video
- games, accessories and low-end business software applications. The
- expectation is that their established links with leading high street
- multiples will result in the early availability of Acorn titles in key
- retail outlets such as Virgin, Boots, John Menzies and W H Smith.
- Acorn’s Consumer Sales and Marketing Manager, Richard Percey, says, “We
- are strongly positioning Acorn as the choice for home ‘edutainment’
- computing. Acorn already have an impressive range of education software
- but we recognise the need to balance this with a strong base of
- entertainment titles.”
- 7.1
- Acorn’s ad campaign
- 7.1
- Acorn are using a rather different advertising campaign this autumn/
- winter, leading up to Christmas, to try to sell these new computer
- packages. Instead of using TV commercials, Acorn are going to get the
- commercials actually into people’s homes. The ad campaign, which is
- based on trade and national press publications, is offering a free 20
- minute information video featuring Blue Peter’s John Leslie.
- 7.1
- The video focuses on both the Acorn range of computers and other
- manufacturers’ computers that are aimed at the home computer market
- giving “a visual and incisive comparison of the different products
- available” − just wait until you see it − you’ll love it! The video also
- aims to be informative so that when people go to buy a computer, they
- will understand more about what they are buying and what are the issues
- on which to base their purchasing decision. (To me, this shows that
- Acorn really believe that their computers are the best, if they are
- making such an effort to enable people to make an informed decision
- about their computer purchase, rather than just trying to sell on some
- kind of hype.)
- 7.1
- Nametape promotion
- 7.1
- One strand of Acorn’s campaign is a promotion in partnership with J & J
- Cash, the leading supplier of children’s nametapes. Acorn and J & J Cash
- will be offering “ten Archimedes 32-bit RISC computers and 50,000
- entertainment and educational software vouchers worth £200 each”. Yes,
- that’s over £10 million. (I think we need a few more details before we
- get too excited! My guess is that it’s something like... if you buy a
- set of nametapes, you get a chance to win a computer and also a voucher
- that is worth £200 off software when you buy an Acorn computer − so to
- get your £10M worth of vouchers, you need to buy £50M worth of computers
- − more than Acorn’s 1992 turnover. What a cynic I am!)
- 7.1
- Laser light show
- 7.1
- Acorn have signed up Laser Grafix to add a further touch of excitement
- to Acorn World. (For the old fogies like me, Laser Grafix are apparently
- well known for providing top flight rock bands − from Deep Purple to
- Elton John − with spectacular laser light shows for their tours.)
- 7.1
- Yes, you’ve guessed it... At the heart of the Laser Grafix control
- systems are Archimedes computers. Even their Prisma single output system
- “is able to display far more effects, including text, than conventional
- twin and triple scan laser systems currently on the market.”
- 7.1
- Apparently, Laser Grafix’ systems use two types of laser − Argon which
- gives blue and green and Krypton which gives red. With these, they can
- produce white light that will provide the full spectrum of colours.
- 7.1
- By synchronisation with standard time code equipment, the Prisma can
- also interact with, and give precision timing to, slide and video
- presentations, whilst any graphics or text can be converted into a full
- colour laser image.
- 7.1
- Education section
- 7.1
- In the education section of Acorn World, Acorn will obviously be
- displaying the computers used in education but they will also be
- offering an insight into future developments in the educational field −
- for example, in response to the demands of the National Curriculum and
- for children with special needs.
- 7.1
- Based around the theme of ‘IT in Action’, they will be showing
- innovative uses of IT in education. For example, children from local
- schools will be abseiling down a specially constructed tower within the
- exhibition hall whilst being connected by sensors to an Acorn computer.
- This will monitor pulse and respiration rates generated by the human
- body under stress.
- 7.1
- There will also be a ‘Secondary School Focus’ where, amongst other
- things, they will be displaying Irlam’s new DIY Replay − the low cost
- DIY full motion video technology. Pupils from locals schools will be
- using it to create Replay movies directly from camcorder or video tape.
- 7.1
- Pupils will also be demonstrating aspects of using Acorn computers
- within Design & Technology. In particular, they will be showing a 3D
- CAD/CAM package which will allow them to create architectural designs
- and do cost analyses.
- 7.1
- PhotoCD demo
- 7.1
- Further to what we said last month, it seems that if you shoot a roll of
- Kodak film and take it, undeveloped, to Acorn World, there is a chance
- that you will be one of the first people to see your pictures on CD-ROM.
- 7.1
- New Impressions
- 7.1
- Computer Concepts are advertising a new word processor for £99 +VAT,
- said to be “available at Acorn World”. There are also reports of “two
- new versions of Impression” being released at the show, Impression Style
- and Impression Professional, the latter should be a great help to those
- who, like myself, produce Archimedes magazines using Impression.
- 7.1
- What else?
- 7.1
- Many third party software and hardware suppliers are saying that they
- will be releasing new products at Acorn World. I think we may need a
- special Archive supplement just for “Products that became Available” at
- Acorn World ’93! A
- 7.1
- Colton
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 25
- 7.1
- Stunt Racer 2000
- 7.1
- Matthew Hunter
- 7.1
- This is the latest car driving game from 4th Dimension and costs £34.95
- (or £32 through Archive). It was reviewed on several machines
- predominantly on an expanded A3000 (ARM3, 4Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.10 and IDE
- hard drive), but also on a 2Mb A3010 and two 4Mb A5000s (one was RISC OS
- 3.0).
- 7.1
- Only forty-four years left...
- 7.1
- The actual setting is the year 2037 and, despite the changes that the
- Formula One governing body is introducing, what people really want to
- see on TV is action − and that means crashes. This is where the World
- Federation Entertainments Network steps in to sponsor (and incidentally
- transmit to an audience of over 750 million worldwide − did someone say
- “advertising revenue”?) an event called ‘Stunt Racer 2000’. The formula
- is simple. Take a track, based loosely on the most sickening ride from
- your favourite amusement park, remove vital sections, add a few cars and
- find people crazy enough to drive them, transmit it via satellite and
- count the money as it comes in. The only problem is, there are still a
- couple of free cars... and guess who gets to drive this one! That’s all
- there is to the plot. If you finish a race, you might make enough money
- to bang out the dents before you move on to the next race but then that
- would take some of the fun out of it.
- 7.1
- What you get...
- 7.1
- Stunt Racer 2000 comes as one video style standard 4th Dimension
- package, containing two discs and a manual. I was quite impressed by the
- manual − it tells you what you need to know without trying to force the
- plot (which, let’s face it, most people are not interested in) into your
- brain. It does contain a considerable amount of humour as well, making
- it an entertaining read in its own right. One of the first things that
- it tells you is that you should make a backup of the second disc (or
- install the whole lot onto a hard drive). It is tempting to ignore this
- and leap straight in but, like many modern games, it saves data back to
- the disc, so if you want to ensure that you can get back to the original
- state, I would say that a copy should be made. Whether you simply copy
- the second disc or install onto a hard drive, you will still need the
- first disc handy as this is part of the copy protection and it is not
- copyable.
- 7.1
- On your marks...
- 7.1
- Although I would regard myself as being firmly loyal to Acorn, I have
- always felt that the games that come across best are those that have
- been ported from other machines. (Remember all the hype when we finally
- got Lemmings? − and where is Lemmings 2?) One particular example is the
- E-Type/Lotus Turbo Challenge comparison. They are both very similar
- games and some aspects of E-Type are far superior (especially
- considering the relative age) but most would agree that Lotus is much
- better presented. To my way of thinking, Stunt Racer 2000 goes some way
- to breaking out of this mould.
- 7.1
- The title screen, although simple, is very impressive and whilst the
- between-game screen graphics still possess that Archimedes
- “cartooniness”, the display is of a much higher quality than usual. The
- reason for this becomes obvious if you read the inside cover of the
- manual. Instead of the usual ‘Written by’ credit, various people are
- accredited for different parts of the production. It is no longer good
- enough for one person to create an entire game. Just because you can
- program, it does not mean that you have the necessary artistic ability
- to produce the right effect − and what about the music? If this is a
- sign of things to come in the Acorn market, I’m very pleased, and it’s
- about time!
- 7.1
- Get set...
- 7.1
- So you have seen the nice introduction and are now faced with a screen
- of icons which is quite daunting at first. The manual should still be at
- hand − following the ‘Quick Start’ instructions gets you quickly to the
- driving seat. It should be noted, however, that the program will allow
- you to configure it to choose whether you want the internal speaker on
- or off, which of the three music tracks you want to hear, and whether
- you want the music at the menus and during the game? You can have in-
- game music and sound effects at the same time which greatly adds to the
- feel of the game although for any in-game music, a 2Mb machine is
- required. Other options allow you to set the graphical detail for course
- and cars − even running at maximum for both is extremely fast on an ARM3
- machine, making arcade games seem slow by comparison.
- 7.1
- Go...
- 7.1
- For my first attempt, I used the mouse. The effect was interesting, to
- say the least − certainly nothing like Saloon Cars. Rather than the
- mouse controlling the steering directly, the amount by which you turn is
- defined by how quickly you move the mouse. Using the keys instead, I was
- actually able to get the car moving and stay in the vicinity of the
- track but, alas, the other cars in practice with me were way ahead.
- Where was the speed I needed? Another quick flick through the manual and
- I found the nitro button. Climbing from the wreckage of my vehicle, I
- reflected that perhaps I should swallow my pride and wait until I knew
- what the track was like first before I added any more nitro!
- 7.1
- So far, I have not progressed beyond the first two tracks (and those
- only in practice mode) but already the scope of the game is apparent.
- Once the game is over, you can have an action replay of the last 20
- minutes, viewed from the in-car camera, track-side cameras, or an
- external camera which can be rotated around your car and zoomed in or
- out to see where the opposition were at the time. These views can also
- be selected when you are still driving, but this makes handling extr-
- emely difficult, although you do get nice views as the car develops a
- four-wheel skid and explodes against a cactus!
- 7.1
- Having left this review for a couple of days to get a view as a
- ‘Beginner’ and as ‘Slightly less of a Beginner’, one comment that must
- be made is that this is not an easy game. Once you start to qualify and
- race, you realise that you are going to need a lot of practice to get
- anywhere and, for this reason, it is best not to start to race too soon.
- You may be able to scrape a third place, giving you advancement to the
- next course, but you will find yourself under-powered and your winnings
- just will not be enough. It is important to visit the garage as early as
- possible to improve your vehicle but be careful when playing around with
- gears, especially if you get Bob (the mechanic) to help, because you
- cannot change your mind afterwards.
- 7.1
- I also had a chance to try out the two-player options. As with Chocks
- Away, this takes two forms, either with a split-screen mode on a single
- machine or via a serial link to race between machines. The serial link
- is far better because you get more screen to play with. Also, on split-
- screen, the image does not scale down as effectively as it does on
- Chocks Away. As well as allowing a second player to join in the racing
- season, it is possible to play a game of ‘killer’. The aim here is to
- cause your opponent to crash a set number of times. The courses for this
- section are more complex since they include transporter gates so that
- you can jump between sections.
- 7.1
- This game has a vast array of features and I am very impressed with it.
- However, there are a few deficiencies. There are only three different
- car colours which means that identifying your human opponent is often a
- little tricky. More importantly, while it is possible for the computer
- players to crash, they will only be destroyed if a human player is also
- destroyed. You can slow your opponents down by knocking them off the
- course but it appears that you cannot put them out of the race
- permanently (unless you pay Bob to sabotage someone before the race).
- 7.1
- Compatibility
- 7.1
- The game is started from the desktop and, when you exit, it returns to
- the desktop in the same state you left it − well, almost. Under RISC OS
- 3.0, the characters that are redefined are not put back (which can
- disturb some programs) but you shouldn’t really still be using RISC OS
- 3.0 anyway − it would be well to change to RISC OS 3.10 while the cheap
- upgrades are still available. If you had an empty RAM disc when you
- started, you will find that it isn’t empty when you get back to the
- desktop − and you will find that the mouse speed has not been reset,
- either. Contrary Acorn guidelines, the game sets the current directory
- and does not reset it on leaving. Other than that, the program seems to
- be very well-behaved.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- If you are a fan of driving games and are looking for something a little
- more exciting than simply driving round Silverstone again and again, I
- think you will enjoy this game. I do think the price tag is high but it
- would appear that £35 is the current ‘going rate’ and this game is far
- superior to some other games you could purchase for the same money.
- Also, according to the in-game messages, additional track discs are
- already available, although no details are given, which will
- substantially increase the life of the game. A
- 7.1
- Spreadsheet Column
- 7.1
- Chris Johnson
- 7.1
- Version 2 of Eureka
- 7.1
- It is interesting that, as of the last week of August, I have received
- only one comment relating specifically to release 2 of Eureka. Indeed,
- some correspondents who have bought their copy of Eureka only recently
- found they had version 1, and the first thing they had to do was send
- for the upgrade. Thus, almost all the comments I am receiving still
- relate to version 1, and it seems of little advantage to labour points
- that I know have been corrected or addressed in the new version.
- 7.1
- Saving drawfiles
- 7.1
- In the last column, I complained about not being able to remove grid
- lines when saving data in drawfile form. I feel rather embarrassed about
- this, since I found the solution a few days after sending off the
- column, and it is very, very obvious. Raise the worksheet menu and
- follow Options > Window > to raise a dialogue box which allows you to
- switch off grid lines and column/row headings amongst other things. Once
- the drawfile has been saved, the grid lines and headings can be turned
- on again using the same dialogue box. Thanks also to Julian Pixton at
- Longman Logotron for being very quick to point this out to me when he
- saw the article.
- 7.1
- Tools3D
- 7.1
- In Archive 6.10, I passed on some information concerning the use of
- alternative tool sprites. This gave some users problems, since there was
- some vital information that was not included in the original letter to
- me. I must thank Mr Arthur Taylor, who has pursued this subject with
- Longman Logotron at some length. To get the sprite file to be recognised
- by Eureka, you need to ensure that bit 0 of location 140 in CMOS RAM is
- set. The simplest way to do this is to type in the command: *fx162,140,1
- at the command line prompt. This bit is now used by RISC OS 3 as a flag
- for 2D/3D sprites (see page 1−358 of the new PRM). This is not the whole
- story as far as 3D tool sprites are concerned, since the sprites must
- not have masks when used with Eureka. Mr Taylor has put in a
- considerable amount of effort converting the tool sprites by Rob
- Davison, sent out on a recent Archive disc (monthly program disc 6.8.
- Ed.), into a form suitable for use by Eureka. He has sent me a copy of
- the sprites which Paul is going to put on the monthly program disc.
- There are some limitations at present. The file is only a sprites22
- file, since Mr Taylor uses a multisync monitor. In addition, the
- resulting title bars and scroll bars do not have ‘pushed in’ versions,
- since Eureka does not respond to them (there are no sprites
- corresponding to the ptbarmidbart22, etc sprites in Eureka’s own
- HiWinSpr file). Mr Taylor adds that he is generally very satisfied with
- version 2 of Eureka, particularly the extra zooming and printing
- features, which brings us once again to...
- 7.1
- Printing
- 7.1
- Mr Taylor finds that getting margins set up correctly is rather fiddly,
- although he admits it is much more to do with the Canon BJ300 and the
- associated printer driver than it is with Eureka. I have had several
- letters (pleas for help) on this area and it appears to relate to the
- set up of dot matrix printer drivers, particularly page size. In Eureka,
- there is apparently a small range of options for page size in the page
- set up dialogue box, the default being A4. However, the manual (page
- B−52) states that this is currently ignored and Eureka simply assumes
- A4. It is therefore necessary to adjust the margin settings (in the page
- set up) to ensure that the Eureka print area is compatible with the
- actual printable area on the printer − otherwise extra, almost blank,
- pages may be generated. The manual describes problems with, and gives
- settings for, the HP deskjet for example. In defence of Eureka, I use it
- normally with a PostScript printer accessed over Ethernet, although I
- have also tried it with a CC Qume Laser Direct, and printing has always
- been faultless, both with version 1 and version 2. I should be
- interested to know whether users are getting printing problems with
- version 2.
- 7.1
- One problem that still persists in version 2 is that if the column width
- is only just wide enough for correct screen display, it sometimes
- reverts to a row of hashes when printed. The moral is not to set the
- column width too close to the minimum required for screen display,
- although it is not easy to judge what is too close!
- 7.1
- Other comments
- 7.1
- Here is a comment that is typical of a number that I have received
- relating to various aspects of the “non-standard” behaviour of Eureka,
- compared with other RISC OS applications. I reproduce it essentially as
- received. My only response is that I have also received a (much smaller)
- number of letters in which the close similarity between Eureka and Excel
- is seen as a bonus, since Eureka is used at home and Excel at work by
- the correspondents.
- 7.1
- • Eureka’s look and feel − All the reviews of Eureka I have read so far
- mention the striking similarity between Eureka and Excel 3. Can it
- really be that I am the only Acorn user who wants the applications he
- buys for his machine to behave like Acorn software rather than looking
- like a PC?!
- 7.1
- The Windows®-style scroll thumbs (so inferior to Acorn’s scroll bars)
- make me groan every time I use Eureka, not to mention the lack of RISC
- OS 3 <adjust>-dragging the scroll bars or the strange way that dialogue
- boxes behave.
- 7.1
- I have no complaints as far as the working of the program is concerned.
- However, if I wanted a program that has the typical cumbersome Windows
- look and feel, I would not use an Acorn computer, but rather an IBM
- clone with Windows!
- 7.1
- Just in case I am not, after all, the only one who feels that way, I
- think that it would be a good idea if those who agree with me were to
- drop Longman Logotron a line (just one line on a post card to Julian
- Pixton would be enough) asking them to stick to the Acorn conventions
- where Eureka is concerned! Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany
- 7.1
- • Charts − Here’s one of those hints that are obvious with hindsight:
- Recently, I wanted to create a chart with dates on the horizontal axis;
- the result was utter rubbish. It took me some while to realise that the
- column with the dates had a heading “Date” in line 1! After deleting
- this heading (so that the other headings could still appear in the
- legend), everything worked perfectly. Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany
- 7.1
- How to contact me
- 7.1
- My postal address is Chris Johnson, 7, Lovedale Grove, Balerno,
- Edinburgh, EH14 7DR; I can also be contacted by e-mail as
- checaj@uk.ac.hw .vaxb if you have access. Note that I have changed the
- form of the e-mail address, since some users accessing JANET via a
- gateway, e.g. from Internet, have had their messages bounced when using
- our Computer Centre’s preferred form of the address!
- 7.1
- I am happy to receive anything in connection with spreadsheets, hints or
- tips, macros, problems, solutions to problems, or just requests for
- help. What would be of interest are examples of unusual uses of
- spreadsheets.
- 7.1
- To date, only one person has responded to this last request. Jim Brook
- uses Eureka to produce a supermarket shopping list in a form his wife
- finds most useful. Part of the spreadsheet contains a “plan” of the
- supermarket in terms of items in each aisle. The sheet also contains the
- weekly list itself, which is produced by copying the contents of the
- cells containing items required into the list. When finished, the list
- is printed out. The sheet could be extended when required to include
- prices as well, to obtain an estimate of the total cost each week. Jim
- says that the main benefits are reduced time in the supermarket (praise
- be) and the computer collects brownie points as a ‘useful bit of kit’ in
- the eyes of Mrs Brook. A
- 7.1
- Small Ads
- 7.1
- (Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
- but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
- you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
- means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
- not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
- (especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
- 7.1
- • A310, 4Mb, ARM3, RISC OS 3.10, Oak 45Mb SCSI hard disc, colour
- monitor. PipeDream 4.13, Wordz 1.03, PC Emulator and other original
- software, £590. Phone 0769-60289.
- 7.1
- • A4 4Mb HD60 plus PC Emulator. £1300 o.n.o. Excellent condition, 7
- months guarantee. Phone 051-427-9902.
- 7.1
- • A410, 2Mb RAM, 20Mb ST506 hard drive, 14“ ITT-Nokia remote control TV/
- RGB SCART monitor, Panasonic KXP1124 printer + sheet feeder, CC hand
- scanner, Impression II, Hi-Fi sound enhancer plus lots of software and
- books. All excellent condition for £1100. Phone R. Bedi on 031-650-5655
- or 031-668-3246 (late eve’g).
- 7.1
- • A420/1, 4Mb RAM, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 20Mb ST506 internal hard disc +
- 40Mb external ST506 disc, (no monitor). £650. Phone Chris Johnson on
- 031-449-3869.
- 7.1
- • A440, 4Mb RAM, 20Mb H/D, RISC OS 2 + Taxan 770 M/S Monitor + SparkFS +
- RISC-OS 2 PRM, £850 o.n.o. Phone 0525-237625.
- 7.1
- • Acorn medium resolution colour monitor £60. ARM3 upgrade £75. 5¼“
- external drive interface £10, 5¼” external 40/80T drive £30, 20Mb hard
- drive £40, ProText £25, EasiWriter £25, TechWriter £25, Acorn ANSI-C
- £30. All with manuals. Phone 0742-483534.
- 7.1
- • Acorn multisync monitor £150. Phone 0744-58404.
- 7.1
- • Colour monitors. One standard Acorn, £105. One Philips CM8833,
- (including audio amp and speakers), £125. both excellent condition.
- Buyer collects or pays carriage. Phone Brighton 0273-846214.
- 7.1
- • Desktop Database (Iota) £40 and EasiWriter £110, both unregistered.
- SSERC !Draw Practical Guides £10. Phone 0263-78488.
- 7.1
- • Panasonic KX-P1081 printer and stand, £60. Mr K J Tompkins, Camberley.
- Phone 0276-28932.
- 7.1
- • RISC-OS 2 PRM, £35. Phone Brighton 0273-777654.
- 7.1
- Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
- charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
- if the items are still available. Thank you.
- 7.1
- A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15,
- Archimedes First Steps book £4, Battle Chess £18, Holdfast Joypad £3,
- Interdictor 1.0 £2, Premier 3 text processor £15. RISC OS 3 User and
- Applications Guide £10, RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User
- Guide £5, A3020 Welcome Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2, Basic V Guide
- £8, Landmarks Civil War £12, Landmarks Elizabeth I £12, Yes Chancellor
- II £12.
- 7.1
- (If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers you
- could donate for charity, please send it to the Archive office. If you
- have larger items where post would be expensive, just send us details of
- the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of them.) A
- 7.1
- Darryl the Dragon
- 7.1
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.1
- It is always a pleasure to review a new piece of software from 4Mation,
- and Darryl the Dragon is no exception. Designed for Key Stage 1 and
- early Key Stage 2, it marks a return to the land of dragons so well
- explored on the BBC micro with ‘Dragon World’. It also has the hallmark
- of Mike Matson at his best. I remember a BETT Show two or three years
- ago where, featured prominently around the 4Mation stand, were posters
- claiming the area to be a ‘National Curriculum Free Zone’. Mike’s views
- are well known on this subject and ‘Darryl’ forgets about the National
- Curriculum and, like Granny’s Garden, leads the child to a world of
- magic and imagination.
- 7.1
- The package comes with two discs, one of which has to be used as a start
- up disc if the software is installed on a hard disc. There is a 24 page
- man-ual which contains an introductory story, curriculum suggestions and
- program instructions. It is priced at £19.50 +VAT or £39 +VAT for a site
- licence (£21 and £42 respectively through Arch-ive). There is a set of
- 32 photocopiable worksheets designed by Mike Matson which are well worth
- £10 +VAT (direct from 4Mation only).
- 7.1
- Getting started
- 7.1
- Darryl the Dragon is fully RISC OS compliant and runs in any mode. It
- installs on the desktop and clicking <menu> on the Darryl icon offers
- the choice of saving, restarting and quitting the adventure. Finally,
- there is a ‘choices’ option. Clicking on this allows the teacher/parent
- to set one of three levels of difficulty, choose an appropriate font and
- its size, conserve memory if a 1Mb machine is being used and the option
- to use a full screen. All settings can be saved.
- 7.1
- The program
- 7.1
- Darryl the Dragon is a problem-solving adventure. We soon discover that
- Darryl has lost his fire and, after a few introductory screens where we
- meet Darryl himself and are introduced to a picture of ourselves, we are
- asked to collect some objects to help him regain his ability to breathe
- fire. To do so, various puzzles have to be solved, the first of which is
- to find some honey to soothe his throat. We are presented with a simple
- map which contains only five locations, one of which is a beehive.
- Clicking on the hive results in us moving towards our goal. Movement
- between them is not very realistic but, in my opinion, this does not
- matter. On the way we encounter Tracey the Troll (a lady Troll − how
- wonderful!) and have to solve a problem concerning the taking of three
- animals across the river. Having arrived at the beehive, we discover and
- that the bees sting and we cannot get the honey. So we have to search
- for something that will pacify the bees. Eventually, a can of smoke is
- found in the forest and this helps to subdue them.
- 7.1
- Other problems include: climbing down a cliff, crossing a chasm,
- traversing a tiled floor, solving a crossword and solving a key problem.
- 7.1
- Eventually, we end up discovering that Darryl’s fire was killed by a
- cold because his special fire proof handkerchief was stolen by a nasty
- wizard. This results in an exploration of the wizard’s castle in an
- attempt to find the handkerchief and return it to Darryl.
- 7.1
- Conclusions
- 7.1
- I was not disappointed. Darryl the Dragon must surely be a success with
- younger children (and older ones who are young at heart). The animation
- may not be brilliant but the story is bound to grab a child’s attention;
- the problems are not too taxing so as to discourage progress although
- they are tough enough to make a child think; and the addition of the
- photocopiable masters helps to provide a wealth of ideas for busy
- adults.
- 7.1
- The adventure is well worth the asking price and I am delighted to say
- that there is no mention of Attainment Targets anywhere. This should not
- deter anyone who is thinking of buying the program. It is an imaginative
- journey that will bring magic back to young children’s lives. A
- 7.1
- Image Gallery
- 7.1
- Dave Wilcox
- 7.1
- Clipart is always a hard subject to review due to different people’s
- tastes and opinions − the new disc called ‘Image Gallery’ from Eesox is
- no exception to this.
- 7.1
- The package
- 7.1
- The package is a CD-ROM which contains over 1100 images for use by
- Archimedes, IBM and Amiga owners. For Archimedes users, these images are
- saved twice on the disc, once as a small image for use in the preview
- window, and once in full size for downloading.
- 7.1
- Front end
- 7.1
- The disc is easy to use. You double-click on the !Gallery icon, which
- loads the preview system onto the iconbar and opens a search window.
- Each image has a short text description attached to it and when you want
- to search for something, the text you require is searched on a
- ‘contained within’ basis. From the speed of this search, I would guess
- that the data is all kept in RAM.
- 7.1
- From the search window, it is possible to view a listing of all pictures
- available. This is achieved by leaving the search field blank and
- clicking the ‘OK’ button − a new window then opens with the full
- listing. To view a picture from this window, or the shortened searched
- list, simply click on the required entry. This picture is then opened
- within the viewer mode. The viewer mode shows the small picture you have
- chosen along with resolution, save and step options.
- 7.1
- Resolution is selected by radio button for low or high as desired. There
- are two save options available, sprite and clear, clicking on either
- opens a window with the usual save options, i.e. name to save under and
- a dragable sprite/clear icon. The step options allow you to step to the
- pictures before and after, one step at a time. One further option which
- is available from the iconbar, is to display the pictures in a random
- carousel fashion.
- 7.1
- The pictures
- 7.1
- As I said at the start of this review, this is probably the hardest part
- to review. The pictures cover a large range of topics: cars, boats,
- scenery, flowers, animals, insects, and so on. Some of the images are
- scanned, most are photographs. My first impression was that this is how
- your Kodak Photo CD might turn out. The quality of the images would, I
- imagine, match that of most people’s photographs − some of the images
- are dark and some slightly ‘fuzzy’, although most are of a good quality.
- It must also be remembered that all can be tweaked as you wish using
- ChangeFSI or Revelation, etc. I ought to point out that all the images
- and associated files are copyright and are only usable for non-
- commercial purposes.
- 7.1
- Printing the pictures
- 7.1
- Using the Acorn printer drivers, I found the best results were obtained
- using the ‘grey, small halftone’ setting. A TurboDriver system prints
- fine on normal settings. With an HPII laser, again the best setting was
- found to be the ‘grey, small half tone’.
- 7.1
- Summary
- 7.1
- All in all, the front end is simple to use and performs well. One
- problem I did meet is the random display − once started, it failed to
- cancel and needed the machine to be reset, which is not ideal. The
- pictures themselves appear as someone else’s photo album, so are they of
- use to you? That is your choice. I would recommend a good look through
- before you buy it as the disc costs £52.88 inc VAT. A
- 7.1
- CC
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 19
- 7.1
- CC
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 16
- 7.1
- Keystroke
- 7.1
- Richard Skemp
- 7.1
- As you might guess, Keystroke is a utility which enables you to write
- your own keystrokes. However, this does not give an idea of the power
- and variety which are available, nor of the usefulness of being able to
- write key combinations in ways which do exactly what you want and which
- fit into your personal working patterns. To illustrate this, here are
- some examples which I have recently made for my own use.
- 7.1
- Recently, I acquired a hundred new font families from Skyfall PD. With
- the considerable number of fonts I already had, made it essential to
- organise them so that I could have available a chosen sub-set at any
- given time. (Skyfall include some helpful utilities for this.) It would
- often be useful to have a quick check of the fonts currently available,
- and I have set up <ctrl-alt-F> to do just that. It does it by opening a
- task window and then inserting the text “fontcat |M” at the star prompt.
- This provides a list in a scrollable window which can, if desired, be
- made into a text file. It was an easy keystroke to set up. Another easy
- one was to set <ctrl-alt-S> to activate my chosen screen saver. Now for
- something a little harder...
- 7.1
- I bought Keystroke several months ago but was busy with other things at
- the time and it remained unused until recently, when I received an
- upgrade from Quantum Software. This was unsolicited and was sent without
- charge. The new version included keystrokes for a number of applications
- including Vector. When writing to thank them, I mentioned that a welcome
- addition to these would be one which enabled me, when working in layers,
- to change to any layer I wanted, view all layers but have only the
- current layer selectable. This would prevent me from accidentally
- changing something on a different layer. I said that when I had time, I
- was hoping to set this up but that it looked a bit complicated since it
- involved opening the layers dialogue box and then clicking on four
- successive icons.
- 7.1
- Almost by return, Stuart Halliday, the project manager, sent me a disc
- with a set of keystrokes doing just what I wanted, plus an extra one for
- adding a new layer. He also sent a detailed letter of explanation, with
- the help of which I was able to replicate these myself, thus providing a
- useful learning experience. Taking this a step further, I have now set
- up <ctrl-alt-V> to install Vector, load all these new keystrokes and
- also show a list of them in a text file in case I need a reminder. Had I
- wished, it would have been easy to open a directory of Vector documents
- at the same time but, in my case, these are spread around their relevant
- subject matter directories.
- 7.1
- Here is just one more example of a keystroke tailored to a personal
- need. I recently bought Risc Developments’ excellent Thesaurus. It is
- linked with Ovation but since I use Impression and Wordz, I originally
- needed to type my chosen word into the Thesaurus dialogue box.
- Alternatively, I could (in Wordz) select the word, choose the menu
- options File −−> Save other −−> Save selection as text, and then drag
- the save icon to the dialogue box. The middle three of these are now set
- up as a single key-press, which makes the whole operation quicker and
- simpler. The advantage of this method is that an <adjust> click on the
- chosen alternative inserts it directly into the text.
- 7.1
- Keystroke allows you to replicate any or all of the following, and to
- connect them in a sequence which provides their combined result by a
- single keystroke:- Single or double icon click with <select> or
- <adjust>; *commands; move window; menu selection; insert text; open
- dialogue. For the keystroke itself, you can choose just about any
- keyboard character. If a letter is used, it has (for obvious reasons) to
- be combined with one, two or all of <ctrl>, <shift>, <alt>. Also, you
- need to avoid combinations already used by your current application. The
- function keys can be programmed as single kepresses or in combination as
- above, giving eight possibilities for each function key! So, the answer
- to Gary Jones’ question (6.12 p29) and the editorial note is most
- probably ‘Yes’, although I am not in a position to try it out with
- Impression Junior.
- 7.1
- In my first note to Paul, I said that I found Keystroke “simple,
- powerful and very useful”. After longer experience my views are
- unchanged for the second and third, but with a slight modification of
- “simple”. Usually, I do find it simple, but sometimes it is only simple
- in retrospect − it’s easy when you know how! I don’t think that this is
- the fault of either Keystroke or the manual, but rather a result of the
- variety on offer.
- 7.1
- The tutorial section of the manual is helpful and should be worked
- through. Another useful learning exercise is to take one of the provided
- keystrokes and step through its sequence in the keystroke definition box
- by clicking in the boxes marked Previous, Next, and those for beginning
- and end of the sequence, to see how it was done. This is also useful for
- checking a new keystroke of your own, if it doesn’t work first time.
- When I have telephoned with a query, Stuart Halliday has always given
- clear and helpful answers.
- 7.1
- Keystroke is now in my Deskboot file, as it has joined my short-list of
- utilities which I have available every time I switch on my Archimedes.
- As mentioned in the Late News with the September issue of Archive,
- Keystroke costs £29.95 inclusive from Quantum Software and is now
- available for £28 through Archive. A
- 7.1
- Education Column
- 7.1
- Solly Ezra
- 7.1
- The role of Information Technology in education at all levels and in all
- areas seems to be gaining more importance. The National Curriculum,
- despite its lack of coherence, has brought to the fore the importance of
- IT. This column, I am hoping, will be a source of necessary information,
- advice and support for all teachers wherever they may fall along the
- continuum of expertise − from the diffident at one end to the
- enthusiastic expert at the other end.
- 7.1
- Along with the aims and objectives detailed in the earlier columns, I
- would be very happy for this also to be a forum where teachers, pupils
- and ‘educationalists’ would freely (but courteously) express their views
- and opinions.
- 7.1
- Roger Nelson has sent me his thoughts, for which I am very grateful. I
- will convey them to you with just a few comments. Roger feels that the
- teacher who subscribes to Archive does not need more of the basic
- articles that we suggested should be included in this column. He
- suggests that this column should be a source of further information and
- greater depth about what is being used, how it is being used and how
- educational software is being developed. I agree that those teachers who
- subscribe to Archive are not at the basic level and like most, if not
- all, are enthusiastic Archimedeans. But I still hold to the view (based
- on very wide experience) that there are many teachers who are not aware
- of the full potential of their Acorn machines and want programs that
- require little or no teacher input or management. Roger, clearly, does
- not fall into that category. He uses programs, like Genesis, “to produce
- learning materials and encourage pupils to use the more easily
- understood Magpie to organise their own information”. He suggests −
- “Should this be in the Genesis/Magpie column?”
- 7.1
- In the previous column, one of Mark Sealey’s suggestions was − ‘case
- studies of good practice from an educational rather than a technical
- standpoint’. Like many of us, Roger thinks that is a very good
- suggestion. Roger, please could you tell Archive readers how you use
- Genesis and Magpie with your pupils?
- 7.1
- Apologies
- 7.1
- I will be across the waters for a while visiting with my folks on the
- West Coast of the USA, so I will not return in time to meet the deadline
- for the next issue. But please do keep writing with your thoughts and
- suggestions.
- 7.1
- I have a case study in the pipeline along with some reviews.
- 7.1
- My address is: 35 Edgefield Avenue, Barking, Essex, IG11 9JL. A
- 7.1
- RISC Developments
- 7.1
- New Artwork about Desk Edit 2
- 7.1
- Lambda
- 7.1
- From 6.12 page 12
- 7.1
- F.R.E.D.
- 7.1
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.1
- F.R.E.D. (Fred from now on!) is an amusing little game from Software 42.
- Well, actually it’s quite a substantial game with 18 levels set in three
- graphically different zones. It is a platform game running at 50 frames
- a second, so everything is very smooth indeed.
- 7.1
- The box claims that there are lots of ‘complex levels’, and after
- playing the first few, I think that this is rather an understatement.
- After over a week of regular playing, I have only reached level 7, and
- level one took quite a while. The message is that Fred will take some
- time to complete, and will have a good lifespan, as completing a level
- is very satisfying.
- 7.1
- The idea of each level is to travel around moving mirrors to reflect a
- laser beam from its start position to the destination block. You also
- need to collect pink stars which give the beam energy, if you are going
- to reach the next level. These stars are revealed by standing under the
- large, yellow question-mark blocks, and jumping to hit them with your
- head − shades of Super Mario Bros., Sonic the Hedgehog and Gyrinus II,
- methinks!
- 7.1
- The presentation of the game is superb, from the title screen to the
- screen fades. For example, when hard disc owners are asked to insert
- their original disc, the 256 colour loading screen fades into a grey-
- shaded version of the same screen with the insert disc request on it.
- Very nice! Even when pausing the game during play, the whole screen goes
- a little darker to make the Paused message stand out.
- 7.1
- The main menu allows you to set various options, redefine the keys,
- enter a password, start the game or quit. The options include
- controlling the sound, music and keyboard / joystick control.
- 7.1
- The graphics are high class, with a high level of detail maintained even
- with the 50 frames per second animation. They start off with an Arctic
- theme, with monsters including Santas and zombie snowmen (well − that’s
- what I guess they are!), and various others. You can be sure that they
- will raise a smile when you see them. After the ice levels, the game
- enters a medieval phase with castle-style wooden graphics and squat
- Viking enemies. Slightly different graphics are introduced in each
- level, as well as new hazards such as force fields, one-way walls and
- doors.
- 7.1
- The gameplay is rather fast, particularly when accuracy is so important,
- but the speed does make the whole game very exciting.
- 7.1
- On each level, you have limited amounts of both time and energy. Energy
- is lost if you collide with one of the monsters or land on some spikes,
- or if the laser is firing. The two statistics are depicted by coloured
- bars at the bottom of the screen, and the speed at which the time bar
- goes down varies from level to level. This is one reason why the early
- levels are so difficult − the time bar goes down very quickly.
- 7.1
- Most of the puzzles involve trying to get at, and then turn, the
- mirrors. A great deal of skill is required to turn some of the mirrors,
- as they may be suspended from the ceiling above a large gap, and failing
- to turn the mirror first time might mean not completing the level.
- 7.1
- There is a high score table but, unfortunately, it is not permanent, so
- your achievements cannot be saved and shown to friends. Perhaps there
- should be two high score tables − one permanent, one temporary?
- 7.1
- Finally, the game’s biggest fault − the plot. Any game in which the main
- character is a Malteser (yes, the chocolate) which has transformed into
- a tiny man, must get my vote for the most unbelievable plot of the year.
- Quite how the laser beam fits into the plot, even the manual doesn’t
- make clear. Never mind, since when did the plot influence whether or not
- you buy the game?
- 7.1
- Fred is available from Software 42 for £20 inclusive and, as such,
- represents good value for money, as it will certainly last you a long
- time and be great fun to play. A
- 7.1
- Comment Column
- 7.1
- • Acorn World bloopers − Two months ago, I gave you the wrong dates and
- corrected them last month (October 29th − 31st). Last month’s deliberate
- Acorn World mistake was the Norwich Computer Services stand number! We
- are actually going to be on stand number 48. Ed.
- 7.1
- • AKF18 problems − Further to the comments we have had about problems
- experienced by subscribers with AKF18 monitors, I am pleased to say that
- Acorn have responded in a very helpful way. N.B. This applies to the
- early AKF18s, not the more recent ones. Despite the fact that the AKF18s
- meet the EN60950 (equivalent to BS7002) safety standard, some of the
- monitors have failed “in a rather dramatic fashion”, say Acorn. The
- components prone to early failure have been identified and these
- components have not been used on the later monitors. However, to
- reassure customers, Acorn have extended the warranty from one to four
- years on the monitors that have problems with these particular (un-
- named) components. There is, unfortunately, no simple way of working out
- if your monitor is included in this, as the poor quality components were
- not confined to any particular run of serial numbers. Ed.
- 7.1
- • Australian mail (male?) − Many thanks to the person from Australia
- (Eastern mail centre?) who sent us a Tudor 100% recycled paper envelope.
- Was there supposed to be anything it it? Ed.
- 7.1
- • Beginners start here! − One thing which has emerged very strongly from
- the questionnaire is the need for more help for beginners. I think I
- knew that was the case and we have asked on a number of occasions for
- people to write articles for beginners. Laura Handoca’s work in editing
- the Beginners’ Column has been much appreciated and has gone some way to
- providing the much-needed help. However, we would like to take this
- further.
- 7.1
- I am doing my best to get some beginners’ articles written and am hoping
- to have a series of them starting in a month or so’s time. Writing
- really good articles for beginners is actually very hard work but if
- anyone else would like to have a go, I hope you will get in touch with
- me telling me what subjects you would be interested to write about.
- 7.1
- Also, I thought it would be good to have a panel of ‘expert’ beginners
- to whom we could send the articles to see if they are understandable. If
- you would like to offer your services as a member of the ‘Beginners
- Panel’, again, do get in touch with me.
- 7.1
- Beginners who don’t want to be involved in vetting articles might want
- to make suggestions as to the sorts of things they want explained. You
- are the people who know what information is needed. Please let us know
- what you think. Ed.
- 7.1
- • Budget DTP − I have recently had several “really good ideas” for
- budget DTP that have all run into problems and I thought other readers
- might find them amusing.
- 7.1
- Colour Printing using a BJ230 + CC TurboDriver − I couldn’t afford a
- BJC800 but I really did want A3 output with the option to do a little
- colour work from time to time. The BJ230 seemed ideal − especially with
- a fast TurboDriver to do the separations. I should have listened to the
- CC salesman more closely! When he said I could purchase coloured inks to
- do the printing, he meant exactly that − you can’t buy colour
- cartridges, you have to use up black ones, wash them and refill them
- with coloured inks. Has anyone done this with a BJ200/230 yet? (CC told
- me that they hadn’t.) Is it any good? How does the TurboDriver compare
- with ColourSep (ICS)?
- 7.1
- AIM-less image processing − I use images from a HiVision digitiser but I
- wanted an image enhancer to do some post-processing. AIM seemed ideal −
- a macro-based image processor which offers some amazing functions. The
- trouble is that it only takes 256×256 images so there is considerable
- loss of detail from a 720×508 HiVision sprite. The AIM documentation
- suggests that a new RISC OS 3 version will take any size sprite and will
- handle Acorn 256 grey scale sprites. However, when I asked Lindis (who
- distribute AIM in the UK) I was told that the RISC OS 3 version is not
- being developed. There is a more powerful image processor that they
- distribute called TCL-Image but this requires a UNIX platform and costs
- about £3,500... Does anyone have a simple any-size-sprite PD or
- commercial (up to £25) image enhancer?
- 7.1
- Grabbing video stills with HiVision − The HiVision digitiser grabs a
- 720×508 pixel image by digitising consecutive interlaced TV images. For
- moving pictures, this alternation between the two image positions causes
- little problem. However, when you grab a still of a moving subject you
- get horizontal “jaggies” on any vertical lines. Under these
- circumstances it may be desirable to grab a subject with a lower
- resolution single frame digitiser (e.g. the Vision digitiser).
- 7.1
- Using monochrome sprites in budget DTP − If, like me, you use a 360 dpi
- inkjet printer to produce your final output, you may well not notice
- much final image degradation when using 16 grey level images as opposed
- to 256 grey level images. This is useful because you can therefore use
- ordinary 256 colour sprites rather than the new 256 grey scale ones and
- hence edit them in ordinary (non-Colour Card) modes using older painting
- packages. However, the problem with this is that your sprites take up
- twice as much space (8 bits per pixel) as is actually required (4 bits
- per pixel).
- 7.1
- The answer is to convert these images into 16 grey level mode 20
- sprites. RISC OS 3 ChangeFSI will do this if you use output as mode 20
- with the “special” option “t”. Alternatively: use mode 20; set the
- palette to a 16 grey level one (e.g. the one in the Impression
- application directory); load the sprite into Revelation; then resave it
- over the original. You can do the same thing with Paint by loading the
- image and then grabbing part of the screen as a new sprite but this only
- works for sprites smaller than the screen mode you are using.
- 7.1
- Converting sprites like this has the advantage of using less disc space
- to store images but if you use Compression, the benefit is less as the
- redundant data is stripped out automatically. More importantly, if you
- use these images in DTP documents, you can almost halve your memory
- usage. Cain Hunt, Cambridge.
- 7.1
- • Edit scrolling bug − Just to add to the Edit scrolling bug
- information. I find that it happens with very long lines − I normally
- just type and then dump it into !Draw or use <ctrl-f6> later for
- formatting. It seems to occur most frequently when scrolling the screen
- by holding <select> or <adjust> down on the scroll bar arrows. Indeed,
- this method is almost guaranteed to produce it! The text can be restored
- to normal by moving up and down a couple of screenfuls (using <shift>
- <up/down arrow) so that the problem area is completely off-screen. It
- is, of course, also in !SrcEdit, which I am using at the moment.
- 7.1
- (Acorn! How about a !SrcEdit that can handle Basic, so that I don’t have
- to use !Edit as well?)
- 7.1
- Humble apologies to the contributor, but I cannot trace where this
- comment came from. Ed.
- 7.1
- • Equinox PD library − The organisers of Equinox PD library would like
- people to know that they are no longer going to be operating. Please do
- not send them any more orders. Geoff Scott, Northampton.
- 7.1
- • Impression and Ovation compared − I thought Richard Hallas’ extensive
- offering (Archive 6.2 pp42-49) was quite the best comparative review
- I’ve ever seen in any magazine. The dongle stopped my plan to get
- Impression and I’ve never regretted buying the superb Ovation
- alternative. Amazing value for money. The review was absolutely correct
- in what features Ovation did or did not have at the time but, as with
- any good program, when things are missing, it is often very quick and
- just as effective to use a workaround. Here’s a couple of examples:
- 7.1
- It’s probably true to say that Ovation’s built-in sprite borders are not
- as flexible as Impression’s drawfile solution. However, it’s very easy
- to use a drawfile border with Ovation. Simply create a picture frame
- inside the main (text) frame, drop the drawfile border into it and, if
- necessary, click on Scale to Fit. In some respects, this is even more
- convenient than the sprite borders. For a start, the sprite border sits
- on the outside of the frame and you can easily get a “Not enough Room”
- error with the thicker borders. The drawfile border sits on the inside
- of the frame so the thickness or complexity is irrelevant. You could
- even introduce a transparent text frame inside the border frame and have
- your text superimposed on the border.
- 7.1
- Although Ovation has no built-in method of producing tables, the power
- of the line-drawing facility in conjunction with other built-in features
- should never be underestimated (I use lines all the time for arrows,
- column separations, tables and for general effect.) To make a table, all
- you have to do is to create a picture frame with your choice of border
- for the table surround, then put a transparent text frame inside and
- type in the data where you want it. Finally, use the line-drawing
- function to draw lines where you want them, with complete control over
- line style, width and colour. If you start the lines inside the table
- frame, they will be constrained within the table and you can use shift-
- drag to ensure that the lines are perfectly horizontal or vertical.
- Similarly, you could use Duplicate Line and/or Snap to Guides to ensure
- overall accuracy.
- 7.1
- With a little practice, perfectly good tables can be produced within
- minutes and can easily be ‘tweaked’ if and when data changes. If you
- need to move the table, to make way for other body text, for instance,
- all you have to do is move the table frame − everything else moves with
- it.
- 7.1
- While this is very convenient, there comes a point that, if you wanted
- to reproduce a more complex table, perhaps with formatting, background
- shading or the facility to import data, it might be better to use a
- dedicated application such as !TableMate, which works a treat with
- Ovation.
- 7.1
- I recently sent a wish list to Risc Developments, basically asking for
- improved customisation in Ovation. John Wallace replied to say that all
- things were possible and that he was considering my list. He did leak
- some rather intriguing information that, although no major changes would
- be added to Ovation as it presently stands, they “are working on a very
- exciting development of Ovation”.
- 7.1
- In the meantime, if you want to improve Ovation customisation (or any
- other application for that matter), can I suggest you consider Keystroke
- (Archive 6.12 p4). I’ve had my full copy only a week and, although it
- takes a lot of getting used to (purely because its features are so
- extensive and powerful), I have already managed to produce a much-needed
- Ovation macro which reduces twelve separate keypresses to a single hot
- key selection. From initial impressions, this utility will prove
- invaluable and I think we’ll be hearing a lot about Keystroke in
- future. Jim Nottingham, York.
- 7.1
- (Keystroke is now available through Archive for £28. See the review on
- page 21. Ed.)
- 7.1
- • Mac transfer − I noticed the request in the Help!! Column last month
- for information about Archimedes-Mac transfer and I wonder if people
- know about a program called View>>Mac.
- 7.1
- This is produced by Human Computer Interfaces Ltd in Cambridge. It
- allows the transfer of WP files via a serial line between an Apple
- Macintosh and either a BBC Computer or an Archimedes.
- 7.1
- The program is written for the Apple Mac which acts as host, the other
- machine being controlled completely by the Apple. You can read to and
- from both machines’ discs, and the program recognises several BBC and
- Archimedes WP file formats and converts them accordingly.
- 7.1
- I use the program a lot to transfer old Archimedes files across to the
- new Mac system. The Archimedes files are in PipeDream format and the
- Apple files end up as Word format. It does work but, of course, you have
- to have the two computers side-by-side. The program costs £69+VAT from
- Human Computer Interfaces and they sell an Archimedes-Mac serial lead
- for £25 +VAT. Steve Laugher, N. Yorkshire.
- 7.1
- • Matt Black’s Image Club clipart − Archive previews, reviews and
- comments rarely tend to contradict each other, so I was quite bemused by
- John Hancock’s glowing remarks about Matt Black’s Image Club clipart
- (Archive 6.9 p50), following Hutch Curry’s rather lukewarm reactions in
- his necessarily limited review (6.7 p12). However, I sent off my fiver
- and, after a 2 month wait for reprinting, received the catalogue. The
- price seems to change by the week; currently it is £7, plus £2 for
- postage and packing, but Matt Black kindly offered to absorb the
- balance.
- 7.1
- The substantial 110-page, A4, spiral-bound catalogue is very good
- quality and value. Even if you didn’t buy any of the clipart, it would
- be a very useful source of ideas for DIY clipart, rather like the
- excellent DTP Seeds book from 4Mation.
- 7.1
- From John Hancock’s comments and the price, I was expecting something
- really special in the clipart, perhaps similar to the mind-boggling
- stuff bundled with Artworks − I was very disappointed. I’m with Hutch
- Curry; many of the offerings are trivial (e.g. arrows and shapes),
- repetitive (maps) or of little practical value. For instance, two of the
- 24 volumes comprise a total of 41 rather unexciting Drawfonts, costing
- some £60. Compare that with a current offer of a fiver for over 50
- excellent RISC OS 3 PD outline fonts.
- 7.1
- As the source material is Canadian, there’s a distinct transatlantic
- flavour to things like signs and maps. With very few exceptions, I don’t
- think any of the clipart is of a higher standard than that available
- from other commercial sources or PD libraries and, surprisingly, there
- are no colour images.
- 7.1
- What caused my jaw to drop was the realisation that I already have a
- significant portion of the offerings duplicated in my existing clipart
- collection, obtained over the years from the PD libraries and ‘free’
- with various vector graphic/DTP programs. I even spotted two piccies
- which came with a DTP demo disc! So the clipart isn’t necessarily new or
- unique. Has there been wholesale software theft? I suspect not − most of
- the duplicated files I have are in full colour.
- 7.1
- Turning to the prices, this is where my jaw really hit the ground. Let’s
- try to put this in perspective. John Hancock tells us he’s bought 18 of
- the 24 volumes − at current catalogue prices, this would cost well over
- £500. For the same brass, you could buy Impression and Artworks (with
- hundreds of outline fonts and full-colour clipart which leaves Matt
- Black’s offerings standing), a couple of commercial clipart collections
- and all the PD clipart discs on offer (giving thousands of images, many
- in colour) − and still have change to buy Compression to squeeze them
- all in.
- 7.1
- So, in summary... loved the catalogue, shame about the clipart! And as
- for the prices... ...sorry Matt Black, no contest! Jim Nottingham,
- York.
- 7.1
- • Past, Present and Future − The analysis in Paul’s editorial last month
- (Archive 6.12 ifc) dealing with Acorn machine sizes since 1980 was
- fascinating and the vision of the future was tantalising! In an attempt
- to see into the future, I have tried to plot the growth of RAM and disc
- sizes. I expected an exponential growth, so I used a logarithmic scale,
- which shows an exponential ‘curve’ as a straight line. I have taken the
- liberty of adjusting Paul’s figures in certain cases, as explained
- below.
- 7.1
- For RAM, Paul quoted the range of sizes available on the appropriate
- machines but for discs, he quoted only the ‘standard’ as normally
- supplied. Larger disc drives have been available from third-party
- suppliers, and should be acknowledged on the chart. Since the current
- Archive Price List includes a 1 Gb internal drive, I have included this
- as the top of a dotted line for 1993 and I have boldly assumed that this
- will be doubled in 1994.
- 7.1
- I blinked a couple of times when I saw the prediction of 256Mb RAM for
- the 1994 machine, but I now understand that this is, to some extent at
- least, authoritative. This is encouraging, since it fits my straight
- line very well. I have shown it as a dotted line below about 50Mb, since
- one model is unlikely to offer a RAM range all the way from 1 − 256Mb.
- Considering the small physical size of the 4Mb upgrade for my A540 and
- the way RAM chips keep shrinking, I can well believe that a 256Mb
- machine is now feasible.
- 7.1
- As my chart shows, the progress of RAM size fits very well to a straight
- line, or rather, a straight band. The slope of the band corresponds to a
- doubling of capacity every year and gives a range of about 4−16Gb in the
- year 2000, which supports Paul’s prediction.
- 7.1
- The trend in disc sizes it less well defined. I have plotted the bands
- manually, because the figures are too vague to use a precise regression
- analysis. My estimate shows a band parallel to the RAM band,
- consistently a factor of twelve larger. Because discs did not appear on
- Acorn machines until 1986, I have plotted the figures available and
- extrapolated backwards as well as forwards. From my recollection, those
- PCs which did have discs around 1980 only had floppy drives of less than
- 100Kb, which fits quite nicely with my projection. Looking forward, I
- predict hard discs of around 40−160Gb in the year 2000, a little below
- Paul’s figure.
- 7.1
- It is very noticeable that the A3/4/5000 machines lie rather below the
- bands. They are, of course, manufactured to reduced specifications for
- those users (the majority) who do not need the ‘flagship’ machine. I
- have plotted the figures, but then rather ignored them. The projections,
- therefore, relate to the ‘top-end’ machines.
- 7.1
- My first attempt to draw this chart did not include my own ‘guestimate’
- of 2Gb discs in 1994, nor had I thought about the size of discs before
- 1986. The band for disc sizes then had a significantly lower gradient
- and it crossed the RAM band about the year 2005! I have often thought
- that the days of discs might be numbered and that they would eventually
- be replaced by RAM cartridges. It would obviously have to be non-
- volatile RAM. Even if each cartridge contained a rechargeable battery, I
- wouldn’t want to rely on that to maintain my live data files, would you?
- Since the chart shows development of volatile RAM, I cannot predict the
- demise of hard discs in 2005, even if that interpretation of the trend
- in disc sizes were to be correct. On balance, I prefer the parallel band
- estimate which gives a better back-projection as well as, I think, a
- more credible forward prediction.
- 7.1
- I would like to plot the growth of CPU power but that is not easy. On
- Paul’s table, the clock speed is shown as having increased from 1MHz to
- 50MHz but this does not tell the whole story. The 8-bit processors have
- been replaced by 32-bit and although this does not necessarily imply a
- speed factor of four, it is probably of that order. The use of cache and
- a degree of parallel processing also contribute to the increase in
- speed. Paul did not explain his figure of ×300 − I would be interested
- to know how he derived it. Over 14 years, this represents a growth
- factor of ×1½ per year − significantly less than for RAM and for discs.
- 7.1
- (In my July 1990 editorial, I said that I reckoned the A310 was about 30
- times the speed of the Atom. The A540 is 4 or 5 times the speed of the
- A310 and the new ARM700 machine looks being at least twice the speed of
- the A540. Ed)
- 7.1
- I wonder what the editor of Archive 14.1 will make of these
- predictions? Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
- 7.1
- Volume 14 of Archive? The mind boggles! Mind you, Acorn User and Acorn
- Computing (aka Micro User) are in their twelfth years of existence − and
- I wrote several articles for Volume 1 of each. Nostalgia, nostalgia! Ed.
- 7.1
- • Pocket Book praise − I am writing this comment on the five-hour return
- journey from Manchester to Norwich (on the train, I hasten to add). I
- was hoping to take an A4 Notebook with me but there just aren’t any
- available at the moment − we cannot supply existing orders, let alone
- have one in stock that I could use. So, it was the office Pocket Book or
- nothing. At first, I found it slow going as I kept having to go back and
- insert missing letters that didn’t register because of lack of pressure
- on the keys. But after several hours of use, I am now becoming much more
- fluent and I can get up quite a good speed − obviously not as fast as on
- a normal keyboard (even though I don’t touch-type) but quite acceptable.
- (I transferred the text to Impression and have just counted − I typed
- 3,300 words in all − I was not typing for all 10 hours, though!)
- 7.1
- I was warned that batteries would be a problem, so I put new ones in and
- took a couple of spare sets. I have just had to change the first set
- after what I would guess was about the equivalent of three or four hours
- continuous use. I think I would do better next time because I have now
- managed to convince myself that switching off really doesn’t lose the
- text and, in fact, it brings you back to exactly where you were. It is
- the equivalent, on a table-top computer, of just switching off the
- monitor and back on again − except that it is instantaneous. I have only
- tried to use Write, but I have to say that I am impressed and will be
- using a Pocket Book at home in future for writing letters. That way, you
- can be sociable with the family whist avoiding the pain of having to
- using pen and paper!
- 7.1
- One other thing that occurs to me as I type is that this Pocketbook
- would be very useful for writing quick notes about various things.
- Several “things to do” have occurred to me as I have been sitting here
- on the train and instead of writing them down on bits of paper and then
- wondering where I put the bits of paper, they are going into this Pocket
- Book. I think I shall have to investigate the Schedule package. I have
- to admit that I have resisted it thus far as it just looks SO
- pretentious when people get out their electronic dairy in answer to an
- “are you free on...” enquiry.
- 7.1
- Finally, a couple of practical points. I found that it was not very good
- typing on the table-top as it was too high. For the best typing
- position, a book or, in my case, a clip-board on the knee was the best
- working position.
- 7.1
- Another small practical hint about the use of Write is that when you
- spot a mistake and cursor back to change it, you then want the quickest
- way back to the point where you were. Now, presuming you are using it
- for entering text (I would never try to use it for editing!), it is best
- to be working at the end of the text area. So, after correcting the
- mistake, which is probably on the current line, you only need to press
- the cursor down button and you will find yourself back where you left
- off. There is no need for multiple keypresses unless you are several
- lines up. Ed. A
- 7.1
- Hints and Tips
- 7.1
- • A300/400 floppy drive problems − On the old A310 and A440 machines,
- the disc drive has a cover on the head which has a notorious tendency to
- fall off but the drive is not affected by a missing cover. A far more
- usual fault on A310 drives is that the eject button falls off. This can
- easily be fixed with glue. (Do take the drive out of the machine first
- so you don’t glue the button to the front of the computer!)
- 7.1
- On the old machines (with only the disc drive button sticking out
- through the front fascia) you have no option but to replace them with an
- identical Sony drive mechanism (£102 through Archive − Ouch! Ed.) but on
- the newer machines, like the A410/1, you can use most 720Kb drives
- available. (Are you sure? Ed.) Knut Folmo, Norway.
- 7.1
- • Bespoke appointments’ calendar − I have written a program (on the
- monthly program disc) to generate an Impression-based appointments
- calendar and would like to share it with other people, courtesy of
- Archive magazine. Using the program avoids filling in all those
- birthdays, etc every year. It’s all done automatically from a text file.
- It’s written in Basic and has no glitzy front end but it works OK. Ian
- Summers, Norwich.
- 7.1
- • Elite − A space station exists in witch space. After killing all the
- other ships, switch to one of the status screens (f8?) and the compass
- will reappear. By jumping repeatedly in that direction, you can
- eventually find it. This station is strange in many ways and, while you
- are experimenting, it is worth noting that its existence changes while
- you are looking at the status screen. Try docking and shooting while
- using <f8>. Geoff Scott, Northampton.
- 7.1
- • Form feeds in printer drivers − I would like to respond to Mick Day’s
- comments about form feeds (6.12 p57). The terminal form feed is
- definitively (now there’s sticking my neck out) configurable. Mick does
- not say whether he is using text or graphics output to his printer but
- for the dot matrix drivers this is what happens.
- 7.1
- Text output:-
- 7.1
- send
- 7.1
- StartTextJob code
- 7.1
- SetLines code plus byte to set the page depth in text lines
- 7.1
- [your text formatted as per option set, eg none or draft highlights etc
- using specified line feed/ linefeed cr codes]
- 7.1
- {gets to the end of a page
- 7.1
- [more text as above]}
- 7.1
- .
- 7.1
- . repeat above for number of pages
- 7.1
- .
- 7.1
- EndTextJob code (this usually includes a Form Feed in the codes sent)
- 7.1
- For graphics you have:-
- 7.1
- SetLines code plus byte as above
- 7.1
- PageStart code
- 7.1
- [Graphics data using specified control strings]
- 7.1
- @{of a page
- 7.1
- PageEnd code
- 7.1
- SetLines code as above
- 7.1
- PageStart code
- 7.1
- [Graphics data as above]}
- 7.1
- .
- 7.1
- . repeat for number of pages
- 7.1
- .
- 7.1
- GraphicsFormFeed code PageEnd code
- 7.1
- thus, by defining your form feed character in the driver definition file
- to be nothing, form feeds can be suppressed. Remember though that it
- needs to be done for each graphics resolution and each text definition.
- 7.1
- I have a dummy printer def file which replaces the genuine control codes
- with strings to illustrate what is going on. If it is merged into
- !Printers’ Printer control window and set to print to file, output from
- it can be viewed in !Edit to see what is going on. If a multipage text
- file is dragged to it, the effect of text control codes can be viewed,
- and similarly with graphics. The ideal is a two-page document using
- outline fonts with, say, just one character at the bottom of each page
- so that there is not too much graphics garbage to wade through but
- mostly LineSkip codes. The printer def file and a suitable text test
- file are on the Archive monthly disc. It includes a ‘Graptest’ file
- which is a two-page Wordz “document”. Tim Nicholson, Cranleigh.
- 7.1
- • Keyboard cleaning − We regularly get asked about keyboard problems,
- many of which could be solved by cleaning. That, I think, is the answer
- to Brian Cowan’s question in his Hardware Column last month. There have
- been three main references to this in Archive (3.9 p10 + 5.1 p25 + 5.2
- p28). I think these should cover most eventualities. Ed.
- 7.1
- In response to Brian’s question, several subscribers sent in
- descriptions of how to clean a keyboard. I think that much of it is
- covered by the references above but I think Knut Folmo’s comments which
- follow may also be helpful. Ed.
- 7.1
- • Keyboard cleaning (2) − There are three different keyboards on
- Archimedes computers.
- 7.1
- (1) KPL keyboard − This was used only on VERY old A310 machines. It can
- be identified by looking at the CapsLock LED, which is mounted on the
- right hand side of the key-top, as opposed to the left on the more usual
- types. This is horrible to type on! If you still have such a keyboard,
- throw it in the wastebin and buy a new! (Funnily enough, Acorn keyboards
- are on special offer at the moment for £95 instead of £123 − strictly
- while stocks last − I have about 10 of them. Ed)
- 7.1
- (2) Keytronics keyboard − This is the normal keyboard on most of the
- A310s and nearly all the A400/1 range. If you take off one of the keys,
- you will see a rubber cap that is mounted between the key and the
- keyswitch.
- 7.1
- These keyboards do not like hair, biscuits and other kinds of dust. If
- any keys fail, it most likely to be the CapsLock key because the hole
- around the LED makes it possible for dust to get into the keyswitch. If
- you have access to pressurised air, you can fix the key for a limited
- period of time by taking off the keytop and blowing some air around the
- LED. The best cure is to open the whole keyboard and clean it. This is a
- lot of work and involves unscrewing approximately 40 screws. (See the
- references mentioned above. Ed.)
- 7.1
- (3) Cherry keyboards − All A5000/A540 machines have this type of
- keyboard, which use the same mechanics as the A3000. This is a very good
- membrane keyboard which seems to be very long-lasting. The use of
- membrane technology makes it impossible for dust to enter the electrical
- contacts. This type of keyboard is also the best to type on. It can
- easily be identified by taking off one of the keytops, which should have
- a little spring mounted on the underside. (Cherry keyboards are the ones
- we have on special offer at the moment. Ed.) Knut Folmo, Norway.
- 7.1
- There is a fourth type: the A4000 type keyboard. We haven’t had any of
- these go wrong yet, but we’ll report on them as and when they do. Ed.
- 7.1
- • Street maps using Draw − At the risk of being boring, since there have
- been lots of articles about using Artworks or Vector to produce street
- maps, I offer this solution using plain simple RISC OS 3 Draw. Firstly,
- draw your map using ordinary thin lines for the roads. Then group all
- the roads together and make their thicknesses (say) 4pt. Switch the grid
- lock on and copy the roads. With the grid lock on, a copy is made
- exactly one grid distance down and to the right. Therefore you can move
- the copy exactly over the original. Now change all the lines in the copy
- to colour white and thickness (say) 2pt and, hey presto, there’s your
- street map.
- 7.1
- If you want different thickness roads, keep the grid lock on and move
- the copy to a different bit of the paper. Then make the copy’s line
- colour red (so you can see it) and ungroup both maps. Carefully change
- the corresponding road lines to the required thicknesses − e.g. 8pt on
- the original and 5pt on the copy for the main roads. Then re-group the
- roads and move the copy over the original. Finally, change the copy to
- white lines. There may be more elegant ways of generating road maps but
- this one is “free” with the Archimedes! Notice also that there are no
- problems with joining different sized roads (i.e. the outlines of the
- small roads do not project into the big roads. Cain Hunt, Cambridge. A
- 7.1
- Virtual Golf
- 7.1
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.1
- Golf simulations have always been popular, both on Acorn and other
- platforms. There are more golf simulators for Acorn machines than any
- other sports games. Perhaps the success of computer golf may be
- attributed to the cost of the computer game when compared to the costs
- of golf clubs and membership of the local club!
- 7.1
- Be that as it may, Virtual Golf is 4th Dimension’s new golf game, which
- tries to break new ground in computer golf simulation. It is from the
- same stable as, and indeed shares the same author as, the original
- Archimedes golf game, Holed Out. To this extent, you might be forgiven
- for thinking that Virtual Golf is just an upgrade from this fun, if
- rather dated, simulator. I prefer to think of it as a sequel rather than
- as an upgrade, and not just because 4th Dimension will not be offering
- an upgrade to Holed Out owners!
- 7.1
- The major new feature of Virtual Golf is that when you come to play the
- stroke, the power-meters and button clicks for power, hook and slice
- have totally disappeared and are replaced by the player swinging the
- mouse to simulate the club. Obviously you can’t swing the mouse in the
- vertical plane, but this certainly beats clicking to stop a power-meter.
- 7.1
- The swinging of the mouse certainly takes some practice, as you can only
- achieve a clean impact with the ball if the swing is virtually perfect.
- To help in this, the author, Gordon Key, has thoughtfully provided a
- driving range, with the typical distance markers (cunningly disguised
- paths!), bunkers and greens to pitch onto. Time spent here mastering the
- swing, will certainly pay dividends in the main game.
- 7.1
- Once you have conquered (?!?) the basic swing, you may practise any hole
- on the course, from any position on the hole. This is, apparently, the
- only way to practise putting, and it would be nice to see a practice
- putting green implemented. Perhaps a small nine-hole putting course like
- you find at most golf clubs and on the seafront at some seaside resorts
- could be included?
- 7.1
- One of the advertising slogans on the Virtual Golf box claims that it is
- ‘almost worth selling your clubs for’. Presumably it is referring to the
- swinging of the mouse to represent the club, suggesting that it is
- really lifelike. However, I found the game had a tendency to hook the
- ball, with around two thirds of my full power stokes being hooked to the
- left. In reality, I tend to slice the ball to the right, not hook it,
- when playing a bad shot out on the course. This was a little
- disappointing and is my only major criticism of the game. There are,
- apparently, six types of shot which can be played: (note that the
- definitions refer to windless conditions)
- 7.1
- Hook − The ball falls away (heavily) to the left when in flight.
- 7.1
- Draw − The ball drifts slightly to the left when in flight.
- 7.1
- Clean − The balls flies straight and true − often the ideal shot.
- 7.1
- Fade − The ball drifts slightly to the right when in flight.
- 7.1
- Slice − The ball falls away (heavily) to the right when in flight.
- 7.1
- Low Power − The ball only travels a short distance.
- 7.1
- Hooks and slices vary in intensity depending both on the wind and on how
- you strike the ball.
- 7.1
- The main game requires at least 2 Mb of memory to run, and may be
- installed onto a hard disc, but you will need the main program disc as a
- key because of the protection. When loaded, it installs on the iconbar,
- and all the game options are available via menus and windows. However,
- the gameplay takes place outside desktop, but entering and leaving
- desktop is very smooth.
- 7.1
- The aim of the game is rather more interesting than most golf
- simulators. Just as in real golf, you must practise playing the course
- and then play handicap assessment rounds to try and improve your
- handicap. Improving your handicap allows you to enter six increasingly
- difficult competitions ranging from the Beginners’ Knockabout open to
- everyone, through to the prestigious British Open, which is only
- available to players with handicaps of 2 or less. The British Open is
- the only tournament in which the names of real golfers are used. The
- rest of the opponents are either puns or humorous ideas of Mr Key. The
- default holder of the Acorn Masters trophy is Mr Archi Medes (groan!).
- 7.1
- The variety of options is huge:
- 7.1
- It is possible to select Winter, Spring, Summer or Autumn conditions
- affecting both the gameplay and the graphics.
- 7.1
- You can select match play (complete with gimmies and retiring),
- strokeplay, handicap assessment, or tournament rounds.
- 7.1
- Between one and four players may be present in any game, all of which
- can be saved as player files, and each can be right or left-handed.
- 7.1
- You can save the game and scorecard at any point.
- 7.1
- There is a special high resolution display mode for owners of VGA
- monitors (but which seems very small on an Acorn Multisync). The normal
- graphics run in an overscan screen mode to increase the available screen
- area.
- 7.1
- There is an option to turn off the map and stroke information whilst the
- ball is in flight, allowing you to see the shot more clearly.
- 7.1
- It is possible to obtain information about the tournaments, such as who
- the last winner was and when, and see a picture of the trophy awarded to
- the winner.
- 7.1
- You can set the sound level between 0 and 15.
- 7.1
- The above is not even a complete list of the many features packed into
- the game, but suffice it to say that I don’t think that any other golf
- game on Acorn machines offers so many facilities. The only missing
- option would be the skill option available in Holed Out, to set whether
- or not wind affects the ball, and what sort of lie balls landing in
- bunkers and the rough will be given.
- 7.1
- At present, the game is only supplied with a course based on that at
- Wentworth which is a shame. Two courses, as in Holed Out, would have
- added more variety, although the manual states that more courses will be
- available sometime in the future. Each course contains over 1Mb of data
- so, we are told, these extra courses may take some time to complete.
- 7.1
- The in-game graphics are particularly good with detailed slopes of
- hills, rises and slopes. It makes a nice change to see a 4th Dimension
- game with polished graphics to match the quality of the gameplay. Acorn-
- only games seem usually to have superb gameplay, let down by their
- graphics, whereas on consoles and other games machines, the reverse is
- true.
- 7.1
- Scenery is provided in the form of digitised trees and bushes, with
- houses and even smoking industrial chimneys in the background! The
- leaves of the plants vary according to the season selected.
- 7.1
- Overall, Virtual Golf appears to be the best golf simulator available on
- Acorn machines, but Cambridge International Software’s Microdrive 2 has
- the advantage of being well established with quite a few of Virtual
- Golf’s features, and extra courses and a course designer are currently
- available. (Note that MD2 and MD Designer are both currently available
- at the special price of £16 each. Ed.)
- 7.1
- Virtual Golf costs £34.95 from 4th Dimension, or £33 through Archive.
- Whether it is really ‘worth selling your clubs for’, I leave you to
- decide, but I should hope that most golfers would receive more than £35
- for their clubs! A
- 7.1
- Colour Printing
- 7.1
- Jim Nottingham
- 7.1
- Colour printing is now available at a sensible price on the Archimedes.
- I have had some experience of this and would like to offer a few
- thoughts that will, hopefully, help others moving into this fascinating
- area.
- 7.1
- Paper & transparencies for inkjets
- 7.1
- In the last year or so, there have been a number of valuable suggestions
- in Archive about the best papers to use with inkjets/bubblejets. Having
- been fortunate enough to be able to justify buying the superb Canon
- BJC800, I’ve had varying results both with the recommended brands and
- around 30 other types, so here are my own findings:
- 7.1
- ‘Cheapo’ duplicating papers − pretty useless on the BJC800, with lots of
- colour runs and jagged edges with all printer settings.
- 7.1
- Canon brand − one-sided, very white, very good but very expensive
- (around 12p per A4 sheet, 25p for A3).
- 7.1
- ‘Colour Enhancement Paper’ from System Insight − mentioned in earlier
- Archives, one-sided, not perfect white and rather thin (70gsm?) but, for
- my money, the best printed results by a very long chalk. Mid-price at
- £35 per A4 ream (= 7p/sheet), unfortunately not available in A3.
- 7.1
- ‘Final Quality Smooth Paper’ from System Insight − a lovely paper but,
- despite what the catalogue says, useless on the BJC800! When I queried
- this, SI said it’s good on the BJ10 and BJ200 but they don’t recommend
- it for colour. Price £25 per A4 ream.
- 7.1
- Posh ‘letterhead’ papers − Conqueror etc. Two-sided, quite white,
- usually around 100gsm, readily available around £15 per A4 ream.
- Reasonably good results, so best value for money unless you really need
- the higher quality of Canon or System Insight papers.
- 7.1
- Transparencies − very few brands recommended for the BJC800. Best value
- from System Insight (£24 for 40 sheets = 60p/sheet) or, for a slightly
- better result, Folextran from Canon suppliers at £60 for 100 sheets =
- 60p/sheet). Both brands are heavily coated and so they pick up gunge and
- finger marks very quickly. Probably best to store/use them in clear
- pockets. The suppliers say Folextran are also good on lasers but I’ve
- found the results rather iffy. (Can anyone recommend a brand for use on
- laser printers?) (I use Datamark which I buy from a local stationery
- supplier and that seems fine. Ed.)
- 7.1
- System Insight are a very helpful firm with lots of inkjet consumables
- in their free catalogue.
- 7.1
- Ironically, I’ve had problems getting Canon products; their recommended
- suppliers don’t seem to want to be bothered with cottage industries.
- However, I’ve found Copymore Office Automation to be very helpful and
- with prompt delivery. You can contact Simon at Freepost BM130,
- Birmingham, B12 8BR. Tel 0800-102010. Fax 021-753-0075.
- 7.1
- Colour printing in practice
- 7.1
- The BJC800 review and Charles Moir’s valuable comments in Archive 6.1
- pp45-49 introduced us to the problems of colour variations between what
- you see on screen and what you get on paper. These are quite significant
- and, presumably, affect all colour printers, but you can also get quite
- marked differences between different brands of paper or transparencies.
- 7.1
- Since getting the BJC800, I’ve been trying out all sorts of ideas to
- combat the general darkening of colours and, more problematical, the
- changes in some colour hues. Results have been very variable but I’ve
- had some successes, so here are a few ideas:
- 7.1
- Adjusting the screen palette or using new screen palettes (such as that
- supplied with Artworks) produces only marginal improvements and, in
- practice, is really only good for 16-colour modes.
- 7.1
- For sprites, there are two usable options. Firstly, a number of programs
- (e.g. scanners or digitisers) allow you to apply gamma correction in
- software. This lightens darker colours but leaves lighter colours alone
- − clever stuff. It can combat the general darkening quite well but is
- not so effective on hue changes. You will probably need lots of trial
- and error, depending on the hardware, the program and even the original
- image but a gamma correction of around 2.20 seems to be a good starting
- point.
- 7.1
- Alternatively, if you have 4Mation’s excellent Chameleon application, I
- recommend dropping the sprite into !Draw and then into Chameleon. It is
- then possible to tweak the sprite by using Chameleon’s global change
- facilities. (You can’t change individual colours of sprites in
- Chameleon.) I find weakening or brightening the image by a couple of
- mouse clicks can often give the desired effect − the Chameleon manual
- says this is equivalent to increasing white or reducing black − I don’t
- understand it but it seems to work.
- 7.1
- I haven’t found any method of combatting the hue changes with sprites −
- does anyone have any ideas please?
- 7.1
- Drawfiles are easier to deal with in more detail. Simply select each
- line or filled area in turn and tweak the colour to give the desired
- result when printed. This does need a little experience but that comes
- very quickly. On the BJC800, I find using lighter shades of the primary
- colours (yellow, cyan and magenta) works a treat, while combinations of
- any two (to give lighter shades of red, green and blue) works quite
- well. It’s only when you use darker shades, or start mixing all three
- colours, that problems set in. With a modicum of trial and error, it
- should be very easy to deduce a range of usable colours that will work
- well with your printer.
- 7.1
- If you really need to reproduce a specific colour, bearing in mind that
- you can get quite different results on different materials, the only way
- round it seems to be to use a colour cube. Segments of a cube are quite
- easy to produce on paper, using the super interpolation functions of
- Artworks, Vector or Draw. You can then choose the specific colours you
- want and set the RGB values in either 0-100% or 0-255 units, depending
- on your program. With this method, the colours on screen will probably
- look all wrong but you really can achieve WYWIWYG (what you want is what
- you get... ).
- 7.1
- On the monthly program disc are a number of drawfiles which will enable
- you to print them out on your own printer. A
- 7.1
- Gemini
- 7.1
- Hutch Curry
- 7.1
- Gemini is a computerised version of the parlour game ‘Pelmanism’ which
- is supplied on two discs for £29.95 +VAT by Cambridge Software House.
- The first disc contains the Gemini application, a RISC OS 2 !Fonts
- directory containing the Tabloid font, a !System and a directory of some
- supplied sprites for the game. The application is started in the usual
- manner by double-clicking on the Gemini icon. The program then installs
- itself on the iconbar. To progress any further, you must drag one of the
- directories from within the Games1 directory onto the iconbar.
- 7.1
- The game is played with different numbers of ‘card pairs’ (3, 10 or 20).
- When you begin, these are placed face down on the board. You turn over a
- card by clicking on it. You then must try to locate a match for the
- first card from the remaining face down cards. Depending on the game,
- the match can either be literal (picture to picture) or symbolic
- (picture to word). If you have been successful and found a match, the
- cards are turned over again but the cards now have a different colour
- backing to indicate that they are no longer in play. There are icons on
- top of the board to indicate how many pairs have been found and a
- counter to display the number of moves taken. The gameplay is reasonably
- smooth but there seems to be an absence of any sound effects. This is
- unfortunate as the use of sound might have increased the user’s interest
- level.
- 7.1
- From the iconbar menu, you can choose a number of options. You can
- choose which of the available outline fonts to use for displaying the
- names when the pairs are matched. You can also choose to have the cards
- graphically ‘flip’ end over end when they are chosen as opposed to just
- appearing in place of the background. Also, you can select the length of
- display time before the cards are turned face down again after failing
- to make a match. Gemini also includes a facility to store a complete
- record of game play that can be saved to disc and replayed at any time.
- Finally, there is an option to reshuffle the cards for another game.
- 7.1
- Gemini is supplied with a second disc of games which includes such
- themes as cats, dogs, dinosaurs, colours and number. In addition, Gemini
- is supplied with a blank set of sprites and a sample script file so that
- users can generate their own games. This is a nice idea that should
- substantially extend the program’s lifespan for the purchaser.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- Gemini is a competent program with a number of nice features. However, I
- think that the price tag of £29.95 is a bit high when one considers the
- availability of a number of quite good PD versions of Pelmanism. A
- 7.1
- Genesis Magpie Column
- 7.1
- Paul Hooper
- 7.1
- Skeletons in the cupboard
- 7.1
- This month we are going to have a look at ‘skeleton’ pages within both
- of the programs and the way you can utilise them to save not only work
- but also disc space. As usual, the two programs deal with this problem
- in different ways sometimes with unpredictable results! To illustrate
- the differences, I will take an example from the Swap Shop catalogue and
- describe how an identical application can be tackled in both Genesis and
- Magpie.
- 7.1
- The problem was this, I wished to set up an alphabet which would be
- printed out along the bottom of every page and each letter was to be
- linked to a separate page. The page format was also to be the same with
- a large upper case letter and a lower case letter of the same size, both
- of which were to be linked to a sound sample. I also required a next
- page button. The picture below should explain the problem.
- 7.1
- Magpie solution
- 7.1
- In Magpie, there is a skeleton icon which can be used to set up a
- skeleton page. First of all, we create a text frame and type in our
- alphabet, then using the button tool you need to create 26 individual
- transparent buttons covering each of the letters in turn. These buttons
- need to be linked to the corresponding pages but one of the problems
- with Magpie now rears its head − you can’t link to a page that doesn’t,
- as yet, exist.
- 7.1
- Yet with a little lateral thinking, you can overcome the problem. A
- skeleton page in Magpie is a blueprint for all the others. You can edit
- the skeleton page and it will affect all the pages that use that
- blueprint. So, create your pages with pictures, sound samples, etc on
- them using the skeleton page and then go back to your skeleton page and
- edit it so that the buttons now point to the pages that you have
- created. Save your new skeleton page and now every page in your alphabet
- will be altered. The frame for the large letters can be formed in the
- normal way but left blank so that you can type in the correct letter.
- The skeleton page also has the next page button on it although my last
- page would not require this but would require a button to return to the
- beginning. Now if you try to modify a button that is part of a skeleton
- page, you will get an error message. The way round this is to use the
- rubber and remove the button on the last page, then replace it with a
- new button connected to the first page. Magpie will not allow you to
- edit anything that appears on a copy of a skeleton page but it will
- allow you to rub it out.
- 7.1
- Genesis solution
- 7.1
- To solve the problem in Genesis is a little more complex. Over the past
- few months, much has been said in this column about the use of the
- shared resources area. Not only can you use this area for graphics but
- you can also use it to save script language.
- 7.1
- So if you wish to include a ‘skeleton’ page, create a page in the normal
- way and using the ‘Info’ option at the top of the page menu, slide off
- and, using the ‘Page’ option, open up the ‘Page Information’ − this has
- a save script option. Save the script for your skeleton page into a
- directory and then open up your shared resources area by using <menu>
- over the Genesis icon, rename the script to something more meaningful
- and drop the icon into the resources area. Now each time you wish to use
- this skeleton page, you create a page as normal and then open up the
- page script by holding down <Shift> and clicking <select> over the page
- icon from the ‘Show’ sub menu. Drag the script file for this page into
- Edit and type in:
- 7.1
- INCLUDE “Your name”
- 7.1
- Using the name that you used for your script in the resources area. Now
- save the new page script by dragging it into the page resources area and
- when you open up the page you will have your skeleton page. Now if you
- change anything on your skeleton page, it will effect all the others.
- Beware of altering your skeleton on a copy page, as this will mean that
- the whole of the skeleton page is saved within your new page definition.
- 7.1
- As an example on the month’s disc, I have included a Genesis demo which
- is also a tutorial on the use of skeleton pages. Feel free to modify and
- experiment with this and if you have any queries about the use of
- skeleton pages, please let me know.
- 7.1
- The Swap Shop
- 7.1
- It has been very quiet for the last month on the Swap Shop front and I
- have spent the time converting applications between the two formats. Let
- me just remind readers how the Swap Shop works. If you have created a
- Magpie or Genesis application, just send it to me and, in return, I will
- send you a copy of the Catalogue. You can then select three applications
- from the catalogue and send me the formatted discs and you will receive
- them by return of post. If you are writing on behalf of an educational
- establishment, put your request on headed note paper and you can choose
- as many applications as you like so long as you provide the discs and
- return postage.
- 7.1
- National Education Multimedia Awards
- 7.1
- These awards have been set up by NCET to encourage the creation of
- multimedia compositions in the classroom. The awards are split into four
- categories: 11 years and under, 12-16 years, 17-19 years, Students in
- Initial Teacher Education.
- 7.1
- Entry forms are available from: The NEMA Office, NCET, Sir William Lyons
- Road, Science Park, Coventry, CV4 7EZ. The closing date is 31st March
- 1994.
- 7.1
- This is an opportunity for schools to write and design their own Magpie
- or Genesis applications and receive a real reward. Yet one thing has
- struck me, many of the primary schools around this area are still
- struggling on with the BBC Master and even the good old ‘B’. This would
- be an ideal time to offer assistance to your local primary school by
- offering your services and machine to help them out.
- 7.1
- Next month
- 7.1
- Next month’s column will take a close look at some of the applications
- that we have in the Swap Shop, and will also examine what makes a good
- application and other areas where Genesis and Magpie would be useful.
- 7.1
- The end bit
- 7.1
- If you have any suggestions or queries concerning either program, or if
- you have an application/binder that you want to swap then drop me a line
- to Paul Hooper, 11 Rochford Road, Martham, Gt. Yarmouth, NR29 4RL.
- Phone: 0493-748474. A
- 7.1
- Zool
- 7.1
- Jean-Paul Hamerton
- 7.1
- Zool was converted by James Byrne at Cygnus Software for Gremlin
- Graphics and costs £25.99 or £24 through Archive. It was reviewed on a
- 1Mb A310 with a 20Mb hard drive. I have have been using this game for
- about a month so that I could test its lasting appeal!
- 7.1
- The plot
- 7.1
- You are Zool, the interstellar cosmos dweller from the Nth dimension,
- and you are on your way home when you notice a strange wobbling
- phenomena. As a member of the Intergalactic Ninjas, you are compelled to
- investigate. You move closer to the phenomenon to get a better look, but
- some strange power takes over your ship. You are pulled deep into the
- strange vortex, the ship starts to spin out of control, you are thrown
- from side to side and you black out. You wake to see that your ship has
- crashed landed on a planet made from sweets. There is a message on the
- computer − you have been brought to the planet to see if your are worthy
- of being a Intergalactic Ninja. It will be the first of six worlds for
- you to conquer. You will be set a time limit to overcome the many
- hazards and collect enough inanimate objects before you will be allowed
- to move on to the next world.
- 7.1
- The package
- 7.1
- The game comes on two discs, both of which are unprotected and can be
- copied onto a single high density disc or to a hard drive. If you have
- enough memory, you could copy one or both of the discs to the ramdisc
- and run it from there.
- 7.1
- There is some protection in the form of a cardboard discs. These discs
- have pictures of Zool in different poses. At the beginning of the game,
- you are shown a picture and asked for the code in a box. You move the
- disc to match up with the picture and type in the code. There is one
- thing I do hate and I don’t understand why they did it. The codes are
- written in black ink on the black card so it can’t be photocopied. It’s
- just that I find it hard to read − you have to get the light just right.
- 7.1
- There is an 52 page A5 instruction manual which is divided into four
- different languages. The first four pages are taken up by a nice comic
- strip which has Zool as an old man, telling his grandson all about how
- he got into the predicament he was in. The next eight pages tell you all
- about the different worlds and about the different enemies you will meet
- on your way. The instructions are very good and tell you all you need to
- know. Maybe there is too much information as it might be quite fun to
- find out the hard way. There is also a single piece of paper explaining
- how you can copy both discs onto a high density disc or a hard drive.
- 7.1
- To load the program, you need to check that you have 640Kb free memory
- and then double-click on the Zool icon. Ten seconds or so later, you
- come to the protection sequence. You have three tries at typing in the
- correct code, after which you get thrown out. When you get the right
- code, after another ten seconds, the music starts and a large sprite of
- Zool runs to the middle of the screen and jumps up and hangs from the
- word Zool. If you press <space>, you will get a menu of different
- playing options. Here you will be able to select how hard the game will
- be or what type of music you would like. The choice is rave, funk, rock
- or green − I don’t know what green is but that’s the one I usually
- listen to. Press <fire> on a joystick or the keyboard and the game while
- begin.
- 7.1
- The game
- 7.1
- Well, if you don’t already know, Zool is a four-way scrolling platforms
- game. There are six different worlds, each with its own theme to
- complete. Each world has three sections to it and at the end of every
- third section, there will be a big beastie to kill before moving on to
- the next world.
- 7.1
- Zool is a funny looking alien with pointed green ears. He is dressed in
- black with a nice red sash and has a wide selection of moves, not just
- running about and jumping everywhere. You can make him slide, kick and
- crouch, and he has even got a nice right hook, good enough to break down
- walls − well, some walls. There is one more move that I have kept for
- last. All ninjas are renowned for their sword skills and this little
- ninja is no exception. Make him jump then press the <fire> button and
- see him spin with his sword slicing up all that is in his path. He
- starts the game with five lives, each life can take three hits (hearts)
- before he will lose it. It is possible to collect more of these hearts
- because sometimes, when you kill an enemy, a heart will start to float
- to the top of the screen − you must jump and catch it before it goes
- away.
- 7.1
- First comes the Sweet World where the majority of the platforms are made
- from a sort of cake with smarties in it. Lollipops and candy canes are
- trees and the enemies are orange and green jellies with a liquorice
- allsorts thrown in for good measure. There are various bumble bees
- flying around that are made from sweets − I would have thought that they
- could have come up with something more original.
- 7.1
- Music World is the second world and the one I liked most. This has
- walking drums and cymbals, and violins that fire their bows at you. I
- particularly liked this level because of the massive piano that you can
- play by jumping on the keys. At certain places on some of the background
- there are music books which have some musical notes on the open pages
- and when you play these on the piano strange things happen.
- 7.1
- The next world is Fruit World with pomegranate volcanoes, spitting
- carrots, flying pea pods (very wierd-looking), kamikaze tomatoes that
- fall from the sky and grapes that hang around in bunches and when you go
- near them they attack you by bouncing on top of your head.
- 7.1
- Tool World is very hard. It took me ages to get started as you need to
- find a hidden door. The enemies are very strange, woodworms with very
- big teeth, drill bits that emerge out of nowhere, never mind the saws,
- the chain-saws, the flies that are made from nuts and bolts buzzing all
- about and some sort of red bouncy thing that when you shoot it, it
- splits into two.
- 7.1
- Toy World’s platforms are made from my favourite toy when I was kid,
- Meccano. It looks as if someone has broken some of it, as it has some
- very sharp edges. This level has Toy Tanks firing enormous missiles, a
- bouncing ball trying to bounce on top of your head, and the Paper
- Aeroplanes dropping bombs on you. On one of the later parts, there is a
- bouncy castle that you have fun jumping on.
- 7.1
- Last is Fairground World where you can take a ride on a plastic duck or
- get killed by some very nasty-looking candy floss or maybe a toffee
- apple might give you some G.B.H. There are some hammers that go around
- hitting everything in sight but that can be very useful. There is one
- thing you must remember − don’t eat the popcorn as it does more than
- pop.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- Having had Zool for over a month now, I still enjoy playing it as there
- is no way of jumping worlds (unless you have a cheat). Having to
- complete each level every time, I would have thought would get a bit
- frustrating at times, but Gremlin Graphics have done a good job with the
- levels so that there are lots of bits that you might have missed before,
- like hidden rooms or bonuses. There are also some hidden games as in
- Nevryon.
- 7.1
- I would have like to have seen a little more effort put into making the
- player think, instead of just running about and killing anything that
- moves. Some of the end-of-level beasties are poor as well. A banana and
- alarm clock don’t exactly sound very exciting, and although Jimmy’s
- killer guitar sounds a little better, it looks pretty naff. I must say
- that the giant bumble bee and Maxie the robot do look very good.
- 7.1
- The graphics and sounds are excellent and put a lot of Archimedes games
- to shame. Zool has to be one of the most professionally written games on
- the Archimedes. I have even heard that the game could be converted to an
- arcade machine − that is how big this game has become. If you have ever
- played any type of platform game and enjoyed it, then I really do think
- you will enjoy this. A
- 7.1
- Time Traveller − Victorians
- 7.1
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.1
- Time Traveller is a dedicated database that handles information with the
- aid of a time line. It is produced by ESM and costs £37.50 +VAT from ESM
- or £41 through Archive. It is specifically designed for primary school
- children at Key Stage 2 (8 − 11 years old) and is closely linked with
- Yorkshire Televisions ‘How We Used to Live’ series of historical
- recreations.
- 7.1
- Time Lines contains two discs − a program and a data disc. It easily
- installs itself on a hard disc.
- 7.1
- Aims
- 7.1
- Time Traveller has two specific aims. Firstly, to show the relative
- position of events so that children can explore the relationship between
- one event and the next. Events can be added, for example, to show the
- relationship between medical knowledge and social conditions during the
- Victorian period. Secondly, there is the opportunity to compare two sets
- of time lines alongside each other so that children can test hypothesis
- and relationships between sets of data. This, it is hoped, will lead to
- children exploring and investigating their own historical topics.
- 7.1
- The Victorians − early and late
- 7.1
- There are a number of ready-made time line files supplied by ESM. Here I
- review the Victorians but other files include The Making of the United
- Kingdom which covers 1500 to 1750, Britain since the 30s and Trade &
- Industry in Medieval Realms.
- 7.1
- An application, !Time, installs itself on the iconbar and the Victorians
- Data file is dropped onto it. Immediately, a window opens revealing the
- five main themes. Each theme has a number of related subjects. Thus
- ‘Working Life’ will contain data on Engineering, Factory Work, Farming
- and Mining. Four buttons along the top of the data screen allow the user
- to switch between the chooser button, simple time line, comparison time
- lines and finally a record button. The latter offers information about
- the chosen data. Subjects within a theme can be selected using two arrow
- buttons. This is all easy to use and should pose no problems for
- children.
- 7.1
- Simple time line
- 7.1
- Selecting ‘Working Life’ from the People theme presented me with two
- time lines: the inner one was a fairly detailed yearly list of events;
- the outer one placed the period shown on screen within the whole
- Victorian period. As I scrolled down checking through the data, so the
- outer one scrolled in unison. Clicking on any of the items and choosing
- the record button gave me information on that event. More than one event
- or subject can be chosen and will appear at the top of the data screen.
- Double clicking on any of them highlights the events belonging to them.
- Thus children can see which events correspond to more than one theme or
- subject. New themes, subjects and events can be added to the time line.
- They can be deleted but not until countless warnings have been issued.
- 7.1
- The compare time line
- 7.1
- Clicking on the Compare button allows the user to look at two sets of
- data with a time line between them. Thus, for instance, the facts
- concerning housing and education could be compared to see whether any
- links could be determined between them. In this way, it is hoped that
- children can formulate their own theories and connections between the
- sets of data. Data can be switched from one side of the time line to the
- other in order to make comparisons easier.
- 7.1
- Other features
- 7.1
- The Help button gives access to information on any set of data. This can
- be changed within the Time Traveller program where full cut and paste,
- move, copy, clear, etc functions are available, or data can be exported
- as a text file, edited using !Edit and then imported back into Time
- traveller. Sprites can be added but not drawfiles.
- 7.1
- Completely new time lines can be created using !Time. Any period in
- history can be defined spanning from 9999 BC to 9999 AD (‘future’ time
- lines − some creative writing and thinking possible here). It is all
- quite easy to do but would take a fair amount of time.
- 7.1
- The program can be configured to suit individual requirements. Typeface,
- access, deleting and printing options can all be changed.
- 7.1
- Finally, the documentation is superb. The 25 page manual is beautifully
- presented in a hardback file. The instructions are laid out clearly and
- are easy to follow. Other documentation includes an A4 hardback file
- that accompanies Yorkshire Television’s ‘How We Used to Live’. This is a
- wonderful resource in itself containing 48 workcard and 17 photographs
- about the Victorians. There is even an audio tape of songs of the
- period.
- 7.1
- Conclusions
- 7.1
- Time traveller is easy to use, flexible in that new sets of data can be
- created and the documentation is excellent. It manages to provide these
- features in a straight forward way and fulfils the first of its aims
- well in that it is easy to see sets of data in relation to each other. I
- am less convinced that the second aim, comparing time lines, is always
- achievable. Leaving aside the problems of using two sets of data that
- are somehow linked, random searching, whilst educationally laudable,
- could lead to much wasted time. It also requires a fairly sophisticated
- level of thinking to hypothesise in the stated way. I wonder whether
- children at the age level the program is aimed at (Key Stage 2) could
- cope. I admit that I have not tried Time Traveller with any children
- since the Victorians are not due for an airing in my school until 1995.
- Perhaps now that there is to be an ‘education’ section in Archive, there
- will be a forum allowing teachers who use the programs to offer their
- experiences. (Also, there are more T-T packages for review so it would
- be good to have them looked at by teachers who are currently dealing
- with the topics in question. Ed.)
- 7.1
- Much effort has gone into updating these sets of programs (I believe
- they began life on the old BBC’s), making them easy to use and providing
- usable documentation. I would recommend that any interested buyer
- thoroughly trial the program before they part with their money to make
- sure it does what they want.
- 7.1
- Time-Traveller Victorians costs £39.50 +VAT from ESM or £43 through
- Archive. The price includes a site licence. A
- 7.1
- Time Traveller − Making of U.K. 1500-1750
- 7.1
- Paul Hooper
- 7.1
- I was intrigued by this title. Could two hundred and fifty years of
- British history be summed up in a single 800Kb disc? Well, the short
- answer is no. The program is designed as an outline which will enable
- you to create your own time lines and create a computer database which
- can be used to investigate links between data. The title is a direct
- quote from the National Curriculum Key Stage 3, Core study unit 3 but
- don’t let that put you off! Now I am not going to go into the detail of
- the way this program works, as this has been covered in the review by
- Richard Rymarz, but how can this program be integrated into a classroom?
- 7.1
- But first the program...
- 7.1
- I must admit that I was pleasantly surprised with the ease of use of the
- program. It has a natural feel to it − you intuitively know what to do.
- It is very easy to set up and compare time lines, and information cards
- can be called up, edited and resaved with the author’s name. The cards
- can also be exported in Edit format allowing you to import them into
- other applications. I was a bit disappointed that the same sort of
- export capability was not provided for the time line itself. If you
- could export the time line as a sprite or drawfile, it could be used in
- Genesis or other packages. The manual and the binder that go with the
- program are excellent with first class photocopy masters, which are
- almost worth the price on their own.
- 7.1
- Classroom use
- 7.1
- This program certainly has the capability of being used as a
- collaborative venture by different groups of pupils. With the ability to
- import Edit files as the information cards, those schools who are lucky
- enough to have access to more than one Archimedes or even a few a Pocket
- Books, can set groups of pupils working on different subjects and then
- collect all the information into Time Traveller. This will involve the
- pupils in looking up the information in books, doing word processing and
- using English skills. When each of the cards is entered into the
- database, a date is required and also the author’s name. This is a real
- stroke of genius − there is nothing more encouraging to a child than to
- see his name on the screen and to feel that he/she has written part of a
- ‘computer program’.
- 7.1
- Pictures
- 7.1
- Many of the PD libraries have clipart of kings, queens, explorers,
- musicians, etc that can be added to information cards and you could even
- scan in pictures. Draw can also be used to add pictures, so you could
- create the pictures yourself. One slight quibble here though, is that
- you can only add one picture to an information card. So, for instance,
- you can only have a single picture of Inigo Jones or the Whitehall
- Banqueting hall on the first page of the same card even though the text
- may stretch over two or three pages.
- 7.1
- Conclusions
- 7.1
- What may seem at first as a weakness is in fact a strength. The fact
- that the time line seems empty encourages you to put more and more
- information into it. As any good teacher knows, if you have written the
- information down, it is going to be learnt − it is much better than
- being the passive recipient of information from the screen. ESM may very
- well do themselves out of sales because once you have one copy of Time
- Traveller, there is no real need to buy another one. You can create your
- own time lines from the program. The only reason to buy another period
- is for the photocopy masters. If these were available separately, that
- would be very helpful.
- 7.1
- Time Traveller − The Making of the United Kingdom is available from
- Archive at £43. A
- 7.1
- Smudge the Spaniel
- 7.1
- Bob & Lisa Ames
- 7.1
- The program comes with seven pages of manual, one of educational notes,
- two and a half of “counting songs”, and a full page picture of Smudge
- himself. The manual covers the IBM and RISC OS types of computer; the
- compressed files may be installed on a hard disc without any problems.
- However my AOC multisync doesn’t give a picture − unless I reconfigure
- my computer to Monitortype 1 (not 3) and then it all seems to work.
- 7.1
- There are three sections within the program:
- 7.1
- 1) Number shapes − The first part involves the student using the mouse
- to draw around the shape of an enlarged number. The number is shown
- about 8 or 9 cm high on a 14“ screen. To help with number recognition,
- there is a similar number of objects for the pupil to count and, with
- the sound option ON, the computer speaks the number.
- 7.1
- 2) Dot-to-dot − Either move the mouse and connect the spots or type in
- the next number and the computer draws the line for you; then colour in
- the completed picture.
- 7.1
- 3) Count and colour − A picture is coloured in by choosing the correct
- answer for a sum in a particular part of a picture and then clicking on
- the area which contains the question. (Rather an odd order to do
- things!)
- 7.1
- It is important to leave the write protect tab closed so that the disc
- may be written to during the program. The CC !Compression utility is
- used to de-compress sprite files as the program progresses and if the
- program is the first thing run after switch on, this will load
- automatically. However, as I use a complicated !Boot sequence, the
- utility doesn’t load and it is necessary to load it manually first. Then
- all the sprite files can be accessed. If the disc is write-protected, or
- the decompression utility has not loaded, the dots have no numbers,
- there are no letters to draw round and there is no picture to (count
- and) colour!
- 7.1
- The non-protected master disc may be backed-up at will. Hard disc
- installation presented a few problems; the !CFS parameters had to be
- changed manually (the full hard disc file path had to be typed into the
- !config file), otherwise the CFS system didn’t look at the !Scrap file
- on the hard disc and there weren’t any sprite files with the tasks (see
- above). I think the procedure for hard disc installation should be spelt
- out in the manual − I suspect that it would be beyond the scope of the
- average user!
- 7.1
- Specific problems encountered
- 7.1
- You can’t properly reach the Info icon with the mouse on Count & Colour.
- When you do, it doesn’t tell you that you are actually in the “assist
- mode” until the next operation, so you don’t know that your attempt at
- selection of Info was successful. The Info feature should be useful
- because it gives a standard “ 5+4=?? ” format sum with the relevant
- numbers of dots beneath each figure, so the child can count up the dots
- for the answer. However, despite the warning in the manual, the random
- nature of the sums still should give realistic colours (e.g. the sky
- shouldn’t be green!) The completed Count and Colour picture may be given
- a title, by colouring in and then pressing <escape> (Why escape?) and
- typing in the title. This can be printed but the program doesn’t save
- the picture.
- 7.1
- When Number Drawing with the mouse, a line is drawn when the button is
- released but it doesn’t draw a line when the button is pressed; (exactly
- the opposite to !Draw!). I found this rather strange and Lisa couldn’t
- understand this for a long while. The lines can be drawn in any (or
- all!) of eight colours.
- 7.1
- In Dot to Dot, in colour-in mode, you can’t go back to use the pen, so
- you can draw extra lines. You can’t redo colour fills and the brush
- bristles ought to change colour to indicate the colour to be painted
- when a colour is selected. The selection process is unreliable and you
- cannot change the colour when an area is painted wrongly!
- 7.1
- Dot to Dot is very slow to respond to keyboard input. There seems to be
- long gaps while Smudge walks to the next number in the sequence − this
- causes frustration to more able children.
- 7.1
- Sometimes even the computer leaves gaps in the lines and colour floods
- out to colour large areas of the picture and this cannot be rectified
- after the event. The “hollow” numbers (e.g. 6, 8, 9, 0) which mark the
- dots cannot be filled with colour.
- 7.1
- It is a great pity that the standard RISC OS printer drivers were not
- used − I could not print out anything with my HP Desk Jet − I had to
- resort to a noisy old Epson dot matrix! Any Epson which looks like an
- FX80 will work, sideways printing the screens in true mono (i.e. black
- and white only, no shading).
- 7.1
- I’m glad to see there is a version of the program on the disc which can
- be run on a simple unexpanded 1Mb machine. This does without some of the
- frills − e.g. there is no sound apart from the introduction music.
- 7.1
- Somehow during our investigations, the mouse was reconfigured to fast
- resolution horizontally, but slow vertically! Surely, this isn’t
- possible, is it?! It cleared to fast (my default) both ways, on
- resetting the computer.
- 7.1
- Telephone support was good and I suppose that the price of £24 through
- Archive (£25.99 inclusive from Storm Educational Software) is just about
- ‘value-for-money’.
- 7.1
- By the way, I must say that Smudge’s barks are very life-like − our dogs
- took an instant dislike to them! A
- 7.1
- PipeLineZ
- 7.1
- Gerald Fitton
- 7.1
- This month, I have two topics on which to express my views. The first is
- ‘porting’ data to other platforms. The second is a ‘not quite’
- comparison of PipeDream 4 and Resultz!
- 7.1
- PipeDream 2
- 7.1
- I’m not sure why, but recent correspondence has included more than a few
- reminiscences about the ‘good old days’ when PipeDream 2 existed on the
- Archimedes under the Arthur (RISC OS 1) operating system, also on the A4
- size, battery operated Z88, and on the PC running under MS DOS 2! In
- particular, Elwyn Morris praises highly this concept of ‘portability’ of
- PipeDream from one platform to another at great length. Those who ask
- questions rather than make comment want to know if PipeDream 4 will be
- ‘ported’ to the PC − and, if not, then what is involved in transferring
- data between PipeDream 4 (or PipeDream 3) on the Archimedes and
- PipeDream 2 (or any other suitable package) on the PC.
- 7.1
- The quick answer to the second part of the question is that there is a
- utility which will allow you to transfer PipeDream files to run under
- Lotus 1-2-3 on a PC. The longer answer is that PipeDream files can be
- ‘converted’ to WK1 format and there are many PC spreadsheet packages
- which will read in and save worksheets in WK1 format.
- 7.1
- The user interface
- 7.1
- An even longer answer, which avoids a direct response to the first part
- of the question, is that, for most users, it doesn’t matter whether they
- are using an Archimedes, a Macintosh, an Amiga, an Atari or a PC with
- MS DOS 2 or Windows. What does matter is that the user interface is
- familiar. By a familiar user interface, I mean that, whatever the
- combination of hardware and operating system being used, the user can
- employ the same keystrokes, the same mouse operations, the same
- formulae, indeed, the same everything and produce the same effect. One
- of the most valuable features of PipeDream 2 was that it had (almost)
- the same user interface (including pull-down menus and even colour
- scheme) on the Z88, the PC and the Archimedes.
- 7.1
- It would seem that many of you hanker after a spreadsheet package which
- has the same user interface on the Archimedes and under Windows on a PC.
- Well, I suppose one answer is for Acorn to ‘port’ Microsoft Windows onto
- the Archimedes. I wonder how hard that would be? Then you would be able
- to run a Windows spreadsheet like Excel on the Archimedes. Another
- alternative is for Acorn to to provide a desktop environment which runs
- on a PC − I wonder how likely that is? A third alternative is a PC
- Windows version of PipeDream 4 − but I think that is unlikely. (If your
- are interested in this argument, see also the discussion in the
- Spreadsheets Column, on page 13, about Eureka 2 − which is facing
- criticism for being too like PC Excel! Ed.)
- 7.1
- The drift to PCs
- 7.1
- There is no doubt that PCs look cheap compared with the Archimedes and
- the Windows environment is similar in many ways to the Desktop. Over the
- last five years, I have seen quite a few of my correspondents gradually
- shift their position from “The Archimedes is far superior to a PC
- running MS DOS” through “PCs are improving and their prices are falling”
- and “I’m going to get a PC with Windows as my second machine” to “I’m
- now using the PC more than my Archimedes” and finally “The packages
- available for Windows are superior to anything available for the
- Archimedes”.
- 7.1
- Now let me make it quite clear that what I have quoted above is not
- typical but it does represent a growing proportion of erstwhile
- Archimedes (and hence PipeDream) users. When I am invited to respond to
- their rhetorical questions, my response is that really the hardware, the
- operating system and even whether it is Windows or Desktop doesn’t
- matter to users. What does count is whether the package (be it a word
- processor, spreadsheet or CAD) has all the features needed (power) and
- has a user interface which is intuitive and ‘easy to use’.
- 7.1
- For my own part, like so many of my correspondents, I would like to see
- PipeDream 4 ‘ported’ to run under Windows but I am fairly sure that it
- won’t happen.
- 7.1
- (My dream, as mentioned in my editorial in Archive 6.11, was that
- WindowsNT − which is, after all, supposed to be platform-independent −
- would be ported onto the new ARM700 machine. That way, we could give the
- “you’ve got to be standard” lobby something to work on. They would then
- have the RISC OS facility in their hands so that they could see how much
- better it was and thereby have their sights lifted. Ed.)
- 7.1
- PipeDream 4 or Resultz
- 7.1
- Now to something completely different...
- 7.1
- The question of whether to buy (or stick with) PipeDream 4 rather than
- Resultz is one which has been put to me many times in the last couple of
- months, particularly by users of PipeDream 3. I’ve decided that this
- isn’t a fair question, so I’m going to give an answer which many of you
- will regard as more than a little unsatisfactory. My defence is that, at
- the end of my exposition, you will want to ask a different question −
- even if I can’t answer that one either!
- 7.1
- The price of PipeDream 4 has fallen. Those of you who have bought it at
- the lower price (£140 through NCS) reaffirm what I have always believed:
- it was the price rather than the specification which deterred you from
- purchasing PipeDream 4 in the past. The price of upgrading from
- PipeDream 3 to PipeDream 4 (direct from Colton Software) is attractive.
- 7.1
- Sticking with the commercial features (rather than the technical
- description), the drawback of buying PipeDream 4 is that it is most
- unlikely that it will be upgraded any further so that, over a period of
- time, you may become dissatisfied with features that it doesn’t have.
- 7.1
- Now to some technical points. My opinion is that PipeDream 4 is far from
- the end of its life because it has features that many people want that
- Resultz doesn’t have. In particular, PipeDream offers fast printing
- (using PipeDream printer drivers) using the fonts resident within your
- printer − I call this ‘character printing’. If you use the system font
- for your screen display, that will ‘match’ character printing and gives
- a much faster screen response than outline fonts − also many find the
- system font easier to read than outline fonts.
- 7.1
- PipeDream 4 also supports command files (called macros in PipeDream 3).
- With a command file, you can change the shape of your document. For
- example, you can add, delete and move columns, rows and blocks. You can
- automate a complex search and replace sequence (such as converting to
- smart quotes and ligatures). You can even save and load files, or parts
- of files, from and to documents. Resultz does not support command files.
- 7.1
- I believe that the charts facilities of PipeDream 4 are ‘better’ than
- those provided by the rather basic charts module of Resultz. Judge for
- yourself. I created the chart below completely in PipeDream (with no
- help from !Draw) and the chart opposite is the nearest I can get to the
- same style in Resultz. The Resultz charts module does not allow the
- addition of a heading nor could I find a way of adding Yesterday, Today
- or Minutes. Of course, it might be me − I’ll let you know.
- 7.1
- Another good point is that there is a long history of PipeDream usage.
- What follows from this is that if you have a problem that you can’t
- solve, the chances are that someone else has a solution. You will almost
- certainly get useful advice from either the NCS technical help line or
- the PipeLine user group (which is run by me).
- 7.1
- Finally, we come to the reason why I think the question of comparing
- PipeDream 4 with Resultz is unfair. PipeDream 4 is an integrated package
- which is primarily a spreadsheet, indeed, until Resultz was released,
- there is no doubt that PipeDream 4 was the best spreadsheet available
- for the Archimedes. However, PipeDream has other features. For example,
- it is also an excellent word processor with a deep paste list so you can
- cut as many words or blocks as you like and then paste them back in
- ‘last cut first pasted’ order − Resultz, like Impression, has a paste
- depth of only one object. PipeDream is also a highly useable ‘flat form’
- database which can be searched and sorted. I could go on listing other
- features of PipeDream 4’s integrated nature − but I expect that you can
- list them yourselves.
- 7.1
- Resultz
- 7.1
- Resultz is now a ‘product available’ in the Archive sense of the word.
- If you have registered either PipeDream 3, PipeDream 4 or Wordz with
- Colton Software then, by the time you read this, you should have
- received publicity material about their limited period discount offer to
- registered users (offer ends on 15th October 1993 so don’t wait for
- Acorn World). After the initial offer, the recommended price will be
- about £120 +VAT so it is likely that NCS will be offering Resultz at
- about the same price as PipeDream 4. (Yes, it’s £125, cf £140 for PD4.
- Ed.) If you have one of Colton Software’s products and haven’t heard
- from them by the time you read this, I suggest that you give them a ring
- on 0223-311881 and ask for the Resultz leaflets.
- 7.1
- Let me return to your unfair question asking me to recommend to you
- Resultz or PipeDream. What has Resultz got that PipeDream 4 hasn’t? I
- shall have to answer that in two stages. Let me start by describing some
- of the facilities of Resultz before I move on to Fireworkz.
- 7.1
- Resultz is much more WYSIWYG than PipeDream ever was or ever could be.
- By this, I mean that you can see where the edges of the page are. You
- can create a Resultz document which consists of many pages down but,
- unlike PipeDream, a Resultz document can consist of many pages across as
- well as down so that, however wide your spreadsheet, you can always
- print every column (albeit on separate sheets of paper).
- 7.1
- In Resultz, you can have a deep row containing a headline at 36 point
- followed by many narrow rows of mixed numerical data and text at
- 12 point, say. In PipeDream, this would be difficult if not impossible
- and certainly wouldn’t look on the screen as it would print. Resultz
- supports vertical alignment − this means that you can place text or
- numbers at the top, bottom or centre of a slot (as well as left, right
- or centre).
- 7.1
- In Resultz, there is what I call a ‘Line break’ facility. If you tap
- <return> on its own then, as in PipeDream, you will move down into the
- next slot but, if you use <ctrl-return>, you will find yourself on a new
- line but still within the same slot. To cater for slots consisting of
- many rows of text, the size of a Resultz slot grows downwards
- automatically to match the number of lines of text it contains. You can
- change the line spacing in Resultz, line by line, if you wish.
- 7.1
- Resultz allows you to draw boxes around slots. This is useful if you
- have a mixture of tables and text on the same page. In PipeDream, the
- grid is either on the whole sheet or not at all.
- 7.1
- Resultz formatting relies on Styles and Effects. Whether it is the
- number of digits to be displayed after the decimal point or whether you
- wish to protect a cell, the ‘best’ way of producing the desired result
- is by defining and then applying a style. For example, you could define
- a set of styles called Precision_0, Precision_1, etc as having 0 decimal
- points, 1 decimal point, etc and, if you decided that you wanted to
- change a block to a precision of 1 dp then all you need to do is mark
- the block and apply the 1 dp style. Box_On and Box_Off could be two
- styles for drawing boxes around slots and removing the box respectively
- − I’m sure you can see how to protect and remove protection from a
- marked block of slots.
- 7.1
- Now here’s something interesting about the way Resultz ‘works’ which, in
- the future, we may find in other packages. Resultz consists of many
- ‘small’ modules, one of which is a charts module and I’m going to use
- that as my example. When you load Resultz onto the iconbar, you do not
- load all the package into the memory of the Archimedes. In particular,
- you do not load the charts module − it remains on your disc. When you
- decide that you want to create a chart by ‘pressing’ the Create chart
- button, the charts module is loaded from disc to the memory of the
- machine. If you no longer need a charts module (because none of the
- documents you have loaded uses a chart) then the charts module is
- removed from memory.
- 7.1
- Following on from this is something that you may find interesting (or it
- may cause you some concern if you don’t know what’s going on). Because
- the charts module isn’t loaded until you ‘press’ the Create chart
- button, the Choices menu doesn’t show an option for ‘Chart − Automatic
- update’. The option just isn’t there in the Choices window. This in turn
- means that you can’t Save a set of choices (your default) which include
- the automatic updating of charts (or not if that is your preference)
- until you have loaded the charts module. You must load the module before
- you save your defaults.
- 7.1
- The same philosophy applies to all the Resultz modules, as well as to
- the modules which make up Wordz (after version 1.04) and I’m sure it
- will apply to all Fireworkz modules.
- 7.1
- If you are not sure whether you want to buy Resultz, I recommend that
- you try the Resultz demo disc. The demo disc version does (nearly)
- everything that the full version will do except that you will not be
- able to save or print your work. With the demo disc, you can load and
- run Resultz applications created by other people, you can change the
- data, add new rows, columns and functions, you can reformat them (on
- screen only), drag in style templates or create your own styles. You
- will also be able to drag your PipeDream spreadsheets into the demo
- version of Resultz and see how much faster they recalculate (I make it
- about three times faster for most of my big sheets!)
- 7.1
- Fireworkz
- 7.1
- FireWorkz is still not a ‘product available’ in the Archive sense of the
- word but, in order for you to make up your mind about whether to buy
- Resultz, you need to know more about Fireworkz. Fireworkz is due for
- release in October 1993 − I suspect at Acorn World, if not before.
- 7.1
- If you buy Resultz, but not Wordz, you will be able to use all the
- spreadsheet facilities of Resultz and you will be able to type text into
- text slots and align the text to left, right or centre but there will be
- facilities peculiar to Wordz that you will not have. For example, you
- will not be able to create styles with tab stops since that is a Wordz
- facility.
- 7.1
- If you buy Wordz, but not Resultz, you will be able to type in text,
- create styles having tab stops, you’ll have a dictionary, spell checker
- and many other facilities not available in Resultz.
- 7.1
- If you have both Wordz and Resultz, you will be able to save a document
- from one package and load it into the other. For example, you can create
- a document in Wordz using a style containing tab stops and then drag
- that document into a Resultz window. The style (including the tabs) will
- be accepted by Resultz and you will be able to apply that style anywhere
- in the document as if it were a Resultz style. What you will not be able
- to do in Resultz is change the position of the tab stop.
- 7.1
- Of course, I could have chosen many other examples of what can be done
- in one package but not in the other but the tab stop example illustrates
- the principle. To appreciate exactly what you can do in one package and
- not the other, you really need to try it.
- 7.1
- If I create a style, or set of styles, using Wordz and send you a disc
- with such a Wordz document, you will be able to load it into Resultz and
- it will look just like it does to me in Wordz. What you will not be able
- to do in Resultz is modify the styles I have created. If I send you a
- set of styles (in the form of a blank template) which I have created
- using Wordz, you will be able to load that set of styles into Resultz
- and create documents similar to those I have done in Wordz.
- 7.1
- Where does Fireworkz come into the equation?
- 7.1
- FireWorkz will allow you to integrate both Wordz and Resultz into one
- package with one icon on the iconbar. If you do that, your Fireworkz
- package will have the ‘functionality’ of all the things I have called
- ‘modules’ from Wordz and from Resultz. You will find that your one
- Fireworkz package will have spreadsheet functions and charts available
- from the Resultz modules and, from the Wordz modules, tab stops,
- dictionaries and the spell checker. The modular nature of Fireworkz will
- ensure that the only modules loaded into the memory of your machine will
- be those needed for the documents you have loaded.
- 7.1
- I hope that you are now beginning to see why it is difficult to compare
- Resultz with PipeDream. The modules which comprise Resultz are only one
- part of the broader concept of Fireworkz. Indeed, some of the Fireworkz
- modules, such as those which will run the database or improve the charts
- (to match the facilities available in PipeDream 4), have not been
- written yet. As I said last month, you will be able to ‘mix and match’
- those parts of Fireworkz that you want.
- 7.1
- What I would dearly like to know is what the full extent of Fireworks
- will be. Of course, that is impossible to know − I believe nobody knows
- yet! If you have an idea for a particular facility you would like made
- available for addition to Fireworkz (e.g. a draw module), then I’d like
- to hear from you.
- 7.1
- Let me return to the commercial side of Fireworkz. In an earlier
- PipeLine article, I highlighted the software suppliers’ problem that
- their positive cash flow exists only when they sell a package. When they
- supply you with free upgrades, this represents negative cash flow for
- them. It is difficult (particularly in the Acorn world) to persuade
- existing users to part with more cash for the upgrade. Asking dealers
- and distributors to pay for upgrades which they provide free to users
- won’t work because they are certainly not into negative cash flow
- transactions. To a large extent, Fireworkz overcomes that commercial
- problem but, I believe, it will do so at the expense of making problem-
- solving for the NCS help line and the Fireworkz user group much more
- difficult.
- 7.1
- You could think of Fireworkz rather like a Lego kit. First you buy a
- starter set containing a few blocks and, with it, you can do quite a few
- interesting things. You find that you want to do more − so you buy
- another box containing parts not in the starter kit. I believe that
- Colton Software will continue to enhance Fireworkz by marketing
- ‘upgrades’ as modules which you can buy and then integrate with your
- personal Fireworkz package. As you add more modules (such as a database
- module, an intermediate or advanced charts package or a draw or paint
- package) the ‘functionality’ of your ‘custom built’ Fireworkz package
- will increase.
- 7.1
- From the commercial angle, as you buy the extra modules, you provide
- Colton Software with positive cash flow. If you keep asking for
- additional facilities and are prepared to pay for them, Colton Software
- will keep designing and selling them. Fireworkz is a ‘pay as you go’
- package rather than a ‘free upgrades’ package!
- 7.1
- From my point of view as the organiser of a Fireworkz user group, I can
- see that I shall have to cater for a wide range of Fireworkz
- configurations. That will make life ‘interesting’ (in the Chinese sense
- of the word). I can see that I will have to say to some of my enquirers
- not “You need to upgrade to version 4.13 of PipeDream − the upgrade is
- free” but “I suggest that you buy the ‘Advanced charts module’ if you
- really need to produce such a chart”.
- 7.1
- Think about the implications of what I’ve said and let me know your
- views. I’ll print a representative selection of them.
- 7.1
- To summarise
- 7.1
- I hope that, in refusing to compare Resultz with PipeDream 4, I have
- shown you that a direct comparison is less meaningful than, at first,
- you might have thought. What you need to compare is PipeDream 4 with the
- ‘ultimate’ Fireworkz package that you want to build up from a kit of
- modules − and that is difficult. Consider the following: (a) I don’t
- know what you want; (b) I don’t think anyone knows what modules will
- become available; and (c) Fireworkz is open-ended. I can’t answer the
- question yet!
- 7.1
- Finally
- 7.1
- If you wish to write to me, if you want a Resultz or Wordz demo disc
- (£2.00 EC − £2.50 Non-EC), my address is that of Abacus Training given
- on the back inside cover of Archive. A
- 7.1
- Music Column
- 7.1
- Stewart Watson
- 7.1
- The main subject this month is a review of Sound Advice but first a
- couple of small points.
- 7.1
- Help!
- 7.1
- I promised to send someone system-exclusive data to initialise their
- Korg M1 but, unfortunately, I’ve lost the letter with your name and
- address. If you phone me again, I promise I’ll send you the discs, etc,
- straight away.
- 7.1
- Inspiration
- 7.1
- A member of Archive, Graham Greenhorn from Glasgow, has managed to get
- Inspiration to run on his A5000 under RISC OS 3.10 and is willing to
- help other Inspiration users if they contact him on 041-334-1951.
- 7.1
- Sound Advice
- 7.1
- Sound Advice is a multitasking 24 track music sequencer, with a host of
- features, from The Really Small Software Company. In fact, it is more
- than just a sequencer as it also includes a sound editor and a file
- conversion program. The package, which comes in an A5 ring binder,
- consists of a manual, a program disc and a data disc.
- 7.1
- Program disc
- 7.1
- The program disc contains the three applications: MusicEd, SampleEd and
- Converter. The discs are not protected which shows a trust which I hope
- will be respected. Also on the program disc are !Scrap, !System and
- !SysMerge.
- 7.1
- Data disc
- 7.1
- The data disc contains four directories: !Voices, ProgLists, Songs and
- Sounds. The Voices application needs to be in the root directory of a
- hard disc or floppy disc as Voices must have been seen by the filer
- before any of the other applications will run. ProgLists is a directory
- of voice lists for various Midi keyboards, Songs is a directory of
- demonstration songs and Sounds is a directory of internal sounds.
- 7.1
- Set-up
- 7.1
- MusicEd is fully multitasking, so you can drop in and out of your
- sequencing to write letters or whatever, while you wait for a visit from
- the Muses. On the data disc is a directory of patches for setting up
- MusicEd to run with a variety of different Casio keyboards, but the Midi
- list can easily be altered to suit any Midi equipment. Included on the
- Archive monthly disc is a MidiList for MusicEd for the TG100 which
- should be compatible with any other piece of equipment that adheres to
- the General Midi specification.
- 7.1
- Internal voices
- 7.1
- Unlike Serenade, MusicEd does use internal voices, so to hear your work,
- you do not necessarily need a Midi keyboard or expander. Up to 32
- internal sounds can be used in a song but, of course, no more than eight
- at any one time. It is possible to work without a Midi input device,
- (Midi keyboard, guitar, etc) but to input whole scores in step time
- using the mouse would be rather tedious.
- 7.1
- Recording
- 7.1
- There are three record modes: Midi real time, Midi step time and via the
- mouse.
- 7.1
- MusicEd is grid-based and, on loading the program, you are presented
- with the main screen which consists of a large grid. All the functions
- are available via <menu> via keyboard shortcuts.
- 7.1
- Display
- 7.1
- Notes are displayed on a grid which is subdivided into bars and beats.
- As in all grid-based sequencers, lines of varying length are used to
- represent note values in relation to a piano keyboard which is displayed
- down the left side of the screen. Notes can be drawn directly and edited
- in the grid but it is obviously quicker to enter notes from a Midi
- keyboard or other controller.
- 7.1
- Record
- 7.1
- To enter real time record mode, select Midi from the main menu followed
- by Real time. A new window opens, displaying the tempo and the number of
- beats per bar. One thing to watch for is that, once you have recorded
- something, you have to assign it by selecting Pattern to insert your
- recorded music into the current pattern according to the insert and
- overlay settings in the block menu.
- 7.1
- Cut/Paste
- 7.1
- All the usual cut and paste options are available. One novel feature,
- however, is the ability to reverse a pattern − useful for anyone into
- atonal composition.
- 7.1
- Track list
- 7.1
- In this window, you can select the voices and Midi channels for the
- various tracks.
- 7.1
- Event list
- 7.1
- The event list window offers an alternative method of editing individual
- notes program changes, etc. The information in the edit window can be
- searched, specific values transformed and new events added.
- 7.1
- Notation
- 7.1
- Although MusicEd is a grid-based editor, it is possible to display
- patterns and tracks in standard musical notation. This is a useful
- feature because users fluent with musical notation will probably find it
- easier to spot a mistake on a stave than in a list of events or on a
- grid.
- 7.1
- Files
- 7.1
- Files can be imported from Tracker and Rhapsody − which gives users of
- Sound Advice access to the vast amount of music in the public domain in
- Tracker format.
- 7.1
- Hot keys
- 7.1
- When I opened the package, I was surprised at the lack of a function key
- strip but although function keys are not used, (other than <f3> for
- save) there are key shortcuts for some operations, especially in cut and
- paste mode. I understand that later versions will make substantially
- more use of keyboard shortcuts.
- 7.1
- !SampleEd
- 7.1
- SampleEd allows the creation of new sounds and voices for use in MusicEd
- or in other programs. Sounds can be drawn with the mouse, from harmonics
- or by using equations. Sounds can have effects such as echo, reverse,
- fade, etc added to them. Sounds can be merged or bits of a sound can be
- cut and pasted as in a word processor.
- 7.1
- !Converter
- 7.1
- Converter is an application which converts files in other formats into
- MusicEd format. The formats currently supported are Maestro, Rhapsody,
- Soundtracker and Desktop Tracker.
- 7.1
- Manual
- 7.1
- The 194 page manual is clearly laid out with copious illustrations. All
- the windows and icons found on the screen are displayed and clearly
- explained in the manual.
- 7.1
- Verdict
- 7.1
- Sound Advice is an interesting suite of programs. My opinion of the
- review copy (version 1.02) is that it is aimed at those who are
- interested in moving on from programs which use only the internal sounds
- and adding some use of external Midi keyboards − those with an interest
- in music-making but perhaps with only a limited keyboard ability. Sound
- Advice is modestly priced and, with a free upgrade policy, it is
- exceptional value for money. I wrote to the author of Sound Advice with
- one or two suggestions and within a fortnight had version 1.03 with most
- of my suggestions implemented. How’s that for software support? The
- addition of Midi file compatibility will mean that files can readily be
- transferred to and from other programs, such as Rhapsody or Serenade.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- MusicEd fills a gap in software provision on the Archimedes, between
- Sound Tracker type programs and more expensive sequencers like Serenade
- and Studio 24. Sound Advice is available at £39.95 from The Really Small
- Software Company. There is a 20% discount for education users and a site
- licence is available. A
- 7.1
- Sleuth Optical Character Recognition
- 7.1
- Peter Jennings
- 7.1
- When scanners first became available for computer users, many people
- thought they would remove the burden of laboriously typing program
- listings or pages of text which needed to be put on computer for
- editing. Unfortunately, scanners do not work that way. The images they
- produce are just pictures, seen by the computer as a pattern of pixels
- rather than individual, meaningful, characters. What is needed is an
- optical character recognition (OCR) program to convert the graphic image
- into the ASCII characters of a text file.
- 7.1
- At least four OCR programs have been developed for Acorn computers but
- none of them claim to be able to do the job completely. The problem is
- that no-one has yet perfected affordable software that can unerringly
- recognise and reproduce letters and figures in all the shapes and styles
- used in printing and typing, let alone the infinite range of
- handwriting.
- 7.1
- Some of the better PC software is priced at well over £500. Risc
- Developments’ new optical character recognition package, Sleuth, is
- described as a low-cost entry point into OCR and costs £49 +VAT (or £54
- from Archive). It is supplied on a single, unprotected, disc with a
- slim, but adequate, 16-page User Guide. Early supplies have been offered
- without the usual glossy packaging but this should be available by the
- time you read this.
- 7.1
- Risc Developments say that Sleuth is the first in a family of products
- intended to reach full professional level and users will be able to
- upgrade at minimum cost. Version 1.01 has been trained to recognise
- “most popular fonts”, which actually means Avant Garde, Bookman,
- Courier, Garamond, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook, Palatino and Times
- and similar typefaces such as the many clones which, for copyright
- reasons, have a variety of different names. As the list is so small at
- present, it would be useful to have some of the alternative names for
- these fonts included in the manual and also illustrations of the basic
- designs to help identify them. Sleuth is not yet user-trainable to
- recognise other fonts but Risc Developments offer a service to do this.
- 7.1
- Limitations
- 7.1
- There are also other limitations. Sleuth can recognise only the regular
- type styles and not, for example, italic or bold, and can convert only
- sizes between nine and 24 points. It will not recognise stretched,
- tracked or accented characters or lines of text which are too close
- together. All results are dependent on the quality of the original
- document and the scanned image.
- 7.1
- The image has to be a mode 18 monochrome sprite, which most currently
- available scanners will provide. The minimum resolution required is 200
- dpi but 300 or 400 dpi is recommended for the best results. A 1Mb
- computer can be used but will have little free memory if working with
- 400 dpi sprites.
- 7.1
- Sleuth is fully multitasking and very simple to use. The scanned image
- to be converted is just dragged onto the icon or into an input window.
- The ASCII version then begins to build up in an output window from where
- the final results can be saved. The rate is said to be between 80 and
- 250 words a minute, depending on the computer’s speed and the resolution
- of the sprite being converted. Sleuth marks anything it does not
- recognise with a user-definable character although it does not do so
- with characters which it thinks it recognises but misreads.
- 7.1
- The text file can be loaded into an editor or word processor for
- editing, or limited corrections can be made in the output window as the
- conversion takes place. To help this, a click with <adjust> on any word
- in the output window positions the caret there and brings the same area
- of the scanned image into view in the input window for comparison − a
- nice touch. Four sample sprites of scanned documents are included in the
- package and, when most new software comes with no warning that it is
- anything but perfect, it is refreshing to see examples which are
- designed to show the program’s shortcomings. They include scans of badly
- printed passages, such as one where the word “truncated” has the letters
- “run” so squashed together that you find them interpreted by Sleuth as
- “nm”.
- 7.1
- An A4 flatbed scanner obviously provides a steadier image than a hand-
- held one and can cover a much bigger document but it is easy to use the
- smaller scanner to feed in sections of longer pages. They can be scanned
- either horizontally or vertically as the image can be rotated by 90, 180
- or 270 degrees in Sleuth. The “zone” to be converted can be defined, if
- necessary, by dragging a rectangular box around it. Text must be black
- on a white background but white on black can be inverted. There is also
- the option to have newline and/or carriage return characters inserted by
- Sleuth at the end of lines and paragraphs and this can be done before or
- after the image is converted to text.
- 7.1
- Tests
- 7.1
- I made my own tests using a Computer Concepts Scanlight 256 hand scanner
- at 400 dpi. I began with a draft quality printout from a dot matrix
- printer and I was pleased to find that, despite the less than perfect
- original, a very readable version appeared. The main faults were that
- some characters were consistently rendered incorrectly, with “1”
- appearing as “I” for example, and there was a sprinkling of commas and
- occasional full stops in the middle of words with no apparent cause. A
- few words had spaces inserted. I found the quickest way to deal with the
- consistent misreadings and the errant commas and full stops was to load
- the text into Edit and use the search and replace facility.
- 7.1
- A second dot matrix printout produced similar results until the very end
- when an error message appeared and the program exited. The cause was
- tracked down to some minute marks, the biggest being just four pixels
- long, at the bottom of the sprite. I created a zone to cut out the
- spotted area beneath the text and the problem was solved. An
- alternative, when it is not possible to exclude the spots in this way,
- would be to enlarge the sprite in Paint and use the spray can or pencil
- to clean it up. In fact, this should no longer be necessary as Risc
- Developments are now supplying a version 1.02 upgrade designed to solve
- this problem.
- 7.1
- The results seemed quite reasonable from rather poor originals. For a
- fairer test, using better quality printing, I scanned part of an Archive
- page.
- 7.1
- This is how Sleuth rendered it.
- 7.1
- . S’e“tl‘, Risc Developments’ economy OCR program should be available by
- the time you read this. The program is ready but the packaging isn’t
- quite finished ☓ it should be finished by the end ofJuly. fhe cost is £49
- +VAT + £2 carriage from Risc Developments. (Sleuth was previewed in May
- Acom User and commented on in Archive 6.8 p15 and 6.9 p50. We hope to
- have a full review as soon as it is available.)
- 7.1
- This paragraph was chosen not because it was likely to give a good or a
- bad result and not completely at random. I picked it because it was
- relevant to this article, which is the arbitrary way a piece of text
- would be chosen in practice. The paragraph contains 330 characters. Nine
- were rendered incorrectly, including one omitted space; an accuracy of
- 97.27%. (Pau’s comments on accuracy rates can be read in the May issue
- of Archive, as referred to in the test paragraph.)
- 7.1
- Some of these errors were to be expected. The first word of the
- paragraph was printed in a bold style, which Sleuth has not yet been
- trained to recognise. The initial “bullet”, which has been interpreted
- as a full stop, is an unrecognised character, as is the dash in the
- fourth line which has been replaced by a cross (ASCII 132) − the default
- “unrecognised character” sign.
- 7.1
- At present, Sleuth recognises only the following characters: !?£$&‘“%+=/
- ()[]<>,-.:;0123456789 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdef
- ghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- 7.1
- Notable omissions include the underline, star and hash (_ * #), which
- will disappoint anyone interested in program listings. In fact, the bad
- news for anyone hoping to convert programs scanned from BBC Acorn User,
- the only Acorn magazine which still prints all its program listings, is
- that I could not get any readable results from the yellow pages. The
- programs are printed in Corpus, which is similar to Courier, but usually
- in 6pt, which is too small, and bold face, which is not recognised.
- 7.1
- There are not many people outside the printing industry who can identify
- a typeface (I checked the yellow pages font with the magazine) and one
- problem with any OCR program is to know if a document you wish to
- convert is printed in an acceptable font. Although Risc Developments
- will train the software to recognise other required fonts, at a price,
- it would be a clear advantage for users to be able to do this for
- themselves and this facility may be available in the next version.
- 7.1
- Conclusions
- 7.1
- The example reproduced above compares well with other published tests
- and should give a reasonable idea of the degree of accuracy that this
- early version of Sleuth can attain from a hand-scanned image. A more
- expensive flatbed scanner should make it easier to get consistently good
- scans but it cannot improve the quality of the original printing and
- this will set the maximum standard that the OCR software can achieve.
- 7.1
- Sleuth works well within its admitted restrictions. These mean that the
- best results come from a well scanned document which has been well
- printed using recognised characters in a recognised font. Perfection
- does not come easy, if at all, but some of these restrictions should be
- eased as successive upgrades appear.
- 7.1
- The price of Sleuth is not high for an OCR program but its value to you
- is probably best judged on the quantity of text, in acceptable fonts,
- that you need to convert, balanced against how fast and accurate your
- typing is.
- 7.1
- It may come down to which is the lesser chore: typing and correcting or
- making corrections after scanning and converting. A
- 7.1
- Two Joystick Interfaces
- 7.1
- Anthony James
- 7.1
- With the appearance of the A3010, people are looking to use joysticks
- with computer games on the Archimedes. However, there have been ways of
- using joysticks with your “normal” Archimedes for quite some time now.
- If you wish to use the standard Atari switched type joysticks, here are
- two alternatives: the Leading Edge joystick interface and the Magnetic
- Image “Four” interface.
- 7.1
- Both use a ‘dongle’ in the printer port and software to allow the use of
- joysticks on your computer. They both use the now industry standard(?)
- switched type joysticks which can be picked up for anything from £10
- upwards. Both interfaces have a switch on their dongles to allow you to
- use either the printer or the joysticks at any one time. However, this
- is where the similarities end.
- 7.1
- The Leading Edge Interface
- 7.1
- The approach of Leading Edge is to allow the joystick to emulate
- keypresses and mouse movements. This means that you have to write
- programs specific to each game. This is not much of a problem because
- there are pre-written programs for about fifty games. An application is
- supplied to help you to write simple programs and the language is fairly
- easy to use if you wish to write more complicated programs. This
- approach means that joystick movements can simulate what you want and
- not what the author of the game decided. It also means that mouse
- emulation is possible on the desktop.
- 7.1
- The programming language allows you to make a movement of the joystick
- act as more than one key. Therefore, moving the joystick right could
- produce the effect of <shift>, <control> and <B> all being pressed at
- the same time and a “stirring” action of the joystick can also be used
- to represent a keypress. It allows “flags” to be set up, so that a stir
- can switch between flags A and B, each state (flag) giving a different
- set of keys for the movements of the joystick. The flags can also act as
- a software replacement for auto-fire as the package is not guaranteed to
- recognise your joystick’s auto-fire.
- 7.1
- The manual is impressive and very comprehensive − it seems to cover all
- the possible questions. However, it gets the joystick pin connections
- wrong, which is a surprising mistake.
- 7.1
- The hardware consists of a dongle, which fits in your printer port, and
- a printer/joystick switch. The joysticks’ plugs fit into the top of this
- dongle which restricts the access to any ports above the printer port.
- It only gives you about an inch of space to work with.
- 7.1
- The software supplied is of excellent quality and includes programs for
- writing, debugging installing modules into games and for updating
- modules from previous versions of the software.
- 7.1
- The ease of use depends on the game. If the game is ‘well-behaved’, you
- can install the module onto a backup copy of the game with an
- application provided. If you cannot do this, however, you first have to
- load up the general VTJoystick module then your game-specific module and
- then the game. The fun really starts when the game is one which reboots
- during loading. The manual does, however, explain a way around that. It
- is not guaranteed to work on all games, but it will work on most. When
- using it with the Chocks Away Extra Missions, the memory was tight on a
- 1Mb machine. I managed to get around this by killing non-essential
- modules such as BBCEconet, NetFiler, NetStatus and the podule modules.
- 7.1
- Magnetic Image’s Four Interface
- 7.1
- As the name suggests, this interface allows you to use four joysticks
- instead of the normal two. The usefulness of this is questionable as
- very few games allow for four players and you are unable to write your
- own modules as with the Leading Edge package.
- 7.1
- Magnetic Image’s approach is to provide a module which allows the
- interface to work with any game that recognises the standard Acorn
- joystick calls. Therefore, if the game does not take these into account,
- it will not work. These calls appeared about the time of the A3010, so
- your old games will probably not work. Magnetic Image says that you can
- use the A3010 Joymaster software (£28 through Archive) to write modules
- as with the Leading Edge interface but this involves spending more
- money. Some software houses might offer upgrades which provide the Acorn
- calls but some companies will charge for the upgrade.
- 7.1
- The strength of this package is in the hardware which allows four
- joysticks. It has a dongle which fits onto the printer port but you plug
- the joysticks into a separate box connected to the dongle by a thick
- cable. This means that you are not blocking the socket above the printer
- port. It also means that you have access to the joystick plugs at the
- side of the computer. It has a second fire button on this box which is a
- substitute for the ‘stir’ on the other interface. The use of the second
- button is questionable as most games will only allow for one fire
- button. It also recognised auto-fire which the other interface did not,
- though I cannot be sure that it will do so with all joysticks.
- 7.1
- The package’s software consists of an application that tells you the
- state of the joysticks as does the other package, a joysticks module and
- a demo game which shows how all four joysticks can be used. The module
- does not provide mouse emulation.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- There was no noticeable speed reduction with either package, so they
- cannot be a hindrance. However, neither are they guaranteed to improve
- your game-playing skills. The package from Leading Edge is good all
- round but its strength is in the excellent software. Magnetic Image only
- allows for recent games that recognise the standard joystick calls and
- this is its weakness. Its hardware is its strength. They are very
- different packages and it is important to work out your priorities
- before buying either. A
- 7.1
- Holdfast Joypad
- 7.1
- Anthony James
- 7.1
- The Joypad has been designed as a substitute for a mouse or joystick for
- very young children and in special needs applications. It fits into your
- joystick port or interface and is wired as a switched type joystick. To
- use it, you will need the A3010 Joymaster software or the Leading Edge
- joystick interface.
- 7.1
- The box is a simple design being smaller than the average paperback and
- about an inch and a quarter thick. It has sloped top with four large red
- direction buttons and one fire button, all clearly picked out against a
- yellow background. Its construction and design cannot be faulted and it
- certainly looks as if it would take a lot of punishment. It can be used
- for mouse emulation but as it only has one fire button, it makes it hard
- to emulate a three button mouse. It is possible to use two buttons
- together to emulate different buttons, but that defeats the object of it
- being easy to use.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- For an adult or for older children, a mouse or joystick would be easier
- to use, but it is not aimed at this market. There are many possible uses
- for the Holdfast Joypad, including mouse emulation on the desktop. It is
- certainly a valuable contribution to the Archimedes special needs
- market. It costs £24.99 inc. VAT from Holdfast Computing. A
- 7.1
- Digitising Printed Text and Pictures
- 7.1
- Francis Aries
- 7.1
- Francis borrowed a Scanlight 256, a Wild Vision Greyhawk digitiser and
- an HCCS HiVision digitiser and gives his views on all three.
- 7.1
- One disadvantage of the built-in fax machine such as David Pilling’s
- ArcFax or Computer Concepts’ FaxPack is that there is no facility to
- send the printed page or pictures unless they exist as software within
- an application in the computer. Also, for including sketches or hard-
- printed text into computer applications of word processing or DTP, some
- means must be found to translate the hard-printed information into a
- Draw or Paint file. The standard answer to this problem is to use a
- scanner to scan the area to be digitised.
- 7.1
- As an alternative, if you are lucky enough to have a video camera or
- camcorder, it is possible to use this in conjunction with a grey scale
- or colour digitiser. Having a camcorder and needing to buy some
- equipment to do the digitising, I wanted to decide what was best for my
- purpose. Paul was kind enough to loan me a Computer Concepts’ Scanlight
- 256 hand held scanner, a Wild Vision Greyhawk mono digitiser and an HCCS
- HiVision colour digitiser in order to make some comparisons. All three
- podule boards fitted the A5000 perfectly and the unprotected software
- was easily transferred to hard disc.
- 7.1
- The theory
- 7.1
- Firstly, here are a few facts which will become clearer later. The
- resolution of images captured by various devices and the file size
- resulting from the picture of an A4 page (96.67 sq.ins.) are as follows:
- 7.1
- Device DPI Size of file
- 7.1
- A video camcorder 55+
- 7.1
- HCCS colour digitiser 61
- 357Kb
- 7.1
- Greyhawk Video digitiser 72×36
- 130Kb
- 7.1
- (Later module promised 72×72
- 260Kb)
- 7.1
- Scanlight 256 100dpi 100
- min 109Kb
- 7.1
- Theoretical 100dpi 100
- 967Kb
- 7.1
- Theoretical 200dpi 200
- 3.9Mb
- 7.1
- Theoretical 300dpi 300
- 8.7Mb
- 7.1
- Theoretical 400dpi 400
- 15.5Mb
- 7.1
- Scanlight 256 400dpi 400
- max 14.7Mb
- 7.1
- It soon becomes very obvious that the files collected from these devices
- are horrendously long and a sizeable hard disc and 4Mb of RAM are almost
- obligatory. It is easy to exceed the capacity of a floppy disc with one
- scan, so it is necessary to open a directory on the hard disc to receive
- the files being digitised. Compression can be used for archiving the
- files when they have served their purpose but that is another story.
- 7.1
- The Hardware
- 7.1
- Video camcorders
- 7.1
- The typical camcorder contains a Charge Coupled Device to receive the
- image from the lens and a fairly standard specification for this is
- 400,000 pixels. If this is used in the most efficient way and is shaped
- to suit the 3:4 proportions of the picture, the picture resolution will
- be 547×730 pixels. This resolution works out at about 65×62 dots per
- inch. As this does not exactly match the A4 proportions, losses and
- margins could bring this resolution down towards 60 or 55 dpi. It is
- fairly clear from the outset that this image capturing technique is
- fairly coarse.
- 7.1
- HiVision colour digitiser
- 7.1
- This was supplied with a lead ending in an audio plug to suit the
- majority of camcorders. (This could have been longer for greater
- convenience but an extension was quickly added.) There was no user
- guide, instead this was in a form unique to HCCS for screen-viewing and
- I found it annoying, being able to print this only in the form of eight
- 69Kb sprites. (Please, HCCS, provide this as a Text file.) However, the
- software is very simple to use and the processes soon become routine.
- The image is quoted to be 508 lines high by 720 pixels wide, (508×720 =
- 365,760). If the 720 is related to the height of an A4 page, this would
- result in a resolution of 61 dpi.
- 7.1
- Clicking on the HiVision iconbar icon reveals a black window. The window
- menu provides six main choices. ‘Save’ saves as a sprite file. ‘Adjust’
- allows brightness, contrast and colour saturation to be pre-set for
- adjustment. ‘Grab frame’ allows the instant grabbing of a source frame
- into memory but only if the picture can be monitored on a TV or
- camcorder viewfinder. ‘Continuous’ samples the input and displays it on
- the screen at about one image per second, clicking again on ‘Continuous’
- retains that sampled frame in memory. The retained image is of low
- quality mono. ‘Process’ transforms the memory image into one of high
- quality mono in accordance with the settings made in ‘Adjust’. ‘Colour’
- does the same for an image input in colour and converts the low quality
- mono image to one of high quality colour. Each of these adjusting
- processes takes about a minute. At all times, only the one ‘adjusted’
- image remains in memory and may be adjusted as many times as necessary
- to obtain tones of your choice. When you are satisfied, the final
- processed or colour image may be saved as a 357Kb sprite.
- 7.1
- In addition, HiFinder software (with similar user guide) is provided
- which samples colour or monochrome images in monochrome at about three a
- second. Here, the software allows saving as a sprite or processing to
- suit a mode 15 or 21 screen and the adjustment for brightness and
- contrast are almost instantaneous.
- 7.1
- The captured images are excellent and the resolution is well matched to
- that of expected picture input in colour or monochrome. To do justice to
- the HCCS HiVision digitiser, a high resolution 256 colour mode such as
- 21 must be used to view the picture. Higher resolution modes give no
- noticeable improvement and there is obvious picture loss at lower
- resolution modes. Adjusting as above can correct the image almost
- infinitely to suit the purpose required. However, when related to an A4
- sheet of text on paper, the resolution of 508 lines by 760 pixels is not
- fine enough for viewing or printing standard text. To get the equivalent
- of a 200 dpi scan (which is necessary for print, see later), the size of
- input should be about a third the dimensions of an A4 sheet. The
- stitching together of nine separate pictures is not a good idea.
- 7.1
- It does not seem to be possible to use the software to adjust sprites
- once they have been saved but there are other image-handling packages
- available to do this.
- 7.1
- When I require a digitiser for inclusion of pictures in an application,
- I shall have no hesitation in going for the HCCS HiVision.
- 7.1
- Greyhawk digitiser
- 7.1
- This does the same job of monitoring a colour or mono vision input to
- give a monochrome image. The podule connection was a BNC socket and no
- cable was supplied. Here two items of software are provided and both
- have to show on the iconbar together for use. !TakeOne allows a moving
- source image to be viewed on the computer screen in real time with only
- a trace of jerkiness but it does no more. The basic ScanImage dialogue
- box from the !Scanner software (of which more later) must be on the
- screen and, when the right frame is displayed by !TakeOne, OK in this
- dialogue box is clicked. The input is then in memory occupying 130Kb.
- The format is square but the scanner software may be used to select a
- suitable rectangle from the original display although this leads to less
- efficient use of the image. The software may be used to adjust
- brightness, contrast, clarity, grey map, etc until the half tone grey
- image is as near perfect as possible. You can then save the result as a
- sprite or a drawfile containing the sprite. If the 130Kb file size is
- related to the 11.7“ height of an A4 page, the resolution is not
- suitable for standard text although very satisfactory for pictures.
- 7.1
- As a bonus, the scanner software can be used to modify any monochrome
- Acorn sprite file already saved. There is a new module promised to
- improve the quoted resolution of 72×36 to 72×72 but this is still
- unlikely to be satisfactory for an A4 sheet of text.
- 7.1
- Scanlight 256 hand held scanner
- 7.1
- This scans an area between 99mm and 105mm wide and of any length within
- limits of memory available. It is provided with !Scanner software and a
- ruler guide which engages in a slot in the scanner to assist in
- producing straight scans. The scan may be done at 100, 200, 300 or 400
- dots per inch. The choice of scanning in B&W or 16 or 256 grey levels is
- given. Dithering is offered but advised against in favour of
- manipulation by the software. The variations possible in the initial
- scan and by software manipulation are so extensive that it will not be
- possible to go through them all. Basically, the scanned Original image
- remains unaltered in memory until replaced by new input. The software
- allows an Altered image also on the screen and each time its toolbox is
- used to make a change, the Altered window only is changed. Facilities
- are available to alter grey scales, contrast, sampling (a form of
- averaging groups of pixels to give a coarser, less memory-hungry result)
- and many other effects, to an almost unlimited extent.
- 7.1
- To test for file sizes, I scanned carefully an exact 4“ length of graph
- paper. The input actually scanned was always slightly less than the 4”
- length and the scanned width seemed to depend on the selected
- parameters. The width, length and image bytes quoted below are as given
- by the software. I assumed 16 sq.ins. as the scan area to extrapolate to
- A4 size.
- 7.1
- Dialogue dpi width length
- size A4 size
- 7.1
- box (in) (in) (Kb)
- (Kb)
- 7.1
- Mono 100 3.83 3.91 18
- 109
- 7.1
- 200 3.84 3.93 74
- 447
- 7.1
- 300 3.84 3.93 166
- 1002
- 7.1
- 400 3.84 3.98 299
- 1806
- 7.1
- Grey 16 100 4.16 3.96 81
- 489
- 7.1
- 200 4.16 3.88 315
- 1903
- 7.1
- 300 4.16 3.94 720
- 4350
- 7.1
- 400 4.00 3.98 1244
- 7516
- 7.1
- Grey 256 100 4.08 3.94 159
- 960
- 7.1
- 200 4.08 3.93 628
- 3794
- 7.1
- 300 4.05 3.94 1406
- 8495
- 7.1
- 400 4.00 3.90 2436
- 14710
- 7.1
- Is it more than coincidence that the Grey, 256 tone A4 bytes are
- comparable with the theoretical A4 dots above? Note how the width of
- scan varies according to the selected type of scan.
- 7.1
- For mono tests, I used an A4 sheet of 91 lines of 6 point text. After
- many trials using the software to increase the image size until
- individual pixels were visible, I found that 100 dpi did not give the
- resolution necessary to acquire sufficient character detail for future
- processing but it may be sufficient for much larger text or line
- diagrams. 200 dpi was adequate for the 6 point text and would be very
- satisfactory for larger point sizes. It was possible to scan half the
- length of the sheet and select the wanted rectangle from each half and
- stitch these together in DrawPlus or a suitable DTP package but the
- linearity of the hand held scan is not perfect and the join is almost
- impossible to hide. It is better to make three scans across the page and
- join scans at spaces between lines of text.
- 7.1
- Having made a scan and selected the area to process, the Altered image
- window is displayed. The Toolbox allows the original image to be
- processed to the optimum for printing. A certain amount of trial and
- error is necessary until the process can be standardised to suit your
- hardware. Below I detail my method of scanning an A4 sheet of annotated
- text.
- 7.1
- I made no tests to determine the capability of the Scanlight 256 in
- digitising colour or mono half tone pictures. I saw this demonstrated at
- Computer Concepts and feel that I could not fault the application for
- scanning pictures up to about 4“ wide and manipulating them into a
- satisfactory form for use. I believe the necessity to scan at a greater
- density than 200 dpi will be rare.
- 7.1
- The !Scanner software can also be used to make modifications to the
- quality, grey level, contrast, etc of any standard Acorn monochrome
- sprite by dragging the file to the scanner iconbar icon. This then
- becomes an Original as described above.
- 7.1
- This is not a complete review. The Scanner software has very extensive
- capabilities which I have only been able to touch on or have been unable
- to mention.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- Digitising an A4 sheet of text for use in another application is best
- done using a scanner. For a hand held 105mm scanner, do three passes
- across the A4 sheet. Vision digitisers in conjunction with a video
- camera are excellent for their stated purpose but do not give sufficient
- resolution to make them suitable for digitising an A4 page of text. The
- scanner is also excellent for monochrome results from colour or half
- tone picture inputs up to four inches wide. For pictures larger than
- this, both vision digitisers with their software performed well.
- 7.1
- Do not spend too little on a scanner. I first tried a well advertised
- hand held scanner at about half the price of that from CC. However, the
- grey scaling was inadequate and the software for image manipulation was
- poor.
- 7.1
- For my purpose I shall buy the CC scanner and leave the purchase of the
- HCCS digitiser until the need for digitising pictures arises. I believe
- the extra cost of the HCCS, because it can also give you colour, is
- worthwhile over the Greyhawk. However there is now a new package from CC
- called Scanlight Video 256 (see Archive 6.12 p6) which combines the
- capabilities of Greyhawk with those of Scanlight 256. If you have a
- camera and can manage without digitising in colour, the small extra for
- this over the Scanlight 256 would be well worthwhile.
- 7.1
- Scanning an A4 sheet
- 7.1
- Here is my method for scanning an A4 sheet using the Scanlight 256 hand
- held scanner. I choose to scan at 16 grey level, 200dpi as this scan is
- over 100mm wide. I find that if I use very slightly darker than centre
- on the brightness thumb wheel, it will pick up scribbled pencil as well
- as print. I mark the length of the 297mm sheet at about 99mm and 198mm
- with small marker lines a couple of mm long at each edge of the sheet. I
- don’t choose these dimensions exactly but place the markers such that
- they correspond with a space between text or some other part of the
- sheet which will be easy to match up later. I then scan the top third of
- the sheet with the scanner ruler in the next third of the paper, about
- 3mm clear of my markers.
- 7.1
- After scaling the original image, to see it all, I use ‘select area’ on
- its menu then ‘crop to selected area’ to choose the correct part of the
- image to keep. I then raise the altered image and view the toolbox. I
- select ‘2×2 sampling’ and ‘16 grey output’. I also rotate the altered
- image by 90° anti-clockwise. I click on ‘Enhance’ followed by ‘darken
- edge, low’ as this improves the clarity of the poorer parts of the image
- (the scribbled pencil). The altered image is then saved to Draw. After
- this first save, I also save the toolbox settings as a ‘settings’ file
- which can be instantly recovered when I next have a session scanning
- similar material.
- 7.1
- The same process is followed for the centre third of the A4 sheet but
- here the altered image is immediately transformed according to the last
- setting of the toolbox and needs no work on it except saving. For the
- final third, the A4 sheet must be rotated 180° so that the scanner ruler
- may be placed in the middle third of the sheet to hold it during scan.
- The processing is the same except that the altered image must be rotated
- in the opposite direction before saving.
- 7.1
- Three thirds of the sheet are now saved, all oriented to suit an A4
- sheet. These files may each be dragged to a blank DrawPlus window (or
- other suitable application) and adjusted into place so that the join is
- imperceptible. This final image may be saved as a whole and used in
- another application or printed or faxed to suit the original purpose of
- the scan. A
- 7.1
- Archivist Professional Database
- 7.1
- Peter Jennings
- 7.1
- When Oregan’s data management system, Archivist, was reviewed in August
- last year (Archive 5.11 p61), I recommended it as a versatile, easy-to-
- use, application which handled only text and figures. Since then it has
- gone through a succession of upgrades, adding more and more features, to
- emerge finally as the new Archivist Pro (version 5.03). This now offers
- a card index for text, figures, graphics and sound. The cards will also
- accommodate complete text files, limited only by computer or disc memory
- and these, like the graphics and sound, are stored in the file as
- “resources” which can be exported into other applications. Selections of
- cards with a common theme can be compiled into subsets.
- 7.1
- Archivist Pro costs £44.95, with a multi-user site licence available for
- £50, but registered users of previous versions can upgrade from
- Archivist 4.00 for £10 or from Archivist 2.40 for £15. Further updates
- are to be provided free of charge.
- 7.1
- Three discs are supplied, accompanied by a 25-page ring-bound
- illustrated manual, a function key strip and a registration form, all
- packed in a laminated card folder.
- 7.1
- The discs contain the database manager and a number of other
- applications including a card designer, an importer for data from other
- systems, a program to append or merge separate database files, a utility
- to catalogue discs and a comprehensive label designer and printing
- program, along with sample files, a tutorial and six exclusive outline
- fonts.
- 7.1
- Simple card design
- 7.1
- The card designer is very simple to use. It produces a blank master card
- and opens a window where each field is created by typing a title and
- setting the type, maximum size, colour and other details by clicking on
- radio buttons. The fields appear on the master card as titled boxes
- which can be dragged to the required place and visual size, using an
- optional grid to help position them. Pairs of rulers, in centimetres or
- inches, are available and these are particularly useful to help field
- alignment if the data is eventually to be printed onto pre-designed
- forms. The fields can be Text; Integer (whole numbers); Real (decimal
- numbers); Formula, to carry out calculations; Date, for automatic
- insertion of date and time in a chosen format; or Boolean and Multiple-
- choice, containing a list of options which can be toggled through or
- selected from a window.
- 7.1
- The first noticeable differences from the original version of Archivist
- are the addition of colour for the cards, which greatly improves their
- appearance, and optional backdrops. There is a choice of 16 colours or
- grey shades for the background and for each field independently.
- 7.1
- As before, card layouts can be changed at any time without any loss of
- data, by reloading the file into the designer. This is a really valuable
- facility when, as so often happens, the original field lengths are found
- to be inadequate or extra fields are needed.
- 7.1
- The “resource” files are added by dragging onto the individual cards.
- They can include Text, Draw, Sprites, Maestro, Tracker, Symphony and
- sampled files. The graphics are displayed on the card and the text and
- sound files appear as standard icons. They can all be accessed from the
- card or copied into other applications.
- 7.1
- Practical demonstration
- 7.1
- The manual refers to the sample files and the tutorial on disc to help
- explain resource files, and the practical demonstration offered is the
- best way to understand them. It is not necessary to create separate
- fields because a resource can “share” an existing one and the graphic or
- icon will normally appear immediately above it. The width will match the
- physical length of the field, with the height in proportion. The
- tutorial shows how a resource can be made to appear at the side of the
- field and how a graphic can be suitably scaled and proportioned.
- Accessing the resource is done by holding down <Shift> and clicking on
- the field (not the icon). This last point can easily be missed as it is
- more natural to click on the icon when you see it displayed on the card.
- 7.1
- Another useful new feature is the ability to add up to 128 lines of
- “freetext” anywhere on the master card. This is done by writing the text
- in a window and then dragging it into position. The usual range of
- colours are all available.
- 7.1
- I am always slightly disappointed when a database limits the length of
- field names to a maximum of ten characters and makes it sometimes
- necessary to use abbreviations. Also, I like to be able to set the title
- of a field and its data to different colours, which the present version
- of Archivist does not allow.
- 7.1
- However, with freetext, I have found a simple, although undocumented,
- way round both these restrictions. If you want to use a field name
- longer than ten characters, leave the title box in the designer window
- blank when creating the field. Then just write the desired name in the
- freetext window and drag it into position on the card. The name can also
- be set to a different colour from the field, if you wish. If you use the
- label printing facility, you will find a blank in place of titles set in
- this way as Archivist does not, of course, recognise them as field
- names. Nevertheless, clicking on the blank still adds the field to the
- label so there is no real problem.
- 7.1
- Label design program
- 7.1
- The label printer is, in fact, a comprehensive design program which
- enables you to choose the fields to be included and the size and layout
- of the labels, including the number of labels across the sheet and the
- vertical and horizontal gaps between them. Separate print styles can be
- applied to each individual field or piece of text.
- 7.1
- Among other features added during earlier upgrades of Archivist is a
- replace facility allowing the use of a formula to make a global
- adjustment of figures. This, for example, would mean that all the prices
- in a field could be changed on every card to match an increase or
- (hypothetically, of course) a reduction in VAT with one simple entry.
- 7.1
- One valuable feature that has also been available in earlier versions,
- but is worth highlighting, is a quick entry facility for up to 16
- separate lines of text or figures. These are first entered into a
- window, either by typing or by dragging in a previously compiled text
- file. Any line can then be copied onto a card with a single click,
- greatly speeding up repetitive entries. An even quicker way, at the
- designer stage, is to set a default entry, which can be overwritten on
- any card.
- 7.1
- Other features continued from earlier versions of Archivist, and
- described in more detail in last year’s review, include a toolbox
- browser; the ability to manipulate figures and make calculations as in a
- spreadsheet; a clipboard; a range of searches from quick and simple to
- very sophisticated (the fastest “Easy Search” is claimed to check
- through 150,000 cards in five seconds and the more complex searches are
- now nearly as fast); primary and secondary sort routines; a choice of
- printing formats including WYSIWYG, columns or report (tabular,
- spreadsheet style) and labels, using RISC OS outline fonts; statistics
- windows; a password facility and the ability to export files in CSV,
- optionally with Minerva Graphbox headers, TSV and plain text formats,
- and direct to Impression by way of an Impulse link.
- 7.1
- No nonsense
- 7.1
- Archivist is described as a “no nonsense database” and its ease of use
- has taken its earlier versions into more than 350 schools. Archivist Pro
- still keeps this simplicity and intuitive feel but is now a more
- versatile and powerful application with some sophisticated features
- which should meet the needs of most database users.
- 7.1
- Anyone thinking of buying a database program in a higher price range
- should look carefully to see if it has anything more than they would use
- to make it worth the extra cost. A
- 7.1
- Battle Chess
- 7.1
- Myles and Rick Thorne
- 7.1
- Battle Chess from Krisalis Software Ltd. (£24 from Archive) comes in a
- colourful chequered box, on two discs. An extremely comprehensive and
- well-written manual gives the basic rules of chess, including movement
- of pieces, chess notation, some sample games and various tactics to win
- the game.
- 7.1
- Starting up
- 7.1
- Disc one is loaded and three options are given: play the game, install
- the program on a hard disc or play the speeded-up version by using the
- RAM disc. After a few moments, you are invited to load disc two.
- 7.1
- The game is copy-protected − a marble chessboard appears on the screen
- and you are asked to type in a specific move, from the manual, using one
- of twenty games played between past masters. If you accurately type the
- correct code, the board receives its chess pieces. If you install it on
- your hard drive you first have to insert disc number 1, then copy a move
- from the manual before you can start playing, so it has a kind of double
- copy-protection.
- 7.1
- The game
- 7.1
- The game can be played as you against the computer, you against a friend
- or the computer against itself.
- 7.1
- Battle Chess menus can be obtained by pressing and holding <select>.
- Pull down menus, carried by two cute flying cherubs, give further
- options for disc, moves, settings and levels. These options, when
- highlighted, are available even halfway through a game.
- 7.1
- There have been many versions of computer chess but Battle Chess is
- different. Whilst still providing a challenge to players of all
- abilities, it is fun to play, mainly because of the superb graphics.
- 7.1
- The playing pieces actually fight to the death before your very eyes.
- The animation is extremely clever because each time a piece is taken, a
- different combat takes place. The Queen seductively wiggles her way
- across the board; the King has a few surprises up his sleeves; the Rook
- changes into a lumbering rock monster; the Pawns are stocky men-at-arms
- carrying deadly spears; the Knights are bullying and brash; the Bishop
- gracefully glides across the board. Of course, each move takes a
- considerable time in this mode, so once you have got the “silliness” out
- of your system, you can switch to the 2D mode.
- 7.1
- The advantage of the 2D option is that it is a more conventional chess
- simulation and runs much more quickly than the 3D option.
- 7.1
- Chess Tutor?
- 7.1
- The program could also be used as a chess tutor. The ‘Suggest move’
- option gives hints for possible moves, the Take Back option allows you
- to take back the last move made by either side. Not enough time to
- finish the game? Save it and pick up where you left off when time
- allows. Growing impatient? Then the Force move option speeds up your
- opponent’s thinking. Had enough? Choose Quit and exit to the desktop −
- something that would be usefully copied by other games programmers.
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- Ten skill levels, with optional time limits for each move, offer a
- challenge to just about everyone who plays chess. We found the program
- extremely entertaining. Serious-minded players will find the program
- appealing, fun-minded players will get many laughs and hours of
- enjoyment from it.
- 7.1
- Postscript
- 7.1
- An interesting way of playing Battle Chess, in order to see the many
- forms of combat, is to play as follows:- instead of trying to keep your
- pieces out of harm’s way, you try to force your opponent to take them.
- The winner is the player to get rid of all his pieces, including the
- King, first. A
- 7.1
- Here are some extracts from an unsolicited review sent in by Tord
- Eriksson. I have chosen those bits which add to what Myles and Rick have
- said...
- 7.1
- ... Being a devious type I tried fooling it into making a pawn into a
- queen, when it really needed a knight, to avoid complete disaster. I am
- happy to report that it did exactly what it should and check-mated me in
- one move. The chess term is that the game supports under-promotion. All
- competent games do this, but many don’t. Well done! ...
- 7.1
- ... On an ARM3 machine, using a RAM disc, it is slow, even when run at
- novice level. If you make the mistake of running the program from a
- compressed disc directory, Battle Chess will be painfully slow. Cyrus 4,
- a widely available chess program, on a Amstrad 4MHz CP/M machine, runs
- at about the same speed as Battle Chess on an ARM3, using the RAM disc.
- ...
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- When viewed in 3D it has, compared to Chess3D, much better graphics, if
- not speed. It is also much easier to understand and to set up. Full
- marks.
- 7.1
- When viewed in 2D and compared to David Pilling’s multitasking Chess, it
- has less to offer. The 2D view is quite plain, with very ordinary-
- looking pieces that crawl over the chess board and not much more. Sadly,
- the game seems to play as slowly in that mode as in the 3D view.
- 7.1
- I think Krisalis would be wise to buy David’s chess algorithms and
- include them in Battle Chess II. With that it would be a winner and a
- delight in every way.
- 7.1
- If you want to buy a chess game to interest someone who does not play
- chess or to get a small child interested, this is a good choice − better
- than Chess3D. For speed, !Chess wins hands down.
- 7.1
- Compared to David Pilling’s !Chess, at £6 from Archive or David, there
- is no contest, even with those glorious graphics and including the
- little cherubs! A
- 7.1
- JPEG Column
- 7.1
- Stuart Bell
- 7.1
- Last time, I reported on tests of the JPEG applications, !JPEGit, !JFIF
- and !JView. I concluded that all work well and that the last one is very
- fast indeed. However, it only reads JPEG files – it can’t create them,
- and also, on my non-multisync screen, sprites were displayed without
- omitting alternate lines, with the effect that the images were stretched
- by a factor of two vertically. Held over to this month are tests of John
- Kortink’s latest !Creator and !Translatr shareware applications, and
- “For Your Eyes Only” from the same French programmer as !JView.
- 7.1
- djpeg mark 2
- 7.1
- In Archive 6.12, Mike Williams suggested a couple of possible reasons
- for the dreadful image quality in a JPEGed ray-trace image file which I
- had reported in July. One was a bug in the version of the djpeg utility
- supplied by Acorn with RISC OS 3. He sent a version ported by Keith
- Sloan which doesn’t have that bug. But, I didn’t keep Cain’s original
- files, and on my original disc copy of my article, Impression stores
- them as Drawfiles, not Spritefiles, and so I couldn’t JPEG them again.
- Argh!
- 7.1
- Part of the sprite deJPEGed by !ChangeFSI, using Keith Sloan’s version
- of the djpeg utility.
- 7.1
- Instead, I replaced djpeg in !ChangeFSI with Keith’s version, to see if
- it made any difference with the familiar Hi People sprite from HCCS. To
- my surprise, it appeared to make quite a significant difference, the
- screen image being noticeably sharper. So, it may well pay to replace
- the standard djpeg file in your copy of !ChangeFSI – not forgetting to
- keep the original just in case of some obscure compatibility problem in
- the future!
- 7.1
- For Yours Eyes Only
- 7.1
- Since last time, I’ve been playing around with !FYEO a little more. It
- is very much like !JView, and as fast, but displays the de-JPEGed image
- as the conversion proceeds. It, too, assumes the use of a multisync
- monitor. Neil Hoggarth, who sent it to me, suspected that the output is
- more grainy than that of !ChangeFSI, so I tried to test this aspect of
- its performance. Using in turn !ChangeFSI and !FYEO to deJPEG a 30Kb
- version of HCCS’s HiPeople sprite to give a mode 21 sprite, it seems
- from the screen images that !FYEO certainly does produce a more grainy
- image, although I’m not sure how evident that will be when they’re
- printed in Archive. This, of course, raises the question of whether
- !JView also produces images which are less good than those of
- !ChangeFSI. Since all these applications will be on the Archive JPEG
- Shareware disc, I’ll leave that as an exercise for the reader!
- 7.1
- Part of the sprite deJPEGed by !ChangeFSI (standard Acorn version of
- djpeg)
- 7.1
- Part of the same sprite deJPEGed by !FYEO
- 7.1
- These last three tests illustrate a very important point about the JPEG
- process, and one which I had not fully appreciated before. It is that
- whilst the algorithms involved are well defined, the implementation of
- those procedures will differ, will involve different arithmetic and
- rounding errors, and hence will produce results of varying quality. For
- example, Keith Sloan’s version of djpeg, which runs to 41Kb, must be
- quite different from Acorn’s 26Kb djpeg, and produces significantly
- better results. Whether or not the differences are obvious in print, the
- three sprites produced in the above tests are quite different, even on
- my standard resolution (albeit 17“) monochrome(!) screen. So, in future,
- we must consider the quality of results produced by JPEG applications as
- well as the time they take.
- 7.1
- !Creator and !Translatr
- 7.1
- These shareware applications from John Kortink have become the de-facto
- standard programs for the creation and conversion of image files in
- (almost?) any possible format produced on any possible personal computer
- system. I certainly don’t comprehend the massive range of formats
- available but what is significant for this column is that the list now
- includes JPEG files. Please note first that JPEG support appeared in
- !Creator version 1.36 and !Translatr version 7.11 and hence that some PD
- libraries may still be distributing earlier versions. Second, they are
- shareware, not public domain, and so a registration fee is payable if
- you use them.
- 7.1
- The first thing that I noted was that they use version 4 of the
- Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG software for the cjpeg and djpeg routines.
- They are larger, require full word parameters (e.g. for quality) rather
- than single letters and, one presumes, add yet another variable to the
- question of which JPEG applications are the best. Of course, for ‘front
- ends’ like !JPEGit of !JFIF to use these new routines, they would have
- to be amended to supply the new-style whole word parameters. The
- potential for improvement seems endless!
- 7.1
- !Creator
- 7.1
- As the documentation explains, !Creator can create several foreign
- graphics formats, using either Archimedes sprite files (filetype &FF9)
- or !Translator’s Clear files (filetype &690) as input. It can create the
- following graphics formats: GIF (Graphics Interchange Format) files;
- TIFF (Tag Image File Format) files; AIM (Archimedes/Amiga/Atari Image
- Manager) files; PBMPlus (Portable Bit Map toolkit) files, and now JPEG
- (Joint Photographic Experts Group) ‘JFIF’ files.
- 7.1
- My first experience with !Creator (version 1.38) was not too
- encouraging. Loading it and converting the Hi People sprite to a JPEG
- file worked faultlessly but trying to load !Creator again after having
- saved the ‘Status’ file with ‘JPEG’ as the selected output format
- produced a ‘nothing works but total re-boot’ machine crash. There is a
- bug in the way !Creator writes out new ‘Status’ files.
- 7.1
- Apart from that, the creation works well, taking about 50 seconds (with
- ‘Q’ set to 25). The user interface is well laid out and quite intuitive.
- Of particular note is !Creator’s use of memory. It will use what is
- available for its input and output buffers but only takes 64Kb as a
- minimum and will certainly convert sprites which are far larger than the
- available memory. This sets it apart from all other JPEG applications
- discussed to date.
- 7.1
- Part of the same sprite from !Creator – !Translatr
- 7.1
- !Translatr
- 7.1
- This application will convert from a huge range of native and foreign
- graphics file formats to Acorn sprite or ‘Clear’ files. Whilst the list
- of supported formats is massive, our interest is in its JPEG file
- reading facility. I tested version 7.14. Producing a mode 21 sprite from
- the JPEG file produced by !Creator took about 50 seconds but it was
- displayed with the familiar vertical stretch and with the palette of the
- whole screen display modified. Again, memory usage was commendably low
- (160Kb with no sprite being displayed.)
- 7.1
- The result of the !Creator – !Translatr combination seem, on screen, to
- be a little less clear than those produced using Keith Sloan’s djpeg
- routine within !ChangeFSI.
- 7.1
- I conclude that if you are used to using !Translatr or !Creator for
- other graphics formats, you would be well advised to make sure that you
- have late versions which handle JPEG files. Likewise, if your interests
- extend to other formats, they make excellent multi-purpose tools, and
- the registration fee is a bargain. But if you are only interested in
- JPEG, they offer only the advantage of reduced memory requirements over
- the JPEG-specific applications which we have already examined.
- 7.1
- One further issue is the quality of image produced by the different
- djpeg routines and, in particular, by the latest release from the
- Independent JPEG Group, which !Creator and !Translatr use. Is version 4
- much better? How does it compare with Keith Sloan’s implementation? I
- hope to have some results for the next column.
- 7.1
- Archive JPEG shareware disc
- 7.1
- As promised last time, I’ve put together a shareware disc with the
- latest versions of various JPEG applications. Its full contents are:
- !ChangeFSI, version 0.90a; !FYEO, version 1.02; !Jewel, version 0.04;
- !JFIF, version 26th June 1993; !JPEGinst to install !JPEGit, version
- 1.11A, i.e. the PD version; !JView − version 0.07; djpeg − Keith Sloan’s
- implementation, file dated 18 Nov 1991; JPEG-FAQ − a text file pulled
- off Usenet and headed “JPEG image compression: Frequently Asked
- Questions”. Uncompressed, the disc runs to 900Kb, and is available as
- Archive Shareware disc 51.
- 7.1
- And finally
- 7.1
- If anyone has access to Internet and could try to contact the author of
- !JView, Frank Lyonnet, about the ‘stretched y-axis with non-multisync
- screen modes’ problem I described last month, I’d be very grateful.
- According to the documentation, his address is “lyonnet@ufrima.imag.fr.”
- The JPEG correspondence dried up somewhat over the summer. Please let me
- have news of your findings with the various JPEG applications, and how
- about some more “<32Kb JPEG images”? The next JPEG Column should appear
- in two months’ time, to give me a chance to include your responses to
- this month’s offering. A
- 7.1
- Vector Upgrade (1.1)
- 7.1
- Tord Eriksson
- 7.1
- Over a year ago (Archive 5.10 p35), I looked at Vector, an enhanced
- version of Jonathan Marten’s DrawPlus. Now version 1.1 of Vector is
- available as an upgrade for £10. The new package consists of a small
- wallet containing a manual (the same as the old version), two discs and
- some leaflets for existing users and some addendums.
- 7.1
- There are tutorials, example drawings, a good selection of libraries and
- some utilities on the discs. This is in addition to Vector 1.1, some
- fonts and some further addendums, with errata and latest additions to
- the program.
- 7.1
- Flatten and more
- 7.1
- This updated version corrects most of the drawbacks with Vector, and
- improves on some already excellent features. The main difficulty I, and
- many other users, have had with Vector, is its inability to export files
- in draw format, with all the special effects included.
- 7.1
- Now there is a little utility called Flatten that turns any Vector file
- into a normal drawfile. This naturally makes the files much bigger,
- typically 400%, but you can now use them directly in Impression or
- Ovation documents, and still keep the interpolation, replication and
- radiation effects. To export to other formats, like those used in the PC
- and Mac sphere I still recommend using ArtWorks as a go-between, as it
- can export in a number of different formats.
- 7.1
- Vector fell on its face, so to speak, when Artworks arrived, especially
- in terms of drawing speed. The latter cut corners in screen resolution
- to be able to render very complex objects fairly quickly, but Vector did
- not.
- 7.1
- Now you can control the resolution of Vector in a similar way to
- Artworks, with a useful speed increase. At maximum resolution, setting
- “11” for Artworks and “5” for Vector, they both render a complex draw
- object, like the Pharaoh below, at roughly the same speed, ArtWorks
- being the winner (tested by switching from mode 12 to 15 and back).
- 7.1
- However, as seen on the screen-shot there is a great difference in
- screen resolution, due to ArtWorks CorelDraw-like rendering (ArtWorks
- left, Vector to the right). Vector can now display objects only as wire
- frame drawings, leaving all fills transparent. This is often a great
- help when creating new objects, as you can then study all layers, with
- all the details at once, unhindered.
- 7.1
- Master editor
- 7.1
- As I have said before, the editing facilities of Vector outclass
- ArtWorks, just as ArtWorks outclasses Vector in the import/export
- business. Sadly, neither package supports the format of the other.
- 7.1
- With Vector, you can very easily split a path into sub-paths, reverse
- paths, make masks, merge paths to create complex objects or make
- numerous copies of an object in a number of ways. ArtWorks has some of
- these features, but far from all.
- 7.1
- One useful addition to Vector is “overlay lines” where you add a line on
- top of another to create cables on technical illustration, or streets on
- a map. In ArtWorks you make a copy on top the original lines instead.
- 7.1
- As with Impression, you can now set the autosave to prompt you to save
- after a set time − it even gives you a beep!
- 7.1
- An addition I personally like is the fact that “text to path” can now
- convert multiple lines of text or many objects at once. If only it had
- been supported before...
- 7.1
- An aid in moving control points is the “All control points” option. If
- you set this to off, only the active control point will show its control
- points. This means that the display will be far less cluttered.
- 7.1
- Libraries
- 7.1
- Vector’s strong point has always been the editing and its libraries. The
- libraries are just that: files you have made of draw objects, or grouped
- objects, which you often use. It might be complex symbols, sprites,
- logos, or whatever. These are compressed and you can leaf through the
- current library in pretty much the same way as you leaf through the list
- of installed fonts. Click on a name and you get a pre-view of the object
- (just as you do with the fonts). This selected object can then be pasted
- into your drawing.
- 7.1
- A library can now also contain ready-made “skeletons”, that are used by
- the replication function, to make multiple copies of an object, in any
- size or position. This is an excellent feature and quite unique!
- 7.1
- Layers
- 7.1
- With Vector 1.1, a feature has arrived that makes animation a
- possibility: layers. Just as in animated film, you can split up the
- display into different layers: the distant clouds can go on one, the
- mountains on another, the trees on a third, your character on a fourth,
- the cat in the front on a fifth and so on. You can set the computer to
- show just one layer, or all, stepping up and down the layers with a
- click on the toolbox icon: “arrow up” for up and “arrow down” for down!
- 7.1
- Old features
- 7.1
- There are many more features in Vector that I have forgotten to mention,
- such as masks, interpolate, 4-point curves, circular arcs, polygons,
- ellipses, zoom, grid lock and text mode, but these are pretty much the
- same as before.
- 7.1
- For the ArtWorks user, it might be interesting to note that most of the
- features are more powerful than ArtWorks’ equivalents. On the other
- hand, there is no perspective tool in Vector, sadly missed − an
- excellent feature of ArtWorks!
- 7.1
- The mask utility is now more powerful, as you now can create a mask
- substitute that looks like the mask plus the masked object together,
- just as if you had actually cut the thing out of a piece of paper. This
- can then by replicated, inverted, enlarged and so on.
- 7.1
- Omissions
- 7.1
- The only serious omission in Vector is the fact that you cannot work
- outside the paper. This is sometimes necessary, as the control points
- might be far away from its object. The only solution is to opt for a
- bigger paper size and then, having finished the manipulation, revert to
- your favourite paper size. ArtWorks have vast plains of background to
- use, just like Aldus PageMaker or Quark Xpress.
- 7.1
- Also, both Computer Concepts and 4Mation should include so called
- ‘filters’ that accepts each other’s formats! Going via Draw (and
- Flatten) is perfectly possible, but not very user-friendly! Or at least,
- Impression should accept Vector files!
- 7.1
- Conclusion
- 7.1
- Owners of a legitimate copy of Vector would be fools if they did not pay
- £10 for the update.
- 7.1
- For those that does not have Vector yet, I can only say that it now
- gives even more power for your money! A major omission, compared to
- ArtWorks, is that it does not export to other systems as easily.
- 7.1
- But, as always, I do recommend those who can afford it, to buy both
- Vector and Artworks, as they both have their definite uses: ArtWorks is
- easier to use for free-hand artwork and Vector is the master of
- technical illustration, architectural and decorative drawing and
- editing! If you do both free-hand and technical illustrations, you will
- profit by having both!
- 7.1
- A splendid complement is, as always, DrawBender and FontFx or a similar
- package, say ArcSign, Poster, Fontasy or TypeStudio. Colouring is best
- done with ArtWorks or Chameleon! A
- 7.1
- Latest versions of Vector and ArtWorks, side by side, with the same
- illustration, at the same size. The screen resolution of ArtWorks (left)
- is far less than Vector’s. The time to redraw the picture (from mode 12
- to 15 and back) was almost the same, ArtWorks having just a slight edge.
- The earlier version of Vector (v. 1.03) took ages!
- 7.1
- A library can contain just about anything, as this one: Bubbles for your
- cartoons! A very useful feature, unique to Vector.
- 7.1
- Using a circular skeleton from one library and the bubble from another
- library you can get very odd borders indeed! The text is drawn, not
- “pathed” with “text to path”, as it looked a bit odd on screen
- otherwise!
- 7.1
- Help!!!!
- 7.1
- • Ancestry − Is there anyone in the London area who could demonstrate
- Ancestry, to me, please? Charles Barraball, 287 West Barnes Lane, New
- Malden, Surrey, KT3 6JE.
- 7.1
- • Image Outliner (Iota) sprite to drawfile converter − I would
- appreciate any comments from anybody that has used this application with
- regard to value and quality of conversion. I am interested in an
- application that will convert to lines and not the filled silhouette and
- ‘splodge’ system used in Trace and Tracer. Please feel free to mention
- any others that would be useful. Alan Wilburn, Hartlepool.
- 7.1
- • Knitting machine wanted − Has anyone got a Brother KH910 knitting
- machine for sale? Has anyone interfaced one to an Archimedes? I have
- interfaced one to the user port of a Beeb but it would be great to link
- one to an Archimedes. F.Montague, Chatham.
- 7.1
- • Second floppy on A3010/20/A4000 − Has anyone succeeded in getting a
- second floppy going on any of these computers? Acorn say they cannot
- have a second floppy because “the extra signals required to operate the
- second drive are not present on the main p.c.b.” If anyone thinks they
- can solve it, we’ll lend them a Tech. Ref. Manual! Harry Bradley,
- Ruislip + Ed. A
- 7.1
- A Typical School Network Setup
- 7.1
- Malcolm Fraser
- 7.1
- The network I manage consists currently of a single Econet system which
- runs through 13 classrooms, including a computer room. All of the
- machines are A series, mainly A3000s and A5000s. An A540 with an
- additional SCSI hard disc is used as file server. The network runs using
- Level 4 fileserver software (Version 2). Because of the number and size
- of data files, both hard discs are used on the network.
- 7.1
- Objectives
- 7.1
- In order to keep the system simple for new users, I have set the
- following objectives when organising the network.
- 7.1
- 1 Users should see a consistent view of the software and directory
- structure, regardless of the machine used.
- 7.1
- 2 The machine configuration should minimise delays, in particular when
- many users log on together, subject to 1.
- 7.1
- 3 Shared identities should be avoided where possible.
- 7.1
- The reasons for the first two are obvious. In the third case, having
- more than one person using the same identity causes problems in keeping
- files secure, and if two people try to work on one file simultaneously
- the results are predictable!
- 7.1
- Organisation of user identities
- 7.1
- Each student is given a unique identity. Identities are grouped by the
- nominal year of entry. For example, everyone in the new Year 11 has an
- identity which begins I90 (I for intake). This group identifier does not
- have to be changed at the end of each year. An example is I90.AA, where
- the second part comes from the student’s initials.
- 7.1
- The identities can be generated using a simple PipeDream 4 sheet to
- extract the first letter of each name to make up the identity. Clashes
- are then adjusted manually. This uses the administration database lists
- and reduces the work needed at the start of the year.
- 7.1
- A directory is created for each student and free space allocated using
- the !Manager application. This is a tedious process and will be done by
- a short program in future. This gives a large number of directories on
- each hard disc, but avoids the problems of shared identities.
- 7.1
- Sometimes we have had to set up special ‘users’ to deal with software
- (mainly for mathematics) which creates temporary files while running.
- 7.1
- Machine configuration
- 7.1
- Some machines have hard discs and some hard disc machines have RISC OS
- 3. The machines are configured to ensure that necessary modules are
- loaded and system variables set up correctly at the start of the day.
- 7.1
- Floppy disc RISC OS 2 machines have the default file system set to NET
- and are configured to auto-boot. There is a user named BOOT, set up to
- load network modules to replace those in ROM. It then locates the
- !System, !Scrap and !Fonts directories in the $ directory on the main
- fileserver disc. The application which does this is called !ArmBoot. It
- is part of the fileserver software, tailored to our network.
- 7.1
- There is one point which we discovered the hard way. Each floppy disc
- station needs a directory with public read and write access inside
- !Scrap. To do this, you log on as a system user at the station and
- double click on !Scrap. This is documented inside !Scrap, but is not
- obvious. Otherwise mysterious “Insufficient Access” messages appear at
- some machines when ‘non-system’ users log on. The alternative is to
- ensure each user has a copy of !Scrap in their personal directory but
- this is not an efficient use of space as this is not needed when using a
- hard disc machine.
- 7.1
- On hard disc RISC OS 2 machines, a similar boot application is used but
- all of the files are on the local disc and the application is called
- !Boot. This speeds up many operations, e.g. transfer of data between
- packages.
- 7.1
- RISC OS 3 machines have more recent versions of the network modules, so
- a !Boot file (not an application) is used just to locate !System, !Scrap
- and !Fonts.
- 7.1
- Students are taught to use hard discs for loading software where
- possible. This has two effects. It cuts the time taken to load
- applications on the student’s machine and it reduces traffic on the
- network. The Broadcast Loader software cuts down delays in favourable
- cases but if an application uses a lot of files or fonts, delays can
- still be considerable.
- 7.1
- File server organisation
- 7.1
- The two hard discs on the file server have been named Upper_Sch and
- Users_Disc. Both are exported across the network, so anyone can log on
- to either. The software is identical but the former has the Sixth Form
- directories, while everyone else stores data on the second.
- 7.1
- It is important that users log on to the correct disc, otherwise they
- will not be able to save work (their root directory windows do not
- appear on the screen).
- 7.1
- Everyone is shown how to call up the FS List window from the network
- icon on the iconbar, and after a small amount of practice, we have had
- very few problems. The following window shows the FS List window.
- 7.1
- Directory structure
- 7.1
- The root ($) directory on each hard disc is the one seen by users if
- they use the “Open ‘$’ ” option in the network menu. Level 4 software
- allows files and directories to be hidden from non-System users by
- setting the “Locked” attribute. This is used to hide the file server
- software and other items from view.
- 7.1
- It is possible to change the directory which holds software and data so
- that it is no longer the root directory. I intend to try this in the
- future as an additional level of security.
- 7.1
- When students log on, they see their personal directories − a typical
- directory is as follows:
- 7.1
- In order to load software, students must first open the ‘$’ directory.
- The structure of the $ directory on the fileserver is:
- 7.1
- The I90 directory has its access set to ‘Locked’ and is not visible,
- even to members of Year 11. Again, this is important in keeping users
- away from areas which they do not need to see. (We have almost no
- deliberate ‘hacking’, although accidents have happened on occasion. It
- has not been necessary to introduce the use of passwords so far.) The
- view which students see when they open the network ‘$’ directory is as
- shown at the top of the next column.
- 7.1
- When an ordinary user opens the root directory, they see some
- applications and a large number of folders. Each folder contains one
- package or group of applications. For example, the folder ‘DTP’ contains
- !Ovation, some stylesheets and !Accents. (This is a version of !Chars
- which can be configured to show only the extra characters for a
- particular language such as French. It is published by the Hampshire
- Microtechnology Unit.)
- 7.1
- As the $ directory must be opened in order to load software, this
- ensures that the paths to modules and fonts are established for floppy
- disc machines from the start.
- 7.1
- Separate directories are used instead of grouping similar software, e.g.
- graphics packages, in one directory because of the memory claimed by
- each application ‘seen’. The computers are used for many different
- purposes during the day, and we have had 2Mb machines running out of
- free memory. In several cases, machines have ‘locked up’ through running
- out of free memory. (The problem is rare on 4Mb machines, which helps
- confirm this diagnosis.)
- 7.1
- The file organisation on hard disc machines is almost identical to the
- visible part of the $ directory on the network. The major exception is
- the Design Processor package. This is a Genesis application which links
- a number of packages such as WorraCAD and Euclid. The current version
- loads large data files and runs slowly over Econet, so it is restricted
- to local hard discs. (We are waiting for a new version to arrive and
- there are suggested packages such as !AppFS which will help overcome
- this difficulty but we have not yet tried these.)
- 7.1
- The lack of a menu system puts the onus onto students to learn how to
- navigate around the directory structure. Most manage this after a brief
- introduction and soon start to explore the available software
- independently.
- 7.1
- Software
- 7.1
- Most RISC OS applications which we have put on to the network have
- worked satisfactorily. In some cases, companies have produced specific
- network versions but often the same programs are used on the file server
- and stand-alone.
- 7.1
- The following packages have been used on the network without major
- problems: Ovation, Key Plus, PipeDream 4, Numerator, Pinpoint,
- Revelation ImagePro, WorraCAD, Perspective, Thinksheet, Poster and
- Vector.
- 7.1
- Problems which do arise are commonly of two kinds. Some packages are
- unhelpful if the user does not have enough free space to save a file.
- The warning messages are not always clear and, in some cases, they are
- actually misleading (one reports “Station not listening” when it cannot
- save a file, for example). Work has been lost because students did not
- appreciate the significance of this message. Sometimes partial files are
- saved, but when an attempt is made to load these later, the loss of data
- is discovered as the computer hangs up totally. It is dangerous to
- assume that because the file shows the correct icon that it has been
- saved successfully.
- 7.1
- The second problem is that some packages take a long time to load or
- save files. Even allowing for the slow speed of Econet, the low rate of
- data transfer suggests that saving routines could be improved. Although
- I have not investigated this in detail, I suspect that complex files
- (particularly Draw type files) are saved an object at a time. As each
- transmission has included data to identify the transmitting station and
- the destination, so a large number of small objects take longer to save
- than one large one.
- 7.1
- Future developments
- 7.1
- Apart from the main building, there is a Library block, a Science
- building and a number of temporary huts. None of these is networked at
- present but we are about to set up a second computer room and, at the
- same time, extend the network to all of the permanent buildings.
- 7.1
- Once we started to plan this extension, we decided that there were only
- two ways to go. Either students held their files on individual floppy
- discs, or data stored on any file server had to be accessible from every
- terminal on each network. The thought of over 850 floppy discs being
- carried around school and, from current experience, at least a 1%
- failure rate each year, made the second option seem more appealing, even
- if technically more complex.
- 7.1
- The Acorn Universal Networking (AUN) system for Ethernet and Econet was
- announced while planning was still at an early stage. This seemed a way
- of overcoming the problems with Econet. It should also allow us to link
- in the existing network, rather than have to install a new system
- everywhere. This last option would have been too expensive when the
- Science Department, among others, had only just received their first
- Archimedes, and were keen to get as many more as they could.
- 7.1
- Once we decided where we wanted machines and how many we planned to have
- in the long run, we sought professional help to decide whether our plans
- were practical and whether there might be other solutions to our
- particular problems. This is essential as it is more difficult to make
- changes to a network when it is installed. The very helpful people at
- Atomwide (thanks to Martin, Dave and everyone else!) spent a lot of time
- making sure they understood our requirements and checking over the site,
- before giving advice on the way to organise the network and the types of
- machine which suited the different requirements best. (This was
- essential because we now have minimal I.T. support within the county,
- and that mainly directed at Research Machines products.)
- 7.1
- The new system will come into operation early in September and I hope to
- give a fuller description and evaluation of the success (or otherwise)
- of the AUN system later in the term. A
- 7.1
- Ancient Greece
- 7.1
- Carol Haynes
- 7.1
- Ancient Greece, from Chalksoft, is aimed at teachers and pupils in
- primary schools and provides material to help cover the National
- Curriculum Key Stage 2 History Core Study Unit 5. The version received
- for review was 1.01, dated 22nd September 1992.
- 7.1
- The program is supplied on a single disc with a four-page A5 leaflet and
- a !Help application on disc. The information supplied does not discuss
- the need to backup and store the original disc, or how to install the
- software onto a hard disc if one is available. The disc is not protected
- in any way and installs and functions on a hard disc without problems.
- 7.1
- !Help
- 7.1
- This application explains the keys used to control the movements of text
- windows and the escape key. It is also explained that Format has been
- disabled and to type ‘Unset Alias$Format’ to reinstate it. This seems to
- me to be unnecessary and confusing. Furthermore, under RISC-OS 3.11, it
- doesn’t disable formatting from the iconbar, but only when *Format is
- used. The options available from the iconbar menu are explained. These
- include saving text and pictures to disc, printing and a glossary as
- well as control of the use of sound through the program. A very brief
- overview of the seven sections of the main program is given along with
- clues to solve two of the puzzles.
- 7.1
- !Greeks
- 7.1
- Double clicking on !Greeks loads the application onto the iconbar and
- changes the screen mode to 12. The program will only run in mode 12.
- Clicking on the iconbar icon starts the application running. At first
- the whole screen appears to be used, and indeed some parts of the
- program are not multitasking, but a close icon is provided and <shift-
- f12> does bring the iconbar into view (in RISC-OS 3). With the opening
- screen, a menu of two items is presented offering the options Go and
- Help.
- 7.1
- Help displays a window showing the icons around a standard desktop
- window (in rather garish colours) and scrolling the window summarises
- the keypresses available. Each menu in the package includes a help
- option but the help available is the same each time.
- 7.1
- Go opens a text window which explains that you have been given the use
- of a time machine to allow you to travel to the land of Ancient Greece.
- Clicking <menu> over this window produces a three item menu OK, Facts
- and Help. Facts gives exactly the same information already displayed on
- screen and OK takes you to Athens Airport, the starting point of all
- journeys back in time. Clicking menu now displays a choice of seven
- destinations:
- 7.1
- 2000BC Knossos
- 7.1
- 1200BC Siege of Troy
- 7.1
- 1000BC Mount Olympus
- 7.1
- 776BC Olympia
- 7.1
- 490BC Marathon
- 7.1
- 399BC Athens
- 7.1
- Delphi-Oracle Quiz
- 7.1
- Clicking on any of these destinations takes you, via a graphical and
- noisy time-line, to the period and destination of your choice.
- 7.1
- Each destination has the same structure available by clicking <menu>:
- 7.1
- • Return back to Athens via the time-line,
- 7.1
- • Go a game or activity to engage in,
- 7.1
- • Facts to read, which includes limited use
- 7.1
- of graphics, usually a map and one
- 7.1
- further graphic
- 7.1
- • Help the usual help option
- 7.1
- The facts to read are quite lengthy in each case with some keywords
- highlighted in different colours. The text is also split into short
- sections with headings.
- 7.1
- The activities are different for each section.
- 7.1
- Knossos
- 7.1
- Knossos is where the famous Labyrinth was built by Minos to hide the
- minotaur from public view. The activity provided is a 3D representation
- of a maze with three levels of complexity. The easiest level (Servant)
- is to get out of the maze. The next level (Master) is to get out of the
- maze twice! The third level (Theseus) is to find and kill the minotaur
- and then escape from the maze.
- 7.1
- Siege of Troy
- 7.1
- This, in my opinion, is the best presented of the activities and
- involves putting together a jigsaw of the wooden horse. The pieces are
- all correctly orientated and lock together when they a placed in correct
- relative positions. Once the horse is completed, the story of the Wooden
- Horse is told by a simple animation with textual subtitles.
- 7.1
- Mount Olympus
- 7.1
- A logic puzzle is the activity this time. You have to make sacrifices to
- the Gods in their temples. You can only sacrifice to a particular God if
- they are outside their own temple. The puzzle is to move the Gods one by
- one to their own temple. Some help is provided in the form of clues by
- use of a Help button on screen. You can attempt this puzzle with two,
- three and four Gods. Two Gods are quite straightforward to manipulate
- but the problem is much more difficult with four Gods. The puzzle is
- reminiscent of the classic Towers of Hanoi problem.
- 7.1
- Olympia
- 7.1
- This is your chance to take part in the Olympic games. Three simple
- arcade style games: race, javelin and long jump. The keyboard controls
- are similar for each game. The aim is to use the < and > keys as the
- athlete’s feet fall to help him to accelerate, the space bar is used to
- make the athlete jump or throw. It is a pity that the long jumper is not
- carrying lead weights as was the practice of the Greeks.
- 7.1
- Marathon
- 7.1
- You have to help Pheidippides to find the quickest route from Marathon
- to Athens, to take home the news that the Athenians have won a great
- battle against the Persians at Marathon. A simple map is presented and
- you have to choose where Pheidippides runs next on his journey until he
- eventually reaches Athens. As he runs, you can see a representation of
- the countryside he is running through, as well as a textual description.
- 7.1
- Athens
- 7.1
- Answer yes/no questions to guide Socrates to the temple through the
- streets of Athens. Unfortunately Socrates always seems to get killed at
- the end of the quiz, even if you answer all of the questions correctly −
- that’s democracy for you!
- 7.1
- Delphi-Oracle Quiz
- 7.1
- A multiple choice quiz with questions covering material covered in the
- other six visits. This also has the option of printing or saving a
- personalised certificate after completion of the quiz. The display is
- very static and uninteresting. If you get a question wrong you are not
- told the correct answer!
- 7.1
- Conclusions
- 7.1
- A number of things bothered me about using this package with my class of
- 7/8 year olds; the package is aimed at 7-11. (Interestingly, Key Stage 2
- is 8-12 years.)
- 7.1
- The core of the package are the seven sets of facts presented in the
- seven locations. These do contain a lot of useful information (along
- with a few spelling mistakes: seige, Knossus) but the graphics are of a
- fairly poor quality and used very sparingly. A much better way of
- presenting the information is a colourful and readable book! This seems
- like a poor way of using a computer − I, as a motivated and interested
- adult, found it a boring slog to read though the large amounts of plain
- text often with long Greek names, e.g. Pheidippides. Many of my eight
- year olds would not be able to read it and would certainly not have the
- concentration to finish. I am sure that most eleven year olds would find
- the sheer quantity of reading quite daunting.
- 7.1
- Each time you visited a location, you had to travel back to 20th century
- Athens before your next visit. This was a nice representation of the
- time-line but seeing it at least 14 times was a little tedious. The
- sound used to represent travelling through time is a wailing sound. I
- thought this was either unnecessary (especially in a classroom context)
- or a poor use of Archimedes sound. Generally, the use of sound was poor.
- In my opinion, sound should only be used in educational programs when it
- adds something useful (e.g. the spoken word, Ancient Greek music... ).
- 7.1
- The activities themselves were a mixed bag. My favourite was the wooden
- horse which is fun, well designed and tells the story in a reasonable
- way. On the other hand guiding Socrates to an Athenian temple is
- bizarre. The temple is always in view and yet Socrates seems to wander
- around aimlessly. No attempt has been made to give a reasonable
- representation of a Greek city, even though the program notes say
- “includes a journey through the town at the centre of Greek life and
- commerce”.
- 7.1
- All of the questions and quizzes are text based in the form of yes/no or
- multiple choice. This seems a real shame. The use of graphics, sounds or
- animation would make these far more enjoyable.
- 7.1
- The printing and saving options are available through the iconbar menu
- but this is usually hidden behind a full screen picture. When I did
- manage to print Facts or the Certificate, I got a sheet of black paper
- with indistinct white writing and outline drawings. The saved files are
- sprites and text separately with the text formatted for the screen
- window rather than for easy use in a DTP program.
- 7.1
- The documentation is really inadequate, especially for inexperienced
- teachers and children. There has been some attempt to give teachers
- further ideas for classroom activities but these are mostly one-liners
- and are not very original. Background information is also given on
- agriculture and trade, sea transport, Greek scientists, Greece and Rome
- and the Legacy of Greece, most of which is available in any standard
- text from the library (even in children’s books).
- 7.1
- Should you buy it? Some of the activities are fun and the children will
- certainly learn about some of the myths and legends and the names of
- famous Greeks and the Gods. The question is whether it is worth paying
- £25 +VAT. Personally, I would say that the money would be better spent
- on good quality books. A
- 7.1
- NetGain for Econet and Ethernet
- 7.1
- Tony Colombat
- 7.1
- I have always been impressed with the way Econet performed with BBC Bs
- and couldn’t believe it when it worked with an A310 over 100 yards of
- dubious, cheap telephone cable. Having expanded to twenty A3000s, proper
- wiring was essential, along with the maximum clock speed. Over the last
- few years, however, as the numbers of fonts and program sizes increased,
- Econet has struggled and sometimes floundered. Broadcast Loader eased
- the strain, changing the 15 minutes to load Impression, down to 5
- minutes but careful pre-planning of lessons was still required. Recent
- programs requiring 2Mb memories have again caused problems. In one
- attempt to load Wordz into twenty A3000s, after 15 minutes, only one
- station successfully received the application. So, when Digital Services
- produced NetGain as a ‘High Speed Application Loader’, I decided to
- invest in it.
- 7.1
- The package
- 7.1
- NetGain is supplied for either Econet or Ethernet. The basic package is
- similar for both, with the difference being in the software and the
- method used to transfer applications. This leads to different memory
- requirements in the workstations.
- 7.1
- NetGain consists of a server expansion card and user pack for the first
- ten stations − additional ten user packs can be purchased. There is also
- a floppy disc with the software and a thin A5 manual. The package
- arrives in a well-padded cardboard box.
- 7.1
- The half-width podule needs to be fitted into a 4Mb computer with a hard
- disc, as the NetGain server, and the same machine can also be the
- network fileserver and printer server, if required.
- 7.1
- Before fitting the podule, it is necessary to fit a ‘key’ onto the
- podule. Each key gives NetGain access to ten stations and the extra keys
- have to be purchased for extra stations. Keys must be pushed firmly
- home, as otherwise they are not seen and the message ‘No keys fitted’ is
- given.
- 7.1
- Having fitted the podule, the NetGain server software should be
- transferred onto the hard disc and loaded.
- 7.1
- NetGain manager/server
- 7.1
- NetGain works in two modes: as a manager and as a server.
- 7.1
- As manager, the NetGain icon is installed on the left of the iconbar and
- the first task is to allocate the station numbers to which NetGain will
- respond.
- 7.1
- Clicking <menu> on the NetGain icon will provide a menu and clicking on
- Stations provides a chart of all 254 possible stations. The server
- Station number is greyed out but any of the remaining may be chosen with
- a click and is then shown in reverse video. A running total of stations
- (both chosen and remaining) is provided. If a wrong station number is
- chosen, or numbers have to be changed, this can be achieved at any time
- by clicking on the station to be deselected.
- 7.1
- The next stage is to select which software you wish to transfer via
- NetGain. This is achieved by clicking <select> on NetGain, which opens a
- NetGain filer window. Applications are then dragged into the windows.
- Later, if you wish to add or delete applications, this can be achieved
- in exactly the same way as adding or deleting from any filer window,
- providing you are in manager status.
- 7.1
- NetGain becomes a server by clicking <menu> on the NetGain icon,
- following the Status arrow and clicking on server. There is a delay
- whilst the files are compressed and saved to disc and then the NetGain
- icon appears on the right, or application side, of the iconbar, now
- running as a server.
- 7.1
- Workstation setup
- 7.1
- The stations selected have to be reconfigured to start with NetGain and
- this is achieved slightly differently according to whether it is the
- Econet or Ethernet NetGain being installed. (Both versions can be set up
- with software supplied on the NetGain disc.) However, NetGain must be
- running at the server, before switching on the workstation.
- 7.1
- In the Econet version, a slightly slower boot up will occur before the
- NetGain icon appears on the workstation. It is not necessary to Logon
- the Econet network, as a click on NetGain opens a window and the
- applications are available. NetGain is a read-only filing system and so
- files need to be loaded through Econet and with less application
- traffic, data files are usually loaded quickly. In NetGain, any
- application is simply loaded by the usual double-clicking. The
- difference is the speed at which the application is loaded; e.g. 10
- seconds for Impression, no matter how many machines, and Wordz loads in
- about 20 seconds, with Artworks in a similar amount of time.
- 7.1
- So how is this achieved? There is the big difference between Econet
- NetGain and Ethernet NetGain.
- 7.1
- Econet/Ethernet NetGain
- 7.1
- The Econet NetGain server software transfers the compressed applications
- to the RMA memory as soon each workstation is booted up. Starting all
- twenty A3000s appeared to make little difference to the bootup time,
- compared to one A3000. The time taken to load applications is actually
- the time required to decompress the application from the workstation’s
- own memory, as no traffic takes place on the network when the
- application is actually requested. Econet NetGain workstations are
- recommended to have 4Mb memory. This is because every application
- provided on the NetGain server is loaded, in compressed form, into every
- computer’s memory. The idea of having 4Mb is so that as many
- applications as possible can be transferred and still leave room to run
- them.
- 7.1
- The Ethernet NetGain server software works much more quickly and in a
- different way, in that the workstations lose only 64Kb of memory. The
- applications are only transferred when required from the server. They
- are transferred at the top Ethernet speed of up to 1Mb/s rather than the
- 200Kb/s used by the Acorn Ethernet, i.e. 2 seconds for Impression −
- faster than some hard discs. There is a slight slowing of speed
- according to the number of machines requesting the application but,
- compared to the normal Ethernet speed, NetGain is still very fast. This
- system of transfer does mean that 2Mb workstations can work with the
- Ethernet NetGain.
- 7.1
- Boot files
- 7.1
- Having reconfigured the Econet workstations for NetGain, boot files on
- disc are ignored. To help overcome any problems, NetGain will run any
- !Boot saved with the applications in NetGain. This is useful for
- pointing to the Network !System folder and the workstation !Scrap folder
- on disc.
- 7.1
- Problems
- 7.1
- I have not experienced any serious problems using Econet NetGain but
- there is the minor niggle that some commands available to control the
- NetGain icon at the workstation are apparently not working. The most
- serious problem is the recommended 4Mb memory, as our A3000s have only
- 2Mb and so I have to have a number of different NetGain servers for
- various applications and have to remember to have the correct one
- installed before lessons start. Memory is now very tight on the
- workstations. I tried to overcome this by quitting NetGain at the
- workstation after loading the software. The freed RMA memory does not
- become available to the workstation because of a limitation in RISC OS.
- The Ethernet version of NetGain will work very happily with 2Mb memory
- in the workstation.
- 7.1
- The problem over the question of memory is a real teaser. To purchase
- 4Mb for our A3000s is approximately the same cost as the awaited HCCS
- Ethernet Mini Podule. Certainly, Acorn would recommend moving to
- Ethernet and this seems the most sensible way forward, as it is much
- faster with file transfer as well as applications. In either case, the
- cost is over £2,000 for twenty machines.
- 7.1
- Summary
- 7.1
- I would recommend the purchase of NetGain for either Econet or Ethernet,
- as it has been one of the easiest installations to make and the speed
- increase has to be seen to be believed.
- 7.1
- Those with Econet need a 4Mb server (2Mb is possible) and must have a
- minimum 2Mb memory, (preferably 4Mb) at workstations. You will be
- delighted with the speed increase, especially with applications such as
- Impression, Poster or Wordz.
- 7.1
- Those with Ethernet need only a 4Mb server (2Mb is possible) to benefit
- fully from NetGain, with recommended 2Mb workstations. They will also be
- delighted at the increased speed transfer rate.
- 7.1
- NetGain is available from Digital Services at £200 +VAT for a 10 user
- pack and £100 +VAT each additional 10 stations. A
- 7.1
- Axis
- 7.1
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.1
- With a variety of ‘shoot ’em ups’ now available on Acorn machines, it
- takes a rather special one to capture public interest and convince
- people to part with their money. This is even more true on other
- platforms, for example on the Amiga, where there must be more shoot ‘em
- ups than any other type of game.
- 7.1
- However, at the Acorn User Show in Harrogate, Dominik Diamond, presenter
- of Channel 4’s ‘Games Master’ show, and Amiga user, was detained for a
- considerable time, hooked on this new release from TBA Software under
- their Powerstation label.
- 7.1
- The real beauty of Axis lies in its rotation. Well, 360° rotation to be
- precise. “So what’s new?”, you ask. In Axis, it is not the player’s
- character that rotates, but the whole screen. The whole play area
- rotates effortlessly and flawlessly around the tank that you control.
- The rotation is smooth enough on an ARM 2 machine, but super-smooth
- would be the only way to describe it, on an ARM 3 machine.
- 7.1
- I won’t dwell on the programming required for such a feat, or the
- maths... !
- 7.1
- Be that as it may, 360° degree rotation may well not send you running
- off down to your local Acorn dealership. It must have gameplay, and
- graphics.
- 7.1
- The plot is, as ever, rather poor, but it doesn’t matter. Who cares why
- you’re blasting little yellow tanks, just don’t get hit! Apparently, one
- group of planets − the Axis planets − has decided to conquer the
- universe, and you, as the poor soul sent by the Alliance, must
- infiltrate their defences and blast the bad guys to kingdom come.
- 7.1
- The game comes on two floppy discs, and make sure you keep them write
- protected, as you might be tempted to try and write your own data to
- them − there is apparently over 750Kb free on each disc. This is because
- the game data is not stored in files recorded on the file allocation
- table (this is to copy-protect the game). As a result, hard disc
- installation is not possible but, fortunately, loading is very quick
- anyway.
- 7.1
- Once the game is loaded, you are presented with a reasonable title
- screen, and an accompanying, rather monotonous tune. Pressing <space>
- cuts out the music and takes you to the options screen where you can
- select one of seven (!) control options. In simple terms, there are two
- different sets of controls for each of keyboard, joystick and mouse, and
- one for a Nintendo-style joypad with eight fire buttons.
- 7.1
- As the player assumes the role of a tank, I preferred the ‘Conqueror’-
- style controls, so you move around by controlling each side of your
- craft independently. However, others preferred the more familiar Z, X, ‘
- and / keys. All the keys can be redefined.
- 7.1
- Each level has a password, which is most convenient when you finish a
- level. When you start on the higher levels, you are helpfully provided
- with some power-ups automatically, so that you don’t die within 5
- seconds of starting the level.
- 7.1
- The levels are large maps, in the form of huge mazes to explore − much
- more fun than normal arcade shoot ‘em ups. You have a time limit to
- destroy the enemy tanks and find the large gun emplacements which must
- be destroyed before you can progress to the next part of the level. Once
- you’ve destroyed the last emplacement on the level, an exit hatch
- appears from which you enter the next level.
- 7.1
- The graphics are acceptable, if not stunning, but when the whole
- screen’s spinning around anyway, you hardly have time to notice!
- 7.1
- The power-ups give you more energy or increase the amount of orbitals or
- mines you can release. Orbitals can be launched out from your craft and
- destroy everything in their path. You start with two orbitals − power-
- ups just give you more − and one mine that can be released from the back
- of your tank. However, your ability to launch orbitals and drop mines is
- reduced if your tank becomes seriously damaged.
- 7.1
- My only real criticism of this game is that even if you get hit by only
- one (or perhaps two) of the shots from the large gun emplacements, a
- tank with full energy can be reduced to a burnt out shell. The strategy
- is to hide behind some building or piping so that you don’t get hit, and
- fire your orbitals at the emplacement from there. Otherwise, you must
- get just out of range of the gun emplacement before starting to fire.
- When you hit the emplacement, you hear a distinctive ring − a good use
- of the sound system!
- 7.1
- Axis gets my vote as the best and most interesting shoot ’em up on Acorn
- machines to date. Well done TBA!
- 7.1
- Axis is (only) available from TBA Software − it costs £24.99 inclusive.
- 7.1
- Haxis
- 7.1
- Users of Doggysoft’s ‘The Hacker’ or Serial Port’s ‘Games Wizard’
- (although owners of the latter be warned, Doggysoft do not like the
- program and are quite rude about it in the documentation) may be
- interested to know that although Axis attempts to disable The Hacker and
- Games Wizard, Doggysoft produce a utility to get round this. Known as
- Haxis, it lets you run a slightly modified version of Axis which enables
- you to use the two hacking utilities, or save the modified version
- directly to disc, so that you don’t need to keep loading Haxis every
- time you play. It also contains a complete list of passwords for those
- who can’t get beyond level one! A
- 7.1
- Acorn World Logo
- 7.1
- here!!!!!
- 7.1
-
- Archive and NCS − All things new?
- 7.2
- Acorn World 93 sees the re-launch of Archive Magazine and NCS! This
- reflects our intention to develop as a company, building on the
- strengths of the past 6 years. Our aim is to develop all the good bits,
- improve where we fall short and move forward where new opportunities
- arise − and all this without losing that ‘indefinable something’ that
- makes Archive and NCS quite unique in the Acorn world! I have written a
- separate article about this − see page 25. The new cover, which includes
- the new company logo, and the slightly more open text layout are just
- two of the changes which you will see over the next few months.
- 7.2
- The recent customer questionnaire is currently being analysed, giving us
- lots of constructive feedback. There is a healthy mixture of brickbats
- and bouquets, both equally valuable. Well over one third of our
- subscribers sent in a response which just shows the tremendous
- commitment and involvement of our readers. Many, many thanks to all who
- took the trouble to send in a questionnaire.
- 7.2
- New staff
- 7.2
- We’ve also had some changes in personnel. After 18 months with NCS,
- Simon Moy has left for pastures new and we want to thank him for his
- contribution to NCS and Archive magazine. Matthew Hunter, also a U.E.A.
- graduate, has stepped into the breach and we are grateful for his help.
- On the sales side, we are still looking to increase our staff so that we
- can get out and about into local schools and colleges and stop the PC
- and Mac salesmen from stealing Acorn’s traditional customers!
- 7.2
- Acorn World 93
- 7.2
- I hope we will be able to meet many of you at the show. There will
- certainly be lots to see judging by the products listed in the Acorn
- World 93 preview article this month. (See page 9.)
- 7.2
- Things are really moving, aren’t they?! I’m enjoying being part of it −
- I hope you are too!
- 7.2
- Yours, as ever,
- 7.2
- Products Available
- • A4000S upgrade pack − Following the Cumana/SEMERC collaboration in
- producing the A4000S package which enables overlay keyboards, switch
- boxes, control equipment and turtles to be connected to the computer as
- well as offering further expansion for SLCD, MIDI, SCSI and IDE, they
- have released a hardware and software pack. This pack will upgrade a
- standard A4000 to the A4000S. The upgrade comprises the EMU base board
- and seven 1.6Mb floppies of software, ready for transfer to the hard
- disc. The total cost is £119 +VAT. A number of Acorn dealers have been
- on SEMERC’s special needs training courses so if you want expert advice,
- ring Acorn’s special needs department and ask them who your nearest
- trained dealer is.
- 7.2
- • Acorn PC cards − The Acorn PC386 and PC486 cards for the A3020 and
- A4000 have been dropped in price by £50 and the combined prices of
- A4000/PC card systems has dropped by more than £100. The new RRP for the
- 1Mb 386 board is £225 +VAT, £425 +VAT for the 4Mb 486. (Archive prices
- are £255 and £480 respectively.) The software has also been updated to
- improve interaction between RISC OS and DOS/Windows when they are run
- simultaneously.
- 7.2
- • Acorn PC cards 2 − The enhanced software is available to existing
- owners free of charge by returning the original Acorn PC Card software
- and Windows driver where supplied, along with your name and address in
- an envelope clearly marked “PC Card Upgrade” to Customer Services, Acorn
- Computers Limited, Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE.
- 7.2
- • AI CD-ROM − The Network Cybernetics Corporation has announced the
- release of this CD through Lambda Publications. A large assortment of
- software related to Artificial Intelligence and other topics is included
- along with the text of research papers and tutorials, in a variety of
- formats. Specific topics include Expert Systems, Neural Networks,
- Genetic Algorithms, Fuzzy Logic, Linguistics/Natural Language, Robotics,
- Virtual Reality, Artificial Life/Evolution Simulations, Machine Vision,
- Prolog, Lisp/XLisp. Executables for some machines are included, as is
- the source code so that programs can be recompiled on new platforms. The
- cost is £80 per disc + p&p from Lambda Publications.
- 7.2
- • AppFS − The network application from Angelsoft has been increased in
- price from £100 + VAT to £130 + VAT. A full site licence is still
- included in the price.
- 7.2
- • ART20 is a sprite-based art package which brings “fine art facilities
- to the Archimedes at a fraction of the price of other recent art
- packages”. Painting is done outside the desktop but with easy return to
- an unaltered desktop. ART20 costs £60 inclusive from Tekoa Graphics. An
- education site licence costs £120 inclusive.
- 7.2
- • Aztecs − This educational adventure from Sherston Software includes
- resource materials such as posters, help cards and challenge cards. The
- aim is to survive in Aztec times, learning as much as possible about the
- Aztec people. It can be used as the centre piece to a class topic, or
- simply on its own. The price is £39.95 + VAT from Sherston or £37
- through Archive.
- 7.2
- • Cars − Maths in Motion − This is a very interesting educational Grand
- Prix simulation program. It is aimed at both young children and adults
- and has “many educational opportunities” covering percentages,
- multiplication, division, simple geometry, scale drawing, modelling,
- probability, ratios, strategy and logical thinking. This is available
- from Cambridgeshire Software House (note the new address in the
- Factfile) for £49.95 +VAT and carriage.
- 7.2
- • Computer Holidays − PGL Adventure, the well-known activity holiday
- company, are offering IT Advantage holidays for 8 to 13 year olds in
- 1994. These holidays, to be held at PGL’s Marchant Hill centre in
- Surrey, will combine computing (using all Acorn equipment!) and various
- adventure activities. Contact PGL for more details − and tell them you
- read about it in Archive magazine!
- 7.2
- • Explorer − A new National Curriculum teaching aid designed to enhance
- project work on the Solar System. It is a game where the player (or
- players, as group involvement is recommended) must explore all planets
- in the solar system with the aid of probes. During exploration, the
- children will have to discover a variety of facts about the planets and
- their moons. It is produced by Alpine Software at £30 +VAT.
- 7.2
- • First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC OS Computers − A companion book
- for “A Beginners Guide to WIMP Programming”, and also by Martyn Fox, it
- is aimed at people who have only just purchased an Acorn machine and
- have no experience of programming, or are finding it difficult. Basic is
- used and a full reference section is included for VDU and PLOT codes and
- for keywords. The price is £14.95 + p&p from Sigma Press or £15 through
- Archive.
- 7.2
- • Formula Fun − A four player top view driving game over several
- different courses from Mystery Software. All four players are shown on
- screen simultaneously and is compatible with the new Four joystick
- interface. The price is £14.99 inclusive from Mystery Software.
- 7.2
- • IBM Keyboard and Mouse Interface − Supplied by the Serial Port for £89
- +VAT, it allows you to connect a PC keyboard and mouse to your
- Archimedes. Any standard PC/AT keyboard can be used as well as a variety
- of PC keyboard devices including barcode scanners, magnetic card readers
- and PC 3-button serial or bus mice. The Acorn mouse can also be
- connected. The interface also allows up to 4 Atari-style joysticks to be
- connected. Each can be programmed to emulate any key or combination,
- making it compatible with all games. There is no Joystick control
- software needed. Software supplied allows key mappings for PC keyboard
- scan codes to Archimedes keys, with different mappings for modifier keys
- (e.g. shift).
- 7.2
- • James Pond 2 − RoboCod − This conversion is the sequel to James Pond
- but is said to have many improvements and new features to make it
- enjoyable even for those who played the original. It is available from
- GamesWare (the conversion was done by Eclipse) for £25.99 inc VAT or £24
- through Archive.
- 7.2
- • Keyboard Trainer − No, it’s not a typing tutor but Minerva Software’s
- new music program. It is “an exciting new way of learning how to play
- the electronic keyboard and to read music”. The program requires a 1Mb
- RISC OS computer with Midi interface and will work with the Yamaha PSS
- and PSR keyboards with Midi, plus most of the popular Midi keyboards and
- synths. This costs £69.95 +VAT from Minerva or £87 through Archive.
- 7.2
- • KlienFS − This is another compression utility, for any Acorn machine
- with RISC OS 3 (since it uses the Squash module). It offers a full
- filing system, and creates files like those produced by the squash
- application. This means that compressed files are readable even if you
- do not have the KlienFS. The fact that it is a filing system, however,
- means that it offers a far more user-friendly interface than using
- Squash. The price is £17.95 inclusive from PTW Software.
- 7.2
- • Laser Direct prices slashed!!! − Over £350 off the price of the Laser
- Direct Hires 8, plus a free copy of Impression 2 is what I call “prices
- slashed”! Computer Concepts are really trying to attack the Mac market
- in a big way. This is shown by the range of new DTP products mentioned
- in the Acorn World 93 preview on page 9 but they are also doing this
- special offer on Laser Directs. The Hires 8 is now selling for £1099 +
- £15 carriage +VAT or £1280 through Archive including carriage. The Hires
- 4 is £799 + £10 carriage +VAT or £925 through Archive including
- carriage. The free Impression offer is also available through Archive
- but only up to 31st December 1993.
- 7.2
- • Ludwig van Beethoven Overture, Egmont − Angelsoft Educational have
- produced an electronic book concerned mainly with the Egmont overture.
- It also contains background information on Beethoven’s life and works.
- It was created using the ‘Genesis’ application, so pages can be printed
- out as permanent records, and if you have a CD-ROM drive and the correct
- CD, the musical pieces can be played. The pupils can be tested by using
- the enclosed !BeetQuiz which asks questions based on the information.
- The cost is £25 +VAT from Angelsoft.
- 7.2
- • More Naughty Stories − The second volume of Sherston Software’s
- Talking Books entitled “More Naughty Stories” is now available for £9.95
- +VAT for individual stories or £47.75 +VAT for the set of six. The
- titles are Bobby the Boastful Bird, Clarence the Clumsy Cat, Derek’s
- Dopey Dinosaur, Gordon’s Groovy Granny, Lucy the Little Liar and
- Tasmin’s Terrible Tantrums. The set of six is £55 through Archive.
- 7.2
- • Morpheus − As indicated by the name this is a morphing package,
- costing £34.95 inc VAT from Oregan Software Developments or £33 through
- Archive. Morphing first leapt into public consciousness in the Michael
- Jackson video “Black and White” (although that was certainly not the
- first time it was seen). It is a method of changing one image into
- another but, unlike a simple fade, more account is made of the contents
- of the image through the definition of a grid. The package will work on
- 256 colour sprites (including 256 shades of grey) or 24-bit clear files
- (as produced by Translator), multitasking on the desktop, and supports
- Acorn Replay. This will be reviewed next month.
- 7.2
- • Nexus Junior − An important networking solution for schools, or any
- other small installation of Acorn machines has been released by SJ
- Research. The package includes four Nexus Junior expansion cards, a
- Nexus Junior router, cables and software. It is aimed at locations
- where, currently, software is loaded from local hard drives or floppies
- but a more centralised system is wanted. Up to four machines, one of
- which must have a hard drive can be connected through one router box.
- The machine with the hard drive acts as a server, and the hard drive
- appears to all machines as if it were resident locally as a read-only
- drive. This means that files are protected from accidental deletion, and
- only one machine needs to be updated with new software. Any files
- produced locally can be saved to floppy to allow pupils to keep their
- own work. Currently, there is a special introductory price of £399 +VAT
- for the four-computer pack, or £599 including a visit to have the system
- installed and an on-site training course. (Nexus Junior is also
- available through Archive. Please ring for details.)
- 7.2
- • Notes − Those of you who use sticky notes to keep track of your life
- will be pleased to know that, thanks to the Really Good Software
- Company, they are now available for your Archimedes. They can be stored
- within the Notes application or put on discs as free-standing
- applications. As well as being used as a notepad, there is a facility to
- attach notes to specific files, causing them to be displayed when the
- file is loaded or run. The cost is £9.95 inclusive from RGSC.
- 7.2
- • Observess − The first Expert System shell for the Acorn RISC OS
- machine. It is fully desktop compatible and incorporates an IF ... THEN
- ... rule structure with up to three conditions. Support for percentage-
- based certainty factors on facts and rules, and single or multiple
- recommendations based on the certainty factors. The price is £20 (no
- VAT), or £2 (refundable on purchase of the full version) for a
- demonstration run-time system, from Rebecca Shalfield.
- 7.2
- • Pocket Book special SPECIAL offer − Having extended the Pocket Book
- special offer of £199.99 up until 31st December, Acorn are now doing a
- very special Acorn World 93 price of £149.95. If you want one at this
- price, you have to come to the show − we will have them available on the
- Norwich Computer Services stand. (It would be worth ringing us to
- reserve one as soon as possible. Ed.)
- 7.2
- • PowerPad − This is a hardware modification which plugs into the
- printer port of any Acorn 32-bit machine to give one or two joy-pads.
- There are 6 fire buttons and a four-way thumb control pad, and software
- is included to enable it to support the Acorn Joystick standard or
- emulate keys for those games which do not know about joysticks. The
- price is £29.99 inc VAT for the single pad. The two pad price has not
- yet been fixed and can be purchased from GamesWare.
- 7.2
- • ProArtisan 2 − Clares have now released version 2 of ProArtisan at
- £135 inc VAT. It has a range of new features including texture brushes
- (rattan, basket, dimple, slate, stone, canvas, etc) and special effects
- such as smudge, dopple (Pointilist technique), smear and diffuse. There
- is a special upgrade price from Clares of £67.50 if you return your copy
- of an earlier Artisan program or £87.50 if you return to them any other
- art package costing £35 or more. The Archive price is £120.
- 7.2
- • Quark − A new shoot-em-up game from Oregan Software Developments,
- priced at £24.95 or £23 through Archive. Features include one or two
- players, 16 zones, 8 stereo soundtracks and “slippery smooth scrolling”.
- 7.2
- • Revolution − Two new CD-ROM drives from Morley Electronics. Both are
- compatible with all CD discs for RISC OS and DOS format (the latter
- through emulation) as well as Kodak Photo CD. They are also fully
- multisession and the cheaper of the two, Revolution, costs £299 +VAT +
- carriage from Morley or £355 through Archive. If you want data transfer
- rates of over 300Kb/s then Revolution Pro is £439 +VAT + carriage from
- Morley or £510 through Archive.
- 7.2
- • Rephorm − Another morphing package, this time from Oak Solutions. It
- can create Ace film files as used by Projector (which is also supplied)
- and Splice which can be used to edit films produced. Other features are
- non-linear motion and colour control, options for fades and wipes and
- support for 16 and 24-bit images. The price is £49.95 + £2 p&p and VAT
- or £56 through Archive.
- 7.2
- • Schedule for the Pocket Book − Err, yes... it is now actually
- available and the special price of £19 through Archive has been extended
- up to the end of December 1993. Sorry for the delay but “the first ones
- produced failed quality control”.
- 7.2
- • Sound Advice − The new 24-track sequencer for the Archimedes produced
- by The Really Small Software Company was reviewed last month in the
- Music Column (7.1 p50). Stewart Watson was obviously quite impressed, so
- we have decided to sell it through Archive for £38.
- 7.2
- • Tales of Lore − This game, recently released by UK Soft, has already
- had a price change, the current RRP is £24.95 inc VAT.
- 7.2
- • The Missing Dinosaur Bone − An educational adventure game in which the
- children aim to find the stolen exhibit of the title. Language and
- mathematical puzzles offer challenges to be overcome, all of which are
- based around the ‘living things’ theme. Digitised images and sprites are
- used to enhance the software. Also included in the package is an
- ‘Animals & Habitats’ resource disc with sprites of 80 animals and 10
- habitats created with !Paint, a teachers guide, a curriculum activity
- booklet, user guides and two activity sheets. The cost is £25 +VAT from
- Angelsoft Educational.
- 7.2
- • The Tudors − This set of two clipart discs contains 50 draw format
- files. It covers several aspects of Tudor Life, including monarchs and
- people, buildings, furniture, ships, punishment, weapons, musical
- instruments. It costs £15 +VAT from Angelsoft Educational.
- 7.2
- • Twilight − Recently upgraded by the Really Good Software Company, this
- package is designed as an enhanced version of the RISC OS 3 screen
- protector. Instead of a blank screen, any of 17 different effects can be
- displayed to prevent damage to the monitor screen. As well as activating
- after a certain time, blanking can be manually induced, and to restrict
- access to your machine while you are away, a password can be entered,
- without which the blanker cannot be disengaged. Two versions are
- available, a demo for £5 or the full program for £14.95 inclusive (the
- demo cost is deductible if you decide to upgrade to the full version).
- 7.2
- • Xenon 2 − Another product released by GamesWare/Eclipse, this shoot-
- em-up has had great success on other formats and features a soundtrack
- from “Bomb the Bass”. The retail price is £25.99 of £24 through Archive.
- 7.2
- • X-Stitch Designer − Version 3 of this package has now been released in
- Archimedes format. It has many features including move and copy,
- reflection, rotation, half stitch and backstitch. The cost is £36 inc
- VAT from IL-Soft.
- 7.2
- Review software received...
- 7.2
- We have received review copies of the following: •AI CD-ROM, •Alpha-
- Sound (e), •Archimedes Game Maker’s Manual (bk), •ArcVenture III −
- The Vikings (e), •ART20 (a), •ASM_Help (u), •Cars − Maths in
- Motion (e), •E-Numix (e), •Explore with Flossy The Frog (e),
- •Explorer (e), •First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC OS Computers (bk),
- •Formula Fun (g), •Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e), •Gestalt 2 −
- Time & Fractions (e), •Illusions Disc Magazine, •Impression Tutorial
- on disc, •Keyboard Trainer (em), •KleinFS (u) •Letters (e),
- •Lingomaster (e), •MiniExpansion Adaptor (h), •Observess Expert System
- Shell, •Phases à la Français (e), •ProArtisan 2 (a), •Sea, Trade &
- Empire (e), •Screenplay training video, •Small Steps (e),
- •Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e), •Switch (g), •Tiles (e), •TOM
- computer simulator (e).
- 7.2
- e=Education, bk=book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
- u=Utility, a=Art.
- 7.2
- If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
- Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
- use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
- knowledge of the particular field. A
- 7.2
- Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
- spiritual health.
- 7.2
- Some important questions − “Why is God so obsessed with people believing
- in him? He must have a real ego problem. Why isn’t he happy for us just
- to lead a decent existence?” said one of my more open and honest
- correspondents.
- 7.2
- Just suppose for a moment that God does exist and that he made us − so
- in a way he is a sort of “Father”. (Those of you who have had bad
- experiences of a human father probably don’t feel very positively
- towards the “father” figure − but try to think of it in terms of what it
- would be like with an ideal father.)
- 7.2
- Put yourself in Dad’s position for a minute. Your son is a really
- wonderful person; he’s hard working, honest and consciencious; he is
- really loving towards other people; he would help anyone in need − even
- a stranger; he gives generously to charity − all-in-all, a wonderful
- son! But there is one slight problem. He refuses to have anything to do
- with you, his own father; he even acts as if you didn’t exist; he won’t
- talk to you; he won’t listen to you and he doesn’t even read the letters
- you write to him − just throws them in the bin!
- 7.2
- Does God the perfect Father have an ego problem? No, really he loves us
- and desperately wants us to get in touch. It might be worth reading his
- “letters” to see what he has to say − just in case he exists.
- 7.2
- Jesus: mad, bad or God? − Thanks for all the responses to last month’s
- challenge. The trouble is that I shouldn’t really be the one to judge
- whether or not your arguments are convincing. Is there anyone reading
- this who considers him/herself NOT to be a Christian (so that they are
- not biased in my favour) who would be prepared to read a few of the
- letters and tell me if you think they deserve a free subscription?
- 7.2
- Paul Beverley
- 7.2
- P.B.
- 7.2
- Archive gets NITTs!
- 7.2
- Norfolk IT Team
- 7.2
- With the next issue of Archive, we shall be starting a series of
- beginners’ articles written by members of the Norfolk Information
- Technology Team (NITT).
- 7.2
- The goal of NITT is to improve the quality of education by promoting the
- appropriate use of information technology in learning. Based in Norwich,
- NITT runs the local Acorn in Education Centre and provides similar
- support to users of Apple and PC machines.
- 7.2
- NITT is made up of a team of six advisory staff with a broad range of
- educational expertise and experience. We also have a detailed knowledge
- of the application of information technology for the benefit of pupils
- with special educational needs and we have our own full time technical
- and administration staff.
- 7.2
- We provide training courses to teachers, parents and others, and operate
- an extensive software reference library and hardware exhibition centre
- and produce a range of publications, mostly in support of school
- curriculum development. These include KeyPress, a termly magazine and
- KeyITin, a weekly broadsheet of abstracts from key sources of
- information on IT especially in respect of education. We also operate a
- subscription-based HelpLine service for teachers and others.
- 7.2
- Absolute beginners
- 7.2
- Our intention is to provide articles pitched at the right level for
- Archive subscribers who are absolute beginners at using the Acorn
- Archimedes and A series machines. We hope to cut through or explain
- jargon, and make no assumptions about existing expertise on the part of
- the reader. If all this sounds too pedestrian for you − fine − there is
- plenty of material in Archive at a higher level. If much of the material
- in Archive seems just beyond your comprehension at the moment then our
- series of pieces should give you the warm helping hand that we all need
- when embarking on something new. We look forward to this new venture and
- to hearing readers’ comments and suggestions as we get underway. A
- 7.2
- Oak
- 7.2
- New artwork
- 7.2
- CC
- 7.2
- From 7.1 page 19
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- 28
- 7.2
- Acorn World 93 − Last Minute Information
- 7.2
- Tickets
- 7.2
- It may not be too late, by the time you get the magazine, to get advance
- tickets for Acorn World. If you ring the ticket Hotline on 0784-473818,
- they will be able to tell you if there is time to get advance tickets
- out to you. It is worth it because you save about 20% on the cost of
- tickets.
- 7.2
- Magazine contributors
- 7.2
- Several of our regular Archive contributors will be on hand at the
- Archive stand (48) at Acorn World 93 so that you can chat to them. If
- you have questions to ask them or ideas and suggestions to offer, here
- is a list of when they hope to be available:
- 7.2
- Friday 29th
- 7.2
- Paul Hooper (Genesis / Magpie) 10 − 12
- 7.2
- Alan Highet (General reviews / Help for beginners) 11 − 1 and 2 − 4
- 7.2
- Gabriel Swords (Art packages / Clipart) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Solly Ezra (Education) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Dave Wilcox (General reviews) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Stuart Bell (JPEG) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Rob Wears (General reviews) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Richard Fallas (CAD / Architecture) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Peter Jennings (General reviews) 1 − 2
- 7.2
- Saturday 30th
- 7.2
- Trevor Sutton (ArtWorks) 10 − 12
- 7.2
- Paul Hooper (Genesis / Magpie) 10 − 12
- 7.2
- Robert Chrismas (General / Mugs) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Tim Nicholson (Squirrel / Printer drivers) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Richard Hallas (DTP / Music publishing) 2 − 4
- 7.2
- Hugh Eagle (RISC OS 3) 2 − 4
- 7.2
- Sunday 31st
- 7.2
- Solly Ezra (Education) 10 − 12
- 7.2
- Thomas Down (C programming) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- Laura Handoca (Help for beginners) 12 − 2
- 7.2
- There will probably be others popping in and the editor will be there
- most of the time if you want to sort him out on one or two matters!
- We’ll try to keep a timetable on the stand so you can see whom to
- expect, and at what time, on each day.
- 7.2
- Special deals
- 7.2
- Acorn are being very generous at the show in more ways than one. They
- are offering, in collaboration with TDK, a free copy of !NewLook, the
- official Acorn 3D tool sprites. NewLook contains replacement templates
- for all the ROM applications, and also those on the two application
- discs, as well as 3D icons and toolsprites.
- 7.2
- £50 off the £50 off the Pocket Book (no, that’s not a misprint!) − The
- special price of £50 off the Pocket Book (i.e. £199.95) is still
- available until the end of 1993 but if you come to the show, you can get
- £50 off the £50 off price! In other words you can buy one for £149.95 −
- but this is ONLY at Acorn World 93. Mind you, unless you live in
- Scotland, it’s probably worth a trip to London just to buy a Pocket Book
- and save yourself £50!
- 7.2
- (If you want to buy one from NCS, it would be worth ringing us to
- reserve one a.s.a.p. Ed.)
- 7.2
- Competition
- 7.2
- Wyddfa Software and Norwich Computer Services have combined to offer a
- competition. The aim of the competition is to find out the English name
- for Wyddfa or, more properly, yr Wyddfa. The winner will be the first
- entry drawn at random from all the correct entries. The prize is that
- Wyddfa Software will pay up to £50 towards any product(s) of the
- winner’s choice supplied by Norwich Computer Services. Application forms
- will be available from Wyddfa Software either by post or at Acorn World
- 93, stand 94 (Wyddfa) or stand 48 (NCS).
- 7.2
- New products
- 7.2
- As expected, we have received a tremendous number of press releases
- telling us about new products to be launched at Acorn World 93. We have
- tried to give some brief details here but, obviously, it would be best
- if you could come to the show to see for yourself. I suspect you will
- see quite a few hardware and software engineers at Acorn World 93 with
- bags, nay portmanteau, under their eyes from burning the midnight oil to
- meet the 29th October deadline!
- 7.2
- Judging by the pages and pages of new product details, this is going to
- be a show to remember!
- 7.2
- Matthew Hunter (our latest recruit) has spent ages leafing through the
- press releases. Here are his findings in no particular order. (Well,
- what order would you have used?)
- 7.2
- • Armlock − A RISC OS software-only utility that prevents unauthorised
- access to CMOS RAM or designated files/directories on the hard disc.
- Armlock costs £35 +VAT single user or £135 +VAT for a ten-user licence
- pack. (Digital Services − stand 17)
- 7.2
- • Squirrel 2 − A major upgrade to their popular Squirrel database,
- Squirrel 2 has 38 separate enhancements over the previous release
- versions. Existing users can upgrade to version 2 for £25 +VAT or £35
- +VAT including a revised manual. (Digital Services − stand 17)
- 7.2
- • MicroStudio 2 − 24-Track MIDI/internal sound software with unique
- keyboard learning system, has been re-written for the Desktop and
- enhanced for RISC OS 3. (EMR − stand 28a)
- 7.2
- • Desktop Scorewriter − You can now play up to 8 score parts using the
- Archimedes internal sound system and the included ‘Alpha’ font allows
- the computer to act as a music typewriter. (EMR − stand 28a)
- 7.2
- • Music Player 3 − Part of a new EMR/Yamaha package (‘Hello Music’),
- this allows any standard MIDI format file to be played simply by double
- clicking on its icon. Other facilities include changing file formats and
- program numbers (for different MIDI instruments) as well as selecting
- the play time. (EMR − stand 28a)
- 7.2
- • Studio24Plus − This package now allows direct disc recording when used
- with the new MIDI/Sampler interfaces produced by HCCS as part of their
- ‘Ultimate’ series. This offers dual MIDI ports with 32 channels and an
- optional 8-bit mono sampler (at up to 50kHz). Sounds can be sampled from
- a variety of sources even while playing MIDI instruments. (EMR − stand
- 28a)
- 7.2
- • PrimeMover − A new animation system for any RISC OS machine. It not
- only allows sequencing of frames but then allows the animation to be
- moved around the screen. The program allows you to restrict access to
- facilities if required. A real time system is used for animation control
- making it easier to understand how the animation will appear. (Minerva −
- stand 42)
- 7.2
- • Keyboard Trainer − A software package aimed at those learning the
- electronic keyboard. It contains more than sixty lessons including over
- 20 graded tunes in a variety of styles and nine games to develop
- keyboard familiarity. It also fulfils all National Curriculum
- requirements for the primary sector. To use the package, you need at
- least 1Mb of memory and a MIDI interface. (Minerva − stand 42)
- 7.2
- • Talking Rhymes − A new series of educational software titles, each one
- featuring one illustrated nursery rhyme. The rhyme appears as a
- combination of text and picture which are jumbled. By clicking on the
- pieces, the child can hear what the piece ‘says’ (using real sampled
- speech) before dragging it to the correct place. Once the rhyme has been
- completed, the child is rewarded with an animation and sing-along tune.
- There are eight titles in all, Humpty Dumpty, Georgie Porgie, Little
- Miss Muffet and Ring-a-Ring-a-Roses, which should be ready for the show,
- and Little Jack Horner, Mary Mary, Jack and Jill and Baa Baa Green (yes,
- green) Sheep, which will be released before Christmas. (Topologika −
- stand 44)
- 7.2
- • S-Base 2 − A new version of the RISC OS relational database including
- the S-Base Application Manager (SAM) allows simple creation of working
- databases, without the need for programming. Extended features include
- query by example, enhanced multimedia support, the ability to load DBase
- III and Squirrel data, and improved documentation. (Longman Logotron −
- stand 72)
- 7.2
- • Eureka 2 − The second release of this spreadsheet permits scaled
- printing of worksheets, improved memory management, a macro language for
- custom functions, worksheet zoom, charting of multiple selections, best
- fit lines. (Longman Logotron − stand 72)
- 7.2
- • Talking Pendown − The latest in the Pendown series of wordprocessors
- provides immediate feedback by reading back letters, words and sentences
- as you type, making it easier for children to spot mistakes. (Longman
- Logotron − stand 72)
- 7.2
- • Fireworkz − An integrated program for all machines with 2Mb or more of
- memory, it combines all the features of Wordz and Resultz, offering
- improved flexibility over use of the two separate programs (available at
- the show for £169 +VAT). Reports in the wordprocessor can include tables
- or charts which can contain ‘live’ data − no need to return to the
- spreadsheet and regenerate, new data can simply be entered and any re-
- calculations are conducted. Sprites and drawfiles from other sources may
- also be included in documents. (Colton Software − stand 46/47)
- 7.2
- • Replay Plus − A hardware upgrade for the Acorn Replay DIY kit to
- improve image quality of movies, along with new software, the total
- price is £139 +VAT. The software allows several new movie formats (these
- take less disc space and can be played back immediately), time lapse
- recording, improved movie editing and better sound. Sound sampling
- facilities allow the kit to act as a direct to disc stereo sampler,
- supporting Armadeus, Microsoft WAVe, Creative VOC (Soundblaster) as well
- as sound-only Replay files. (Irlam Instruments Ltd. − stand 121)
- 7.2
- • 16 bit Sound Sampling − Stereo sampling at up to CD or DAT sampling
- rates can be captured and played back at a higher quality than the
- built-in sound system allows with this new card, a derivative of that
- used for the Replay system. The software enables samples to be edited
- and saved in RISC OS or industry standard formats. An on board DSP can
- perform real-time audio effects and compression. The price is £299 +VAT
- (Irlam Instruments Ltd. − stand 121)
- 7.2
- • A3000 − A3020 − Aimed at upgrading the specification of an A3000 to
- one comparable with the A3020, this comprises three parts. The Multi I/O
- primary board replaces the floppy controller and floppy drive to give a
- high density disc drive. The secondary board has a serial port and bi-
- directional parallel port as found on the newer machines. Finally, an 85
- or 120Mb IDE hard drive can be fitted. The primary board costs £199
- +VAT, the secondary £45 +VAT. The hard disc prices have not yet been
- fixed. (Greyhound Marketing/Vantage One − stand 6)
- 7.2
- • PDSview − The package has been upgraded with many new features and a
- new manual. 24bit colour processing and separation of bit-mapped images
- is possible. Additional support is available for users with graphics
- cards. It provides multispectral classification and other powerful
- processes usually associated with more expensive dedicated image
- processing systems. (Spacetech − stand 38)
- 7.2
- • PDSmap − This allows huge images such as those from SPOT or LANDSAT
- (some as large as 150Mb) to be previewed and processed. Sample images
- will also be available on CD-ROM. (Spacetech − stand 38)
- 7.2
- • Weather Satellite Stations − Upgraded to be colour card compatible,
- additional enhancements include cross-fade for super smooth animation of
- weather systems. (Spacetech − stand 38)
- 7.2
- • Scribble − An easy-to-use art package aimed at pre-school and special
- needs, the program can be tailored to meet the individual needs of the
- user. The touch window screen is also supported. Topical support packs
- are also available including ‘The Farm’, ‘Space’, ‘Dinosaurs’,
- ‘Christmas’, and ‘Miscellaneous’. Pictures can be imported and exported
- into other applications. The cost is £29.95 and includes a site licence.
- (Honormead Software Solutions − stand 93a)
- 7.2
- • Jumble Fun − A game for pre-school and special needs costing £15.95
- (including site licence). It can be used in conjunction with switches or
- touch window. Level 1 is a jigsaw and level two a picture jumble.
- Additional discs with further topical jigsaws are available, or pictures
- can be imported from Scribble, 1st Paint or scanned/digitised images.
- (Honormead Software Solutions − stand 93a)
- 7.2
- • Crystal Maze − Based on the Chatsworth Television program for Channel
- 4, this game features a mix of puzzles and action and is being released
- exclusively to the Acorn Market. (Sherston Software − stand 35)
- 7.2
- • CD-ROMs − A new selection of cheap CD-ROMs specifically designed for
- classroom use and linked to the National Curriculum. Clipart, datafile
- packs and map suites are available. It should be noted that some of the
- CD-ROMs are dependent upon the Key range of software (Key Plus/Key Calc/
- Key Count). (Anglia TV − stand 109)
- 7.2
- • Easy C − ANSI standard C development system, made easy to use by the
- provision of a wimp front end to drive the compiler and linker (AOF
- Compatible), removing the need to remember long command line sequences.
- Programs can be compiled, linked and run using a single mouse click
- making it ideal for beginners, while the built-in make facility ensures
- large multi-file applications are also possible. A built-in assembler
- allows ARM code to be included directly. It provides access to the CLib
- module and is compatible with the FreeWare WIMP library DeskLib.
- Upgrades from the C Development System costs £10 +VAT. If you do not
- have the earlier system, the price is £49 +VAT. (RISC Developments Ltd −
- stand 75)
- 7.2
- • Outline Fonts − Two new discs of outline fonts, each containing 10
- families of fonts and additional applications. The cost is £11.95 inc.
- VAT each. (RISC Developments − stand 75)
- 7.2
- • Basic Programmer’s Toolkit − Ten applications for programmers,
- particularly those using Basic. A disc and manual are supplied. (RISC
- Developments − stand 75)
- 7.2
- • WIMP Programmer’s Toolkit − Updated to Version 3, the toolkit now
- contains 15 applications to aid WIMP programming. New features include
- Procedure/Function analyser, WIMP mask and flag generators and a
- comprehensive WIMP library. The price (including manual) is £21.95 inc.
- VAT (£7.95 upgrade). (RISC Developments − stand 75)
- 7.2
- • High-Density Floppy Disc Interface − Enables older machines to use the
- higher capacity floppy disc formats found on the newer machines and
- gives access to 1.44Mb DOS discs. (RISC Developments − stand 75)
- 7.2
- • Tape Streamer − Connecting to the standard printer port, this is
- designed as a large capacity, low price backup device. (RISC
- Developments − stand 75)
- 7.2
- • Impression Style − The latest in the Impression series, it combines
- the features of a standard word processor with many powerful features
- new to the Acorn platform, and those usually associated with DTP. Two
- types of on-line help − interactive help and full hyper-text help − are
- included. Special features include: drag and drop editing; an integrated
- thesaurus and dictionary with definitions based on the highly respected
- Collins publications; OLE or Object Linking and Embedding; Impression
- Junior, II and Acorn Advance file compatibility; automatic section and
- paragraph bulleting, numbering and re-numbering; full support for 24
- bit, full colour images; an open, extendable graphics filter system with
- TIFF loaders; New interactive ruler and tab system.
- 7.2
- All this costs £99 +VAT. Discounts are available on trade-ins for your
- old packages. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • Impression Publisher − Incorporating all the new user-friendly word
- processing abilities of Impression Style as well as advanced page layout
- capabilities. The package has full colour separation capabilities.
- Together with Impression Style and ArtWorks, this package offers full
- support, including separations, of 24bpp colour images and even 32-bit
- CMYK images, along with the ability to load TIFF files (even Mac, PC and
- CMYK variations). OLE and full on-line interactive and hyper-text help
- is also provided. PostScript is also catered for, offering industry
- standard output. Additional features include auto-tracking and kerning
- (for RISC OS3 fonts), brightness and contrast control of graphics and
- will create a list of all the fonts used in your document. The cost is
- £169 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • OPI Supplement − For professional pre-press or publishing work, this
- optional upgrade supports the Open Prepress Interface − a system for
- incorporating very high resolution full colour images without the need
- for huge hard discs or large amounts of memory. In addition, the OPI
- Supplement includes the ability to load EPS (encapsulated PostScript).
- It is only available as an upgrade to Impression Publisher at £230 +
- VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • WordWorks − Designed as a stand-alone application to assist users of
- all word processors (although it is more integrated with Impression).
- Not only a Thesaurus, WordWorks is unique in that it includes a complete
- English dictionary with explanations. WordWorks uses licensed thesaurus
- and dictionary data from Collins, so you can be sure the information is
- up-to-date, accurate and of the highest quality. Once a word has been
- looked up, it can be transferred to whatever wordprocessor you use. Note
- that this product is bundled with Impression Style and Impression
- Publisher products and is included in the upgrades available. Price £39
- + VAT (£45.82) (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • AudioWorks − Providing a complete suite of sound editing functions in
- one easy-to-use, low cost application. AudioWorks is compatible with a
- whole range of sound files (MicroSoft WAVe, Armadeus, DataVox,
- SoundTracker and RawData formats). In addition to playing back from the
- standard Archimedes speaker, the software can sample from and playback
- to more advanced audio boards, such as the Eagle MultiMedia card.
- 7.2
- AudioWorks supports 8 bit, 12 bit, 16 bit, linear signed, linear
- unsigned, VIDC logarithmic, m-law logarithmic, mono and stereo samples.
- Features include: accurate waveform display with instantaneous zoom; a
- utility for playing back from hard disc in the background with various
- effects; on screen real-time spectrum analyser and oscilloscope
- displays; full background operation; multiple channel and multiple
- sample operations. Price £49 +VAT (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • BJC-600 − The brand new BJC-600 A4 plain paper printer from Canon,
- combined with Computer Concepts’ 24-bit TurboDriver software, provides a
- key component in the full colour revolution that is occurring in the
- Acorn world. Four colour CMYK inks for the best full spectrum of colours
- including real black, 360 dpi provides 40% more dots per square inch
- than 300 dpi printers − visibly better resolution. The high quality
- colour results on plain paper mean lower running costs than other colour
- inkjet printers. Minimum 4Mb RAM recommended. Requires RISC OS 3.1.
- Price Guide £500 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • ArtWorks CD − This CD contains a full copy of the latest version of
- ArtWorks, all the fonts normally included with ArtWorks in both RISC OS
- 2 and RISC OS 3 outline format (RISC OS 3 format includes kerning
- information), and everything that is on the ArtWorks Clipart CD. The
- latest version of ArtWorks (1.5) now includes full support for 24bpp
- sprites and compatibility with the new graphics filter system used by
- Impression (including the filter for TIFF files). Price £169 +VAT. CD
- Upgrade for registered ArtWorks owners − £29 +VAT. Floppy disc upgrade
- to version 1.5 (program only) − £10 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/
- 68)
- 7.2
- • ArtWorks Clipart CD − This CD includes the best of the entries for the
- ArtWorks competition and many more ArtWorks and other graphic examples.
- On the CD are an ArtWorks file viewer and over 800 ArtWorks example
- pictures, on-line ArtWorks presentation, a demonstration version of
- !AudioWorks and example audio files, dozens of high quality 24bpp
- photographs − ideal for the new 24bpp-capable versions of Impression and
- ArtWorks. Price £19 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
- 7.2
- • Eagle M2 − Designed to offer an array of multimedia facilities, this
- standard width expansion card is capable of video digitising (still
- frames, and Replay movies), stereo audio sampling and playback, as well
- as MIDI capability. Software included comprises a video view-finder and
- image capture utility for still frames and Replay movie capture. Acorn’s
- !ARMovie is supplied to play back movies created and Computer Concepts
- !AudioWorks enables capture and editing of sound samples. Real time
- scaling and dithering of images is achieved by additional hardware on
- the card. Any machine with a standard podule slot free can be used,
- although 4Mb of RAM and RISC OS 3.1 is required. A5000/A540 is needed
- for Replay capture. (Wild Vision/Computer Concepts − stand 67)
- 7.2
- • Lark − Following the success of the ColourCard in providing high
- quality graphics, the Lark is a new Audio card which offers CD-quality
- sound. It has industry standard stereo input and output connection. The
- line-in can be connected to a wide range of audio sources. Sampling
- frequencies can be up to 48kHz (DAT standard) and may be stored in 16-
- bit linear format or in various compressed formats. The single width
- podule comes with the !AudioWorks software as well as an additional
- ‘mixing desk’ application. (Wild Vision/Computer Concepts − stand 67)
- 7.2
- • Chroma 500 − This latest version of the digital genlock card gives
- full broadcast size screen modes and enables encoding to S-VHS format.
- Resolutions of up to 768×576 pixels (TV resolution). Output can be
- overlaid onto video, or not, as required. (Wild Vision − stand 67)
- 7.2
- • Talking Stories − Another learning aid for younger children, questions
- are asked and the child can pick their response. Correct answers are
- rewarded with an amusing story. In later levels, the questions are
- replaced by sentences with missing words. (Wyddfa Software − stand 94)
- 7.2
- • Flossy the Frog − An interactive adventure for under eights, movement
- is by clicking on elements of the picture. The animations are designed
- to be as educational and entertaining as possible with sound effects
- completing the package. (4Mation − stand 119)
- 7.2
- • RiscCAD Professional − Actually an updated version of RiscCAD Junior,
- this has a variety of new tools and tool boxes to hold them. The plotter
- drivers are programmable to ensure compatibility, and conversions for
- different units. (Davyn Computer Services − stand 30a)
- 7.2
- Help!!!
- 7.2
- As you can see, there is a huge number of new products aimed to be
- released at Acorn World 93. It is therefore a major job analysing and
- assessing them and finding out which of these are actually “Products
- Available”. Could anyone help us in this task, please?
- 7.2
- We need writers (preferably those who have written for Archive before)
- who will take a particular theme, say, ‘new developments in Archimedes
- audio’ or CD-ROMs and go round the show finding out about all the
- different offerings.
- 7.2
- The deadlines for the next issue of Archive are a bit tight, so if you
- wanted your write-up to be in the main Show Roundup article in the
- December issue, I would need to have a disc in my hands within about two
- or three days of the end of the show!
- 7.2
- Judging by what is promised (and I use that word advisedly!) to be at
- Acorn World 93, we may even need to produce a separate Acorn World 93
- Supplement.
- 7.2
- The number of developments on some fronts (DTP, for in particular) are
- so many and so significant for the future of the Archimedes that it may
- be better to take a bit more time assimilating and assessing them and
- not rush into print. These sort of decisions will have to be made during
- the course of the show itself, so if you are interested in helping in
- this important task, come along on Friday, if possible, and get in touch
- with Paul a.s.a.p.
- 7.2
- This is another example where Archive, through its unique network of
- contributors, can play an important role in the world of Acorn. Thank
- you for all your help! A
- 7.2
- Wembley Exhibition Centre − Hall 1
- 7.2
- Friday 29th − Sunday 31st October 1993
- 7.2
- Acorn World Logo
- 7.2
- Colton
- 7.2
- From 7.1 page 10
- 7.2
- Lambda
- 7.2
- From 7.1 page 16
- 7.2
- or, if it turns up, the Acorn World one !!!!!
- 7.2
- Removable Drives − New Developments
- 7.2
- Paul Beverley
- 7.2
- With the coming of the 3½“ SyQuest 105Mb removable drives, and
- especially the IDE version for the A5000, the price/performance ratio
- has been improved drastically over the older 5¼” 42Mb and 84Mb versions.
- Removable drives therefore become worthy of consideration for a much
- wider range of applications.
- 7.2
- In this article, I shall look at the pros and cons of removable drives
- in general and the 105Mb drives in particular. Some of the material in
- the article will have been covered previously in Archive magazine but I
- think it will be helpful to see the information within one article.
- 7.2
- First of all, let me look at removable drives in general.
- 7.2
- What is a removable hard drive?
- 7.2
- The majority of hard drives consist of a rotating metal disc (or a
- number of them) inside a sealed container. A magnetic read/write head
- glides over the surfaces of the metal disc(s) and data is stored as
- magnetic patterns on these surfaces. The heads glide very close to the
- surface in order to increase the packing density of the data and the
- heads have to be moved in a precision way across the surface. Small
- specks of dirt could damage both the head and the surfaces − which is
- why the discs are normally sealed.
- 7.2
- Techniques have improved over the years such that the degree of
- susceptibility to dirt and dust has decreased and it is now realistic to
- use removable metal ‘hard discs’. The discs are held in plastic cases
- with a flap that opens as the disc is pushed into the drive − rather
- like floppy discs.
- 7.2
- So you can now have a number of different hard discs which can be
- inserted in turn into the one drive, each disc holding up to 105Mb of
- data. What’s more, the data transfer speed is rather different from
- floppies − you can load and save data at well over 1,000 Kb/sec instead
- of more like 25 Kb/sec from floppies.
- 7.2
- What can they be used for?
- 7.2
- If you can get as much as 105Mb on each disc and they can transfer data
- as fast as a fixed hard drive, they become a very powerful and versatile
- data storage medium. Using them for backing up the data on fixed hard
- discs becomes simplicity itself. And since they are so fast, there is no
- reason why they should not be used as the primary hard disc medium,
- giving increased flexibility over fixed hard drives.
- 7.2
- What is the down side?
- 7.2
- Removable drives are not the solution for every situation − there are
- some drawbacks, not least of which is cost. The cheapest removable drive
- is the A5000 internal IDE 105Mb. The Archive price of this is £455
- compared with a second 160Mb internal fixed hard drive for the A5000
- costing just £290.
- 7.2
- Although the technology has improved quite considerably, no-one is going
- to pretend that removable drives are as robust as fixed hard drives.
- Since they are not sealed units, they are bound to be at least slightly
- more susceptible to dust than fixed hard drives although the difference
- is somewhat less than it used to be with the coming of 3½“ units. In
- fact, SyQuest, who make the drives and removable discs, have given a 5-
- year guarantee on the 3½” 105Mb media!
- 7.2
- Security issues
- 7.2
- In one sense, removable drives increase security in that the discs can
- be taken out and locked up in a safe place, kept in a fire-proof box, or
- whatever. The down side of that, of course, is that if you can remove
- them easily, so can unauthorised people. Losing 1.6Mb of data on a
- stolen floppy disc is one thing but losing 105Mb at one go is rather
- different!
- 7.2
- How do they compare with their forbears?
- 7.2
- The 105Mb 3½“ drives are the descendants of the long-standing 42Mb and
- (more recent) 84Mb 5¼” removable drives, so how do they compare?
- 7.2
- Because the new discs are two-thirds of the diameter, they don’t need to
- be as thick to maintain the stability of the flat surfaces. This means
- they are a lot lighter, the 5¼“ discs weighing 183g each compared with
- only 79g for the 3½” discs.
- 7.2
- One major consequence of this is that the electro-mechanical parts
- needed to spin and control the discs are far smaller and use much less
- power. The maximum power consumption of the 3½“ drives (i.e. when
- getting the drives up to speed) is only 6W compared with 28W for the 5¼”
- drives. The average power when operating normally is 3.5W compared with
- 13W.
- 7.2
- Anyone who has felt the temperature of a 5¼“ disc when it comes out of a
- removable drive on a hot summer’s day will be quick to see another
- advantage of the 3½” drives. The lower power (and hence the lower
- operating temperature) could make a significant difference to the
- reliability of the discs. Although the quoted MTBF (mean time between
- failures) of the two drives is quoted as being the same, the fact that
- the 3½“ discs now come with a 5-year warranty speaks for itself.
- 7.2
- Desk space
- 7.2
- This may sound like a strange criterion to use for comparison of hard
- drives but in some circumstances, it can be important. If you look at
- the footprints of the drives in the diagram below, you will quickly see
- that the 3½“ drives occupy a lot less desk space. The internal A5000
- drives don’t add to the desk space at all, because they fit in the box
- instead of a second floppy drive.
- 7.2
- (Those of you who have already bought an external 105Mb drive may be
- surprised at the footprint size quoted. This is because there are two
- sizes of drive that we have supplied. The earlier drives were designed
- to allow battery use and so are rather longer allowing a space behind
- the drive for a battery pack. The newer drives have the power supply
- underneath the drive so that the footprint is little more than that of
- an un-cased drive unit, i.e. the same size as a 3½“ floppy drive).
- 7.2
- Relative costs?
- 7.2
- If you look at the table of relative costs of the different removable
- drives (see opposite), you will see another major advantage of the newer
- drives. The table of Archive prices should make it clear. Although the
- 105Mb drive units are more expensive, the media costs per megabyte are
- so much less that even if you only want to store a total of 200Mb of
- data, the 105Mb drives actually work out cheaper.
- 7.2
- Particular applications
- 7.2
- 1) Data portability
- 7.2
- One of the most obvious applications for these removable drives is for
- data portability. In my job as editor of Archive magazine and MD of
- Norwich Computer Services, it is extremely important to be able to carry
- large amounts of data to and fro between the home and office. For
- several years, one of the 42Mb removable discs has been my constant
- companion, travelling in my brief case on the back of my bike every
- single day. Latterly, I have been having to carry two 42Mb cartridges
- and so the advent of the 105Mb drives was greeted with great joy!
- 7.2
- 2) Data backup
- 7.2
- If you are wanting to back up your fixed hard drive, what are the
- options? You can choose from large numbers of floppies, tape streamers
- or removables.
- 7.2
- (a) Floppies − If finance is strictly limited, you will have to use
- floppies. But you don’t need me to tell you what a pain it is to have to
- sit there for possibly hours inserting floppy after floppy − and what
- happens if you do have a crash and need to reconstitute the data? You
- sit there with fingers crossed hoping that the restore function of your
- backup program actually works. (Don’t try to tell me that you have
- already tried that feature out by reformatting your drive... ...because
- I won’t believe you!) And we all know that if backing up is a real pain,
- it doesn’t get done... and then we all know what happens next! (They say
- the computer world is divided into two types of people: those who have
- lost a lot of data on a hard disc crash and those who will lose a lot of
- data on a hard disc crash!)
- 7.2
- (b) Tapestreamers − In the PC world, the price of tapestreamers has
- dropped quite a bit but they are still quite an expensive backup option
- for the Archimedes user. The Morley 250Mb tapestreamer, for example,
- costs about £820.
- 7.2
- Mind you, when I say that tapestreamers are expensive, I am talking
- about the drive. The media on the other hand are relatively cheap. A
- 250Mb tape will cost you about £30 compared with £75 for a 105Mb
- cartridge. So that’s 12p/Mb as compared with 71p/Mb − one sixth of the
- media cost.
- 7.2
- The other factor is speed. The data transfer rate of the Morley 250Mb
- tapestreamer is “approximately 100Kb/s” compared with 1,370 Kb/s for the
- 105Mb SCSI removable − rather a difference! Although it probably won’t
- take as much as 13½ times as long to do the backup, I’m a great believer
- that if backing up is quick and easy, you are more likely actually to
- use it.
- 7.2
- (c) Removables − In terms of backup, a removable is just like another
- hard drive except that you can take it out and lock it away in a safe
- place. You can also have a number of backup discs so that you keep more
- than one backup of your data.
- 7.2
- The ease of handling the data is, for me, the other main factor in the
- choice between tapestreamer and removable. If you want to restore the
- whole of the data after a drive crash, that is one thing, but more
- common in my experience is trying to recover from an accidental deletion
- of some critical file or directory. To insert a removable disc and drag
- back the latest backup version is simplicity itself whereas the file-
- handling on tapestreamers is much more complex and it will probably take
- you several minutes to find and restore a particular file − during which
- time you sit and sweat wondering whether you did the last backup before
- or after you spent hours making those really major changes! (I know the
- feeling from bitter experience!)
- 7.2
- The other area where removables’ file-handling is much easier is in
- terms of ‘freshening’ your backup. Most people have certain directories
- of data that are more critical than others because the data is changing
- more rapidly. You therefore don’t want to backup the whole hard disc,
- except occasionally. To backup just certain parts of a hard drive is
- considerably easier with a removable drive than with a tapestreamer. You
- can see at a glance the directory structures of both the hard drive and
- the removable and can delete sections of the old backup and copy the
- latest version at will, keeping your eye on the free space available.
- You might also keep more than one historic copy of the most critical
- bits of data (such as the as yet unpublished articles I am working on!).
- 7.2
- 3) Replay DIY
- 7.2
- With the advent of Replay DIY from Irlam Instruments, large amounts of
- fast data storage have become extremely important. The speeds of the
- 42Mb and 84Mb removable drives were not quite good enough for real-time
- digitising from video sources. With the higher capacity removables,
- digitising direct to disc is perfectly possible − even the slower IDE
- 105Mb drives are fast enough and the SCSI versions are more than
- adequate. A 105Mb disc will store about 5 minutes of continuously
- recorded video data and, when the data is compressed, you can fit about
- 20 minutes of film onto each disc.
- 7.2
- Other issues
- 7.2
- Data compatibility across platforms?
- 7.2
- Since these removable drives can also be connected to PCs and Macs, how
- much data portability is there? Well, in theory, it should be perfectly
- possible to read (and write, I suppose) PC and Mac format cartridges in
- an Acorn-controlled removable drive − it “just” needs someone to write
- the software! Any offers? (I have just heard a rumour that Risc
- Developments are hoping to release some software for Mac file transfer.
- If that’s true it’s terrific news!!)
- 7.2
- IDE / SCSI data compatibility on Acorns
- 7.2
- Is it possible to transfer 105Mb cartridges between SCSI 105Mb drives
- and IDE 105Mb drives? Well, yes, to a limited extent. So far, we have
- found that cartridges formatted on SCSI cannot be read on IDE drives but
- those formatted on IDE can be read on SCSI! We are looking into this in
- more detail and will report back as soon as we find out what is going
- on.
- 7.2
- IDE versus SCSI
- 7.2
- Although the SCSI drives are slightly more expensive than IDE, they have
- a number of advantages. First of all, they are faster than IDE by about
- 20% although, for most applications, they are already so fast that 20%
- would be hard to notice.
- 7.2
- The major difference at the moment is that IDE is not as easy to use as
- SCSI because of a problem within the RISC OS filing system. RISC OS was
- never written to handle removable hard drive media and so it treats them
- as ordinary fixed hard drives. Because SCSI removable drives have been
- around for quite a while, a suitable “kludge” has been added which
- enables SCSIFS to handle removables properly but, at the moment, there
- isn’t a suitable fix for ADFS − although Acorn are working on it for us.
- 7.2
- The effect of this is that if you are using an IDE removable, there is
- no way of getting ADFS to forget about the first removable disc it sees
- at switch-on. The only way, therefore, to change discs is to release the
- removable from the drive, switch off the computer, insert the new
- removable and switch the computer back on again.
- 7.2
- Anyone who has got used to the ease of exchanging removables would NOT
- be advised to try to save money by buying an IDE removable... ...well,
- not until such time as we get a software fix.
- 7.2
- (Also, there can be problems getting IDE removables to work happily with
- other IDE hard drives. This, for me, confirms what I have always felt,
- that IDE is a false economy!)
- 7.2
- Part exchange deals?
- 7.2
- If anyone is interested in doing a part exchange, we’d be prepared to
- offer £100 for a 42Mb drive plus £10 per cartridge but that would only
- be against the purchase of a 105Mb drive with at least one extra
- cartridge. If you are interested, let us know and we will explain the
- terms in more detail.
- 7.2
- (This may not seem a lot to offer in part exchange for a drive that cost
- you several hundred pounds but you have to ask yourself how much you
- would be prepared to pay for a second hand 42Mb drive. You then take off
- the VAT that we have to charge and allow for the cost of refurbishment
- of the drive plus something for admin and carriage and you will,
- perhaps, see why £100 is all we dare offer.)
- 7.2
- I’m afraid that we cannot make this offer for 84Mb drive since so few of
- them have been sold which means that there is very little chance that we
- will be able to sell them as second hand drives.
- 7.2
- Conclusion
- 7.2
- These new 105Mb drives are certainly an exciting development. They
- introduce a new level of speed, compactness and convenience to data
- backup and data transfer. With their larger capacity and the ability to
- sit in floppy drive slots, they seem set to be even more widely used
- than the 5¼“ drive units.
- 7.2
- When the technical problems with ADFS are overcome, the IDE version will
- provide an even cheaper entry-level system for A5000 owners, thereby
- increasing their market penetration even further.
- 7.2
- If someone produces some Mac or PC read/write software, it will have
- considerable implications for the transfer of large DTP files and such-
- like, between platforms.
- 7.2
- It will be interesting to see what sort of applications people will find
- for them. You never know, Acorn may even offer them as an option in
- their new ARM700-based computers! A
- 7.2
- Comparison of computer and removable drive ‘footprints’.
- 7.2
- (The sizes include some cable space at the rear.)
- 7.2
- 42 ext 84 ext 105 ext 105 int
- 105 IDE
- 7.2
- Drive including one disc £410
- £550 £570 £490 £455
- 7.2
- Extra data disc £75 £100
- £75 £75 £75
- 7.2
- Data cost per Mb £1.79 £1.19
- 71p 71p 71p
- 7.2
- Cost of drive plus total 210Mb £710
- £750 £645 £565 £530
- 7.2
- Cost of drive plus total 420Mb £1085
- £950 £795 £715 £680
- 7.2
- Cost of drive plus total 840Mb £1835
- £1450 £1095 £1015 £980
- 7.2
- Relative costings of the different removable drives
- 7.2
- (These costings ignore the cost of the SCSI interface which is needed
- for all but the A5000 105Mb IDE version.)
- 7.2
- The drives fit neatly into the second floppy slot on the A5000
- 7.2
- 42Mb 84Mb 105Mb
- 7.2
- Size 5¼“ 5¼” 3½“
- 7.2
- Speed (rpm) 3,200 3,200
- 3,600
- 7.2
- Ave access (ms) 20 20 15
- 7.2
- Buffer size (Kb) 8 32 64
- 7.2
- Transfer rate (Kb/s) 590
- 900 1370
- 7.2
- “File copy” test (Kb/s) 45 47
- 60
- 7.2
- Max power (W) 28 28 6
- 7.2
- Ave power (W) 13 13 3.5
- 7.2
- Cartridge weight (g) 183
- 183 79
- 7.2
- Drive price (ext) £410 £550
- £570
- 7.2
- Media £75 £100 £75
- 7.2
- Cost/Mb £1.79 £1.19 71p
- 7.2
- Specifications of the three sizes of SyQuest removable.
- 7.2
- CC
- 7.2
- From 7.1 page 20
- 7.2
- ArtWorks Column
- 7.2
- Trevor Sutton
- 7.2
- A couple of months ago, I lashed out on a 486 PC board from Aleph One.
- No, that isn’t the reason I’ve missed a couple of months of column
- writing − it’s just that I’ve been gathering a few ideas and hints from
- people and waiting for some exciting news from Computer Concepts. Well,
- I can wait no longer. Yes, we are to have the ArtWorks CD − two
- actually! There will be one with clipart selected from competition
- entries and one containing AW itself and possibly the fonts and a
- selection of clipart. After delving into the PC vector graphic world,
- this line up sounds all too familiar. I wished for at least one more
- exciting tool for my AW toolbox.
- 7.2
- AW and the PC
- 7.2
- Yes, I have been exploring the memory-consuming world of the PC. This
- portion is not meant as a review of any software but I have to say how
- pleased I am with the performance of Aleph One’s board and their helpful
- advice and suggestions. There is something almost indecent about running
- ArtWorks and Corel Draw at the same time in the same desktop
- environment. Sadly for PC users, this could never be an option for them
- for the foreseeable future.
- 7.2
- The transfer of files from one program to another was simple, provided I
- didn’t mislay files inside some vast Windows directory. Certain
- facilities, notably the special fills of Corel Draw, would not transfer,
- as Corel seems to use a system of masks in order to fill irregular
- shapes. I have mentioned before that this facility should perhaps be a
- priority for AW developers. (I have just seen 4Mation’s HatchBack at our
- local IT centre and will buy it soon if we don’t get an AW tool.)
- 7.2
- My main reason for acquiring PC compatibility was to have easy access to
- a vast range of graphic images to import to, and export from, AW and to
- explore PC printing which seems to me to be more effective in providing
- better control and some better dithers, especially on cheaper colour
- printers. The time taken to produce a print is compensated for by
- effective print buffering and queueing. The dithering is better than any
- I have seen from a RISC OS printer driver. Hopefully this will change.
- 7.2
- Mike Charlton in Hampshire has been using vector graphic programs in
- interesting and exciting ways. He is a mathematics teacher and so
- perhaps views these programs with a different and, as you will find out,
- a critical eye. Though AW has made an impression on him (no pun
- intended!) he finds a fatal flaw in one feature of AW.
- 7.2
- Tessellating with ArtWorks?
- 7.2
- Mike Charlton
- 7.2
- Drawing patterns is an activity that I like to spend a lot of time on in
- school. Tiling patterns, reflection patterns, circle patterns ... lots
- of patterns. The basic tools are pencil, paper, pencil crayons and a
- black handwriting pen. It takes quite a while and colouring well with
- pencil crayons really does make your finger ache.
- 7.2
- Instead of drawing patterns, why not try drawing them with ArtWorks −
- perhaps not quite as satisfying as struggling with a sore finger to
- create your masterpiece, but fast, accurate and painless!
- 7.2
- Here’s one method for creating Escher-type tessellations using ArtWorks.
- 7.2
- With gridlock on and the grid showing, draw a square, at least 5cm ×
- 5cm. This will be the basis for your tile.
- 7.2
- 1) Draw a side (with either straight sides or curves).
- 7.2
- 2) Copy the side and position it to form a second, opposite side.
- 7.2
- 3) Repeat for the other two sides.
- 7.2
- 4) Before you can colour-fill the tile, you must draw it as a single
- object, so carefully draw over the outline of the whole tile or, if you
- prefer, join the sides together to form a closed shape.
- 7.2
- 5) You can now select the whole tile and move it away, which enables
- you to select and delete the original square and the individual sides.
- 7.2
- 6) The tile is now ready for copying, colouring, arranging, etc.
- 7.2
- For a different effect, try a tile with the ‘same’ sides adjacent rather
- than opposite. You will need to rotate the two different sides by 90°
- (or −90° depending on which sides you construct first), and position
- them accurately.
- 7.2
- Selecting an isometric grid would allow you to work with tiles based on
- the equilateral triangle but I can’t find an isometric grid anywhere −
- does it exist? Not equipping ArtWorks with an isometric grid facility
- is, for me, a major blunder.
- 7.2
- As a school teacher, I am aware that a considerable amount of work in
- the mathematics classroom is based on triangular dotty paper and that
- isometric projection is a vital aspect of work in Technology (ArtWorks
- has a square grid facility which allows the user to create orthographic
- projections, and it has the perspective tool which allows the user to
- work in true perspective with vanishing points, but it does not possess
- the facility to enable the user to construct and work to a simple
- isometric grid!)
- 7.2
- So, as much of the wonderful graphic art of Maurits Cornelis Escher is
- based on the isometric grid, it is impossible to emulate it using
- Artworks.
- 7.2
- If you wish to follow up this idea of tessellations and produce images
- like these, then, for the time being, like me, you will have to continue
- using Draw.
- 7.2
- You can use ArtWorks to distort your images at the end, if need be!
- 7.2
- Coda
- 7.2
- Clearly there are many items on our AW ‘wanted list’. The uses of AW are
- so many and varied that it is impossible to please everybody. It would
- seem, however, from Mike’s comments that an isometric grid is rather a
- serious omission. The facilities within AW for distortion of shapes make
- it an ideal environment for some of the experiments that Mike has
- outlined. It is a shame that an important link in the process is
- missing!
- 7.2
- If you have a particular use for AW or have discovered something which
- it does well or badly then please let me know. A
- 7.2
- NCS − The Shape of Things to Come!
- 7.2
- Paul Beverley
- 7.2
- Both Norwich Computer Services and Archive Magazine are being re-
- launched at Acorn World 93. As you can see from this magazine, we have a
- new cover and a new company logo. This is one outcome of a kind of
- “stock taking” exercise that we have been (and still are) going through.
- NCS has seen huge business growth and expansion in the last 18 months,
- both in terms of turnover and staff levels to handle the increased
- business − now is the time to take stock of where we are, look to where
- we want to go from here and how to get there.
- 7.2
- We have always tried to be a friendly, efficient company with concern
- for customer care high on our priority list − and it is our intention to
- stay that way − but we realise that we also need to be professional and
- business-like at every level of the way we operate. One very important
- aspect of this is to make sure that our “image” reflects what we want to
- say about ourselves, our products and our services − hence a big re-
- think about how we present NCS and Archive to the world. Come and see us
- on Stand 48 at Acorn World 93 and see the shape of things to come!
- 7.2
- “More than a magazine − it’s an interactive user group”
- 7.2
- ...this is the main thrust of our publicity at Acorn World 93. It is my
- firm belief, backed up by the many complimentary comments from you in
- the recent questionnaire, that Archive is unique. It is unique because
- Archive is MORE than just a magazine − it’s an interactive,
- communicating, dynamic user group. Yes, I know it is a commercial
- venture and I know it is the vehicle through which the employees of
- Norwich Computer Services earn their daily bread. Nevertheless, it IS
- unique because of its contributors − and that means you.
- 7.2
- Anyone who reads this magazine is a potential contributor. You all have
- views and, by expressing them, you are able to shape your magazine − the
- new cover and the slightly lightened layout are examples of this.
- 7.2
- Talking of contributors, we have invited some of our regular experts to
- join us on the Archive/NCS stand at Acorn World 93. They will be
- available for you to meet them face to face, ask any questions and chat
- with them generally or about any burning issues you’d like to discuss!
- In the Acorn World 93 Preview on page 9, I’ve put a list of the times
- and days when various people will be available.
- 7.2
- First reactions to questionnaire
- 7.2
- The questionnaire was filled in by over one third of all Archive
- subscribers − that really is tremendous and shows a level of commitment
- that is extremely gratifying. Thanks very much for taking the trouble to
- fill it in − it will help us to see how we can improve things to meet
- your needs.
- 7.2
- We are using Longman Logotron’s PinPoint to help us interpret
- statistically and report on the findings from the database. We will be
- telling you more before the end of the year but since we have so many
- questionnaires to analyse, it will take a little time.
- 7.2
- Some things, however, didn’t need computer analysis to identify as
- common themes, so we are taking action on those straight away...
- 7.2
- Help for beginners
- 7.2
- We have now commissioned a series of beginners’ articles (starting next
- month), so that Archive can be an educational vehicle for everyone and
- no-one need feel they can’t even get onto the bottom rung. We will
- continue to be a source of up-to-date technical information but we want
- more people to be able to learn along with us. Hence the efforts to
- bring more people on board through the beginners’ articles which
- complement the work already done by Laura Handoca in the Beginners’
- Column. The articles will be written by members of the Norfolk IT Team,
- based at our County InSET Centre in Norwich − they introduce themselves
- on page 6 and we are looking forward to gaining the benefit of their
- experience and training skills within the pages of Archive magazine.
- 7.2
- Archive monthly program disc
- 7.2
- Lots of people said they didn’t actually know what was on the program
- disc each month, so they didn’t buy it − fair enough! Each month, I try
- to put details of the program disc towards the back of the Members’
- Price List − I hope this helps!
- 7.2
- Payment cards
- 7.2
- Almost every other questionnaire said would we please, please start
- accepting payment by Visa, Barclaycard, etc, etc! Well, having made the
- decision to “go with the flow”, we’ve set things in motion and hope to
- be up and running with payment cards by the end of November − watch this
- space!
- 7.2
- Archive Bulletin board
- 7.2
- We re-launched the Archive bulletin board in August, with help from Paul
- Welbank at Eaton (City of Norwich) School. Now that we have a better
- idea of what it’s capable of doing, we are working on it behind the
- scenes to incorporate the improvements and the facilities you’ve
- requested. We hope to have these all ready to install at the end of
- November at the latest.
- 7.2
- If you haven’t already expressed your views and have some suggestions
- about the sort of facilities you would like to see on Archive BBS, then
- contact Matthew Hunter at the Norwich Computer Services office.
- 7.2
- Additional phone lines
- 7.2
- To cope with the ever increasing telephone traffic to the Archive
- office, we have installed some extra lines, so you shouldn’t get that
- annoying engaged tone quite so often. We are not saying that you won’t
- ever get the ansaphone, because with four incoming lines and customers
- calling at the office, we sometimes run out of person-power to answer
- the phones − so please bear with us and call back some time later when,
- hopefully, things will have calmed down.
- 7.2
- Unfortunately, for 2½ weeks after BT did the new installation, the
- phones were not working properly. “When we didn’t get either you or the
- ansaphone, we thought you had packed up and gone”, said various people.
- BT have apologised for the inconvenience, so we pass their apology on to
- you.
- 7.2
- Until we meet...
- 7.2
- Norwich Computer Services Open Day
- 7.2
- We will be holding the first Norwich Computer Services’ Open Day at
- Colman Middle School, Norwich, between 10am and 4pm on Saturday 13th
- November.
- 7.2
- These are some of the key exhibitors and displays:
- 7.2
- • The new Acorn home computer series will be on display: Action Pack,
- Home Office and Learning Curve
- 7.2
- • Acorn’s network installation team and other Acorn personnel will be on
- hand to demonstrate and advise
- 7.2
- • Norfolk IT Team, from the County InSET Centre
- 7.2
- • Colman Middle School’s IT Coordinator, Rick Thorne, will display the
- school’s Acorn workstations and children’s work
- 7.2
- • Educational software producers Longman Logotron and Anglia TV
- 7.2
- • Gamesware, producers of games for the Archimedes
- 7.2
- • Various software packages can be seen in operation, such as Genesis,
- Magpie, Artworks, Impression
- 7.2
- • Stock clearance: education and other software at special prices
- 7.2
- • Competition with prizes of software/hardware vouchers to spend at
- Norwich Computer Services
- 7.2
- • Charity sales: items sent in by subscribers in aid of charity
- 7.2
- (There won’t be space on the Archive Acorn World 93 stand for charity
- bits and pieces. We are sorry that this tradition cannot be continued
- but be assured that charitable giving is still high on our list of
- priorities.)
- 7.2
- There is ample car parking at the school and light refreshments will be
- on sale all day.
- 7.2
- See you at Acorn World 93 ?
- 7.2
- These are certainly exciting times for Archive and Norwich Computer
- Services... I hope that we will see many of you next week at Acorn World
- 93 or at the Open Day in November. Thanks again for being part of
- Archive! A
- 7.2
- Toshiba XM-3401 CD-ROM Drive
- 7.2
- David Bower
- 7.2
- The Toshiba XM-3401 is recognised in the PC world as the fastest single-
- disc CD-ROM drive currently available. This review provides some general
- information on CD-ROM drives and reports on the compatibility of the
- Toshiba with the Archimedes both in the RISC OS desktop and in PC mode
- using an Aleph One PC-386 card.
- 7.2
- CD-ROM performance
- 7.2
- The performance of a CD-ROM drive is determined by its speed, its
- compatibility with multiple data storage formats, the hardware-interface
- to the host computer and reliability.
- 7.2
- Three factors control the effective drive speed. The drive’s access time
- (the time to position the optical head over the desired track plus the
- time for the desired block to spin under the head) is critical for
- operations such as cataloguing a drive or copying a number of short
- files. The sustained transfer rate is crucial for sound and real-time
- video applications. First generation drives had access times around a
- second, and transfer rates in the 50-100Kb/s range. Most modern drives
- conform to the Windows Multi-Media PC (MPC) specification which demands
- a minimum 150Kb/s transfer rate. The latest generation of drives can
- spin at both normal and double-speed. In the latter mode, access times
- are around 200 to 300ms and transfer rates are around 300Kb/s. A final
- factor − rarely specified − is the ‘soft error rate’. This shows how
- frequently data-blocks need to be re-read to pass internal checksum
- tests.
- 7.2
- All drives support the ISO 9660 (High Sierra) CD-ROM data format. Most
- will support CD-ROM XA (which allows graphics, video, audio and text
- files to be interleaved) and CD-DA which allows music CDs to be played
- via the computer. The latest development is PhotoCD for storing and
- retrieving high-definition images scanned from photographs. PhotoCD
- comes in two flavours − single session and the more recent multi-
- session. Acorn are porting PhotoCD software to the Archimedes, so multi-
- session compatibility is potentially important.
- 7.2
- Though a few drives use proprietary interfaces for operation with a PC,
- SCSI is by far the most common hardware interface for CD-ROM drives and
- the only one relevant to the Archimedes. The latest generation drives
- usually support the newer SCSI-2 standard which is backwards compatible
- with SCSI but can operate at higher speeds. As far as I am aware, all
- Archimedes SCSI interfaces work to the older standard.
- 7.2
- Although manufacturers quote typical mean times to failure around 30,000
- to 50,000 power-on hours, these figures should be treated with some care
- as they are usually extrapolated from limited testing. One would expect
- a CD-ROM drive to be about as reliable as an audio CD-player and that
- mechanical moving parts such as the disc load/unload assembly, the laser
- head carriage and the drive motor would be the most likely failures
- points. The power supply and the semiconductor laser diode in the read
- head are also potential weak spots.
- 7.2
- Hardware and firmware requirements
- 7.2
- Earlier this year, I decided that the range of CD-ROM software for both
- the Archimedes and PC platforms had expanded to the point where I could
- justify the purchase of a CD-ROM drive.
- 7.2
- My A440/1 system runs RISC OS 3.1. It has an ARM3 board, an Aleph One
- PC-386 card with 4Mb RAM / 80387 co-processor and an Oak 16-bit SCSI
- card. My first move was to upgrade the ROM on the SCSI card to include
- the essential Acorn CDFS control software. Oak supplied me with a new
- ROM containing SCSIFS version 1.33 and CDFS version 2.13 for £30. (All
- the prices mentioned here and below exclude VAT.)
- 7.2
- The list of CDFS *commands contains two very intriguing options:
- *CDSpeed and *Supported. The first shows that CDFS supports dual-speed
- drives. (Does anyone know which speed parameters are legal apart from
- the default zero?)
- 7.2
- Executing *Supported produced the following CDFS compatible drive list:
- Sony, LMS, Toshiba 3322, Hitachi, Chinon, Toshiba 3301.
- 7.2
- Selecting a CD-ROM drive
- 7.2
- My personal requirements were as follows: (i) compatibility with
- Archimedes (for home use) and IBM-PC hardware (for a PC network at work)
- (ii) single and double-speed drive operation (iii) CD-XA / CD-DA /
- PhotoCD compatibility.
- 7.2
- Very little data on CD-ROM hardware has appeared in dedicated Archimedes
- magazines. However, manufacturers’ literature was readily available and
- PC magazines reviews and adverts were another fruitful source of
- information.
- 7.2
- A single-speed Chinon drive and an incompatible Mac drive were described
- in Archive 6.10 p25 and the Acorn Multimedia unit was reviewed in the
- Aug/Sept ’93 issue of Risc User. Both the Acorn unit and the new Cumana
- 600 series drives use the Sony CDU561 double-speed mechanism which has a
- 295ms access time and a 300Kb/s claimed transfer rate.
- 7.2
- Recent PC magazine reviews such as Windows Magazine July 1993, Computer
- Buyer July 1993 and Personal Computer Magazine April 1993 have all
- selected the Toshiba XM-3401 as the top performing drive and they also
- rated highly the build-quality of this drive.
- 7.2
- The clinching factor in my decision was a Toshiba data-sheet showing
- that the XM-3401 drive was downwards compatible with the XM-3301 drive
- included in the CDFS supported drive list.
- 7.2
- Drive variants
- 7.2
- Although Archimedes software is usually cheaper than PC equivalents, the
- reverse is true for peripheral hardware. ‘Street prices’ for PC CD-ROM
- drives range from around £150 for a low-end internal drive to around
- £500 for top-performance external drives with a SCSI interface card.
- 7.2
- The Toshiba drive is available in three forms:
- 7.2
- (a) An internal PC mounting mechanism − typical July ’93 pricing £320 −
- £340. This variant would only interest those Archimedes users intending
- to add a second drive to the Acorn Multimedia unit.
- 7.2
- (b) An external cased drive with its own power supply. This is the
- version most suitable for Archimedes owners − though you will need to
- buy a SCSI cable − prices are typically £420 − £440.
- 7.2
- (c) As (b) plus an 8-bit PC ISA-bus SCSI controller card, controller
- software and a SCSI cable connecting the card to the drive. Typical
- system price is around £480 − £500. As I wanted to use the drive on both
- Acorn and PC hardware, I plumped for this version. (The software
- supplied with the drive also supports the Adaptec 1542 16-bit SCSI
- controller − a near industry-standard on the PC).
- 7.2
- The Toshiba XM-3401
- 7.2
- The drive mechanism and power supply are housed in a cream, steel box
- 23cm wide by 27cm deep. Including its four rubber feet, the unit is 6cm
- high.
- 7.2
- The rear panel has two female 50-way SCSI connectors (resembling an
- overgrown Centronics printer port) so that the drive can be connected in
- a daisy-chain to other SCSI devices. Also on this panel is the power on/
- off switch, a set of DIP switches for setting the SCSI device-address
- and a pair of phono plugs to connect the audio output to a hi-fi system.
- 7.2
- The major feature on the front panel is a dust flap to protect the
- internal mechanisms − CD-ROM drives are more sensitive to dust than
- their audio equivalents. For the same reason, the discs are not loaded
- directly into the drive, but are first inserted into a CD-caddy, a thin,
- plastic box with a transparent flap and a protective metal slide like a
- floppy disc. Other front panel features are a small headphone socket
- with an adjacent thumbwheel volume-control and a caddy-eject push
- button.
- 7.2
- Opening up the case revealed a tidy interior with the sealed drive
- mechanism flanked by a power supply. All the cabling was neatly
- arranged.
- 7.2
- Specification
- 7.2
- The claimed features of the drive are as follows:
- 7.2
- • Access time: typically 200ms†
- 7.2
- • Sustained transfer rate: 330Kb/s†
- 7.2
- • 256Kb internal data-buffer
- 7.2
- • SCSI-2 interface
- 7.2
- • CD-ROM XA compatible (modes 1 and 2)
- 7.2
- • CD-ROM DA compatible
- 7.2
- • Multimedia PC compliant
- 7.2
- • Multi-session PhotoCD compatible
- 7.2
- († in double-speed mode)
- 7.2
- Performance in the RISC OS desktop
- 7.2
- The trials started with the Acorn Replay Video-Clip Collection One − a
- freebie passed out by Acorn at the 1992 User Show. Clicking on the CD
- drive icon produced an immediate file-catalogue − and a huge sigh of
- relief from yours truly! The main files on this disc are in ARMovie
- format − combined real-time video and sound − and are between 5 and 14Mb
- long. (A 10Mb file provides around one minute of film in a 256 × 256
- pixel area). In modes 15 and 20, the video and sound are smooth and
- continuous. In modes 21 and 28, the motion is more jerky and the sound
- is sometimes lost. I don’t know if an A5000 with its faster memory can
- handle the load but I assume the next generation of ARM700 powered
- machines will have no problems.
- 7.2
- The Cumana four-disc CD-ROM set of Creepy Crawlies, Grooves, Dictionary
- of the Living World and Image Warehouse all performed as expected −
- though I was somewhat disappointed with their contents.
- 7.2
- Turning to more rigorous tests, I did some timings for copying files
- from the CD-ROM to RAM disc. The first test copied a single 1704Kb
- ARMovie file to test the sustained transfer rate. The second test copied
- the entire contents of the !ARMOVIE directory (34 files/914Kb). The
- tests were executed in modes 15, 20 and 21 with the ARM3 cache disabled
- and enabled. The results below are in seconds and are the means of three
- separate runs.
- 7.2
- Mode Test Cache off Cache on
- 7.2
- 15 File 6.92 5.60
- 7.2
- 20 File 5.64 5.56
- 7.2
- 21 File 5.90 5.69
- 7.2
- 15 Directory 7.17 5.91
- 7.2
- 20 Directory 6.92 5.84
- 7.2
- 21 Directory 11.76 7.77
- 7.2
- Clearly, the drive defaults to its double-speed mode with a transfer
- rate in excess of 300Kb/s.
- 7.2
- Performance with Aleph-One PC386 card
- 7.2
- PC specific CD-ROM discs were tested with an Aleph-One PC386-20 card
- running Windows 3.1 under DOS 6.0. The CONFIG.SYS file needed an extra
- line, DEVICE=A1CD.SYS /D:MCSD000, to load the Aleph-One supplied CD
- device driver, and the AUTOEXEC.BAT file was modified to invoke the
- MicroSoft CD extensions file MSCEDX.EXE.
- 7.2
- Two of the discs tested were not compatible, but only because they
- needed SVGA resolution or a 256 colour VGA mode. The Aleph-One card
- cannot handle either mode. All the other discs tested worked well and a
- recommended list follows:
- 7.2
- Software Toolworks ‘Multimedia Encyclopedia’
- 7.2
- DeLorme ‘Global Explorer’ (Atlas)
- 7.2
- Power User ‘So Much Screenware’ (Photos)
- 7.2
- Screen Artists ‘Danger Hot Stuff’
- 7.2
- Screen Artists ‘Hot Stuff II’
- 7.2
- (In spite of the titles, the last two items are not pornography − they
- are collections of pictures, video animations and SoundBlaster files.)
- 7.2
- The Aris ‘MPC Wizard’ utility indicated a transfer rate from the CD-ROM
- of 134Kb/s rate under Windows. This figure is below the MPC standard but
- it includes the bottleneck imposed by the interface between the Aleph-
- One card and the Archimedes. Moreover, my PC card is an early unit and
- it lacks the faster podule interface of cards shipped after June 1993.
- 7.2
- Performance in a PC
- 7.2
- The drive was briefly installed on a PC-compatible machine used as a
- network server. All the discs tested worked perfectly on ‘the real
- thing’. (If you get a chance, do try to see the brilliant Software
- Toolworks disc, ‘The Animals of San Diego Zoo’.)
- 7.2
- CDFS version 2.13 problems
- 7.2
- The current CDFS frequently crashes when discs are swapped, even after
- dismounting the first disc. It also consistently crashes when it tries
- to catalogue certain PC discs from the RISC OS Desktop − though the same
- discs all catalogue correctly with the Aleph One card under DOS.
- 7.2
- Conclusion
- 7.2
- The Toshiba XM-3401 drive is Archimedes compatible and highly
- recommended. A
- 7.2
- We are trying to find a source of these drives at a good price for
- Archive subscribers − see the Price List for more details. Ed.
- 7.2
- Comment Column
- 7.2
- • A5 sub-notebook portable − Have you heard the rumours about the Acorn
- A5 sub-notebook portable? The size of half an A4 sheet of paper when
- closed, it’s designed to fill the massive price and performance gaps
- between the A4 and the PocketBook. It comes with an ARM3, 4Mb RAM, and
- no floppy drive but a 40Mb hard disc pre-loaded with Acorn’s Advance
- integrated package. The price is £599 inc VAT. You haven’t heard?
- Neither have I, but if you do, let me know – A4 prices are looking
- increasingly unrealistic. Stuart Bell, Horsham.
- 7.2
- • Floating-point numbers in Basic64 − I have been wondering for some
- time how numbers are held by Basic64 and also by !SciCalc which uses the
- same standard. It is clear from my experiments that Basic64 can hold the
- exact values of integers up to 253 (in floating-point variables, not in
- integer (%) variables). It can also distinguish between successive
- values of 1−k·2−53, for positive integer values of k. These findings
- indicate that the values are held to 53-bit precision. I also find that
- it can handle floating-point values up to nearly 21024, which implies
- that the exponent is held in 10 bits. Adding two bits for the signs of
- the exponent and the mantissa gives 65 bits all together! How then does
- it squeeze this into 64 bits?
- 7.2
- To investigate this, I first discovered that the indirection floating-
- point operator (|) processes eight bytes, rather than the five in BBC
- Basic. It is therefore possible to study how various floating-point
- values are held. It still takes a bit of detective work to figure out
- what is happening.
- 7.2
- Firstly, we must recognise that floating-point values (with a few
- exceptions explained later) are held in a normalised mantissa + exponent
- form, with just one integer bit. For decimal (base ten) numbers, this
- means, for example, that the number 1234 would be held as 1·234E3 and
- 0·005678 as 5·678E-3. The exponent is set so that there is just one
- significant digit before the implied point and this, of course, cannot
- be zero.
- 7.2
- The same principle applies to numbers held in binary. The exponent is
- set so that there is just one integer-bit before the implied binary
- point. Since this bit cannot be zero, it must be one, which means it
- does not need to be stored, its presence can always be assumed! That is
- how Basic64 achieves 53-bit precision by holding 52 significant bits.
- 7.2
- Investigating further, I find that the exponent, rather than being held
- as a signed integer in the range ±1023, is held as a positive number
- relative to −1023. Hence an exponent of −1022 is held as 1, zero is held
- as 1023 and 1023 is held as 2046. These values held in binary require
- eleven bits. For some reason, the value 2047 (all bits set) is not used.
- Indeed, if you force it in by using indirection, any attempt to use the
- resulting value will generate an error.
- 7.2
- The format just described is used for all numbers whose absolute value
- is å2−1022. That value is held with an exponent of 1 and a mantissa
- (excluding the implied 1) of zero. Negative values are indicated by a
- sign bit which is held before the most significant bit of the eleven-bit
- exponent. This standard creates a problem with the number zero. A number
- held with all 64 bits zero would, with the implied integer bit,
- represent a value of 2−1023 which, although very small, is not zero!
- 7.2
- Hence absolute values of Å2−1023 are held differently. Such numbers are
- indicated by the fact that their exponent is held as zero. They are not
- normalised as described above, and the assumed integer-bit is zero. The
- 52-bit number is treated as a binary fraction relative to 2−1022. Thus
- 2−1023 is held as 0·1000...02, and 5×2−1028 is held as 0·000101000...02.
- The smallest non-zero values which can be held is 2−1074. This is held
- as 0·000...0012. Zero is held as all-bits-zero. Incidentally, the
- largest number which can be held is 1·111...1112E11111111112, which is
- 21024−2971, or †1·79769313486231571×10308.
- 7.2
- The floating-point number is assembled with the sign-bit first, followed
- by the eleven-bit exponent, then the 52-bit mantissa. Finally, following
- the usual Acorn convention, the individual bytes are held in memory in
- reverse order, but this applies only to the four bytes within each 32-
- bit word. The two words are held in the ‘right’ order. Is that clear?
- Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
- 7.2
- • HCCS Electronic manual − Francis Aries is far too kind about HCCS’s
- !Emanual “electronic manual”. (Archive 7.1 p58) The !HiVision package is
- excellent and the idea of an on-line manual is great but the execution
- is abysmal. Each takes almost 600Kb of disc space and 640Kb of RAM when
- running. This is in addition to the 736Kb for !Hifinder and 1120Kb for
- !HiVision. Even with 4Mb of memory, one !Emanual and the two
- applications cannot be co-resident with !Impression. You might, of
- course, want to have both manuals and both applications open; that’s
- 3136Kb! Users with 2Mb are going to have real problems with a manual
- that cannot be accessed when you’re running the application which it
- describes.
- 7.2
- If the manuals themselves were wonderful, then these overheads might be
- tolerable. But they are not. Each page is a sprite of up to about 100
- words, in a very ‘chunky’ font, with some simple diagrams. There are
- eight pages to each manual, so the efficiency of the implementation is
- about 1Kb per word. In short, great hardware and software – shame about
- the manual, which is just what I said, for quite different reasons, in
- my review of the original monochrome digitiser, Archive 5.12 p43.
- Stuart Bell, Horsham.
- 7.2
- • Sleuth OCR in use − I edit a magazine for a club I belong to and
- produce it on an Archimedes using Impression. Items for the magazine
- arrive in various forms, but many are either typewritten or printed from
- a word processor. Rather than type everything into Impression, I have
- been using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) on a Digital (DEC)
- Vaxstation with an A4 flatbed scanner attached. This has proved
- moderately successful, with some help from Impression’s spell checker.
- 7.2
- When Risc Developments recently released an OCR package for RISC OS,
- called Sleuth, I was keen to attempt the OCR operation on the
- Archimedes. If that was successful, it would help to justify buying a
- scanner so that I could perform the complete operation on the
- Archimedes. First impressions were good. The manual is brief but told me
- all I needed to know and the program was easy to set up and use.
- 7.2
- I selected some articles I had already processed on the Vaxstation,
- using DECimage OCR software and converted the scanned images to mode 18
- sprite files, as required by Sleuth, using !ChangeFSI. The articles had
- been scanned at 300 dpi using an A4 flatbed scanner.
- 7.2
- The first example had been produced on a dot matrix printer. Sleuth
- delivered 90% accuracy (in terms of words), while DECimage gave 94%. If
- Sleuth had not consistently confused the letter “w” for “M”, it would
- have exceeded the accuracy of DECimage. Considering the quality of the
- original, this can be considered acceptable.
- 7.2
- A second example was again apparently produced on a dot matrix printer.
- On this one, Sleuth delivered 85% accuracy, while DECimage gave 92%.
- 7.2
- A third example was a good quality typewriter copy. Sleuth could only
- deliver 72% accuracy in this case, while DECimage delivered 100%.
- 7.2
- As a fourth example, I took an article produced on a daisywheel
- typewriter. Sleuth delivered only 50% accuracy, while DECimage achieved
- 100% accuracy. I suspect that the problem arises from Sleuth not being
- trained on the font used, as the quality of the scan (as viewed in
- !Paint) is excellent.
- 7.2
- As a further reference, I repeated the four examples above on a PC using
- a popular OCR package, Calera WordScan Plus. This has a setting
- specifically for output from dot matrix printers and produced 100%
- accurate results on all four examples, whereas DECimage was not too
- happy with output from dot-matrix printers.
- 7.2
- There is a trade-off between the number of fonts considered and the time
- it takes to recognise the document. Currently the processing time is
- remarkably quick (at least as fast as Calera WordScan Plus on a 386 PC),
- but I would be quite happy to accept a slower rate in return for greater
- accuracy. Although 90% accuracy may sound good, that means it will be
- necessary to correct one word in ten. To be a really practical tool, a
- consistent score of around 98% or more is generally considered
- necessary, otherwise it would probably be easier just to re-type the
- copy.
- 7.2
- I believe it is really important that a first class OCR package is
- available for RISC OS if the Acorn platform is to compete in the DTP
- business. Sleuth appears to be a step in the right direction and has an
- excellent user interface. It is priced quite reasonably at £49 + VAT,
- whereas Calera WordScan Plus will set you back several hundred pounds!
- It is often said that you get what you pay for but Sleuth urgently needs
- further development if it is to provide consistent and useful results.
- Richard Readings, Wokingham. A
- 7.2
- Hints and Tips
- 7.2
- • ArcDFS under RISC OS 3 − It has been reported on numerous occasions
- that ArcDFS doesn’t work under RISC OS 3 − not true! (Or at least only
- partly.) If a disc reports a failure, change the disc TITLE (using
- appropriate option) to “”, i.e. an empty string, and hey presto!!
- 7.2
- Why is that necessary? I have not yet had a chance to bury myself in the
- code to find out, I’m afraid.
- 7.2
- Note: The only other option that doesn’t work is Free, but personally I
- don’t think that’s much of a problem. Format and Verify both work OK.
- 7.2
- P.S. Make sure the Step timings are set to those values given in the
- original documentation, as they are reset when upgrading to RISC OS 3.
- R. George, Cambridge.
- 7.2
- • Grey Scales − I frequently use Draw to produce diagrams for inclusion
- in text produced using Impression, or for independent printing. The
- drawing package which comes with RISC OS 3 generally satisfies my needs.
- 7.2
- One facility which I often need is a grey scale which will produce
- distinct shades on my LaserDirect printer, with the minimum of
- ‘graininess’. Ignore the adverts which proclaim 256 Grey Shades! If you
- need a ‘seamless’ transition from black to white, this is fine, but if
- you want to print blocks of greys which all look different, you will be
- lucky to manage 16 shades.
- 7.2
- The simplest approach to this problem is to try using the colours on the
- palette. It can be helpful to have the features of your diagram
- highlighted in blue, red, green, etc on the screen, but how will they
- appear printed in black-and-white? If you use the default palette (which
- I do not!) the 16 colours come out in various shades of grey, as shown
- below. The squares are labelled with the appropriate colour numbers, and
- arranged from white to black. These squares appear on my Impression
- screen, of course, in glorious technicolour.
- 7.2
- I cannot be sure how this will turn out if Paul prints it in Archive,
- but on my printer there are only seven, perhaps just eight,
- distinguishable shades. They are all fairly grain-free, printed at
- 600×600 dpi, so a suitable selection can be used. If you want them to
- appear on the screen as shades of grey, use ‘colours’
- 0 ◰2 1 2 3 4 5(?) 7. If you prefer them displayed in colour, use
- the series 0 ◰2 9 ◰4 ◰5 ◰0 5(?) 11 7.
- 7.2
- I have continued this investigation to attempt to find the best possible
- grey scale using colours not necessarily on the palette. I have
- restricted my investigation to grey ‘colours’, i.e. those using the
- same, or similar, intensities of red, green and blue. That is enough to
- be going on with!
- 7.2
- !Draw allows you to select each of the three components on a scale
- 0−255. The !Palette utility only allows 16 intensity levels for each
- component (producing the 4096 standard colours), so I have started with
- this restriction. Representing the 16 degrees of intensity by the hex-
- digits 0−F, and allowing a difference of only one between the three
- components, I have devised the 16-grey-shades scale shown below.
- 7.2
- How these colours appear on your screen depends on what palette you are
- using. In front of me now, I can see shades of buff/brown, because I
- have modified the standard, rather harsh, palette. You could try setting
- up a palette using these as colours 0−15. The result on the screen is
- pretty horrible! The result in print, however, is quite good, although
- the lighter shades are a bit grainy.
- 7.2
- Using the Fill Colour facility of Draw gives us greater flexibility,
- because we can select from 0−255 for each primary colour. To keep things
- fairly simple, I have tried only ‘pure grey’ shades, in which the
- intensities of redgreenblue are always the same. This gives 256 shades
- to try.
- 7.2
- Using this technique, LaserDirect clearly does not print 256 shades.
- Groups of four consecutive shades always appear identical, so our
- selection comes down to 64 shades. I printed blocks of these shades,
- each identified by the intensity number used for each of the three
- components, 0 = black ... 255 = white. The shades which show the least
- grain are, for some reason, those numbered 243 235 227 219 etc, i.e.
- those whose codes are 8k+3.
- 7.2
- There are 32 such shades, but adjacent ones are very similar in print,
- often apparently identical. In an attempt to create a usable scale, I
- have selected ten of these codes (235 219 203 187 171 155 139 123 99 and
- 67) plus 0 (black) and 255 (white). These are the shades which I will
- try for my next few Draw diagrams. Even these shades show little
- difference between adjacent pairs, and it is desirable to use alternate
- ones only, if possible.
- 7.2
- Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
- 7.2
- • Hard disc usage − How much space do my hard disc files occupy? The
- answer depends on how I try to measure them! My investigations resulted
- in the recovery of 5.6Mb (13%) from an unexpected source which I don’t
- think has been mentioned previously in Archive.
- 7.2
- We all know that the disc usage figures given by *Free and *Count are
- different. *Count returns the total number of data bytes in the files,
- in my case 22.3Mb. *Free returns the total number of bytes used (or
- reserved) on the disc, in my case 42.8Mb. These are different for at
- least two reasons.
- 7.2
- Firstly, disc space is allocated to files in units which vary from drive
- to drive. In the case of the Acorn SCSI on my A540, this unit is 1Kb.
- Hence, on average, 512 bytes is wasted at the end of each file − this is
- included in the bytes used returned by *Free, but not by *Count. For the
- 5,134 files on my drive, this totals 2.5Mb.
- 7.2
- Secondly, some space is reserved for each Directory Header. The Index
- occupies 2Kb, irrespective of the drive and filing system which, for my
- 1204 directories, amounts to 2.4Mb, increasing *Count to 24.7Mb.
- However, SCSIFS reserves a larger allocation per directory, as noted by
- several Archive readers, including Steve Drain (Archive 5.12). On the
- A540, each directory is allocated 15Kb, of which only 2Kb is occupied by
- the Index. Some of the rest may, if I am lucky, be occupied by small
- files subsequently created within the directory. If I am unlucky, I lose
- 13Kb per directory. For my 1204 directories, this could amount to
- 15.3Mb.
- 7.2
- Adding this 15.3Mb to the 2.5Mb noted above, gives a maximum wastage of
- 17.8Mb. The actual discrepancy, however, was 42.8 − 24.7 = 18.1Mb, so
- there must have been something I hadn’t discovered. In order to
- investigate, I considered my disc directories in three groups, as
- identified in the table overleaf.
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- The largest is headed by a directory called Documents. This contains all
- my Impression documents, plus a large number of drawfiles and several
- hundred old First Word Plus text files retained for reference. When I
- discovered the 13Kb per directory wastage, I realised that Impression,
- which normally uses three directories per document, was wasting a great
- deal of space.
- 7.2
- I tackled this problem some time ago, by saving most of my Impression
- documents as Text only. This Impression feature in fact stores the
- Styles with the text, but does not store graphics or frame data. If I
- drag one of the resulting text files onto the Impression icon on the
- iconbar, this displays the text in its original fonts, sizes, etc. If,
- instead, I drag the text of a letter into the document which contains a
- ‘blank’ letterhead, the letter is restored exactly as it was originally
- created − provided it contained no graphics and no frames other than
- those defined in the letterhead document.
- 7.2
- I was thus able to store most of my Impression documents as Text only,
- and recover several megabytes, without losing anything. This was done
- some months ago, before the exercise I am describing here. At that time,
- I also compressed all these ‘document’ files, using Compression and they
- are now read and written using Cfs. Some of the other directories on my
- disc are also held in compressed form and are identified below as Other
- Cfs. The rest (mainly fonts and software) are not compressed and are
- identified as Non-Cfs.
- 7.2
- The table shows the *Count for each group of files and the *Count
- obtained via Cfs, which shows what the count would have been if the
- files had not been compressed. For interest, I have also shown the sizes
- of the backups for each category. These were obtained using by !Backup,
- into a temporary directory on the same disc and noting the *Counts of
- the backup data directories created (excluding the recovery software
- stored with the backup data). !Backup uses !Spark compression which, we
- can see from the figures, has some effect on the Non-Cfs files. For the
- others, however, no further compression is possible and the backup
- actually uses more space than the live files, owing to the directory
- structures and other parameters stored by !Backup.
- 7.2
- In order to assess the Actual Mb used for each group, I copied (by
- dragging) each in turn into a temporary directory on the same disc and
- noted the decrease in *Free bytes. Then I discovered that the three
- figures obtained did not total the Used bytes given by *Free for the
- whole disc − the discrepancy being over 5Mb. After some experimentation,
- I concluded that the copying process did not produce a precise ‘clone’
- occupying the same space as the original. The only way to discover the
- space occupied by a group of directories is to delete it and note the
- increase in *Free bytes.
- 7.2
- Hence I copied each group in turn, then deleted the original, rather
- than the copy, and noted the change in total usage arising from the
- deletion rather than the copying. The copies were then retained in place
- of the originals. This process not only revealed the true original
- sizes, but also gained 5.6Mb free space, because the copies occupied
- less space than the originals!
- 7.2
- Where did this windfall come from? The first point to note is that it
- was all gained in the Documents directories. These have been very active
- in the past. Apart from the usual process of addition and amendment of
- documents, the filing system has also had to endure the process of
- replacing most of the Impression documents with text files, the
- compression of all the files and, recently, a major exercise of
- restructuring the directories and renaming most of the files. Many of
- the recent changes were made by copying files, then deleting the
- originals, rather than by renaming. All this activity must have produced
- considerable small-scale fragmentation of the free space, which is
- perhaps not mapped and included in the *Free bytes. *Compact (which
- should not be needed with this filing system) did produce a
- simplification of the free space *Map, but did not change the number of
- *Free bytes. Copying the files in sequence, however, produces a new
- directory with no fragmented waste.
- 7.2
- As a result of all this, I can now calculate the wasted space as 8.5Kb
- per directory, instead of an apparently impossible 13.3Kb. If I could
- recover all of this, I would save another 10Mb in total, but that seems
- to be impossible. I could recover perhaps three quarters of it by re-
- formatting the disc using a smaller File Allocation, except that I don’t
- want to do that unless it is really necessary, and in any case, I don’t
- appear to have the right Format program ...! Colin Singleton,
- Sheffield.
- 7.2
- • Image enhancement − I think I can offer a solution to Cain Hunt’s
- request for a cheap image enhancer (7.1 p26). With hindsight, I might
- have included the information in the notes on colour printing (7.1 p35).
- Version 0.90 of Acorn’s !ChangeFSI application comes ‘free’ on the RISC
- OS 3.1 Support Disc and its many facilities include most of the sprite
- processing options I suggested; brightening and gamma correction for
- example. It also accepts some foreign formats (e.g. TIFF), converting
- them to sprites.
- 7.2
- The documentation is not so hot. There seems to be nothing between the
- rather sketchy notes starting on page 207 of the RISC OS 3 Applications
- Guide and the detailed but very complex FSIinfo file in the !ChangeFSI
- directory. However, this desktop application is intuitive to use, and
- trial and error will often produce the desired result. Although it is
- possible to apply two or more processing functions in parallel, I do
- support the notes’ recommendation to operate on an unmodified file and
- try changing only one parameter at a time.
- 7.2
- The only process I would like to see added to !ChangeFSI is Chameleon’s
- ‘Weaken’ function which, for me, seems to give more effective control of
- colour sprites than Brighten.
- 7.2
- I spotted a documented facility in !ChangeFSI which allows very large
- output files to be built in ‘strips’ using the parameter ChangeFSI
- <source address><destination address>28-max<n> where n is the desired
- size of the strip, e.g. 512Kb. I wonder if some very clever person might
- be able to use this as a basis for a utility to transfer large
- TIFF files between Archimedes/PCs/Macs, split between two or more MS-DOS
- floppy discs?
- 7.2
- As a further postscript to the colour printing notes, a reader has
- recommended Hewlett Packard HP 92296U transparencies for my Canon LBP-4;
- about 32p each. I’ve since tried them and the results, especially on 600
- dpi graphics, are excellent. Jim Nottingham, York.
- 7.2
- • Indelible ink − At long last, there is an indelible ink refill
- available for HP Deskjet cartridges. They are available from Misco
- Computer Supplies, Faraday Close, Park Farm Industrial Estate,
- Wellingborough, NN8 6XH. A two-refill kits costs £13 plus postage. Mike
- King, Guernsey. A
- 7.2
- Small Ads
- 7.2
- (Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
- but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
- you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
- means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
- not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
- (especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
- 7.2
- • A3000 2Mb upgrade (Watford) £17. Chips are soldered in, so upgrade to
- 4Mb impossible. Phone Gerald Fitton on 0793-723347.
- 7.2
- • A3000 upgraded to 4Mb and RISC OS 3.1 with manuals and discs, no
- monitor, £500 o.n.o. Phone Dr Woodward on 0684-573098.
- 7.2
- • A310, RISC OS 3, colour monitor, Epson LX80, software, computer desk,
- swivel chair, £500. Phone 0782-634096.
- 7.2
- • A410, 4Mb RAM, internal 40Mb hard disc, external 40Mb hard disc and
- 5¼“ 40/80 switchable drive, ARM3 upgrade, RISC OS 3.1, Watford hand
- scanner, CC Colour Card, Taxan 775 multisync monitor, loads of software.
- £1200 pounds o.n.o. Phone Mick Cattell on 0742-745209.
- 7.2
- • A410, 2Mb RAM, 20Mb ST506 hard drive, 14“ ITT-Nokia remote control TV/
- RGB SCART monitor, Panasonic KXP1124 24 pin printer with A4 sheet
- feeder, CC hand scanner, Impression II, Hi-Fi sound enhancer plus lots
- of software and books. Everything in excellent condition, all for £800.
- Contact R. Bedi on 031-650-5655 or 031-668-3246 (late evenings).
- 7.2
- • A410/1, 4Mb RAM, 100Mb SCSI hard drive, RISC OS 3.1, Eizo 9060S
- multisync monitor, Hi-Fi adaptor, 5¼“ floppy drive interface, software,
- boxed £950. Phone Rainham, Kent 0634-360650.
- 7.2
- • Ace ProDriver for DJ500C/550C, £30. Phone Copthorne 0342-714905.
- 7.2
- • Acorn: DTP £35, RISC OS 2 PRM £35. Beebug: Star/Epson colour printer
- driver £5. Minerva: GammaPlot £15, System Delta+ £25. Digital Research:
- DR DOS 5.0 £20. Games: Cops, Nevryon, Plague Planet, Powerband £6 each
- or all for £20. Phone 0737-832159, eves.
- 7.2
- • Acorn MIDI board (AKA16) £50 (unregistered). Easiword 2 wordprocessor
- £35. GraphicWriter £5. Paradroid 2000 £10. Dropship £5. RISC OS 2 PRMs
- £25 (minus index cover). Phone Gloucester 0452-525976 after 6pm.
- 7.2
- • Archimedes A440/1 base unit (no monitor) upgraded to 8Mb RAM, ARM3 and
- RISC OS 3.1. Includes manuals and Applications discs. £800 o.n.o. Phone
- Coventry 0203-715864, after 6.
- 7.2
- • Beebug 5¼“ disc interface, 40 track drive, DFS reader software and 50
- 5¼” discs. The lot for only £40 o.n.o. +p&p. Phone Derby 0332-557751.
- 7.2
- • Computer Concepts ScanLight Junior − £75. Contact Richard Hallas on
- 0484-654186.
- 7.2
- • Fun School 2 (under 6’s) £5. Freddy Teddy £5. Personal Accounts
- (Apricote) £10. Electronic Solutions Detour £10. First Impressions £10.
- Mr Burnett, 135 Park Road, Enfield, EN3 6LN.
- 7.2
- • JP-150 FX850 Emulator Card £50, PC Emulator 1.81 + DR-DOS 5 £30,
- System Delta Plus V2(unprotected) + Mailshot + Sigmasheet £50, Printer
- Lead £6, Signwriter (Wight) £6, Keyword £5, DT-Talk £5, Investigator2
- £5, Prog Ref Man RISC OS2 £12. Phone 0532-736943.
- 7.2
- • Oak Recorder sound sampler, boxed with original software and ArcLab
- sound processor, hardly used £25. Phone Mr A Mothersole on 0344-55772,
- eves.
- 7.2
- • Original Software Impression 2.19 (unregistered) + borders £90, Schema
- £50, PC Emulator 1.8 £40, Midnight Express £30, WorraCad £50, Titler
- £60, Acorn DTP £10, ROM/RAM Podule, battery backup £20. Phone Tamworth
- 0827-330118, eves.
- 7.2
- • Multistore II £70, Archway 2 £30. Phone Bath 0225 464313.
- 7.2
- • Psion series 3, 256K and A-Link, £145 complete (or will split). Phone
- 0494-522704.
- 7.2
- • Psion series 3, 256K, with spreadsheet (compatible with Acorn Pocket
- Book). 6 months old, still under Psion guarantee £160 including
- delivery. Phone 0788-521189 evenings and weekends.
- 7.2
- • RISC OS 3 PRM draft copy £40, Revelation 2 £50, First Word Plus II
- unopened £35, Acorn DTP unopened £25. Phone 0992-768133 after 1pm.
- 7.2
- • Six SyQuest 44Mb cartridges £50 each or £256 the lot. Juki 5510
- printer and some spare ribbons £55, carriage extra. Juki 6200 A3 wide
- carriage daisy wheel printer £50, carriage extra. Keith Hodge 0244-
- 550803.
- 7.2
- • SJ MDFS Fileserver and 20Mb hard drive. SJ tape streamer and several
- 35Mb tapes. Manufacturers support can be transferred. Will sell
- separately. Any reasonable offer. Phone 0225-444089.
- 7.2
- • Wanted, A-Link for Psion 3. Phone Derby 0332-557751.
- 7.2
- • Wanted, Z88, Z88 bits, broken Z88. I will buy any broken or damaged
- Z88 computers for student project. Cracked cases, quirky keyboards, dim
- displays, mauled manuals, power supplies that don’t, anything! phone me
- with offers. Contact Bob Ames 071-477-8275 days, 0487-814227 eves,
- weekends.
- 7.2
- • Z88 computer with 512K RAM expansion, PC-link ROM, serial cable, mains
- adaptor, manual, carrying case and original box. £180 o.n.o. Phone 0602-
- 723379.
- 7.2
- • Z88 with 128Mb RAM pack, mains unit, serial link to Archimedes,
- parallel link to printer and manual. £100 o.n.o. Phone evenings Germany
- 010-49-521-624723, daytime 521-681-440, Mr Gallie.
- 7.2
- • Zoom Modem − V21,V22,V22bis, with fax send facility £45 o.n.o. Phone
- Mike Roscoe on 081-579-0607
- 7.2
- Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
- charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
- if the items are still available. Thank you.
- 7.2
- A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, A3020 Welcome Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2,
- Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15, Archimedes First Steps book £4,
- Atelier £15, Battle Chess £18, BBC Basic Guide £6, Desktop companion
- book £4, Desktop Folio £8, Acorn DTP £8, DR DOS 5.0 guide £8, First Word
- Plus 2 guide book £4, Fun school £4, Genesis Plus guide book £5,
- Interword £5, Landmarks Civil War £12, Landmarks Civil War £12, Premier
- 3 text processor £15, Quest for Gold £4, RISC OS 3 User and
- Applications Guide £10, RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User
- Guide £5, Sigma Sheet £4, Pacmania £5, Yes Chancellor II £12.
- 7.2
- (If you have unwanted Archimedes software or hardware, please send it to
- the Archive office. If you have larger items where post would be
- expensive, just send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can
- get hold of them.) A
- 7.2
- Using RISC OS 3.1
- 7.2
- Hugh Eagle
- 7.2
- Conversion of programs to RISC OS 3
- 7.2
- Ian Jeffray has offered to get (almost) any software running under
- RISC OS 3. (Presumably the offer only extends to Archimedes, and
- possibly BBC, programs.) He says that “with a little bit of ARM and some
- patience, almost all programs can work under RISC OS 3. Indeed, I have
- not found a single program from my large collection that does not now
- work with RISC OS 3.” For legal reasons, he will only accept original
- discs to work on. His address is Field House, Sessay, Thirsk, N.
- Yorkshire, YO7 3BE.
- 7.2
- RFS software for ROM/RAM podule
- 7.2
- Peter Prewett asks whether anyone has come up with an upgrade to the
- software for operating the Computer Concepts ROM/RAM podule.
- 7.2
- RISC OS 4 Wish List (Continued)
- 7.2
- The following are from Chris Walker:
- 7.2
- • Common templates available to all – Templates for standard items such
- as Save boxes could be stored in one file in ResourceFS, and made
- available to all applications. This would reduce the time spent writing
- programs, as Save boxes would not have to be designed; it would reduce
- the space necessary for template files, by avoiding unnecessary
- duplication; and it would ensure consistency for all programs that used
- it. An Info window is another possibility, as it would be possible for
- the program merely to write to the relevant icons. After all, I notice a
- ‘Global’ directory in Resources:$.Resources, in which there is a
- Messages file. Messages could also be just one large file with similar
- benefits, although it might take longer for the application to find the
- message if it was one long file.
- 7.2
- • Pointer definitions – More standard pointer definition files could be
- incorporated in ROM with a CMOS bit to indicate which one is default. A
- Vax has several pointer definitions offered at Boot time from which the
- user selects one as default.
- 7.2
- • More attractive appearance – Icons could be made more attractive and
- also be larger. (Look at some of the sprites in Windows − awful program,
- but nice sprites, e.g. the Corel Draw sprite.
- 7.2
- • Backdrop sprites – The freed space which was used in ROM for template
- files could be used for tiles in backdrops. They could
- also have a CMOS bit to indicate which one is default.
- 7.2
- • Fonts – More outline fonts in ROM.
- 7.2
- • Printer manager – Make !Printers truly multi-tasking with proper
- background printing. In Windows, the time sharing is user-configurable
- for some applications. If nothing else, then this should be done in OS4.
- Also, if the print data is a file, give the option to delete the print
- file after printing.
- 7.2
- • !Edit – Improve !Edit: it needs to be quicker. Look at DeskEdit and
- StrongEd for ideas.
- 7.2
- • Floppy discs on iconbar – Show mounted floppy discs on the iconbar.
- Dismount by clicking adjust on them. When the disc icon is shown but no
- filer window open, click select on the disc icon to open the window.
- (Chris sent in a version of the Filer modified by Neil Walker;
- unfortunately we cannot include this on the program disc because it is
- based on a program from Archimedes World: August 1991.)
- 7.2
- • Multi-tasking BBC emulator – A multi-tasking BBC Emulator would be
- nice. If it can be done with the PC Emulator, why not the Beeb?
- 7.2
- • !Paint – Make deletion of multiple sprites in !Paint easier. A
- 7.2
- Full Phase
- 7.2
- George Barnett
- 7.2
- Northwest SEMERC has launched Full Phase for the Archimedes, a talking
- word processing package, designed to provide further support for
- literacy in children from 4 years upwards. It is very reasonably priced
- at £28 +VAT +p&p.
- 7.2
- Phases, the precursor of Full Phase, is a simple DTP program enjoyed by
- both primary and secondary pupils and, in fact, I have seen teachers use
- it to produce A4 leaflets for use in the classroom, albeit rather
- amateurish productions. Draw and Paint files can be dragged into the
- Phases screen, resized and positioned. Text can then be added in a
- variety of fonts and sizes supplied in the program. There is also a
- support disc containing a selection of pictures of interest to children
- and, for those with video digitisers and hand scanners, personal
- pictures can be produced and used where necessary. I have found it a
- useful exercise to have pupils use two of the support disc pictures and
- then, using !Draw or !Paint, execute a personal design. An appropriate
- story can then be written which will flow round the three pictures.
- 7.2
- The 73 page ring-bound manual is perfectly adequate, separated into two
- parts, one for new users and the other for those with Phases experience.
- 7.2
- Full Phase, the latest version, combines graphics and text with a
- digitised speech facility which can be turned on or off. Letters and
- words can be spoken as they are typed and full sentences can be read out
- aloud again and again. Commands, such as changing letter size, font or
- text alignment, can also be spoken as they are typed.
- 7.2
- In the handout commenting on Full Phase, SEMERC’s Director, Martin
- Littler said “Recent research has shown the value of talking word
- processors to children with dyslexia.” I quite agree − talking computers
- for educational use are very valuable and serious aids to the partially
- sighted as well as those with dyslexia. I feel, however, that unless
- your normal tongue is ‘Dalek speak’, some other voice program could have
- been used, thereby preventing the initial giggling which occurs when
- pupils first hear the voice.
- 7.2
- The organisations which care for the blind and partially-sighted supply
- those in their care with talking computers, talking calculators, talking
- clocks, etc and all those which I have heard have had serious, cultured
- voices (mostly American) not the robotic voice supplied by Superior
- Software.
- 7.2
- The default speech can be altered somewhat and although the default
- cannot be changed as such, the alterations can be saved if required.
- 7.2
- There are five different fonts with six different sizes. Personally, I
- would have preferred to see the Ghost font changed to Fancy dress, but
- children seem to enjoy this font so perhaps I am wrong. Care has been
- taken to make some of the operations rather complicated to prevent
- accidental deletion and this is considered a good point.
- 7.2
- There is a wordbank where, by the use of a mouse, words can be imported
- into the text. An Overlay Keyboard can be used and a ‘CLOZE’ exercise
- facility is available. For those new to ‘CLOZE’, it is an exercise
- whereby children add letters where blanks are left in printed words.
- 7.2
- Printing is easy. Simply press <Print> or, for more control, use the
- main menu print box.
- 7.2
- Overall, I consider this to be a cheap and useful literacy package but
- with the reservations mentioned above on the ‘Speech’. A
- 7.2
- Debugging ARM Code
- 7.2
- James Riden
- 7.2
- This article is intended to provide someone who can already write some
- ARM code with a few guidelines on debugging. I have outlined some common
- mistakes and explained some error messages.
- 7.2
- Explanation of terms
- 7.2
- First of all, let me give an explanation of a few common terms that are
- likely to be used regularly.
- 7.2
- PC − The program counter, which points to the instruction being
- executed. It is stored in the low 26 bits of R15 (because all
- instructions are on a multiple of four bytes, the bottom two bits are
- used for flags).
- 7.2
- Pipelining − The ARM takes one clock cycle to fetch an instruction, one
- to decode it and one to execute it. To speed things up, the three
- processes are performed at the same time on different memory locations.
- The instruction pointed to by the PC is being fetched, the instruction
- pointed to by the PC−4 is being decoded and the instruction pointed to
- by the PC−8 is being executed, all at the same time.
- 7.2
- Crash, hang-up, etc. − The computer stops functioning until a reset is
- performed. This may be accompanied by corruption of the screen, spurious
- noise and locking of the pointer.
- 7.2
- MEMC − The chip that interfaces the RAM to the CPU. Amongst other things
- it converts logical addresses to physical addresses.
- 7.2
- Physical memory − The RAM chips themselves. The MEMC can address up to
- 4Mb of RAM.
- 7.2
- Logical memory − The computer arranges the physical memory into pages
- and allocates a number of these to the RMA, the screen memory and to
- application workspace. For instance, the application workspace is at
- &8000 but the RMA starts at &1800000. If there were RAM allocated all
- the way in between these values you would have a 16Mb computer.
- 7.2
- Link − When a BL instruction is executed, R14, otherwise known as link,
- is set up to point to the instruction after the BL. You can return from
- the subroutine by using MOV PC,R14.
- 7.2
- Fault finding
- 7.2
- In my experience, by far the most common faults are due to careless
- mistakes rather than fundamental misunderstanding. For example, I often
- copy instructions from other parts in the program and forget to change
- the instruction appropriately.
- 7.2
- I might copy STMFD R13!,{r0-r12 ,R14} and alter it to LDMFD R13!,{r0-r12
- ,R14} and place it at the beginning and end of a subroutine. Of course,
- the subroutine will not return because I haven’t changed the R14 in the
- LDMFD to PC. Failing to do this causes the program to plough on through
- the memory following the subroutines until it comes across an illegal
- instruction.
- 7.2
- To check a particular routine or compare instruction, you can use SWI
- OS_WriteI. The number of the call is 256 plus the ASCII code of the
- character, for instance SWI &121 will print an exclamation mark. If you
- are not sure whether one routine is being executed you can place this
- SWI in it. You can also use it with a condition to determine the outcome
- of a CMP instruction. If, for some reason, your program suppresses text
- then you can use SWI &107 to generate a beep.
- 7.2
- Compilation errors
- 7.2
- Bad immediate constant means that the value you are trying to use cannot
- be encoded by the computer. Most instructions have 12 bits free for an
- immediate value and these are divided up into 8 bits for the mantissa
- and 4 for the exponent. For those unaware of such things, it’s worked
- out as:
- 7.2
- value = mantissa * 2^exponent
- 7.2
- Considering the value as standard form in binary, if you can’t express
- it in 8 bits, you can’t do it. For example MOV R0,#&F0000 (%1111*2^16)
- works as does MOV R0,#&102 (%10000001 *2^1) but MOV R0,#&1234 does not.
- To get round this, you can MOV a register to &34 and then add &1200 to
- it to give &1234.
- 7.2
- Bad address offset is similar but affects ADR, LDR and STR instructions.
- When using the form LDR,labelname, labelname must be less than 2048
- bytes away from the PC at that point. A signed 12 bit number is used to
- encode this which allows −2048 to +2047 to be stored. Remember that if
- you use a register instead of a label, this does not apply.
- 7.2
- Fatal errors
- 7.2
- These can be perplexing to beginners because the error message is
- somewhat cryptic. However, they are often quite easy to work with when
- you have a little more information.
- 7.2
- Address exception means that the PC has been assigned a value (not
- necessarily with a branch) outside the logical memory of the computer.
- It can be caused by link being corrupted during a subroutine.
- 7.2
- Abort on data transfer usually means that you have tried to load or save
- a register outside the logical memory. Corruption of the pointer, or a
- bug in a routine to calculate a pointer, can cause this. This error
- frequently occurs when plotting directly onto screen memory if part of
- the sprite goes off screen.
- 7.2
- Undefined instruction means that the ARM processor has attempted to
- execute an instruction which currently does not exist. This means that
- the PC is either in some area of your data or is outside your program.
- *Showregs will give the value of R15 at the point the error occurred. To
- take account of pipelining, subtract 8 bytes from the value shown.
- 7.2
- Branch through zero means that the computer has come across an
- instruction telling it to branch to location zero of the RAM. Location 0
- contains an instruction to branch to the routine that resets the
- computer. This is inaccessible in user mode.
- 7.2
- Debugging method
- 7.2
- The best way to do this is divide the program up by using breakpoints
- and then check each bit for errors. For example, does the subroutine
- return the correct values? If it does, go on to the next bit in the
- execution sequence. If it doesn’t then why not? Check the parameters
- that are passed to it and the data that it uses. Remember to look at the
- obvious first.
- 7.2
- The debugger
- 7.2
- *ShowRegs will list the contents of the registers at the time of a fatal
- error. It also shows the flags which affect conditional instructions.
- 7.2
- *BreakSet will set a breakpoint (surprise!) at the specified address.
- This means that the instruction will be replaced with a branch to the
- Debugger module. The Debug* prompt will then be given and you can check
- on your code.
- 7.2
- *BreakClear will remove all breakpoints. The branch instruction will be
- replaced by the original contents of the memory location.
- 7.2
- Other commands can be found by typing *Help Debugger and then *Help
- <command name>
- 7.2
- Quick check list
- 7.2
- • Are you returning from subroutines correctly?
- 7.2
- • Check all MOVs and LDM/LDRs which will affect the PC.
- 7.2
- • Have you stored the correct value on the stack?
- 7.2
- • If you have copied parts of the code,
- 7.2
- • Have you changed any label names and branches to these labels?
- 7.2
- • Have you altered register numbers and instructions as appropriate?
- 7.2
- • Have any registers been corrupted that are needed in other parts of
- the program?
- 7.2
- • Have you DIMmed enough space for the code?
- 7.2
- I hope some of the above information helps someone out there who is just
- getting started in ARM code. Remember, if you can’t get it to work, it’s
- better to start on something else and return to the faulty code after a
- day or two.
- 7.2
- If you have comments, ideas or questions, drop a line to me at the
- Archive office. A
- 7.2
- PipeLineZ
- 7.2
- Gerald Fitton
- 7.2
- It must have been the holiday which reduced the correspondence I
- received in early August − there’s certainly been a lot of it these last
- four weeks. I think that all but a small handful of your letters have
- been answered and everyone asking for help should have received a reply
- by now.
- 7.2
- Portability
- 7.2
- Last month I wrote about portability − running software with the same
- user interface on other ‘platforms’. What’s happened since then?
- 7.2
- Firstly I’ve received a lot of comment from you about the relative
- merits of PC Windows and the Archimedes Desktop with most of you coming
- down in favour of the Archimedes. However, some of my correspondents
- remark somewhat wistfully that, at work, they have PC Windows and would
- like a version of PipeDream 4 that runs under PC Windows. Honestly, I
- don’t think that that will happen.
- 7.2
- Secondly, I’ve received copies of two official press releases from
- Colton Software. The second press release includes “an ambitious program
- of new product development” and “New staff are being taken on to expand
- ..... the programming team...” Perhaps more interestingly (in the
- context of portability) is a remark from the first press release that
- “Colton (Software) has created a new range of software designed to
- exploit the best features of the new generation of windowed operating
- systems, including RISC OS 3”.
- 7.2
- I found the phrase “including RISC OS 3” intriguing because it implies
- to me that RISC OS 3 was not the only ‘windowed’ operating system that
- Colton Software (and their new staff) are working on. Mark Colton, the
- founder of Colton Software, has personally written programs for many
- platforms including the old BBC B, the Z88 and the MS DOS PC and he has
- proved that he is well acquainted with the concept of portability. As I
- said last month, one of the most interesting features of PipeDream 2 was
- that it presented the same user interface on three very different
- platforms, the Z88, the PC and the Archimedes! This allowed users with
- an Archimedes at home, a PC at work and a Z88 on the train (or on
- holiday) to work on their personal applications ‘anywhere’ and copy data
- files from one environment to another with impunity. Let me repeat, the
- user interface on the PC and on the Archimedes was identical and, on the
- Z88, it was only the size of the monochrome lcd screen which was
- different.
- 7.2
- I must be careful not to repeat information which I have been privileged
- to receive ‘off the record’ but let me say that my interpretation of the
- combination of these two press releases is that the new Fireworkz
- package will be ported to at least PC Windows. The only other popular
- windows environment that I know of is one with which Paul Beverley is
- well acquainted − the Apple Mac! I am pretty sure that those of you who
- want portability will find that PC Fireworkz (if it is produced and if
- that is to be its name) and RISC OS Fireworkz will have identical user
- interfaces. Add to that the fact that RISC OS 3 treats PC format discs
- as if they were native ADFS discs and you will see that, if you have
- both PC Fireworkz and RISC OS Fireworkz, you will not only have the same
- user interface but you can use the identical (PC format) floppy disc on
- both machines. Like Stork and butter (in the old and not the new advert)
- let’s hope you’ll find it hard to tell the difference!
- 7.2
- The next question is “When will PC Fireworkz be launched?” I think that
- the BETT Show in January 1994 might be a bit early but I wouldn’t be
- surprised if a ‘preview’ version was being demonstrated there. I think
- that it’s more likely to be six to nine months before we see much more
- than a ‘preview’.
- 7.2
- Another question which will be entering your mind is whether, as a
- purchaser of RISC OS Fireworkz you’ll get a discount on the PC version!
- I’d like to know the answer to that one too but I will say that Mark
- Colton, in his correspondence with me, keeps referring to users of
- Colton Software’s “family of software” in a way which leads me to
- believe that, if you have RISC OS Fireworkz you’ll be offered the PC
- version at a discount during the two months after its launch.
- 7.2
- What I’d like to know from you is how many of you would be interested in
- a PC Fireworkz so, if you have ideas on this then please write to me at
- the Abacus Training address on the inside back cover of this magazine.
- 7.2
- Fireworkz availability
- 7.2
- In the first of the two press releases I received it says “Fireworkz
- will be available at the Acorn World Show ..... priced at £169 + VAT”.
- It looks to me as if that is the date they are working towards for its
- launch. If you have registered your purchase of both Wordz and Resultz
- then the press release implies that you will receive Fireworkz without
- asking for it! In any case, I am assured that registered (“family”?)
- users of both Wordz and Resultz will get Fireworkz free of charge. If
- you have both Resultz and Wordz but have not registered with Colton
- Software, I suggest that you do so right away. Although, when you read
- this, version 1.04 of Wordz will have been available for quite a while,
- it hardly seems worth while upgrading to V 1.04 when Fireworkz is so
- near. Nevertheless, for the record, and for those of you with Wordz and
- not Resultz, the upgrade to V 1.04 is free of charge.
- 7.2
- Acorn World 93
- 7.2
- As usual, Colton Software have invited Jill and me to appear as ‘guests’
- on their stand (46/47). We are delighted to do so and, this year, we’ll
- be there for all three days of the Show. If you want to see what we look
- like then Acorn World 93 is your opportunity. We have found (nearly!)
- all of you interesting to chat to and you have some wonderful tales to
- tell.
- 7.2
- Rich Text Format
- 7.2
- In answer to a common question, Fireworkz will load and save files in
- PipeDream, ASCII, CSV, WK1 (Lotus 1-2-3) and RTF format. I have little
- knowledge of Rich Text Format so, if there’s anyone who does know and
- who would like to be famous (by having their name mentioned), please
- drop me a line or two of enlightenment.
- 7.2
- My mistake
- 7.2
- Last month I said that I didn’t know how to get legends into Resultz
- charts. By the way, a ‘legend’ is the name of the variable such as the
- “Yesterday” and “Today” from last month’s article. I suppose the old
- adage “When all else fails read the instruction manual”, which I quote
- so often to others, applied to me!
- 7.2
- David Crossley (amongst others) has written to me and explained how to
- do it. The legend for the column takes its name from the text at the top
- of each column so that, by including an extra row containing the
- headings at the top in the marked block from which you made your chart,
- the headings become the legends! The title for the chart and the units
- are text in slots (put the picture to the back or make the background
- transparent). The overall result is shown in the screenshot below.
- 7.2
- David praises the ease with which he can create charts in Resultz. He
- goes on to say, “Charts in PipeDream were not this simple to set up and
- I never got around to sorting out how to use them properly. With
- Resultz, I had set up six charts as I wanted them within as many
- minutes”. David completes this paragraph with “Reading the manuals
- before starting saves a great deal of time”!
- 7.2
- Selecting a maximum or minimum
- 7.2
- It was Denis Murray-Smith who first put this problem to me in the
- context of finding the best shop in which to buy a particular item when
- you know the prices of the items in each of many shops. However, the
- problem is of wider significance. For example, you may wish to find out
- which of many subjects are best for each pupil and then find out which
- subject is best received!
- 7.2
- The screenshot below shows a simple spreadsheet which I’ve called
- [Shopping]. The names of the products appear in column A as Alpha, Beta,
- Gamma and Delta. The names of the shops appear in row 6 as Shop 1,
- Shop 2, Shop 3 and Shop 4. Of course, you could have many more items and
- a much greater choice of shops.
- 7.2
- The price of each of the four items in each of the four shops appears in
- the range of slots B8E11. The formula in slot F8 is min(B8E8), and it
- returns the lowest price in row B.
- 7.2
- The slot G8 contains the formula lookup(F8, B8E8,B$6E$6). In
- PipeDream 4, the arguments of the lookup(,,) formula are: F8 − the key
- field containing the minimum price, B8E8 − the range in which you hope
- to find F8 (the minimum price), B$6E$6 − the range which contains the
- value to be returned. Note the $ characters in this last range; these
- ensue that, as you replicate the formula from G8 down through the column
- G, the final argument of the lookup(,,) function does not change. For
- example, in the slot G11 you will find lookup(F11,B8B11,B$6E$6).
- 7.2
- The formulae in F8 and G8 have been replicated down the two columns
- using one of the following techniques. Place the cursor in F8 and
- execute <Ctrl-Z> to mark slot F8. Place the cursor in G11 and execute
- <Ctrl-Z> so that the ‘block’ F8G11 is marked. Alternatively drag from F8
- to G11 to mark F8G11. Execute <Ctrl-BRD> to replicate the formula down
- through the marked block. You can extend the formulae down as many rows
- as you wish.
- 7.2
- In Resultz
- 7.2
- When I ported the file [Shopping] to Resultz, I found a small problem.
- If you have a look at the screenshot below, you’ll see how I solved it.
- 7.2
- I found that I had to modify the formula in G8 so that the horizontal
- arrays b8e8 and b6c6 were seen by lookup(,,) as vertical arrays.
- Transpose does just that! Am I making a mistake? Can it be done more
- simply? I’m sure that you’ll let me know.
- 7.2
- Text in Resultz
- 7.2
- If you find that some of your largest worksheets appear to ‘hang up’
- when you change the layout near the bottom of the sheet, the chances are
- that you haven’t selected a suitable template as your starting point. It
- hasn’t really ‘hung up’ but it is just reformatting every page and, when
- you’re at the bottom of the sheet, you have to wait for all the work to
- be done before you regain control of your computer!
- 7.2
- Perhaps the most likely cause of the ‘delay’ is that you have some text
- slots and these have been selected to have the ‘Fixed height’ disabled
- as in the screenshot above.
- 7.2
- What you should do is redefine your Text style so that the ‘Fixed
- height’ is fixed by the Base Style style. In your Resultz templates, you
- will almost certainly find that the Base Style style fixes the height of
- the slots.
- 7.2
- If you need to allow some slots to be of different height in order to
- allow multi-line text, you can do this either one row at a time or in
- large blocks by loading an Overlay Template containing a Variable Height
- style which is applied where required. The speed of reformatting (near
- the end of a worksheet) depends upon the number of rows in which the
- height is not fixed.
- 7.2
- Finally
- 7.2
- If you wish to write to me or if you want a Resultz or Wordz demo disc
- (£2.00 EC − £2.50 Non-EC), then my address is that of Abacus Training
- given on the inside back cover of Archive. A
- 7.2
- Scanlight Video 256
- 7.2
- Francis Aries
- 7.2
- Following on from last month’s article, “Digitising Printed Text and
- Pictures” (Archive 7.1 p57), in which I compared a Scanlight 256, a Wild
- Vision Greyhawk digitiser and an HCCS HiVision digitiser, I have now
- purchased the CC Scanlight Video 256. This, in effect, combines the
- Scanlight 256 and the Greyhawk on one expansion card with dedicated
- connection socket for the scanner and a BNC socket to accept a lead from
- the video image source.
- 7.2
- In use as a scanner, it is operated exactly as for the Scanlight 256
- requiring only the !Scanner software on the iconbar.
- 7.2
- To use it as a vision digitiser with a video source connected, the
- software !TakeOne must also be on the iconbar and clicking on this gives
- a real time moving image on the screen of the source. ‘TakeOne’ can be
- set to show either the full frame video image or about 60% (or so) near
- the centre of the full frame. As for Greyhawk, the Scanner dialogue box
- must be on the screen in order to grab and process an image. The
- dialogue box offers three choices and (although not advised by the
- manual) these may be chosen irrespective of the ‘!TakeOne’ setting:
- 7.2
- Selection Resolution Size
- Notes
- 7.2
- FullFrame 768 × 288 216Kb
- Grabs whole of video frame
- 7.2
- Cropped 512 × 256 128Kb
- Grabs centre 60% of frame
- 7.2
- Interlaced 512 × 512 256Kb
- Grabs centre 60% of frame at
- higher resolution
- 7.2
- Clicking on OK grabs the current frame of the image as an Original and
- this can then be processed by the !Scanner software.
- 7.2
- Although the facility is there to display and grab the cropped image, I
- find it better always to select and grab the full frame to form the
- Original image in the !Scanner software. I can then make my own
- selection out of the frame using the Select area and Crop facility and
- then process my selection as I wish.
- 7.2
- If you possess the video source, I would feel it well worth while paying
- the little extra for the Scanlight Video 256 to include the Video
- facility if you are planning to buy a hand held scanner. You also save
- yourself a podule slot.
- 7.2
- Scanlight Video 256 costs £220 + VAT + carriage from Computer Concepts
- or £245 through Archive. A
- 7.2
- Mapmaking
- 7.2
- Colin Singleton
- 7.2
- The subject of mapmaking has attracted some interest recently among
- Archive readers. I was particularly pleased when Cain Hunt explained how
- to produce a street map using Draw (Archive 7.1 p32). The technique is
- so simple, but I hadn’t thought of it. Briefly, having drawn the road
- network using thin lines, he groups all the roads together, selects Grid
- Lock − very important − and makes a displaced copy using <ctrl-C>. He
- then changes the Style of the original to, say, 6pt line width, black,
- and the copy to 5pt width, white, then moves the copy back on top of the
- original, where it snaps into place − brilliant!
- 7.2
- Cain’s extended procedure for producing roads of different widths on the
- same map seems excessively laborious. You do not need to produce a
- completely separate copy, nor do you need to ungroup all the roads.
- Instead of collecting all the roads into one big group, collect them
- into two or more groups, one for each road width. Then apply the copy-
- and-overlay procedure for each group in turn. All the black lines will
- be at the back, with all the white lines in front, so the junctions will
- be drawn correctly.
- 7.2
- When I read Cain’s hint, I had already drawn a map of my locality, using
- Draw, with the roads represented by broad grey lines. It looked rather
- uninspiring and so Cain’s technique was just what I needed! I have now
- completed my map of Bradway (a suburb of Sheffield), as you can see
- opposite overleaf.
- 7.2
- The map appears here at reduced scale, and the names of the minor roads
- are a little difficult to read. Printed at 100%, the outer frame is
- 200×180 mm which fits neatly on an A4 sheet, landscape. The text is
- still small but is quite readable, and the effect looks very
- professional − neater than the published map from which most of the
- details were copied! Some comments on the production method may be of
- interest to anyone contemplating printing their own neighbourhood map.
- 7.2
- Certain features appear ‘naturally’ using Draw, with little effort. At a
- road junction, the white line down the middle of the side road extends
- to the middle of the main road, obliterating its ‘kerb’ (assuming that
- the original thin lines met at a point), so the junction is drawn
- correctly, whatever the widths of the roads. The arrowheads which I have
- used for roads which go off the map are equally easy. Just ensure that
- the original lines representing the roads have triangular end-caps,
- where appropriate. I have used ×¾ width and ×2 height. The road-drawing
- procedure will then produce the results shown.
- 7.2
- The road goes over the railway and the river. This is no problem − just
- ensure that the layers in the drawing are stacked in the right order.
- They can be juggled from back to front afterwards if necessary. The
- river also goes under the space between the road and the station (the
- station car park), without appearing on the surface. This requires a
- white patch, placed in front of the river, but behind all the other
- details. The river, of course, is drawn same way as the roads, from a
- suitably curved thin line.
- 7.2
- The footpaths and railway tunnels are drawn using the Line Pattern
- feature to produce dotted lines. This reveals an odd quirk of Draw. If
- you specify a triangular end-cap on a dotted line, Draw produces an
- arrow-head on each of the short line-segments! Hence my arrow-heads were
- drawn separately, on short solid lines.
- 7.2
- The grid lines were drawn first, and used to position the roads
- correctly. Hence Draw keeps them at the back, behind the roads and other
- details. Published maps usually have the grid lines printed over the
- details − if that is how you want them, they can easily be brought to
- the front. I prefer them as they are.
- 7.2
- The difficult part of the exercise is the positioning of the road names
- down the middle of the roads. Mine are printed using Homerton font,
- regular style. This is one application where block capitals look better
- than lower case, largely because all the characters are the same height,
- and fit neatly between the parallel lines. I have used four different
- road-widths on this map, and chosen the widths after several
- experiments. The one ‘A’ road is 10pt white on 12pt black, the ‘B’ road
- is 8¼ on 9½, and the others are 6¾ on 7½ and 5½ on 6. For the names, the
- font heights are 8½, 7½, 6 and 5 pts respectively.
- 7.2
- Mathematically, I have used a formula whereby if the widths of the black
- and white lines are p and q pts, and the height of the text is r pts,
- the ratios p/q and q/r are each 2p/48. The overall widths (p) of the
- various roads have been chosen so that the widest is twice the width of
- the narrowest, and the ratio of successive values of p is 3Ú 2.
- 7.2
- I chose the road widths to be as narrow as possible, consistent with
- being able to read the names fairly easily. If most of the map area is
- covered by road, the actual layout is difficult to appreciate − a
- frequent problem with published town plans. My map certainly does not
- suffer from this problem, but the smallest text I have used is the
- smallest which is easily readable. As the above copy shows, it is just,
- but only just, practical to print it at reduced scale. The map scale of
- the full-sized print, incidentally, is 10cm = 1km, or 1:10000 (about 61/
- …3“ to a mile).
- 7.2
- For a straight road, positioning the text is no problem. The complete
- name can be entered into Draw in one line, and then rotated through the
- necessary angle. If you are using LaserDirect, the text must be
- converted to path in order to print correctly, if for no other reason.
- If the text has to fit around a curve, the process is more tedious. The
- name must be converted to path, then ungrouped into individual
- characters. Each character must then be individually rotated and
- positioned. If the shape of the road permits, keep several consecutive
- letters − complete words if possible − grouped together in straight
- lines. Not only does this create less work, but it is easier to get a
- neat result.
- 7.2
- Talking of neat results − if you are fussy about precision, and if you
- have a number of small, tightly curved roads, you may find, as I did,
- that the ×8 maximum zoom offered by Draw is not really enough. There is
- a way round this. Set up Draw with an A2 sheet instead of A4, and draw
- everything double-size. A 5pt on 6pt road should be drawn as 10pt on
- 12pt. The 5pt text should be entered as 10pt. There is now no problem
- manipulating even the smallest items − except perhaps that, with maximum
- zoom, only a very small part of the map will be on the screen at one
- time. Keep your master copy on file at this size, for subsequent
- amendments.
- 7.2
- When you want to print the map on A4 paper, everything should be
- collected into one group, which should then be magnified by ½. The
- resulting drawing should be positioned within the bottom left hand
- quarter of the A2 sheet, in order to print on A4. Assuming you have the
- right printer driver installed, Draw will, on request, show the outline
- of the area which will actually be printed. It may be convenient to save
- a copy of the map at the smaller scale for printing. A
- 7.2
- PD Column
- 7.2
- David Holden
- 7.2
- Shareware clipart
- 7.2
- I have recently been sent a few discs of Shareware clipart. This type of
- material is common on the PC and Mac but is a fairly new development for
- the Archimedes. Normally the ‘distributable’ disc is full, or nearly so,
- and upon registration the user receives more. This would seem a healthy
- area into which Shareware could expand. There is quite a lot of PD
- clipart and a moderate amount of commercial material but clipart is one
- area where it is difficult to know what you need until you have it. This
- makes purchasers reluctant to buy without seeing what they are getting
- first so it is the perfect scenario for Shareware. It is also impossible
- to employ any sort of software protection and this feeds upon the
- protection paranoia of most software producers and discourages them from
- entering this field.
- 7.2
- Hopefully, the people producing this will profit from it and be
- encouraged to produce more to the benefit of all users. So far I haven’t
- seen any Shareware fonts but it would appear that there is plenty of
- scope here too.
- 7.2
- ‘Free’ PD
- 7.2
- There is a general consensus that it is ‘wrong’ to use PD programs for
- commercial gain. Most authors attach some sort of conditions of use to
- their program and, as I have explained before, this actually establishes
- their copyright and authority and negates any other statement to the
- effect that the program is Public Domain. In general, such conditions
- stipulate that the program may be freely used and distributed provided
- that this is not done for profit. It is understood that libraries will
- charge a ‘reasonable’ fee for this distribution and this is normally
- permitted.
- 7.2
- However, there is a special type of PD which I have encountered from
- time to time where the author insists that the program must not be
- distributed by any source which makes any charge whatsoever for
- distribution. They normally have no objection to their programs
- appearing on BBS’s. This means that the average Archimedes user is
- unable to obtain access to these programs or is obliged to pay
- considerably more to BT to obtain them (assuming, of course, that he/she
- has a modem) than they would otherwise have to pay to a PD library. It
- would seem that these authors have no objection to BT (who have
- absolutely no interest in the Archimedes) profiting from their work but
- they object to a PD library making a sensible charge to cover its
- running costs.
- 7.2
- Most of these programs seem to originate in academic institutions and
- are circulated via educational networks. These are certainly not ‘free’
- but are simply paid for from public funds rather than directly by the
- users.
- 7.2
- I once had a telephone discussion on this subject with a teacher who had
- written a program that I wished to include in the APDL catalogue. At
- first, he insisted that he did not want his work to be distributed by
- anyone making a charge, no matter how small. I was, of course, quite
- prepared to abide by his wishes but then I raised some minor point about
- the program. He said that he would look into it when he returned to
- college because he didn’t have an Archimedes at home. It transpired that
- the program in question had been written using the college’s facilities
- and during his ‘working’ hours. I pointed out that this meant he didn’t
- actually own the copyright but, following usual practice, it belonged to
- his employer. Furthermore, as he was employed, indirectly, by the state
- and I was a taxpayer, that appeared to make me his employer and, as
- such, I was already part owner of the copyright.
- 7.2
- Luckily, he saw the funny side of the situation. That program, and
- others he has written since, are now included in the APDL catalogue.
- 7.2
- Profit?
- 7.2
- It doesn’t take much mathematical ability to calculate that PD libraries
- make a profit on the price of each disc. To those who have never
- attempted to run a business, it would appear that the profit is simply
- the selling price of a disc less the cost of a blank disc + a jiffy bag
- + postage. In fact, there are lots of other ‘overhead’ costs and this
- means that the true cost of supplying a single disc is probably closer
- to £1.
- 7.2
- Even after adding overheads, most libraries do still make a profit. The
- better ones use most of this for the benefit of PD and Shareware authors
- and Archimedes users in general. But even if they don’t, what is so
- wrong with making a profit? I have often expressed the view that I have
- a personal preference for Shareware, not only because I believe that it
- is a good way of distributing and improving software, but because I
- believe that those who work hard to produce something which is of use to
- others are entitled to the fruits of their labours, i.e. a financial
- return for their efforts. This same logic applies to libraries. If they
- do a good job and provide a service to the public, why shouldn’t they be
- permitted to make a modest profit for all the hard work that goes into
- running them?
- 7.2
- Without good PD libraries, the material produced by PD and Shareware
- authors would not get the wide circulation it deserves. To run a library
- well takes a great deal of time. No matter how much effort is put in, it
- can never be highly profitable in the same way that a PC Shareware
- library can be.
- 7.2
- To those who might think that I am merely trying to justify making a
- ‘profit’ from APDL, I should point out that I have always held these
- views and had often expressed them before I was running a library. As a
- PD and Shareware author and a customer of other libraries, both
- Archimedes and PC, I learned that libraries which charge a reasonable
- fee for their services not only give good service to their customers but
- to authors as well. Most authors realise this and are happy for the
- libraries to make a modest profit. Frankly, in terms of money per hour,
- I can earn twenty times as much writing PC Shareware as I ever could
- either from APDL or writing Archimedes programs but it’s not as much
- fun.
- 7.2
- Special offer
- 7.2
- As Christmas is fast approaching, this month’s special offer is a disc
- of assorted clipart with a Christmas theme. The disc is full of assorted
- items from Santa Claus to holly, secular and religious, modern and
- traditional, suitable for all types of Christmas messages and greetings.
- For a copy, send £1 or four first class stamps to me at 39 Knighton Park
- Road, Sydenham, London SE26 5RN. A
- 7.2
- Education Column
- 7.2
- Solly Ezra & Roger Nelson
- 7.2
- In response to my appeal in the last Education Column, Roger Nelson has
- written a description of the way he uses Genesis and Magpie with his
- pupils.
- 7.2
- What follows is an excellent description of the real business of
- education and the work of an educationalist. As you read through his
- article you will see that Roger has used many programs for his work with
- his pupils. These include: Draw, Snippet, PipeDream and PenDown. This
- leads me to reiterate what I have said before, that no one program can
- ever be described as a complete educational program. Therefore, a
- further word to software developers − compatibility is vital!
- 7.2
- Roger writes: You asked for it, so here is a brief outline of how I use
- Genesis and Magpie. If you want greater detail or to discuss this
- further please do not hesitate to contact me at the above address −
- sometimes it’s easier to talk than write! (If you would like to talk to
- Roger, his phone number is 091-396-6696.)
- 7.2
- Genesis
- 7.2
- I have been using this since version 1 and was attracted to it
- immediately, as it gave me the ability to provide a window environment
- without needing to learn to program. Subsequently, I have started to use
- the script language to help provide certain facilities and carry out
- effects. The package also gave the facility to present information in a
- new way − on a screen not in a text book or on a worksheet. This, it was
- hoped, would prove to be a good way to present information to pupils who
- would otherwise show little interest − and I think it has been
- effective. Is it the power of the ‘box’ or the attraction of the
- computer or not having to listen to the teacher (me!) drone on?
- 7.2
- So far I have developed packages for use with year 7 (1st year of the
- secondary school), year 10 and year 11 to help deliver specific parts of
- each syllabus (e.g. Weather, National Parks and Glaciation). These
- packages have not relied solely on the computer but also on task sheets
- which guide the pupil in the use of the package and provide a series of
- questions to help the pupil determine what information is needed to
- fulfil their needs. To accompany the task sheets are outline maps for
- completion as necessary, as well as references to books which will
- encourage the most able to expand upon what is on the computer screen.
- 7.2
- The tasks are part of the school way of working − resource-based
- learning is used wherever possible. We have a Resources Centre with open
- access for pupils to books, videos and computers. As part of their
- induction to the school at the beginning of year 7, pupils are given a
- task to complete in the Resources Centre researching information from
- reference books and from a Genesis package on the computer. This task is
- delivered through the geography curriculum. It provides pupils with an
- introduction to the use of the Resources centre, an introduction to the
- use of the computers and delivers part of the geography National
- Curriculum.
- 7.2
- One aspect of using Genesis and Magpie which does not always come across
- is the need to be able to use other pieces of software. In order to make
- the presentations in Genesis more effective, I have had to develop the
- use of Draw, Snippet, PipeDream (for graphs), a digitiser and a scanner.
- This inclusion of maps, diagrams and photographs makes the presentations
- much more effective. The one thing I am very wary of is the use of
- copyright material and so I use my own photographs and slides − recorded
- using a video camera and then digitised. Is there anyone out there who
- can clarify the copyright position over the use of scanned and digitised
- material in multimedia presentations? Linked to this use of other
- packages is the amount of time needed to prepare a successful package
- including the planning that goes on beforehand, in my case on many
- pieces of paper. Although it is easy to change links, it is much easier
- if everything is planned.
- 7.2
- Magpie
- 7.2
- When the school was provided with a site licence by the local authority,
- I investigated the use of Magpie for preparing the same type of packages
- as with Genesis. The ease of use, however prompted me to think of
- getting pupils to develop their own packages. I tried this by digitising
- pupil portraits and getting a group to develop a package about
- themselves. This was a simple package with few links to develop but the
- concept still proved demanding for some of the least able pupils. The
- amount of time used and the effort put into the package was high but the
- finished article did not show this and was not very useful.
- 7.2
- Further thought has led me to the latest attempt to use Magpie. This is
- still ongoing but so far has proved much easier to manage and of greater
- educational value for geography and I.T.
- 7.2
- The latest package is a combined effort between myself and pupils! I
- have provided an outline package based on a map of Europe. The map is
- shown on screen and links are provided from each country on the map to a
- blank screen. The pupils’ task was to present information about a
- selected country. The country for each pupil to research was selected by
- me to ensure that there was some challenge for the most able and the
- possibility of achievement for the least able. The guidelines provided
- suggested that the pupils display a map of the country, the flag of the
- country and some textual information about the country. To provide this
- information, the most able pupils created their own map and flag using
- Draw, Flare, Snippet, Revelation or whatever they were used to using.
- 7.2
- They used books to find the textual information and then typed this
- directly into Magpie or produced a text file using PenDown, Edit, etc.
- 7.2
- For the less able pupils, maps, flags and basic text resources were
- provided on disc ready to drag into Magpie and position. The pupils were
- encouraged to produce sufficient for more than one screen about each
- country so they learnt how to create new screens and how to link
- screens. The completed package, when added to and edited by me, was used
- by the pupils to research into European countries. So far, the project
- has progressed well. The pupils have placed their own (or the prepared)
- resources into the outline package.
- 7.2
- The next step is to use the package for research. By providing the
- outline, the pupils have been able to concentrate on collecting and
- producing information rather than on learning how to use the Magpie
- package. What they needed to know they picked up easily when creating
- their information screen. The development of the package has given the
- pupils experiences in I.T. and delivered part of the geography programme
- of study. My problem now is to think of another possible outline package
- for which the pupils can develop resources. Has anybody got any ideas?
- 7.2
- I must mention one other venture using Genesis. With a colleague, a
- package about the events of 1066 is being developed which provides both
- the resources and the questions on screen. A menu screen leads to
- information, diagrams and maps which are accompanied by tasks accessed
- by clicking over a button. This is an attempt to do away with the task
- sheets mentioned above and to provide everything on screen. This package
- is almost complete but still requires the final links making and then
- testing.
- 7.2
- The use of Genesis and Magpie have enabled me to target specific parts
- of a syllabus/scheme of work with a package tailored to what the pupils
- need. Although I will continue to develop this type of package, I have
- come to realise that the use of a multimedia package can help pupils to
- present information in a new way. The production of graphics and text
- require the use of information research and Information Technology
- (computer) skills. The use of the multimedia package requires the pupils
- to organise information in a limited space, i.e. the screen (yes, I do
- realise that you can enlarge the space available and scroll it but I
- don’t wish to complicate matters at present). It is a new way of working
- for many pupils and, as such, is seen as exciting and it obviously has a
- motivating effect. The only problem with using the software is the time
- needed to prepare everything but then everything needs time. A
- 7.2
- Desktop Diaries & Organisers
- 7.2
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.2
- Over the last few months a variety of desktop organisers have appeared
- and, over the next couple, more are due to appear in the Acorn market
- place. In fact, it could almost be said that Acorn themselves started
- the trend, since it was their omission of Agenda from the in-built
- software on the Pocket Book that brought the lack of Acorn organisers to
- the pages of the Acorn press.
- 7.2
- The packages
- 7.2
- This review will mainly concentrate on two packages recently sent to
- Archive for review:
- 7.2
- Event − £24.95 inclusive − ExpLAN
- 7.2
- Almanac − £72.50 inclusive − Stallion Software
- 7.2
- It should be noted, however, that a full comparative review of the two
- pieces of software is not realistic, as the two products have a very
- different aim and market.
- 7.2
- Event is a desktop diary, and little more − hence the lower price. It is
- in fact part of a larger package, Occasion, which should be released for
- the Acorn World show.
- 7.2
- ExpLAN say they do not intend Event to be in direct competition with
- Almanac but Occasion certainly will.
- 7.2
- Occasion was not quite ready at the time of writing, even in demo form,
- but watch this space!
- 7.2
- Pocket Book owners should watch out for Schedule, Acorn’s version of the
- much-praised Agenda in the Psion Series 3. Indeed, it may well offer
- more, as it is being sold as a separate package.
- 7.2
- The potential market
- 7.2
- The big question with desktop organisers and diaries is, why pay a
- significant amount of money for something that could be done with a
- couple of books and a pen?
- 7.2
- It’s a very good question, and one that needs a proper answer. Neither
- Almanac nor Event state clearly their potential markets and presume that
- you will have your own use for the software if you have parted with your
- money.
- 7.2
- The answer is obvious for all those who use portable Acorn machines −
- the A4 or the Pocket Book − you need to be able to access diaries,
- address lists, appointments and the like on the move. A4 users have the
- choice of Almanac, Event and, shortly, Occasion whereas Pocket Book
- owners are limited to Schedule. However, I would suggest that Pocket
- Book users with Acorn machines at home would also find a copy of Event
- useful, as it can read and write Schedule and Agenda files.
- 7.2
- Other uses which are not immediately apparent include quick entry of
- addresses for mail-merging with other packages (not in Event), and
- Almanac also provides links to Computer Concept’s Fax Pack and David
- Pilling’s Arc Fax, so it can be used as a telephone book too.
- 7.2
- It would probably be true to say that computer-based organisers give out
- what you put in − the more you think about the software, the more uses
- you find.
- 7.2
- You should first think how much you use your Acorn machine. If it is
- only used occasionally − once a week or less there is really no need to
- look at such a program. On the other hand, if you use your machine
- almost every day and don’t want to miss any vital appointments, you
- really ought to invest in some form of desktop organiser. It is a pity
- though that neither program has an ‘alert’ or ‘alarm’ option built in to
- remind you of appointments, etc whilst you are using the machine.
- 7.2
- Event
- 7.2
- ExpLAN do not claim Event to be anything other than an attractive
- desktop diary. They felt that Acorn machines had been sadly lacking in
- the diary area, so they took steps to fill the niche. In doing so, they
- have also provided an entry-level version of Occasion which should whet
- the appetite of many a potential customer.
- 7.2
- The software comes on one disc with a fairly thin manual which lacks an
- index (a feature noticeably missing from so much of today’s quality
- software). However, the software requires little in the way of
- instructions as it is intuitive to use and has been sensibly put
- together.
- 7.2
- The presentation of the software is superb and knocks spots off many
- desktop programs. Three dimensional buttons and icons are used
- throughout, even on RISC OS 2 machines. Outline fonts are used to
- display all the text, except for the window title bars. This can be
- forgiven as I know from experience that if you replace the RISC OS 3
- toolsprites with your own, even in accordance with Acorn’s NewLook
- desktop, the whole title bar ends up getting corrupted.
- 7.2
- I expect more software to follow in the footsteps of Event in terms of
- presentation, as it really does set a trend.
- 7.2
- The software can be configured quite substantially, with a large or
- small main window (large displays the previous and next months, plus the
- previous and next years), progress windows can be turned on and off, and
- the method of loading data can be specified. Data can be loaded and
- accessed from memory, or loaded from disc when required, reducing memory
- requirements.
- 7.2
- The program allows you to set up birthdays, anniversaries, reminders,
- appointments and day notes for any day. You can then view them on a
- daily basis, or as a weekly appointment viewer, as blocks which
- correspond to the time and duration of the appointment. My only
- criticism was that it was not possible to add appointments from the
- appointment viewer − they had to be added from the day dairy window.
- 7.2
- There are comprehensive repeat options, including a pattern option which
- allows you to specify your reminders to occur only on certain days. Most
- events can be specified to repeat. You can also search your diary for
- any event, and export as much or as little data as you wish as CSV,
- Occasion, Agenda and Schedule files. Their are also excellent print
- options.
- 7.2
- The standard diary includes a variety of birthdays and anniversaries for
- important historical events and places. For example, I now know that I
- share my birthday with Margaret Thatcher (should I have admitted to
- this?) and Paul Simon and on my birthday in 1943, Italy declared war on
- Germany.
- 7.2
- Finally, as stated earlier, Event is compatible with Agenda and Schedule
- on the Psion Series 3 and Acorn Pocket Book, making it an excellent
- partner program for users of either program.
- 7.2
- Almanac
- 7.2
- Almanac offers considerably more than Event but as it is around three
- times the price, you would expect this. The program attempts to provide
- all the features of a Filofax in one computer program. In fact, it even
- comes as a Filofax with the manual taking the first 68 pages. All you
- have to do is remove these pages and you have your own yuppy Filofax.
- (Will later versions come complete with a red Porsche?!!)
- 7.2
- This does mean that the amount of information contained within the
- manual is relatively small. Compare the size of a filofax page with a
- standard A5 page, and then remember that around 75% of the pages in the
- Almanac manual have illustrations on them. Yet again, there is no index
- and the tutorial was quite hard to follow, particularly as it refers to
- version 1 and Almanac is now on version 2. Perhaps the manual would be
- better if it had been a separate A5 volume and the Filofax included as a
- free gift?
- 7.2
- Anyway, Almanac offers the following functions: Address Book, Company
- Address Book, Anniversary Records, Correspondence Records, Diaries −
- Daily, Weekly, Monthly and Yearly, To Do lists and Sticky Pads for
- linking in external files.
- 7.2
- However, each one of these functions can be linked to any other − even
- to another record of the same type. Thus you could have a name in the
- address book, linked to anniversaries, birthdays and correspondence with
- that person. A picture of the person could also be loaded into a sticky
- pad from outside. As you can imagine, this makes Almanac far more useful
- than it might appear at first glance, and it beats a paper-based
- alternative. Almanac also allows you to password-protect private
- information.
- 7.2
- The software is not particularly intuitive but this is fairly inevitable
- with a product so brimming with features. The emphasis is consistently
- on providing the user with as much versatility as possible so that he
- never feels restricted. Unfortunately, this can result in the novice
- user feeling swamped by so many options.
- 7.2
- For example, take exporting data. The program comes with some export
- formats set up (e.g. labels for Impression) but you may wish to export
- in a slightly different format. Almanac provides you with a complete
- export format definition system. This allows you to include printing
- effects such as bold and italics. You can also set it to ignore blank
- lines (important in addresses!), set the order in which the fields are
- exported and keep fields together (allowing the Forename & Lastname
- fields to be on the same line, for example). There are options for use
- with Impression and even options for setting label height, etc.
- 7.2
- The power of the system is clear but the entire export system is
- controlled from just three complex windows. Fortunately, the version 2
- release notes explain how to use the import and export options fairly
- clearly.
- 7.2
- The most surprising thing about version 2 was that there was less space
- in the address box than in version 1. This was because postcode and
- county boxes had been introduced. In the tutorial file, this field was
- used to include information about a company, not its address, so it was
- very hard to read the text under version 2!
- 7.2
- This brings me to another criticism. The address section is squarely
- aimed at UK addresses, as most foreign countries do not attach
- importance to counties in addresses, nor do they have the postcode as
- the last line of the address as in the UK. Most countries use a ZIP code
- before the town name.
- 7.2
- Appointments and reminders can have many repeat options set, and the
- reminders can be marked urgent and/or completed. Priorities can be set
- up in reminders.
- 7.2
- The correspondence records allow you to keep track of what has been sent
- to whom and when and by what means! You can state what you sent to a
- person, or have received, including a brief description of what that
- concerned, the date and time that the item was sent/received and whether
- it was sent by post, fax, telephone or email.
- 7.2
- Many things are represented by icons in Almanac, and the software comes
- with an extensive icon library to start with. For example, in the
- correspondence window, there is a category icon which can be set to the
- method of sending/receiving the item, or any other icon appropriate to
- the correspondence.
- 7.2
- The address books both allow you to set up two each of telephone
- numbers, fax numbers and email numbers, which can be selected by
- clicking on the appropriate icon.
- 7.2
- Filters can be set up so that only certain events are displayed within
- the program, and these are very flexible. You could, for example, set it
- to only display the birthdays of those people between the ages of 20 and
- 50 whose first name was John!
- 7.2
- The more you explore Almanac, the more you find, and a complete review
- of every feature would fill nearly half an issue of Archive on its own!
- 7.2
- The user interface has been made partially three dimensional in version
- 2, by the use of 3D buttons, but the whole look and feel is still a long
- way behind Event and, hopefully, Occasion. Almanac looks as if it has
- been designed by the programmer, whereas Event looks like the programmer
- has commissioned an artist to design the look of the interface. This is
- the way things should be done.
- 7.2
- Acorn now agree that an attractive interface is an important part of a
- good piece of software, and even employed a special graphic artist to
- design their new RISC OS 3 textured toolsprites.
- 7.2
- It may seem that I have been rather hard on Almanac but I feel that
- potential purchasers need to know exactly what the program does and
- doesn’t do before parting with over £70, especially in view of the
- fairly imminent release of Occasion. Almanac is a super product which is
- very flexible and powerful, provided you accept the limitations on the
- interface and the fact that it is not particularly intuitive. A
- 7.2
- Squish
- 7.2
- Hutch Curry
- 7.2
- Squish, from HoneyPot, is one of those wonderful utilities that you
- didn’t know you needed until you had it − then you wondered how you ever
- managed without it. Squish is a transparent sprite compactor and
- decompactor that allows sprite files to be saved to disc in compacted
- form while still allowing existing applications to use these files
- without additional user intervention.
- 7.2
- Honeypot developed Squish as a utility to assist them in the production
- of their educational software − which uses lots of sprites. They found
- that they were constantly struggling to fit more and more sprites onto
- one disc. Unlike other currently available compressors and archivers,
- Squish was developed in such a way that existing applications would be
- able to use these files directly.
- 7.2
- Squish works by compressing the sprite file and then storing it back in
- a sprite file as a very long and thin sprite. This means that the file-
- typing is retained. When the decompactor module is loaded, all sprite
- files are examined before they are loaded into any application. If the
- sprite has previously been ‘squished’, it is expanded before the
- application receives it. This all happens automatically without any user
- intervention − and is therefore said to be transparent.
- 7.2
- To use Squish to compact sprites, you double-click on the filer icon to
- load the application onto the iconbar. During the loading process,
- Squish loads a module called SquishMod that does the actual work of
- compaction/decompaction. The iconbar menu allows the user to set Squish
- to perform either compression or decompression. The decompaction option
- is provided to allow the user to restore the sprites to their original
- format if so desired. Having set the option to compact, the actual
- compaction is performed by dragging a sprite file onto the Squish icon.
- When the compaction is complete a standard save box appears with the
- same name as the original sprite for replacement.
- 7.2
- Once the sprites are compacted, they can be used as normal provided that
- the SquishMod module is loaded − if the SquishMod module is not present,
- the sprites will load into !Paint, for example, but will appear
- incorrectly as one long thin sprite. Therefore, if one wishes to use
- Squish fully, it would be essential to ensure the module was loaded at
- machine start-up.
- 7.2
- It should be noted that the degree of compression provided by Squish is
- generally not as great as that provided by other compression techniques
- and, as such, should not be considered an alternative to more standard
- archiving techniques. Nonetheless, the sprite file illustrated in the
- figure shrank from 170Kb to 56Kb − which is a reasonable saving on disc
- space. I think that the transparency of Squish is illustrated well in
- the discrepancy between the disc space usage reported with the ‘Full
- Info’ option set on the Filer and the ‘Count’ option. By the full and
- proper use of operating system vectors, the SquishMod module
- decompresses the sprite file before reporting its size to ‘Count’. The
- degree of RISC OS integration that Honeypot have been able to provide
- for Squish is remarkable. Observing Squish in operation leads me to the
- conclusion that Acorn should look very closely at Squish to see if they
- would be able to incorporate something similar in future versions of the
- operating system.
- 7.2
- In extensive testing, I found Squish very easy to use and extremely
- helpful for my work which involves handling a large number of sprites in
- the programs I write. I did discover one area of incompatibility with
- Computer Concepts’ ArtWorks which the authors of Squish are now looking
- into. The price of Squish has not yet been firmly decided but will
- probably be around £30.00. If it were not for the one problem with
- ArtWorks, I would be able to wholeheartedly recommend Squish to anyone
- who has need of handling a large amount of sprite data. A
- 7.2
- Compuserve and the Archimedes
- 7.2
- Richard Proctor
- 7.2
- (I am publishing this article on the understanding that part of it is,
- in a sense, advertising. i.e. Richard talks about his own product,
- ARCTIC. Ed.)
- 7.2
- Modems and electronic mail mean many things to many people. To an
- American friend who was studying without access to a decent library, or
- to another who needed accurate information for a meeting the next day,
- CompuServe Information Service (CIS) meant access to 850 databases with
- up-to-date detailed information from hundreds of magazines and journals.
- 7.2
- For some, it means a chance to discuss computer issues with others who
- use the same machine or software − there are support areas for most
- major computer firms. For my wife, it provides a chance to discuss Star
- Trek with a friend in Hawaii or to play Monopoly with three Americans
- and a German. It allows our postal gaming customers to avoid postal
- delays and send us orders that we can receive the next day.
- 7.2
- Letters can either be sent directly and privately, or posted in one of
- the thousands of special interest forums for everyone else to read and
- comment on. The forums are a bit like a discussion in the pub, lots of
- conversations going on, and you can join in whichever ones interest you.
- Before you know what has hit you, you have new friends who share your
- own interests. Essentially, having a modem can put you into a new world
- that can be used for business or pleasure or both.
- 7.2
- In the realm of E-mail and BBSs, there are hundreds of systems and
- levels of service. But for worldwide coverage, only Internet and
- CompuServe need be considered. I started on CompuServe to communicate
- with a group of international Play By Mail gamers on there (we are
- mainly a PBM games business). As a service, CIS is enormous. If you
- started today examining all the subjects and forums, it would take you
- years to find all that is available and by then there would be so much
- more...
- 7.2
- But what software to use? You could use terminal-based programs such as
- ArcTerm or Hearsay but with the way CIS charges you for online time,
- this is bad news. CIS supply their own terminal-based online programs
- for the PC and the Mac. They are pretty but, being designed and promoted
- by CIS, are not very cheap to use. However, there are a number of
- shareware programs around, notably for the PC, that are very well tuned
- to do everything you want online in a very short time and then let you
- operate offline. I started using the most popular of these (TAPCIS) on
- my PC laptop, but although the software was reasonable at keeping costs
- down, its user interface was bad (even by PC standards!!!). Only having
- an A3000 at the time without a hard disc, running the PC emulator was
- not really a serious option.
- 7.2
- So, what to do? There is a small Archimedes community on CIS and after
- chatting to them, I started writing an application. After a few months,
- I released ARCTIC (ARChimedes Terminal Interface to Compuserve). I used
- it myself and let others have free access to it and, as a result,
- features have been added to it continuously. It is shareware (with a £15
- registration fee) that can be downloaded from CIS, Arcade, etc. The
- program now offers more than TAPCIS and is currently used by at least 35
- people on CIS, including Archimedes users from New Zealand and Hong
- Kong.
- 7.2
- Along with the development of ARCTIC, the Archimedes community on CIS
- has grown. We now have our own section of a forum (Section 5 of UKCOMP)
- for support of ARCTIC and anything else Archimedes related. Come and
- join the fun.
- 7.2
- What is Compuserve?
- 7.2
- CompuServe is a worldwide network that supports mail, as well as
- thousands of forums on different topics, from computer support, through
- games, sport, news, gardening, travel, gossip... The list grows every
- week.
- 7.2
- Although CIS is based in USA, it operates worldwide and has offices,
- computers and access nodes in this country. Direct access is now
- available in London, Reading, Bristol, Manchester and Birmingham, with
- other nodes due to open in the future. You can also access CIS through
- BT’s GNS (PSS) service and Mercury’s 5000 Packet service, though it is
- usually cheaper using CIS direct.
- 7.2
- CompuServe is mainly divided into forums on subjects, each forum having
- three parts − The Message Board, the Library and the Conference Rooms.
- Each of these parts is divided into sections on individual subjects.
- Usually, the sections in each part are related, e.g. for Acorn matters,
- we have section 5 of the message board, section 5 of the library and
- conference room 5.
- 7.2
- The most important part of a forum is the message board. Here you can
- read and reply to messages. Messages can be public or, in most forums,
- private (just between two individuals). Messages survive on the messages
- board in most forums for about a week, though on some very heavily-used
- forums, they can scroll in a day.
- 7.2
- The Library allows long-term storage of files. Anybody can download the
- files but restrictions apply to up-loading and, usually, files are
- checked before being released to the general public.
- 7.2
- The third part is the conference rooms. These permit real-time “talking”
- between participants in an open or closed group. Be careful though −
- they can be expensive.
- 7.2
- As well as the thousands of forums, the other principle area is mail.
- You can exchange mail with other people on CIS or across Internet to
- just about anybody. Mail remains for 3 months, if not read, so is more
- secure than a forums message board. You can also mail files and mail to
- more than one person at once.
- 7.2
- There are many other specialised parts of CIS including: online
- shopping, registering software, access to other networks.
- 7.2
- What is Arctic?
- 7.2
- Arctic (ARChimedes Terminal Interface to Compuserve) supports messaging,
- mail, conferencing and libraries. The program is fully RISC OS compliant
- and should run on any machine with at least 2Mb of RAM and one floppy.
- 7.2
- Arctic’s features currently include:
- 7.2
- • Navigates through downloaded messages by forum, session, section,
- thread, parents, replies, your own marks, search on subject or whole
- text
- 7.2
- • Most actions may be driven by keys, mouse clicks or menus
- 7.2
- • Messages may be read, printed or saved for later use
- 7.2
- • Editor uses split screen operation to allow you to look at a message
- while writing a reply
- 7.2
- • Editor based on Edit with enhancements
- 7.2
- • Address book − captures user identities from messages with comments,
- searched and simply selected when writing messages. A recent history
- maintained on each forum to allow quick selection of frequently used
- entries.
- 7.2
- • Reply to a message via mail or any other forum and/or section
- 7.2
- • CompuServe’s B+ protocol for file uploads and downloads
- 7.2
- • Full offline support for catalogue browsing, uploads and downloads
- 7.2
- • Request library information by keyword, age, library or name
- 7.2
- • Downloaded files may be read and printed directly from the browser
- 7.2
- • A log is maintained to relate library files with files you have
- downloaded
- 7.2
- • Split screen conference operation
- 7.2
- • Scrolling of the ‘from CIS’ window back through 50,000 characters
- 7.2
- • Read announcements, section, library and conference names
- 7.2
- • Sections can be read, scanned or ignored or read by keyword
- 7.2
- • Messages to you can be read whatever the section state
- 7.2
- • Incoming private messages automatically deleted
- 7.2
- • Support for gateways to non CIS forums
- 7.2
- • Very extensive context-sensitive help on most windows and menus
- 7.2
- For further info
- 7.2
- Ring CompuServe on 0800−289458 for info on CompuServe and for a startup
- pack.
- 7.2
- Arctic is available as shareware from Waveney Games, 28 Diprose Road,
- Corfe Mullen, Wimborne, Dorset, BH21 3QY. Arctic copy on disc − £5,
- registration £15, disc copy and registration £17. Free CompuServe
- startup pack included if requested. Help from Richard Proctor 100031,604
- in section 5 of UKCOMP. (Internet: 100031.604 @compuserve.com) Arctic
- may also be downloaded from CIS, Arcade and a number of other places. A
- 7.2
- Beauty and the Beast − The Story of Clipart
- 7.2
- Gabriel Swords
- 7.2
- You would have thought that writing a review about clipart was a fairly
- simple thing to do. Not so − it seems to be a fairly controversial
- subject! How, for example, do you reconcile one article which says brand
- X clipart is no good; another which says it’s brilliant, and yet another
- which strongly criticises it for both cost and quality? The answer is
- that you can’t. As they say, ‘beauty, is in the eye of the beholder’.
- 7.2
- While it is legitimate to make judgements about the quality and artistic
- merit of individual pieces of clipart, these judgements say nothing
- about the useability or value of the material. One man’s bad bit of
- bitmapped banality is another man’s ideal piece of artwork. That’s the
- thing about clipart − good, bad or indifferent, there’s usually someone
- who can find a use for almost anything anyone wants to churn out. The
- trouble is that unless you know exactly what you are buying, before you
- buy it, you could spend up to £30 or more on material, most of which
- will be of no use to you.
- 7.2
- So, before you buy, there are a few questions it’s worth asking:
- 7.2
- • Does the supplier have a catalogue of all of the clipart in his
- collection? Having a catalogue means you can see the material before you
- buy it and provides you with a visual index of materials after you have
- purchased something.
- 7.2
- • In what format are they supplied? Drawfiles are instantly useable
- because Acorn machines come with Draw installed. Drawfiles are more
- flexible and will print at any size without loss of quality. Sprites, on
- the other hand, begin to look ragged with large increases in size, and
- can’t be altered unless you want to dabble with paint programs. Artworks
- files aren’t much good unless you can read them!
- 7.2
- • Copyright? Suppliers have different expectations as to how their
- clipart will be used. For example, if I include a piece of artwork in
- something which is later published, will I be infringing someone’s right
- to an acknowledgement or payment? Some say yes, some say no.
- 7.2
- • Coloured or black and white? I prefer all my clipart to be
- monochrome. That way, if I send a full colour document to a bureau for
- processing, I don’t need to check to see if there’s a colour lurking in
- the clipart that will reproduce where I don’t want it to.
- 7.2
- At the end of this article, there’s a summary of what the suppliers
- under review say about these questions, plus information about price and
- addresses.
- 7.2
- The material
- 7.2
- There’s a lot of clipart about for the Archimedes and this review is by
- no means exhaustive. What I have done is to look at eight suppliers of
- clipart which I’ve been using for the last three months. So far, I have
- had no problems with printing any of them − they print satisfactorily at
- 300 dpi as well as at higher resolutions. The only slight hiccup I’ve
- had was with Micro Studio’s Magpie archiving − it didn’t always work
- properly.
- 7.2
- Software 42
- 7.2
- The material I looked at was made up of a mixture of cartoons, fantasy
- figures, animals, electronics and people. They are supplied on disc as
- drawfiles, and most of them have some coloured elements in them. On the
- whole, the material was well drawn − the animals looked like animals and
- the cartoons were... well, cartoons. What you don’t get is a lot of
- complex artwork type graphics. What you do get are some good, simple,
- and at times humorous, illustrations of things which look exactly like
- what there are meant to be. The fantasy collection − made up of Goblins,
- Orcs and fairy-tale figures − get a bit more complex with the use of
- graduated tints. These are compressed using ArcFS. There’s also a
- collection of electronic components and diagrams which could be very
- useful for putting together your own circuit diagrams.
- 7.2
- TopicArt
- 7.2
- I suppose if I could only afford one collection of clipart discs
- TopicArt might be the ones I’d go for. They have a good selection of
- very useable material. There are discs on transport, costumes, bugs,
- entertainment, road signs, sports equipment, sports figures, dinosaurs,
- symbols, tools and some general items. The quality of the drawings were
- usually high, especially with things like animals and dinosaurs − the
- bugs were horribly realistic! The road signs were good in that you get a
- coloured copy as well as a monochrome one.There was a wide selection of
- period costumes from the Romans to the 60’s − though some of the figures
- inside the costumes left a little to be desired! One annoying feature of
- the general symbols disc is that because none of the drawings are
- properly labelled − only numbered − you don’t know what you are about to
- get until you open it. That seems to be good reason for having a visual
- record! Each title comes on a separate disc as either compressed or
- uncompressed drawfiles.
- 7.2
- Christian Clipart
- 7.2
- These images started life as monochrome scanned images in PCX format on
- PC discs. They have been converted into sprites, and some are repeated
- as ‘traced’ drawfiles. All are monochrome except for a few which have
- been coloured in Artworks. Although the selection is called Christian
- ClipArt, there’s a lot that will be of general interest, so don’t be put
- off by the title. There’s a catalogue which covers about a third of the
- collection. Titles include: Christmas and Christian symbols; Easter;
- Harvest; Money, poverty and war; environment; banners; borders and a
- whole lot more. They also have, under licence, the collection of
- illustrations from the Good News Bible. As to the quality and style of
- the material, most of it’s OK though I’d probably only use it for news
- sheets and in-house magazines − but then that’s what it’s designed for.
- 7.2
- Dec Data
- 7.2
- More Christian clipart providing images of churches, church furniture,
- Christian images, maps, messages and events. The designs are more ‘high
- church’ in style − a bit too conservative for me, but none the less
- acceptable! The collection is called ‘Parish Magazine Clipart
- Collection’ and consists of four discs, three of which are clipart, the
- fourth is the King James New Testament. The collection costs around
- £20.95 inc. VAT and postage.
- 7.2
- Micro Studio
- 7.2
- Micro Studio produce a wide range of images in different styles, from
- silly cartoon people to historical figures in full period costume. Some
- of their material comes archived in Magpie as either sprites or
- drawfiles, while others come as straightforward sprites. The beauty of
- having images archived (even when they don’t always work because of an
- ‘invalid cap specification’ or ‘page does not exist’ error) is that you
- can skip through the collection easily and quickly. In this collection,
- you click on an image to reveal a ‘save as’ dialogue box of either a
- drawfile or sprite, you then drag the icon to a directory or into an
- application − simple! Because they produce material in different styles,
- from the silly to the sublime, there’s a good chance of finding
- something to suit your needs.
- 7.2
- The collection I looked at contained historical figures, plant life,
- wildlife, cartoons of animals, objects, toys, transport and characters.
- 7.2
- ABC of Art
- 7.2
- This is a novel way of producing clipart. Each disc is based on a letter
- of the alphabet with the designer attempting to cover a range of
- different subjects. Of course, because of their complexity, there is a
- limit to the number of images you can get on one disc, even in
- compressed form. The average so far seems to be about nine Artworks
- files. Having said that, there are some files which contain more than
- one picture. For example, there’s a wide selection of arrows, arches and
- capital letters. Purchasers are encouraged to supply suggestions for
- subjects to be included in future discs, so there’s scope for getting
- what you really need. All the images are brilliantly drawn Artworks
- files with lots and lots of detail. They print well but because of the
- complexity of the images, they lose much of their impact when reproduced
- in monochrome. Even so, if you don’t mind the limited number of images
- and the fact that there’s still a long way to go in the alphabet, they
- are well worth having.
- 7.2
- Image Club (distributed by Matt Black)
- 7.2
- For me, these are the most professional looking and most useful of all
- the clipart collections reviewed. Now I know that may be a bit
- controversial, especially after the comments of Jim Nottingham in last
- month’s issue (7.1 p28). Because of that, I’d like to start by answering
- some of his points.
- 7.2
- 1. Cost of the catalogue. Jim rightly says that the cost of the
- catalogue is £7 plus £2 p&p. What he doesn’t say is that you get £5 off
- your first order. Considering the quality of the catalogue, I think
- that’s pretty good.
- 7.2
- 2. He says that, for the price, he was expecting something akin to the
- clipart you get bundled with Artworks. While I agree that the Artworks
- stuff is very high quality and nice to look at, it is too complex for
- the kind of work most people do. Sure, I’ve impressed my friends with
- 8,000 times enlargements of the tax disc on the Artworks mini, but when
- a client asks me for a picture of a car for a publicity leaflet, I don’t
- need that kind of detail. What I do need is something which looks like a
- car and which is professionally drawn. Image Club gives me that.
- 7.2
- 3. What about the ‘transatlantic flavour’ to things like signs and maps?
- I agree with Jim when it comes to the maps − there are plenty of the USA
- but none of the UK. I don’t agree with the symbols criticism. Volume 17
- contains 629 symbols, 80 of which could be said to be ‘transatlantic’
- but that still leaves 549 very useable symbols.
- 7.2
- 4. The price. Most of the volumes cost £29.95, with a few at £34.95.
- That makes the Image Club collection the most expensive clipart
- available for the Archimedes. On the other hand, it’s half what I paid
- for the same collection when I used a Mac! So Matt Black are to be
- congratulated there. Having said that, I do wish they were cheaper,
- because then I’d buy a lot more.
- 7.2
- As I’ve already said, I think the collection is very professional
- looking and comprehensive. The fact that you can look at all the clipart
- before you buy means you shouldn’t end up with loads of stuff you’d
- never use. Titles include cartoon people, symbols and headings, various
- miscellaneous volumes, business and industry, food and entertainment,
- office and education, celebrity caricatures, science and medicine and a
- very interesting ‘fabulous fifties’ selection, plus lots more. In all,
- there’s about 4,000 images in the collection.
- 7.2
- Vanguard Graphics (Matt Black)
- 7.2
- Vanguard Graphics are Matt Black’s own original designs. They are more
- complex than the Image Club collection and cost roughly half the price −
- so that’s good news! The impressive thing about this collection, apart
- from some very good designs, is the way the collection is packaged.
- Along with the discs, you get a brochure, showing all the images, and
- some useful ideas about how to use them. Take, for example, the picture
- of the artist. Because of the way they layer their images, you can
- easily ungroup them and use various bits in other ways. There are also
- examples of how to use the images in publicity and information sheets.
- 7.2
- Pack 1 is a miscellaneous collection of cartoons, stationery elements,
- tools and figures. Pack 2 is something else altogether! Entitled Cowboys
- and Indians, it’s a collection of cartoon characters designed for making
- your own cartoon strips on computer. Included in the pack is a booklet
- containing a picture index, a step by step guide to creating comic books
- and ideas on how to use the graphics in education and design. If the
- collection proves successful, they will probably develop the idea
- further.
- 7.2
- Conclusion
- 7.2
- Archimedes users are in the very fortunate position of getting software
- and clipart on the cheap (compared to Mac and PC users). Let’s hope this
- cheapness doesn’t lead to an increasing amount of cheap looking
- material. It seems to me that if the Archimedes is going make an
- impression on the ‘professional’ design market, there has to be a
- commitment to high levels of quality both in software and in things like
- clipart. It’s for this reason that I like the kind of material that
- people like Matt Black, ABC and TopicArt are producing. The really
- interesting thing for the future will be to see how the Archimedes is
- marketed to satisfy professional and non-professional users − the
- designers and the home enthusiasts. So far, the Mac and PC platforms
- aren’t as accessible as the Archimedes, but neither is the Archimedes as
- professional as Macs and some PCs. In this respect, the Archimedes has
- got some catching up to do! A
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Name:
- 7.2
- Catalogue:
- 7.2
- Format:
- 7.2
- Copyright:
- 7.2
- Colour:
- 7.2
- Cost:
- 7.2
- Address:
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Image Club (Matt Black)
- 7.2
- Yes − costs £7.50 with £5.00 refund on first order. Very impressive cat.
- 7.2
- Draw − some bitmapped images available
- 7.2
- No restrictions
- 7.2
- Monochrome
- 7.2
- £29.95 − £34.95
- 7.2
- P.O. Box 42, Peterborough, Cambridgeshire PE1 2TZ
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Software 42
- 7.2
- No. PD demo available free, includes a selection of clipart
- 7.2
- Draw. All hand drawn, no scans
- 7.2
- Acknowledgement for profit making publications
- 7.2
- Mixed, but mostly colour
- 7.2
- £8.50 each.
- 7.2
- 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Hockley, Essex SS5 6EL
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Vanguard Graphics
- 7.2
- Booklet supplied with each disc − also gives suggestions for using
- clipart
- 7.2
- Mostly Draw, some Artworks
- 7.2
- No restrictions on clipart use
- 7.2
- Mainly colour
- 7.2
- £15
- 7.2
- P.O. Box 42, Peterborough, Cambridgeshire PE1 2TZ
- 7.2
- MicroStudio
- 7.2
- No info
-
- 7.2
- Draw and Sprites
- 7.2
- No info
- 7.2
- Mono
- 7.2
- £19 − £27
- 7.2
- 22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, CB7 5DS.
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Name:
- 7.2
- Catalogue:
- 7.2
- Format:
- 7.2
- Copyright:
- 7.2
- Colour:
- 7.2
- Cost:
- 7.2
- Address:
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- Christian Clipart
- 7.2
- Partial, contains about a third of images
- 7.2
- Scanned images, converted to sprites − some also drawfiles. Small
- proportion of AW
- 7.2
- Commercial use requires permission and acknowl’ment
- 7.2
- Mainly monochrome − some colour
- 7.2
- £7.99 per disc; £59 for 10; £149 for 30. p&p £2.50
- 7.2
- 18 Larksfield, Covingham, Swindon SN3 5AD
- 7.2
- Dec_Data − Parish Magazine
- 7.2
- No
- 7.2
- Draw
-
- 7.2
- No info
- 7.2
- Mono
- 7.2
- £20.95 inc. VAT P&P
- 7.2
- P.O. Box 97, Exeter EX4 4YA
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- ABC of Art
- 7.2
- Sheet of artwork supplied with each disc
- 7.2
- Artworks
-
- 7.2
- Major commercial use requires permission + acknowl’ment
- 7.2
- Colour
- 7.2
- £8
- 7.2
- Tideways, South Road, Brean, Somerset TA8 2SE
- 7.2
-
- 7.2
- TopicArt
- 7.2
- No
- 7.2
- Draw
- 7.2
- No info
- 7.2
- Colour and mono
- 7.2
- £8 per disc
- 7.2
- Bright Ideas, Unit 2A, Heapriding Business Park, Stockport SK3 0BT.
- 7.2
- Software 42
- 7.2
- TopicArt
- 7.2
- Christian Clipart
- 7.2
- Parish Magazine by Dec Data
- 7.2
- MicroStudios
- 7.2
- ABC
- 7.2
- Image Club (Matt Black)
- 7.2
- Wimp Programming for All
- 7.2
- Geoff Scott
- 7.2
- The book Wimp Programming for All, written by Lee Calcraft and Alan
- Wrigley and published by Risc Developments, is written as “an
- explanation of the techniques involved in programming Acorn’s Window
- Manager”.
- 7.2
- From the start, it is assumed that the readers will have a knowledge of
- writing programs in Basic and that they understand many of the major
- concepts, including parameter blocks and SWI calls. An understanding of
- the graphical abilities of Basic and a fluent use of procedures and
- functions is also essential.
- 7.2
- The book begins by explaining some of the terminology associated with
- the wimp, and introduces the idea of using SWI calls, task
- initialisation/termination, the wimp poll loop and application structure
- on the disc itself.
- 7.2
- Building blocks
- 7.2
- At the start, a small sample program which works in the desktop is
- created, but this doesn’t actually do more than initialise. On this
- base, each technique is built, clearly showing a practical use for the
- methods discussed in the text.
- 7.2
- The creation of windows is dealt with in great detail. As well as an
- explanation of the functions of all parts of a window with the
- alternatives, there is an in-depth discussion about passing data
- directly to the wimp to create windows from Basic.
- 7.2
- A chapter of the book is devoted to explanations of the polling
- mechanism and the reason codes returned by the wimp, along with details
- for handling these. The masking out of events is also covered.
- 7.2
- Icons are the subject of quite a large section of the book and, as in
- the window creation section, they are explained very thoroughly. The
- meaning of each of the possible flags is explained briefly and exclusive
- selection and radio icons are covered, along with reading and changing
- an icon’s state, once defined.
- 7.2
- Handling menus is well covered − all the concepts seen within the
- desktop are explained. Submenus and dialogue box handling finally became
- clear to me, along with the idea of allowing more than one menu
- structure.
- 7.2
- All you need to know?
- 7.2
- At this point, you are told that, having covered windows icons and
- menus, you know everything needed to write your own programs, at least
- simple ones. The remaining sections continue in the same way but
- covering the less essential, and more complex, aspects of wimp
- programming.
- 7.2
- The user redrawing of windows is explained concisely and several
- techniques of achieving smooth redraws are demonstrated. As you are
- mainly using Basic’s graphics commands, you are really free to draw what
- you like, although the book recognises that you will face problems that
- are beyond its scope.
- 7.2
- The wimp’s message system itself is detailed quite thoroughly, although
- only a very few messages are described. The idea of receiving and
- sending messages is covered adequately and a useful program is created
- from the original sample, covering many of the ideas explained. The data
- transfer protocol is explained and a standard save box is demonstrated
- to show how object-dragging and data-transfer work.
- 7.2
- The final chapter of the book is all about printer drivers and outline
- fonts. Handling these fonts is covered briefly but effectively. It is
- the description and explanation of the printer drivers which use most of
- the space, and I found it quite enlightening. The example here is well
- worth it.
- 7.2
- There is a section on using FormEd to create your windows rather than
- passing the data to the wimp, and various appendices cover the use of
- indirection operators, sprite areas and the associated disc.
- 7.2
- Overall
- 7.2
- The book appears to be a collection of articles originally published in
- Risc User. I found that sections of the book matched the magazine
- exactly with small sections rewritten (usually the “this month...”
- piece!) and more detail added. Other sections were completely different
- and usually written in more detail.
- 7.2
- I found the book was well-written and the information was presented
- clearly throughout.
- 7.2
- If you have read the series of articles in Risc User, there is little
- new material in the book, although certain topics are dealt with more
- thoroughly. If you are new to programming the wimp, it is a very good
- book which will help you a lot. If you are an advanced programmer who
- can already use the wimp proficiently, this is no replacement for the
- PRM’s.
- 7.2
- Wimp Programming for All costs £12.95, or £13 inc carriage from
- Archive. A
- 7.2
- Hatchback from 4Mation
- 7.2
- Hutch Curry
- 7.2
- Hatchback is a utility program to allow the use of ‘hatched’ fill
- patterns in both Draw and Poster files. The basic idea is that the fill
- colour of any defined object (with the exception of single lines of
- text, text areas and sprites) can be replaced by a patterned fill. The
- most usual reason for wanting to do this would be to increase the visual
- separation between areas when printing in black and white.
- 7.2
- Hatchback is supplied on one disc which must be initialised before use.
- After initialisation, the software can then be run from the floppy. At
- this stage, the software can be copied for backup purposes and can be
- installed on a hard disc without difficulty. The supplied manual runs to
- only 16 pages of A5 but is very well illustrated and tells you
- everything you need to know about the software in a very concise and
- effective fashion.
- 7.2
- Being fully RISC OS compliant, Hatchback is extremely easy to use for
- anyone used to the Archimedes. When Hatchback is run, it installs itself
- on the iconbar awaiting a suitable file to be delivered. Pressing <menu>
- over the iconbar icon reveals the usual entries of Info and Quit plus a
- Choices submenu. In this submenu the user can set a number of useful
- options controlling the way in which Hatchback works. The choices are
- whether or not Hatchback should respond to a double click on a file icon
- of the appropriate type, whether the default save file format is Draw or
- compressed Draw, the size of the margin and the size of the Undo buffer.
- The Undo buffer is a very useful facility as it allows the user to
- retrace his steps (and to subsequently reinstate them if so desired) up
- to the limit of assigned memory.
- 7.2
- When you drag a drawfile onto the iconbar, Hatchback opens a window
- displaying that file. To the left of the display window is a toolbox
- pane which controls the operation of Hatchback. From the toolbox, the
- user can select the fill pattern, the foreground and background colours
- of the fill and the extent of fill operation. There are nine hatched
- patterns provided that should encompass most requirements. There is also
- the ability to fill with a solid colour. Additionally, each of the nine
- fills can be altered in terms of the foreground colour, the background
- colour, the angle of rotation, the density and the frequency to produce
- thousands of variations.
- 7.2
- From the toolbox, the user can decide whether the fill will be applied
- only to the object clicked upon, to all objects of the same colour as
- that clicked upon or to objects either within or outside of a user-drawn
- bounding box.
- 7.2
- All of the toolbox options are also available from the main menu which
- is obtained by pressing <menu> over the draw window. Most commands have
- also been given function key shortcuts.
- 7.2
- In general, I found Hatchback extremely easy to use, quite flexible and
- capable of producing good quality output. On the negative side, I found
- that filling with dense patterns was quite slow and produced files of
- quite substantial size. For example, the original drawfile produced by
- Graphbox Professional shown above was 6Kb. After processing by
- Hatchback, the file length has increased to 153Kb − above right.
- 7.2
- Despite the tremendous flexibility of Hatchback, I have to admit that I
- was unable to get the software to cope with one of my needs for hatched
- fills. I generate a lot of charts and graphs as part of my work and most
- of these are done as 3-D bar or column charts. These graphs use
- perspective and shading along the Z-axis to give the appearance of
- depth. I found that it was not possible to satisfactorily use Hatchback
- to hatch these 3-D shapes as none of the supplied fills use either
- perspective or differential density to give the illusion of depth.
- Despite this limitation (which will probably not affect many potential
- users), I am very impressed with Hatchback.
- 7.2
- To my mind Hatchback is good value for money if you need patterned fills
- in drawfiles. One of the nicer policies of 4Mation is the provision of
- demo versions of their software for the price of a blank disc and SAE,
- so if you think that Hatchback might be useful to you − send for a demo.
- 7.2
- Hatchback version 1.0, May 1993 costs £35 +VAT (including a site
- licence) from 4Mation or £38 through Archive. A
- 7.2
- ProCAD Update
- 7.2
- Richard Fallas
- 7.2
- Since the appearance of my review of ProCAD in Archive 6.10, Minerva
- have sent me an updated pre-release version of ProCAD (1.52). This has
- undergone a major amount of improvement and I have to say that I am
- impressed by what has been achieved. My review was fairly positive, with
- one or two niggles, particularly in the area of creating tangents to
- large radius arcs, which gave rise to some concern and comment from
- potential users and the software house alike. Other problems had become
- apparent during more extended use and virtually all of these have now
- been attended to plus many more. The “new features” text file for
- changes since V1.02 is 25Kb long! I shall therefore only be able to
- mention a few of the more notable.
- 7.2
- Firstly, tangents to arcs are now created via the Circle & Arc options
- and are created using a form of extended precision, before being stored
- in the normal precision format. This still does not give floating point
- type accuracy for extreme cases but it does get much closer and is now
- acceptably accurate. The function also now works predictably as
- intended.
- 7.2
- Other improvements include: Snaps may be varied from the status bar
- during editing; multiple editing points; mid-point snaps have variable
- sub-divisions; CSV file output of file or selection is possible;
- perpendicular extensions may now snap accurately to the end of the base
- line; user arrow style (or symbol) for dimension lines; reflections now
- available; break points selectable at fillet intersections; partial
- implementation of IGES import; page positioning option via coordinates;
- parallel option for Beziers (but producing a line object as apparently
- the parallel to a Bezier is not a Bezier!); Squash file import and plot
- direct; import text from WIMP writeable icons into ProCAD icons;
- improved distance measurement and scale transformations (using floating
- point, hence slower); improved screen rendering and speed of large arcs;
- and many others.
- 7.2
- I have used the program out of choice on a number of different types of
- drawing since the review, and there is still much to learn and I haven’t
- even tried out all of the above. Suffice it to say that I am
- increasingly impressed with ProCAD. It is certainly the most convenient
- CAD program to use that I have come across, and with the niggles and
- bugs removed and a better understanding of its capabilities, it must be
- worth a look for all serious CAD users.
- 7.2
- The single user price of ProCAD is £495 +VAT (£535 through Archive) and
- a site licence for up to 30 machines is £1580 +VAT from Minerva. A
- 7.2
- WorraCAD Update
- 7.2
- Richard Fallas
- 7.2
- Since WorraCAD was reviewed by Mike Hobart in Archive 4.8 p43, it has
- undergone a number of detail changes and recently has had a significant
- face-lift in the form of a new User Interface consisting of a series of
- 3D icon-based menus. Regular readers of Archive will have seen Oak
- Solutions adverts showing a screen shot, together with a list of
- features, which give a good indication of the new appearance.
- 7.2
- I bought a copy of WorraCAD several years ago when it first came out,
- hoping that it would compliment my copy of the considerably more
- expensive Parametric Design Tool. In the event, I have to admit to not
- feeling at home with the menu structure in the original and never really
- became proficient with it. Certain looked-for features turned out to be
- too limited, e.g. fills: no double rule fills were possible, and
- certainly no pattern or discontinuous line fills. I also felt it was a
- little lacking in menu short-cuts and with my then ARM2 based machine,
- screen redraws and displaying the current selection at the cursor were
- rather slow, so despite various manipulation options not available in
- PDT, my use of WorraCAD languished.
- 7.2
- The program, priced at £99 (with upgrades costing £30) does not attempt
- to be a full blown, state-of-the-art CAD package, but it does have a
- fairly comprehensive list of basic features. It is probably aimed at
- users who want something better than Draw, for technical drawing
- production, but who don’t expect to be using it as the nucleus for a CAD
- oriented business. Having said that, I shall no doubt hear from many
- such users! It does maintain very good accuracy in the various
- constructs which can be achieved, with full floating point data
- handling, and virtually infinite zoom potential.
- 7.2
- How does the new program differ and is it a significant improvement on
- the original? As well as the new icon-based interface, the features
- which are new include Ellipses and construction Ellipses, Scales,
- enhanced Dimension styles, Grouping, Monochrome printing and various
- detail improvements to plotter control, point creation, scaled text and
- group naming/database information facilities to be used with the
- (forthcoming?) ‘Design Processor’. Interestingly, the program no longer
- requires a dongle − does anyone want to buy a cheap redundant decoding
- appendage?
- 7.2
- The program has also benefited from a lot of refinement, user feedback
- and de-bugging, although these improvements are more subtle. One feature
- which has not been changed in concept is the separate Translator
- application, which converts DXF files into WorraCAD format. Older
- versions of Translator were pretty unstable and repeated use was
- virtually impossible. This has now been corrected and no doubt other
- refinements added. The “convert to PDT” option was greyed out on the
- review example, which I suppose is reasonable, but disappointing. In
- use, I preferred Minerva’s integration, with its scaling facility before
- entry. Also mildly frustrating is WorraCAD’s persistence with the
- imported file, as it is retained for further copies according to the
- cursor position until another task is selected. I don’t think that this
- default behaviour is based on a very common requirement, but it seems to
- echo the action of selected items ready for dropping multiple copies.
- 7.2
- In essence, the functions and features of the program are substantially
- unchanged in use from the original version. So does the new icon menu
- system give better control over the original text based arrangement
- (which is still available via the icon bar menu if required)? I have to
- say that I couldn’t see a lot of difference, although at least it is now
- possible to go back up the tree structure one step using the adjust
- button, which (still) doesn’t happen with the text version. It may be
- that the structure is user-configurable but this is not evident in the
- documentation. In consequence, one is constantly backing out of menus to
- change function, as the most commonly used options (for any one user)
- are not grouped together. ProCAD does much better than this, and
- changing function (in mid element if need be) requires much less effort.
- On the plus side, the WorraCAD menu box is smaller, thus taking up less
- screen space.
- 7.2
- I also found the snap options pretty spartan after using ProCAD (which
- is five times the price however!) and no significant additions to the
- key short-cuts were available. Nor were the fills enhanced apparently.
- Unfortunately, the documentation still consists of the original manual,
- with additional features listed in text files. I suspect that there are
- all sorts of little improvements which are not listed but which only
- extended use will reveal. It is pleasing to see that Oak Solutions are
- still upgrading the program, so users may have confidence of continued
- support.
- 7.2
- It’s a pity that PDT has not had any similar recent support because, in
- my view, it has always been a much better package and could have been
- enhanced to make it a lot more productive. I gather Oak Solutions are
- actively working on products for PCs now, which probably explains this
- lack of support for PDT. It is probably worth any frequent user getting
- the upgrade for the increased reliability and enhancements but I think a
- lot more could have been done with menu structure flexibility. A
- 7.2
- Landmarks − Civil War & Elizabeth I
- 7.2
- Chris Price
- 7.2
- These two programs from Longman Logotron are, technically speaking,
- identical. I shall therefore attempt only the one review − of the Civil
- War program − with references to Elizabeth I. Unless specifically
- stated, comments I make may generally be taken to apply to both pieces
- of software.
- 7.2
- There have been reviews of several Landmarks packages. Like all the
- others, these two have, as their central character, a young child of
- approximately 10 years of age. Although this does suggest to the teacher
- an “ideal” age range, I do not feel that this is critical. I have used
- other programs in the series with eight year olds with no appreciable
- difficulties.
- 7.2
- Firstly, I would echo Joe Gallagher’s remarks (Archive 6.10 p59) that
- the computer work should be only part of topic work. An attempt to “do”
- the English Civil War solely through Landmarks 1645 would, I am sure, be
- very restrictive. In any case, this is not at all how it was intended to
- be used.
- 7.2
- Preparation
- 7.2
- Before I started using the other Landmarks programs (Egyptians & World
- War 2), I went searching for some clipart to support the topic. I have
- yet to find any on a Civil War or Elizabethan topic (though Micro Studio
- do a limited amount of the appropriate fashion files) and I would be
- grateful if someone could advise me of a source (preferably through
- Archive − then we can all benefit from the knowledge). I say this
- because, good though the pictures which accompany the series are, they
- do not print out well, nor can they be extracted from the parent disc −
- being some kind of compressed sprite file − and adapted so that they may
- be dumped to printer. I have tried screen grabs but the results are not
- convincing, hence the need for a good source of clipart. A separate
- resources disc, from which to print pictures for classwork and wall
- displays, would have been a good idea.
- 7.2
- My final preparation was to explain to the children that they would have
- to use very simple phraseology as the character(s) would not understand
- complex questions.
- 7.2
- Documentation
- 7.2
- The documentation is, as ever, excellent and would seem to cover
- absolutely every eventuality. This said, I have also heard criticism
- about the goals set for children being too narrowly defined. My answers
- to that criticism are: (1) You don’t have to use them if you don’t want
- to − although I think you’d be a fool not to − and (2) They are very
- useful if you’re team-teaching with a self-confessed technophobe (as I
- have done!) who barely knows one end of an Archimedes from the other.
- You help the children with their computer work. Your technophobe
- colleague concentrates on other aspects of the work − an ideal division
- of labour!
- 7.2
- The program
- 7.2
- The story revolves around a 10 year-old boy called John and it takes
- place in the year 1645, shortly before a minor skirmish around his home
- town, towards the end of the Civil War. My main reservation here is the
- use of language. Being 1645, John uses the archaic “thee” and “thou”
- forms of address which may cause problems for some children. Like all
- the Landmarks characters, John is an obliging young fellow who will do
- all he can to show you the wonders of Langport, the town where he lives.
- 7.2
- There are some neat touches here which allow children to examine most
- aspects of John’s life. (For example, John was amused that I did not
- know what a “chamber” was and explained as exactly as he could!!) We
- learn about his friends − especially his best friend Joshua. (Joshua’s
- Dad is a Puritan, but John doesn’t mind, which is the biggest clue to
- John’s allegiance that I’ll give you.) When you want to quit the
- program, the usual procedure is to key in “Goodbye”, at which John will
- reluctantly bid you farewell. Events take place in real time and if you
- do have to quit and come back, you will be greeted cordially and
- informed of what has gone on in your absence.
- 7.2
- As with all Landmarks programs, you can move around by using the arrow
- keys to indicate North, South, East and West. Three function keys are
- also used. Key <f1> types “What can you see?”, <f2> types,“Where are
- you?” and <f3> writes “Describe” permitting you to enter such requests
- as “Describe a chamber”.
- 7.2
- Shortcomings
- 7.2
- I have corresponded with the program author, Stephen Grand, and even he
- admits that the programs are showing their age − mainly in the way they
- are constructed. It is technically very difficult to cater for all the
- possible options that the average 9/10 year old may want to explore, and
- fit the whole lot onto a single floppy disc. However, the programs make
- a good stab at this, although there are one or two minor “niggles”.
- 7.2
- Unless you can see a character, it is generally not possible to describe
- him. This can be rather irritating when John mentions a character whilst
- describing a location. If you then ask him to describe that character he
- will usually only give a description of the previous scene. As this is a
- fairly natural thing for children to do, they find it irritating not to
- get an answer to a straightforward question.
- 7.2
- I must echo Joe Gallagher’s comments on the “teletext” style.
- Nonetheless, the children that used the Landmarks programs had no
- problems with this. The problem I did find in a classroom context was
- the fact that, once asked a question, John often went into quite a long
- monologue. This meant that children had to scribble at a great rate in
- order to write down all they were being told. Because they write more
- slowly than an adult, quite a time passed before they had finished and
- the next thing they knew they were informed curtly that it appeared that
- “nobody wants to talk to me.” Not surprisingly, the children found this
- attitude rather harsh. After all, they were only trying to record the
- Great One’s pearls of wisdom! (Saying “Sorry” usually put things right!)
- 7.2
- It is a good product but, as I said earlier, it is now showing its age a
- bit. This is especially apparent when it is put alongside something like
- Sherston’s ArcVentures which makes much better use of the Archimedes’
- facilities. (Having spoken to Mr Grand myself, I gather that this is
- because the same packages have to run on other computer platforms so we
- end up with the lowest common denominator. Ed.) A
- 7.2
- Two CD-ROMs reviewed
- 7.2
- Bob Ames
- 7.2
- I am going to be dealing with two CD-ROMs − ‘Woodlands’ and Acorn’s
- Educational Directory. First of all, though, here is some technical
- background about CD-ROMs.
- 7.2
- CD-ROMs are small polycarbonate discs containing data. They look
- remarkably similar to the digital audio CD you might play in a domestic
- CD player.
- 7.2
- They are very similar and, indeed, the same disc is sometimes used in
- both systems. They are both made in the same ways, either by “printing”
- and etching aluminium onto a polycarbonate disc via a high-accuracy
- glass master (usually made by Pilkington, who else?), or by direct
- (magneto-laser) recording onto a recordable disc. The latter method
- obviously only gives one copy at a time − rather like copying onto a
- floppy disc, one item at a time. The first method will give a virtually
- unlimited supply of identical discs and is suitable for bulk sales.
- 7.2
- The cost of multiple CD replication is now down to under £1 per disc.
- For large quantities, you would get the jewel case thrown in and the
- printing of the info sheet/ booklet is usually a few pence in these
- quantities.
- 7.2
- For digital audio, there are two alternatives: (The reason I mention
- audio is the similarity of the media, the methods and the duplication
- costs.) (1) Buy a recordable CD machine. There are models available from
- Marantz, Philips and Studer, varying in price from £2,500 to £6,000. (2)
- Go to one of the number of sound studios who have purchased these and
- who offer a service of transcribing your (preferably digital) tapes onto
- CD for as little as £25 a go! Blank recordable 60 minute discs cost
- around £16 each. Data can be written onto the disc in several sessions,
- prior to “fix-up” when the table of contents (the map which tells the CD
- player where to go) is written and the disc can be played in any CD
- player.
- 7.2
- According to CD Revolution (the company set up by Kodak to market
- recordable CDs), if you had a single CD made from your hard disc
- contents (the most expensive way, and only for huge databases which are
- relatively fixed) the cost would be of the order of £20 per disc.
- 7.2
- The one-time recordable disc will hold differing amounts of data
- depending on the disc purchased − there are 60 and 74 minute discs
- equating to 500 or 700 Mb of data. (700 Mb is equivalent of 470 high
- density floppy discs or the contents of up to 340,000 pages of text.)
- The system is very similar to that for audio CD duplication and the
- costs are similar − the CDR recorder CDD521 from Philips costs around
- £5,000.
- 7.2
- The real problem with CD-ROM software (and drives) is one of pricing.
- It’s a real ‘chicken and egg’ situation, i.e. without cheap software,
- there will be very few drives sold, thus few copies of the software will
- be sold and so the price stays high, and so on.
- 7.2
- Woodland CD-ROM
- 7.2
- APA MultiMedia have produced a fascinating collection of pictures and
- sounds, together with facts and figures on many of the species found in
- British woodlands. The Woodland CD-ROM comes in a huge box, with a mono
- photograph on the front. Inside is a CD in jewel case (no CD-ROM caddy,
- which will cost you £7, at least until the new cheap versions become
- available) and a brief manual which is notated to the effect that a full
- manual will be sent on completion of the guarantee card. I sent off the
- card and waited.
- 7.2
- The application runs on a 1Mb RISC OS 3 machine − attempting to run it
- on a RISC OS 2 machine brought up an error box and no further progress
- could be made, so I upgraded (with ill-founded trepidation) to RISC OS
- 3.1.
- 7.2
- Once the controls have been mastered and the principles understood, the
- system is very easy to use. Lisa (now 5½ years) took to it very quickly
- and discovered all sorts of birds and trees, butterflies and deer, and
- had a great deal of fun with it. For instance, one Saturday afternoon,
- after listening to the birds singing in the garden she went to the
- computer, switched it on, started up Woodland and identified our
- resident blackbird from the disc!
- 7.2
- The rook calls must rate as the best use of the Archimedes sound chips
- yet − it really startled us with its realism. The most impressive sounds
- are from the deer collection but, unfortunately for us, we live in the
- Cambridgeshire fens and we don’t have many rutting deer in our woods!
- 7.2
- Lisa is now looking for all the butterflies depicted on the disc − a
- great pity we didn’t have this CD a few weeks earlier, as her class has
- just completed a project on butterflies.
- 7.2
- The sound samples are well-recorded but, if anything, they are too
- realistic in the sense that they suffer from being played at the
- relative levels as found naturally. Perhaps it would have been better to
- put some form of volume control on the system, for I am sure that the
- quieter sounds would get swallowed up by classroom noise − or even a
- noisy hard disc fan! There is a lot of background noise on most of the
- samples, which is very realistic, and is as found in real woods.
- However, this can create distractions for the younger child.
- 7.2
- The first introduction page gives way to a “Map page” where further
- choices can be made from eight sections. There are sections on
- Introduction (85+ pages); 16 animals; 50+ birds; 28 trees; 22 types of
- other plants; “minibeasts” (16 butterflies, 8 moths, ants); 7 types of
- fungi; and 28 pages of ‘things to do’. The sound directory has 48 sound
- samples.
- 7.2
- The instructions indicate that you should scroll through the pages with
- <select> on the forward arrows but that leaves the previous page on
- screen and eventually leads (quite quickly on a 1 Mb machine) to the
- “Too many windows” error box. A far better way is to use <adjust>
- because this closes the previous window as it opens the new − rather
- like a book! (Remember books? They were made of a renewable resource
- and, usually, had indexes!) Of course, <select> can be used when the
- previous window is needed for, say, comparison.
- 7.2
- Later on (at-the-last-resort-read-the-manual!) I investigated the Info
- icon. This gives a better series of instructions, including the use of
- <adjust> to scroll forwards − this should have been copied to the
- introduction page.
- 7.2
- The display font is difficult to read on the Acorn colour monitor. The
- system font is far easier to read at the sizes used − it’s the choice of
- size which creates problems, e.g. in the heading which shows the word
- BIRDS, the middle horizontal part of the S is invisible!
- 7.2
- The lack of an index is the really worrying aspect, although there is a
- very comprehensive search facility. I really like browsing through the
- index of a book as it gives me a real feel for the contents. I
- constantly find things that I didn’t know anything about. The old
- problem arises: how do you find out about (say) the buzzard if you don’t
- know its name! The CD has a file called Index.Wordlist but that is over
- 5Mb long, and so won’t load into any other application. (Unless you have
- an 8Mb A5000 or an expanded A540!)
- 7.2
- If a session is interrupted, you cannot go back to, say, page 30 of the
- many pages of introduction. The only way I have found is to go through
- all the previous 29. This is very time-consuming − there ought to be a
- way of going to an individual page in the “Intro” or “Things to do”.
- 7.2
- There are many different aspects to the search routine. For instance,
- entering the word OAK will produce a list of entries which includes the
- four types listed, the fungi which grow on it or under it, and the fauna
- which live in Oak woods. However, you have to be careful because, if the
- result of the search yields more than 25 pages of references, an error
- box appears and a refined search parameter is requested.
- 7.2
- In the tree or plant sections, there are no diagrams of leaves, only
- part-screen photos of tree outlines − I was always taught to identify
- trees by looking at their leaves. In any case, if trees are in a wood,
- the outlines are not easily visible. There is also a shortage of textual
- description of the tree-shape and leaf-shape − only “broad-leaved” or
- conifer. (I don’t think broad-leaved is the usual description of a
- willow!) The only photos of leaf shape given are the oaks but there is
- no full tree-shape picture!
- 7.2
- Minor grumbles
- 7.2
- Spelling ought to have been checked before producing the CD, e.g. the
- buzzard, is said to have a “distincive” sound.
- 7.2
- The entry for Robin has two spurious data pages (pages S2 & S3). They
- have no information, just a curious, non-functional, Smile icon.
- 7.2
- All bird entries have the sound icon but some (e.g. Kestrel, Sparrow)
- have no sound. (I learned later that it’s the caption which denotes
- whether a sound is available − i.e. sound icon but no caption = no
- sound.) A few of the animals have sounds and, as I said, the deer are
- particularly impressive. Here the availability of sounds is indicated by
- the presence of the icon only. (No icon = no sound.)
- 7.2
- The Map icon is far too close to the Next icon, so young, untrained
- hands can easily miss the Next icon and click on the Map icon. This
- means that they lose their place (in, say, the 80-odd pages of Intro
- text) and have to scroll through all the pages again to get back to the
- same point.
- 7.2
- The information is really not all that plentiful − a total of 150
- species are described. Even so, Woodland takes 110 Mb of storage in 3910
- files.
- 7.2
- Is it worth £150 +VAT? I reckon that about £49 inclusive would be
- appropriate for this product − that would be on a par with most
- educational CD ROMs for other platforms such as PC and Mac. There are
- the Tropical Rainforest, Full Bloom and Deep Voyage CDs available from
- Aris for PC & Mac for £29+VAT with roughly comparable amounts of
- information. For Archimedes, the packed Interactive Space Encyclopedia
- CD from Andromeda which has 2,000 colour photos, 150 3D full screen
- animations and films, and 1,000 text documents costs £75+VAT; the
- Hutchinsons’ Encyclopedia (see last month) with even more information
- costs £150+VAT. The free Next demo CD has 110Mb and 28 minutes of audio.
- 7.2
- It is financially sound to sell high quantities of anything; selling
- 1000 at £10 unit profit yields better than selling 50 at £100 − the
- company benefits financially and also becomes much better known.
- However, if CD ROMs were to be sold at, say, £10 then the flood of sales
- of CD ROM players would achieve the “critical mass” and bulk sales would
- ensue. Commercial CD replication is priced under £1 each in 1,000 lots.
- 7.2
- Acorn Educational Directory
- 7.2
- It’s interesting to compare the previous product with the Acorn
- Educational Directory (issue 4), also published by APA Multimedia. The
- Acorn dealer adverts take 3Mb in 1,025 files. The actual Education
- Directory comprises 8,575 files and takes up 150Mb.
- 7.2
- The dealers are displayed on a map of the relevant county which is
- chosen from an alphabetical list. The names are displayed with acorns on
- various parts of the county map although the position of the acorn does
- not necessarily correspond to the actual placing of the dealer within
- the county. Clicking on the name brings up a page of address details and
- “a few words from the sponsor” indicating specialisms.
- 7.2
- I would say that the catalogue at £30 +VAT is still high cost for a
- reference book which has a great deal of advertising in it. The previous
- edition printed in A4 paper-back book form, came to me free of charge
- for the cost of a phone call. A
- 7.2
- Insight
- 7.2
- Mike Samworth
- 7.2
- Insight is a suite of software designed to link up with data-logging
- hardware, supporting the most popular data-logging interfaces used in
- schools. It goes much further than mere collection of data, however,
- allowing quite sophisticated analysis of data.
- 7.2
- Peter Thompson gave a comprehensive review of the software (Archive 5.9
- p60) in which he made some valid criticisms. There have been a number of
- improvements since that version (1.05) and I had intended to see if
- these had been attended to in version 1.31 as sent by Paul. Some initial
- problems meant that the version actually reviewed here is 1.38.
- 7.2
- Insight is written by a team at Leicester University led by Lawrence
- Rogers and is published by Longman Logotron. The price is £69 +VAT.
- 7.2
- Insight was used on an A3000 with serial chips fitted. The hardware used
- was Sense and Control (SaC) from Educational Electronics, together with
- a range of dedicated and undedicated probes, the latter connected via
- the ADC input of the interface.
- 7.2
- What is data-logging?
- 7.2
- Data-logging is using a computer to interface with sensor devices and
- thereby capture the data so produced. There are many different sensors
- available and obviously this has a large bearing on the usefulness of
- data-logging. Sensors currently available include temperature, light
- intensity, humidity, pressure, magnetic flux density, pH and oxygen.
- These measure physical quantities and relay this information to the
- computer as a voltage via the hardware or interface. Other sensors are
- called digital sensors and merely relay a state condition as on or off
- and are used to count or measure the speed of an object passing through
- two light gates, for instance.
- 7.2
- Why use data-logging?
- 7.2
- Experimentation, the measuring and controlling of variables, is the main
- technique for testing theories and hypotheses. One of our
- responsibilities is to try and teach science as it is actually done in
- real scientific situations. We must also teach it in such a way as to
- make it easily understood. In both respects, data-logging has a valuable
- contribution to make. Firstly, science research carried out by
- industrial and academic researchers involves computers extensively to
- log experiments. This is done for a number of reasons:
- 7.2
- 1. routine tasks are automated to save unnecessary work
- 7.2
- 2. less chance of human error
- 7.2
- 3. allows very slow or very fast events to be followed
- 7.2
- 4. data can be analysed quickly
- 7.2
- Secondly, as well as being an essential part of modern science, data-
- logging has many other educational advantages:
- 7.2
- 1. pupil motivation is often increased
- 7.2
- 2. limited competence at measuring or maths does not stop
- experimentation
- 7.2
- 3. concepts can easily be understood
- 7.2
- 4. data can be manipulated easily, saving time
- 7.2
- 5. printouts of results save needless repetitive plotting of data
- 7.2
- What is needed?
- 7.2
- An interface is needed which connects the sensor or probe to the
- computer. There are many different models available, which confuses the
- user somewhat. In some versions, the probe must first be connected to a
- box which is then connected to the interface. Software is needed, of
- course, to control the collection of the data and then analyse and
- present the data in some suitable form (e.g. graph, table). It is also
- possible to build your own probes and interfaces or even write your own
- specific software. This is obviously quite labour-intensive.
- 7.2
- The Insight package
- 7.2
- Insight comes in a colourful box containing two A4 guides, a set of
- laminated work cards in addition to the usual envelope containing the
- disc. The Users’ Guide is very clearly written including many
- screenshots and would be easily followed by those not too familiar with
- RISC OS conventions. My only criticism is that, where the reader really
- needs more help, such as the analysis section, the guide tends to fall
- short. Ideally, I would have liked to have seen a real example worked
- through in context to illustrate the features available. The Teachers’
- Guide is intended to give background information and to set the context
- for which Insight was designed. It is an excellent introduction to data-
- logging and would be a useful publication in its own right. The people
- who wrote it obviously have a knowledge of the National Curriculum in
- Science − no mean feat!
- 7.2
- The pupil workcards consist of good-quality laminated cards depicting 20
- possible investigations using Insight in combination with a data-logging
- device. They are extremely well written without being too prescriptive,
- always giving the necessary apparatus, inputs, timespan, etc. There are
- even suggested follow-up investigations. In addition to these very
- useful resources, there is a resource file on the Insight disc
- containing more examples, contact addresses and references.
- 7.2
- The software
- 7.2
- Insight consists of two distinct applications !Analogue and !Digital.
- Before looking at each separately, there have been a few improvements
- since the earlier version reviewed that apply to both. Firstly, the
- number of interfaces supported has increased. The Unilab range of
- interfaces are now supported, as is Sense from Educational Electronics.
- It is important that prospective users think very carefully about what
- hardware they have or are considering. Sense IT, Sense and some of the
- Unilab range require an I/O podule to be fitted, whilst the others use
- the serial port.
- 7.2
- I have used Insight almost exclusively with Sense and Control (SaC).
- This is for two reasons. First is the simple fact that, whilst we have a
- LogIT at school, we do not have the serial cable for an Archimedes and
- Griffin and George would not send one out on approval. Secondly, SaC
- provides a parallel port, user port and ADC port. The latter then allows
- connection of such sensors as the ‘Blue Box’ range from Philip Harris.
- This range is probably the most popular in schools and colleges and thus
- allows the use of existing hardware that may have been built up over
- many years. Insight will also now allow the calibration of new sensors
- to be added to the list.
- 7.2
- Analogue measurement
- 7.2
- Rather than repeat much of Peter Thompson’s comprehensive description of
- the facilities of the Analogue application, I shall give a brief resumé
- followed by any improvements.
- 7.2
- A maximum of four analogue measurements can be made from sensors over a
- timespan of between two seconds and seven days. Recognised sensors are
- calibrated automatically but others have to be calibrated and saved to
- the list. Alternatively, a set-up file of the whole data can be saved to
- avoid having to repeat this.
- 7.2
- Remote operation is now much easier and will, for instance, support
- sleep mode for SaC which allows remote operation for the maximum time
- period of seven days. This makes use of the internal clock in SaC to
- switch off measurement circuits inbetween readings thus extending the
- battery life beyond the usual 4-6 hours. Peter had problems with LogIT
- and though I am unable to confirm this, the update file in Insight
- claims that this has been corrected. According to this, auto-log is
- fully supported, as is simultaneous real-time and auto-logging. I think
- the biggest improvement is that set-up files are no longer necessary
- before remote fetching, a most irritating feature of the original
- version.
- 7.2
- There have also been improvements to the scaling of axes, zoom display
- and printing of graphs. Certainly, where the printing of graphs is
- concerned, this is very much enhanced when an outline font is selected
- from the icon menu. Graphs can now be exported as drawfiles. The program
- scores heavily over some competing packages in the ease of data analysis
- with gradients, averages, trial fits, ratios as some of the useful
- features. Many of these are particularly useful in a teaching situation,
- though they are mainly confined to the higher end of secondary education
- or further education.
- 7.2
- Digital measurement
- 7.2
- This handles two digital inputs, for instance from light gates. Possible
- experiments include those with trolleys that would normally involve
- miles of ticker tape scattered around the science laboratory. Possibly,
- as a non-physicist, I must confess that this half of Insight is not as
- user-friendly as the Analogue program. Data collected is displayed in a
- variety of ways, perhaps most usefully as a table that can have columns
- added and calculations carried out on it. This feature has been enhanced
- in this latest version and acts very much like a simple spreadsheet
- albeit with far fewer functions and less flexibility. The table also
- allows manually obtained data to be added. Unfortunately, there is still
- no facility to count pulses from a Geiger tube or other pulse sensors.
- 7.2
- Conclusion
- 7.2
- Insight is unlike most data-logging software in that it is designed to
- work with a number of interfaces. Most interfaces are supplied with
- dedicated software, some at extra cost. For the Archimedes, this can
- range from rewritten BBC software to fully RISC OS compliant software.
- Insight, I believe, scores on two counts. Firstly it means that whatever
- myriad collection of interfaces and hardware a school or college
- possesses, once students have become familiar with Insight, they can
- begin to make use of it and, with practice, use it to its full
- potential. Secondly, it is just that potential that makes Insight stand
- out from other software of this type that I have used. It has been
- designed with science teaching in mind and this shows in both the
- features and the way they are implemented. I for one have enjoyed using
- Insight to experiment and would recommend it fully.
- 7.2
- Footnote
- 7.2
- Version 1.31 had a Readme file that said Insight supported sleep mode
- with SaC. This proved not to be true. However, the very helpful
- technical staff at Educational Electronics contacted the author,
- Lawrence Rogers, who kindly sent me a copy of version 1.38 which does
- support sleep mode. Their help is much appreciated. A
- 7.2
- StrongED
- 7.2
- Dave Wilcox
- 7.2
- StrongED has been around for some considerable time, originally in a
- shareware form, and it has now matured into a commercial package. It is
- written by Guttorm Vik from Norway and is marketed by Stallion Software
- Ltd. The package is presented in the usual video type box, containing
- one disc and a 48 page manual.
- 7.2
- The manual
- 7.2
- The manual has been prepared using Impression and printed out,
- apparently, on a bubblejet printer. In my opinion, the manual for a
- piece of software needs considerable thought and, I would suggest, as
- much time and effort as the program itself. This is important as the
- potential customer obtains his first impressions from this manual.
- 7.2
- I hope that the copy supplied with the review software is a draft
- version. If not, a little bit of attention needs to be paid in this
- area. Throughout the booklet there are large gaps − it looks as if it
- was intended to put screenshots into these spaces. This said, the actual
- content of the manual takes you through each menu option in a clear
- concise manner, followed by detailed listings of all shortcuts available
- in various modes of use.
- 7.2
- The disc
- 7.2
- On the disc, you have !StrongED, the main application, and !StrongHlp,
- an interactive help package still being developed but set up to work
- with StrongED. Then there is a keystrip in Draw format and !System and
- !Scrap directories. StrongED is currently on version 2.54, but should be
- version 2.60 by the time you read this. The first thing to do is to make
- yourself a backup or install onto hard disc. There is no copy
- protection, so this can be done via the OS.
- 7.2
- The program
- 7.2
- StrongED is now fully desktop compatible. Double clicking on its icon
- loads the program onto the iconbar as a clenched fist icon. From this
- icon, you obtain various configuration choices, such as the choice of
- flashing or steady cursors of ‘block’ or ‘caret’ type. You can also
- configure throwback actions, for C program development. The Basic option
- to strip line numbers is configurable. It is also possible to keep a
- list of texts currently loaded in a separate window and then by clicking
- on one entry in this list, it is easy to bring your choice to the front
- for further work, removing the need to step through layers of windows.
- From this menu you can also select the type of work window you require,
- i.e. creation of the usual Text, Obey, Exec files through to language
- files like Basic, C, Pascal, etc.
- 7.2
- To use StrongED, simply click on its icon and this opens a text window
- as in Edit. With StrongED, there is one noticeable difference Below the
- horizontal scroll bar, you have an additional info bar. This contains
- basic information showing cursor position from the top left corner or
- offset position, insert or overwrite mode, tab setting, markers − if
- used, mode, word or character wrap setting and the newline character.
- These can be changed by clicking to toggle or using menu selections over
- the appropriate item.
- 7.2
- Block manipulation in StrongED works as you would expect, not as we have
- become used to. Once a block is selected, it can be extended or reduced
- by clicking with <adjust>. This block can then be copied, moved or
- deleted as in a wordprocessor package, but can also have the case of the
- characters changed to upper or lower case throughout the block, in one
- action. Blocks may also be indented or un-indented (by using a negative
- number) at will. There is a versatile and quick search and replace
- facility which also allows searches for control characters now more
- commonly called Magic Characters. It also allows you to move backwards
- and forwards through the resulting finds by use of the arrow keys.
- 7.2
- For programmers, there is a facility to list all procedures and
- functions in a separate window. If you then wish to move within the
- program to a specific function or procedure, simply click on its name in
- the list window and the cursor will move to that area of your program.
- Another nice feature of the search facility is the ability to list all
- finds. This opens a window showing all lines with occurrences of the
- search string. A quick word of caution though, if you do several
- searches and list the occurrences, there is no indication as to which
- window represents which search, perhaps in later editions this will be
- corrected.
- 7.2
- At the present time, the magic characters are the same as in Edit. So,
- for example, if you wish to search for a Hex character, the search field
- should read \xXX where XX is the Hex coding. This is not documented at
- all. On several occasions, using the search and replace, I have had this
- program crash with a machine reset being necessary following multiple
- search and replace operations. However, the search and replace facility
- is apparently one area to be enhanced in the next version. There is also
- the facility to set different colours for foreground text, backgrounds,
- control codes and so on. This helps when searching through for control
- codes.
- 7.2
- If you are frequently involved in converting the likes of PC text files
- to the Archimedes, StrongED has a built in feature which enables you to
- change from one end of line character to another or combination of the
- same at the press of a button, without going through the laborious
- search and replace method we are now so used to.
- 7.2
- Nearly all menu options have a corresponding keyboard equivalent, and it
- is also possible to record keypress sequences for repetitive operations
- and play them back when needed.
- 7.2
- Summary
- 7.2
- I feel sure that this overview of the software does not do it full
- justice, I have only really scratched the surface of the program’s
- capabilities. As with all software, practice and use will show its full
- capacity. On first impressions and use I can recommend this package to
- anyone. However, I would stress to Stallion Software that the manual
- needs some attention.
- 7.2
- For those who prefer to use StrongED in place of Edit, simply include
- the following two lines in your boot file and anytime you double-click a
- text file, StrongED will load in preference:
- 7.2
- Filer_Boot <Full path to !StrongED>
- 7.2
- Filer_Boot <Full path to !StrongHlp>
- 7.2
- Also, if you have used the task manager to save your !Boot file, delete
- any Filer_Boot references made to !Edit. The line usually reads:
- 7.2
- Filer_Boot Resources:$.Alps.!Edit
- 7.2
- StrongED costs £30.55 inclusive from Stallion or £27 through Archive. A
- 7.2
- SPEX
- 7.2
- Bob & Lisa Ames
- 7.2
- Spex from Explan (who hail from Tavistock, Devon) is a room-designing
- program aimed at children from 5 to 18 or so. There are four stages in
- the design:
- 7.2
- 1) Planning (choose the room and dimension it)
- 7.2
- 2) Wall fittings (place doors, windows, etc)
- 7.2
- 3) Choice and position of furniture
- 7.2
- 4) Final 3D view of results (including paper modelling)
- 7.2
- The main program comes on a floppy disc, with resources, called items,
- (doors, windows and furniture, etc) on another − and an extra disc of
- example 2D and 3D views. There are also comprehensive worksheets for
- activities away from the computer. These involve completing part-
- drawings in perspective and plan and elevation, work on costings of
- various room settings and so on. The review copy came with two similar
- sets of worksheets, one aimed at secondary schools and one for primary
- groups (key stages quoted as 1 & 2).
- 7.2
- The sets of worksheets were provided as photocopy masters − permission
- is given for the school to copy as required. These sheets are presented
- in a loose form of perfect binding (lightly glued down the back) but
- perhaps they should have been contained (unglued) in a ring folder
- similar to ESM’s Time Traveller series which had one for each of the
- program instructions and resource pack.
- 7.2
- The program is very easy to use − the sections are presented on a 4-
- square “menu picture”, each describing the function with the help of a
- vignette − e.g. the furniture section depicts the view of a removal van
- and furniture, complete with a “Mr Shifter”.
- 7.2
- When a room is planned, yards, feet, inches, metres, centimetres or
- millimetres may be used, the next section may be accessed. This is where
- the fittings (the doors, windows, curtains and so on) are decided. This
- is done on an elevation of the wall in use − any of the walls may be
- equipped but the south and east walls are transparent on the 3D view.
- The height of the room seems fixed.
- 7.2
- At first, the restriction of designing just four domestic rooms
- (bedroom, kitchen, lounge, bathroom with no study, dining or utility
- room, etc) seemed a great pity but chats with the very helpful guys at
- Explan tell me that there are three extra discs in preparation which
- will each be “of modest cost”. These will include kitchen extensions −
- i.e. all the missing views of the furniture, and some more items
- besides. There is, by “popular request”, a disc coming which will
- contain the classroom environment. There are also plans afoot to provide
- partitions for various rooms, which will get round the problem of
- regular 4-sided rooms. Most houses have at least one room which is not
- rectangular, e.g. L-shaped or worse.
- 7.2
- It seems that views were left out to enable a complete set of items for
- the 4 rooms to be fitted on the one supplied disc without compression.
- (It was a very good idea to omit compression − I hate it!) However, I
- feel quite strongly that as the omissions are so random, there ought to
- have been extra discs supplied with the package so that complete sets of
- components for each room would have separate discs, e.g. one master
- program and individual discs for kitchens, bedrooms, etc. That way, it
- would be relatively easy to add extra environments in the future − there
- would be spare space on each disc for common components and for extra
- items when designed or purchased.
- 7.2
- It appears that the forthcoming Explan program ‘Architect’ will allow
- individual rooms to be created. I particularly like the idea as this
- will allow me to design recording studios with the essential non-
- parallel wall format. I would like to be able to design my own wall-
- fittings and furniture as I require some very specialised fittings −
- e.g. double doors for equipment access, loudspeakers, tape recorders,
- etc. And, of course, I would like to change the height of the rooms. I
- hope the two programs will be fully interlocking. It should be the first
- use of the Archimedes to give a full walk-through design and display of
- a building (at reasonable cost, at any rate).
- 7.2
- Minor grumbles
- 7.2
- Most of the items of furniture can be placed on any wall but there are a
- number of items which will only face two ways, the most surprising being
- the kitchen sink, bath, toilet and shower. (Strangely, while the person
- and the fireguard can only face two ways, Teddy and the fire place face
- all four ways!)
- 7.2
- There are some perspective problems. A couple of the kitchen units and
- the freezer look square when E or W facing, but appear oblong when
- facing N or S. When deciding the kitchen furniture, the table should be
- placed after the chairs, otherwise chairs appear on top of the table on
- the plan views. However, warnings about this sort of thing are given in
- the manual.
- 7.2
- The “plugs” (electric power sockets) cannot be installed above the base
- units in the kitchen, because their height is fixed − Lisa wanted to do
- a replica of our kitchen and it has many power sockets. Neither could
- she do an island or breakfast bar which came out properly on the 3D view
- − probably because the perspective views are not complete. The drag and
- drop positioning requires great accuracy. It is all too easy to place
- one kitchen unit too close beside another, when the 3D view will show it
- on top!
- 7.2
- When printing out a plan on A4, a very odd scale was shown, quoted as 1/
- 29.66, and the length and depth were shown incorrectly. For a 16 × 13 ft
- room, the dimensions printed were 4.876190476ft × 3.961904761ft, and the
- area was 19.31900226 feet (also note the omission of “Square”). I
- suppose these strange decimal places and scalings are the results of a
- pre-production bug!
- 7.2
- When working with a small scale window (e.g. 1:400 − for convenience
- when filing operations were carried out), when the window closes down,
- so does the tool (menu) bar along the bottom of the window. This means
- that some ¾ of the options are not available until the scale was
- increased, but the scale option is not visible! Fortunately, the
- magnifying glass icon returns the display to 1:50. This fault really
- should be addressed in future versions. I suggest following !Draw’s
- example where the whole of the iconbar is available regardless of the
- size of the window.
- 7.2
- Lisa loved the program and its ability to show a 3D view of the room
- that she had enthusiastically designed. Her first attempt was full of
- doors and windows but no furniture − she was so eager to get to the 3D
- part! Later on, the verdict was “fantastic” (a judgement rarely given)
- but that must be tempered by her mother’s view that the section on “bill
- of quantities” was poor. She couldn’t see what practical use this part
- had. This is the section available after the 3D view which displays the
- quantities of each item used, e.g. 1 door, 1 toilet, 1 bath, 1 basin and
- so on. This information is displayed in a choice of bar chart or
- pictogram format. In a real setting, for most rooms, quantities would be
- 1 or 2 of each − which makes for a very boring bar chart! The kitchen
- is really the only room where substantial quantities are present and
- which warrants pictograms and similar displays. These quantities would
- be transferred to a worksheet and activities away from the computer
- would then involve pricing and similar work.
- 7.2
- Printing
- 7.2
- I’m glad to say that facilities are available to print out via your
- choice of printer driver. The walls may be printed out complete with
- side “tabs” for gluing together to form a model of the room. The plan
- view may also be printed and used as a base for the model. The pages are
- best stuck onto stiff card first. The 3D view may also be printed, as
- may the pictogram of quantities.
- 7.2
- Conclusion
- 7.2
- The program is surprisingly easy to use, the principle being the usual
- drag and drop. There a few restrictions as to the number and positioning
- of the objects and these are being addressed. The real benefit is in the
- set of work sheets which allow the work to continue away from the
- computer. The perspective drawing task is something I have not seen
- before. The costings tasks are real attempts to appeal to other
- disciplines, e.g. maths and art, and it also tries to get children
- thinking about the design of their home environment with critical eyes.
- 7.2
- I think that when the extra items are available (hopefully included in
- the cost) “Spex” will become a really useful introduction to planning
- and perspectives, using maths and drawing skills along the way. I look
- forward to Explan’s “Architect” which is due “late summer” it seems. The
- cost of “Spex” is a bit on the high side − but a site licence is
- included − £59 for primary sites, and £99 for secondary sites. I am
- aware of no other difference between the programs.
- 7.2
- P.S. If you leave the Program Info window on screen for long enough, you
- are treated to a scrolled message, credited as John 10: 24-28 − a nice
- touch! A
- 7.2
- The Taxan 787 SVGA Monitor
- 7.2
- Stuart Bell
- 7.2
- The first part of my account of the personal quest for a very economical
- upgrade path for my standard resolution monitor on my A310 was published
- in Archive 6.11 p58. I had purchased the Watford Electronics SVGA VIDC
- enhancer, agreed with a previous writer about the high quality of the
- software, but noted that installation on old A300 and A400 series
- machines required the fitting of two headers to the main circuit board
- of the computer. I looked forward to obtaining an SVGA 800×600 monitor.
- The saga continues...
- 7.2
- Technical support?
- 7.2
- But first, the headers. Deciding to fit them myself, I rang Watford for
- details of the ‘two tracks’ which the manual says have to be cut on the
- circuit board. “There’s only one, actually” came the reply. “Which one?”
- I asked. “I don’t remember exactly, but it’s between two pins of one of
- the headers, and quite obvious,” was the answer. Thank you!
- 7.2
- First, the board must be completely removed from the case. It’s a job
- that requires care more than technical ability. But if you are doubtful
- about your own competence, don’t risk it; take it to an Acorn Service
- Centre. If you DIY, don’t forget that you’ll lose all data stored in the
- battery-backed CMOS RAM, and that means all your configuration options
- That includes things such as how you make the system boot from your SCSI
- disc, and especially if you can’t locate the SCSI manual, it can take an
- awfully long time to re-configure your machine. If you think I’m
- labouring this point, then don’t ask why! Make sure you know now what
- you’ll need to do later.
- 7.2
- As the Watford man said, the track between two pins of Link 11 is fairly
- obvious, and can be cut with great care. A three-pin header (strips of
- headers are available from Maplin Electronics, part no. JR74R) must be
- inserted. The ‘book’ way is to extract the solder from the holes and
- then solder the header in place. Manual solder-suckers are rather
- violent and problems arise if you apply a little too much heat and the
- sucker removes part of the plated-through hole as well as the solder. I
- heated each hole gently in quick succession, pushing the header gently
- at the same time, so that it inched its way into position gradually.
- Link 12 is a three-pad link in which a two-pin header is to be
- installed, to which one pin is connected to the VIDC enhancer. But which
- pin? Since the signal is ‘VSYNC out’, and the centre pad goes straight
- to the previously un-connected pin 5 (VSYNC) of the 9-pin video socket,
- that’s the one to receive a single pin header.
- 7.2
- Re-build your machine, re-set the configuration(!), install the VIDC
- enhancer and all should be well. All that remains is to buy (£12 from
- Archive) the 15 to 9 pin adaptor to use a VGA monitor on an older Acorn
- machine.
- 7.2
- The Taxan 787 SVGA Monitor
- 7.2
- My criteria for selection of a monitor were; SVGA (800×600) capability,
- 0.28mm dot pitch; recognised manufacturer (who might be around in seven
- years’ time for repairs or spares) and low cost.
- 7.2
- September’s Computer Shopper showed three suppliers listing the Taxan
- 787 (not the LR version) at about £209 + VAT. Ringing one – Powermark
- PLC – on a Saturday morning revealed that their normal price had already
- gone up to £249 (and this was still in August!), but that their price on
- Saturdays was £209. Hmm! I accepted the price and placed an order,
- whatever marketing gymnastics produced it.
- 7.2
- The Taxan 787 is the lower-cost ‘brother’ of the 789LR available from
- Archive. Whilst the later offers non-interlaced displays of up to
- 1024×768 (with a separate display card), the 787 only goes non-
- interlaced to 800×600 – hence the SVGA designation – and displays
- 1024×768 in interlaced mode. In this mode, the flicker caused by each
- line on the screen only being refreshed every other cycle of the display
- makes long-term use rather unpleasant.
- 7.2
- Physically, the 787 looks much like the 789LR, and comes with a tilt and
- swivel stand. The screen is described as “14“ 0.28mm non-glare, dark
- tint”, and measures some 248mm across. Below the screen are controls for
- power, contrast, brightness, horizontal and vertical position, and
- vertical size. A note in the manual warns that this last control is only
- operative in SVGA and IBM 8514/A (1024× 768) modes and that in standard
- VGA modes the vertical size cannot be adjusted manually.
- 7.2
- The SVGA enhancer and Taxan 787 in use
- 7.2
- The first thing to say is that, following the enhancer manual, the
- monitor worked at first attempt in VGA and SVGA modes. A major benefit
- claimed for the SVGA VIDC enhancer is that it will display ‘non-VGA
- modes’ on (S)VGA monitors. As Appendix D of the RISC OS 3 User Guide
- points out, Acorn machines display standard resolution modes on VGA
- monitors in ‘letterbox mode’ with, typically, the 256 ‘vertical’ pixels
- being displayed centred in the 352 raster line display. The Watford SVGA
- enhancer does the same, and modes 0 to 15 are shown in the centre 60% of
- the screen. Such modes are ‘useable’, rather than practically useful.
- 7.2
- As supplied, the standard 640×512 multisync modes 18, 19 and 20 are
- displayed centred in an 800×600 SVGA screen, with massive borders all
- round. However, it was found that the Taxan 787 would happily display
- them in the 640×480 VGA mode, thus using the whole screen. Also, the 256
- colour mode 21 could be defined and displayed in a similar manner.
- However, the main point of the SVGA enhancer is to use the SVGA modes
- 29-31 and the stretched VGA modes 78 (960×384) or 82 (896×352 –
- equivalent to the multisync mode 39).
- 7.2
- The list of modes for SVGA monitors supported by the enhancer software
- runs to 36 entries but the most useful 16 and 256 colour ones are as
- follows.
- 7.2
- Most useful 16 and 256 colour modes for SVGA monitors, as amended for
- the Taxan 787.
- 7.2
- In comparison with the displays provided by enhancers on multisync
- monitors, notably lacking with SVGA screens, are the 16-colour modes 75
- (1056×416) and 102 (1152×448). This latter one soon became the
- definitive enhancer-produced mode and it is interesting to read in old
- issues of Archive correspondents (and the Editor!) being as rapturous
- about that display as they are now about the 1600×600 offered by the new
- video cards.
- 7.2
- Remember that when displaying high-resolution 256-colour modes, the VIDC
- takes the majority of bandwidth of the memory, with a consequent severe
- degradation of performance that is quite obvious in use, even on ARM3-
- powered machines. With the price of ARM3s now at an all-time low, I
- would recommend that ARM2 users upgrade that first, before seeking to
- improve their monitor. The ARM250s in A30x0s and A4000s are roughly half
- as fast as ARM3s, but their memory runs 50% faster than on older ARM2
- machines and so bandwidth shouldn’t be quite as much of a problem.
- 7.2
- I expected that software that assumes certain standard modes and/or
- attempts to drive the VIDC directly would not work. Happily, both E-type
- and Pacmania worked perfectly, in a ‘letter-box’ mode, which is quite
- acceptable for such games.
- 7.2
- However, Minerva’s SigmaSheet is a problem, in that it requires modes 12
- and 16, the first of which is a ‘letterbox’ mode and the second a 132-
- column mode which cannot be displayed on an SVGA screen. It won’t even
- start up, because mode 16 is unavailable. Since SigmaSheet was
- originally written for Arthur, and will run under RISC OS 3 with the
- right monitors, I can’t complain but I think that a move to Eureka is
- called for!
- 7.2
- HCCS’s !Vision application (the earliest standard resolution, monochrome
- version) – which always requires one of modes 12, 15, 20 or 21 for
- screen-grabbing – worked perfectly in mode 20.
- 7.2
- Conclusions
- 7.2
- The impression one gets from adverts for SVGA monitors is that it’s a
- case of 640×480 or 800×600, and no other option. However, even the basic
- VGA standard is more varied than that, and the programability of Acorn’s
- VIDC coupled with Watford’s software give a surprising degree of
- flexibility. Whilst they are not ‘multisync’ in the sense that they will
- synchronise with almost any display mode, neither are they ‘single-sync’
- single mode displays.
- 7.2
- The final result is a decent 640×512, 256-colour, or 800×600 or 960×384,
- 16-colour display for about £310 including the enhancer, 15-9 pin
- adapter, and VAT. It is clearly better than the current pair of Acorn-
- badged colour monitors. However, please remember that this combination
- won’t match the flexibility, resolution and quality of, for example, the
- ColourCard + Taxan 789LR combination (Archive, 6.10 p6) at about £720.
- Also, its inability to support certain modes can be a problem. If you
- can afford the extra cost of the better display, it may well be worth
- it.
- 7.2
- The best way to achieve an improvement in screen display varies from
- machine to machine. Please don’t assume that this article proves
- anything other than that the A310 (and, one presumes, A4x0 and A3000
- machines), the Watford SVGA enhancer and the Taxan 787 monitor will work
- happily together! On its own, the 787 may well be cost-effective for the
- most recent machines. Matching monitor to enhancer is made more
- difficult if that monitor is not commonly used on Acorn machines, and
- most cheap ‘box-shifters’ will be no use at all in advising you about a
- suitable display for an Acorn computer. I would recommend that for A300,
- A400 and A3000 series machines you get an enhancer before buying your
- monitor. Watford produce both a multisync and an SVGA enhancer and NCS
- sell the ex-Atomwide multisync model. I know which supplier will give
- the best technical support! For A30x0’s, A4000’s and A5000’s, buy the
- ex-Atomwide ‘supermodes’ software first (Careware disc 18). That way,
- you’ll know what displays they claim to support, and you shouldn’t end
- up with an unuseable monitor.
- 7.2
- I hope that my account demonstrates that you can get a much improved
- display on your Archimedes without spending a lot of money. If you are
- interested in exploring the world of VIDC enhancers further, the
- following Archive articles and notes are worth reading: 3.8 p4; 3.10
- p21; 3.11 p10; 4.3 p8; 4.4 p23; 6.3 p68; 6.11 p58. A
- 7.2
- Fact-File
- 7.2
- (The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
- 7.2
- 4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
- 8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
- 7.2
- Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
- 6QA.
- 7.2
- Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
- Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
- 7.2
- Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
- 342510)
- 7.2
- Angelsoft Educational 35 Heol
- Nant, Swiss Valley, Llanelli, Dyfed, SA14 8EN. (0554-776845)
- 7.2
- Anglia Television Education
- Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
- 7.2
- APA Multimedia Unit 8, Henley Business Park, Trident Close, Medway
- City Estate, Strood, Rochester, Kent, ME2 4ER. (0634-295222) (0634-
- 710193)
- 7.2
- Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
- Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
- 7.2
- Clares Micro Supplies 98
- Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-48511)
- (0606-48512)
- 7.2
- Colton Software (p16) 2 Signet
- Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881) (0223-312010)
- 7.2
- Computer Concepts (pp8/22) Gaddesden
- Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
- 7.2
- Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
- (0483-503121) (0483-503326)
- 7.2
- Davyn Software The Workshop, off Princess Street, Sandal, Wakefield,
- WF1 5NY. (0924-254800)
- 7.2
- DEC_dATA 60 Danes Road, Exeter EX4 4LS. (0392-221702)
- 7.2
- Desktop Projects Ltd Unit 2A,
- Heapriding Business Park, Ford Street, Stockport, SK3 0BT. (061-474-
- 0778) (061-474-0781)
- 7.2
- Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
- 210600) (0705-210705)
- 7.2
- EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
- 7.2
- ExpLAN 34 Drake Gardens, Tavistock, Devon, PL19 9AT. (0822-613868)
- 7.2
- GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
- (0703−456523) (0703−456523)
- 7.2
- HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760) (091-
- 491-0431)
- 7.2
- Honeypot Exeter Road, Wheatley, Doncaster, DN2 4PY. (0302-340331)
- (0302-328735)
- 7.2
- Honormead Software Solutions The Grange,
- Hospital Lane, Mickleover, Derby, DE3 5DR. (0332-512848) (0332-512867)
- 7.2
- IL-Soft 16 Langdale Gate, Witney, Oxon, OX8 6EY. (0993-779274) (0993-
- 702048)
- 7.2
- Irlam Instruments 133 London
- Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-811401)
- 7.2
- Lambda Publications (p15) 194 Cheney
- Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-695296)
- 7.2
- Longman-Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
- 4ZS. (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
- 7.2
- Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
- 7.2
- Micro Studio Ltd 22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, Cambridgeshire.
- (0353-720433)
- 7.2
- Minerva Systems Minerva House, Baring Crescent, Exeter, EX1 1TL.
- (0392-437756) (0392-421762)
- 7.2
- Morley Electronics Morley
- House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355)
- (091-257-6373)
- 7.2
- Mystery Software 421 Sprowston Road, Norwich, NR3 4EH. (0603-400477)
- (0603-417447)
- 7.2
- Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
- 627-4469)
- 7.2
- Oak Solutions (p7) Broadway
- House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
- 211760) (0954-211767)
- 7.2
- Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
- Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
- 7.2
- PGL Adventure Alton Court, Penyard Lane, Ross-on-Wye, HR9 5NR.
- (0989-764211) (0989-765451)
- 7.2
- PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
- (0329-281930)
- 7.2
- Really Good Software Company P.O.Box 60,
- Ashton-under-Lyme, OL5 9WW.
- 7.2
- Really Small Software Company Olivers
- Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467 - eves & w/e)
- 7.2
- Rebecca Shalfield 51
- Swallowfield Road, Charlton, London, SE7 7NT.
- 7.2
- Risc Developments 117 Hatfield
- Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
- 7.2
- Sherston Software Swan Barton,
- Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
- 7.2
- Sigma Press 1 South Oak Lane, Wilmslow, Cheshire, SK9 6AR. (0625-
- 531035)
- 7.2
- SJ Research J1 The Paddocks, 347 Cherry Hinton Road, Cambridge, CB1
- 4DH. (0223-416715) (Tech Help 0223-414532) (0223-416440)
- 7.2
- Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
- 7.2
- Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
- (0305-860483)
- 7.2
- Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
- House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
- 7.2
- Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
- 546376)
- 7.2
- The Serial Port Burcott Manor, Wells, Somerset, BA5 1NH. (0749-670058)
- 7.2
- Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
- 7.2
- UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
- 474681)
- 7.2
- Wild Vision 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear NE35 9PE.
- (091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
- 7.2
- Wyddfa Software 3 Preswylfa, Llanberis, Gwynedd, LL55 4LF. (0286-
- 870101) (0286-871722)
- 7.2
-
- Acorn World 93 − The aftermath...
- 7.3
- So Acorn World 93 has come and gone. Did it live up to expectations?
- Well, it certainly did as far as Norwich Computer Services is concerned.
- We were well and truly ‘re-launched’ with the new-look magazine and our
- somewhat more professional-looking stand. We were pleased to receive
- such positive feedback from the many Archive subscribers who visited the
- stand. I’m glad you liked it.
- 7.3
- It was great to have several of our regular contributors there at the
- show so that people could chat to them. Many thanks to all those who
- gave their time to be available.
- 7.3
- There was a lot of interest in the 105Mb removable drives. They really
- have to be seen to be believed and, having seen them, many people bought
- them. We also now have software available so that the IDE versions work
- properly − many thanks to Atomwide for that!
- 7.3
- The best thing about Acorn World 93 as far as Archive is concerned is
- that in three days, we increased our subscribers list by almost 9% ! In
- fact, in the last month, our subscription base has increased by 17% − so
- a big welcome to all the hundreds of new (and renewed!) subscribers. I
- hope the new-look Archive will serve you well. Let us know if there is
- any way you can think of to make it even better.
- 7.3
- ...and the ARM700 Machine?
- 7.3
- All we saw of the new machine was a tantalising screen display showing
- what the new 16-bit desktop and 24-bit graphics capability could be
- like. It didn’t even say that it was an ARM700/VIDC20 running the
- display but I don’t see that anything else could have produced such
- stunning graphics at such speed.
- 7.3
- When will it be launched? Well, it would be nice to think that it would
- appear at BETT ’94 in January but my guess is that we may have to be
- even more patient than that.
- 7.3
- Happy reading!
- 7.3
- Products Available
- 7.3
- • 105Mb SyQuest drives − Because of larger than expected price drops,
- A5000 owners can now have a 105Mb removable drive for under £400!
- SyQuest have just cut the prices of their 105Mb mechanisms with the
- result that we can take £60 off the prices of all our 105Mb drives. The
- SCSI external drives are now £510, the SCSI internal drives are £430 and
- the IDE version is now £395. These prices include one cartridge plus
- cables but the SCSI prices do not include a SCSI interface. (If you
- don’t already have a SCSI interface, we recommend the Morley uncached
- interface at £160 through Archive.)
- 7.3
- (I do apologise to those of you who have recently bought these drives
- but I did deliberately set the profit margins as low as I dared in
- anticipation that the prices might drop − but I could not have foreseen
- such a large price drop and, in any case, I couldn’t have set a negative
- profit margin! Ed.)
- 7.3
- • A5000 4−8Mb Upgrades − You can now upgrade the new 33MHz A5000
- computers (ALB32 and ALB35) from 4 to 8Mb. The Archive price is £470.
- They are self-fit upgrades provided you have a little bit of technical
- know-how − no soldering is involved, just chip extraction and insertion.
- 7.3
- The 4−8Mb upgrade is also available for the old 24MHz A5000s (ALB22 and
- ALB25) but the computer needs to come back to us for the upgrade to be
- done. This is because the MEMC chip has to be removed and a socket
- fitting in its place before the upgrade can be inserted. The price,
- including two-way carriage is £545.
- 7.3
- • Academy Television CD-ROMs − A new series of educational CD-ROMs has
- been released, including Science Series I: The Elements (£130),
- Directions 2000: French/¡En Marcha! Spanish (£140 each, including a
- microphone recording system), and the Environment Series I: Water
- (£130). You need to add £5 p&p to these prices, plus VAT.
- 7.3
- • Acorn AKF50 − The latest Acorn monitor handles all screen modes up to
- SVGA. It has a 0.28mm dot pitch tube and is built in the UK by
- Microvitec PLC. When purchased separately, the price is £374, and if
- purchased with a computer (in place of an AKF18) a surcharge of £75 is
- made. (More details are given at the end of Stuart Bell’s article about
- monitors on pages 9−12.)
- 7.3
- • Acorn’s Education Cash-back offer − Until 24th December, Acorn are
- making a £100 cash-back offer on sales of the new 33MHz A5000 computers
- to educational establishments. Schools and colleges can buy any number
- of A5000s and, after the purchase is complete, Acorn will send schools a
- cheque for £100 for each A5000 computer purchased.
- 7.3
- • Anglia Television CD-ROMs − Five more educational CD-ROMs are
- currently available from Anglia TV. ‘Understanding the Body’ and
- ‘Castles’ (£40 each) are self-contained library discs including stills,
- video sequences, vector graphics animations and text written for the 11-
- 14 age group. ‘Countries of the World’ and ‘Counties of Britain’ (£40
- each) are for use with Anglia’s Key system − Key Plus, Key Note or Key
- Calc can be used. Finally, ‘19th Century Biographies’ (£25) is the first
- Key Plus datafile to be released on CD and features over 250
- biographies. Discounts are offered for multiple purchases, and site
- licences are available.
- 7.3
- • ARM3 special price − We have got hold of some ARM3s without fpa socket
- and are selling them off (“while stocks last”, as they say) at £145
- instead of £185 inclusive. Ring the Norwich Computer Services office if
- you are interested − please don’t just send in a cheque as there are
- only a few available − ring first and we will put one aside if they are
- still available.
- 7.3
- • Armlock is a RISC OS software-only utility that prevents unauthorised
- access to CMOS RAM or designated files/directories on the hard disc. The
- CMOS settings are protected by password so that only the system manager
- can make amendments.
- 7.3
- The hard disc is also password protected although, unlike other security
- systems, the hard disc does not have to be partitioned into read-only
- and writeable areas. File attributes are utilised to grant or revoke
- access to files or directories for public users. ‘Execute-only’ allows
- users to run applications but not to copy them, thus effectively
- preventing software theft.
- 7.3
- Armlock also provides a facility to back-up the protected areas in a
- compressed form to a series of floppy discs, (or other transfer medium),
- thus allowing identical Armlock hard disc configurations to be created
- on further machines.
- 7.3
- Armlock costs £35 +VAT single user or £135 +VAT for a ten-user licence
- pack from Digital Services or £38 and £145 respectively through Archive.
- 7.3
- • AudioWorks − One of the Computer Concepts’ products released at Acorn
- World 93 was AudioWorks. It can handle a variety of sound files
- (MicroSoft WAVe, Armadeus, DataVox, SoundTracker and RawData formats)
- for playback from the standard Archimedes speaker, or advanced audio
- boards like CC’s own Lark, which can also record samples.
- 7.3
- 8 bit, 12 bit, 16 bit, linear signed, linear unsigned, VIDC logarithmic,
- m-law logarithmic, mono and stereo samples are all supported. There are
- several display modes for the waveform display and the sound output can
- be shown using the real-time spectrum analyser and oscilloscope
- displays. An additional utility for playing back from hard disc in the
- background with various effects is also provided. The price is £49 +VAT
- from CC or £53 through Archive.
- 7.3
- • BJC-600 − The Canon BJC-600 is the A4 version of the popular BJC-800
- colour printer. Four colour CMYK inks are used for the best full
- spectrum of colours, including real black, in resolutions up to 360 dpi.
- “The high quality colour results that you can get on plain paper mean
- lower running costs than other colour inkjet printers.” The price £529 +
- £10 carriage +VAT from CC or £633 through Archive. (If you get your
- calculator out, you will find that there is no discount on the CC price.
- This is because CC only give a very small dealer discount so we cannot
- offer any discount to subscribers. Sorry.)
- 7.3
- Anyone who saw the output of these new printers at Acorn World 93 will
- confirm that they are very impressive, especially when you consider the
- pricing compared with other colour printers.
- 7.3
- • BJC-600 Turbo Drivers − The Computer Concepts range of Turbo Drivers
- now includes one for the BJC-600 (currently the only printer driver
- available for it!). It is designed to take advantage of the 24-bit
- printing which more and more packages are now supporting. The software
- requires RISC OS 3.1 or later, and a minimum 4Mb RAM is recommended. The
- price is £49 +VAT from CC or £53 through Archive.
- 7.3
- • Buzz is a new games label − actually, it is the budget arm of
- Krisalis. They have just re-released some older titles at £9.99
- inclusive each. Titles are Swiv, Revelation, Jahangir Khan Squash, Mad
- Professor Mariarti and Manchester United.
- 7.3
- • CD-ROM 6 Pack − A late release at the show, this CD-ROM drive (a
- pioneer DRM-604X) marketed by Computer Concepts, uses Pioneer’s
- ‘Quadraspin’ Technology to rotate the disc at four times normal speed,
- giving a sustained 614 Kb/second transfer rate. It also has a six-disc
- magazine and autochanger allowing it to do the job of six separate
- drives. The package includes the drive and controller software. It will
- work on any Archimedes with an Acorn-compatible SCSI interface, although
- it is aimed at networked schools and high-end professional users. CD-ROM
- 6 costs £999 +VAT +carriage from CC or £1150 inclusive through Archive.
- 7.3
- • ColourCard Gold is based on the original Wild Vision/Computer Concepts
- ColourCard. It keeps the large screen resolutions and fast redraw
- speeds, but now also allows the 32,000 colour screen modes to be used on
- the desktop (the 24 bit modes are not (yet?) desktop compatible) at
- resolutions of up to 800×300 or 576×400. RISC OS 3.1 is needed and users
- of older machines (A300/400) should ensure that their machine has a
- genlock header fitted. An A3000 version is available, but requires a
- special fitting kit so it is important to specify, when you order, which
- machine you are using. The new Colourcard Gold costs £249 (+£6 carriage)
- + VAT from Wild Vision or Computer Concepts or £280 inclusive through
- Archive.
- 7.3
- • Creator II − The new version of Alpine Software’s arcade game designer
- has been released, with many changes, resulting from users’ feedback. A
- tiled mode of operation is now available to create large background
- sprites. Square tiles can be used to build up the background. Further
- additions make it easier to use and improve the final result. The price
- is £49 +£1.50 p&p direct from Alpine Software or £55 through Archive.
- Upgrades from any previous version of Creator (1.xx) can be obtained for
- £20 +VAT − return both your old Creator discs to Alpine Software.
- 7.3
- • Crystal Maze − Based on the Chatsworth Television program for Channel
- 4, this game features a mix of puzzles and action and has been released
- exclusively to the Acorn Market. It costs £39.95 inclusive from Sherston
- Software or £37 through Archive. (See the review on page 47.)
- 7.3
- • Dinosaur Discovery − This is actually a new version of a game
- originally written for the BBC Micro in 1985 by Jacaranda. This new
- version is by 4Mation and makes use of the improved graphics facilities
- of the Archimedes. The purpose is to follow the notes given in the diary
- of a professor to find, and then incubate, a brontosaurus egg. Various
- tasks must be completed and problems solved. The single user version is
- £27.50 +VAT (£30 through Archive) and the site licence is £64.64 +VAT
- (£70 through Archive). Schools may take advantage of a 28 day trial
- period before buying the software from 4Mation. Individuals may obtain a
- demo version by sending a blank disc directly to 4Mation.
- 7.3
- • Ergo-Keyboards − Released by Castle Technology, these keyboards are
- compatible with the Acorn keyboard, including the mouse socket and the
- reset button. They have industry standard 102 key PC layout and hardware
- keyboard mouse emulation. The price is £99 +carriage+VAT direct from
- Castle Technology.
- 7.3
- • Eizo F560iW is a 17“ flat-screen monitor (not Trinitron) with a higher
- specification than the F550iW. It is quoted as 1280×1024 and has a dot
- pitch of 0.26mm. (The F550iW is 1024×768 and 0.28mm.) Unless you intend
- to get a colourcard, it would probably not be worthwhile getting a 560
- instead of a 550 as the extra resolution would hardly be noticeable. (I
- haven’t seen them side-by-side so this is based on supposition.) If you
- compare the F560iW with the T560iT (Trinitron) then you get a monitor of
- comparable resolution for £270 less (£1590 cf £1320) but you don’t get
- the better brightness and increased colour saturation of the T560iT.
- 7.3
- • Eizo F780iW is a 21“ flat-screen monitor (not Trinitron) with a
- somewhat higher specification than the F760iW. It is quoted as 1664×1200
- and has a dot pitch of 0.26mm. (The F760iW is 1280 ×1024 and 0.31mm.) If
- you want the ultimate in monitors for use with a colourcard (or the
- ARM700 machine!) then this is it. The Archive price is £3,300 including
- VAT and carriage − rather more than the F760iW at £1,990 − but it would
- certainly be a “future-proof” purchase!
- 7.3
- • FireWorkz − The integrated spreadsheet, graphing and wordprocessing
- package from Colton Software is now available. Effectively, this is a
- merging of Resultz and Wordz and the integrated nature has the advantage
- that, instead of creating a separate table and including it into the
- wordprocessor, the wordprocessor can have ‘live’ data. The wordprocessor
- features a style editor, button bar for frequently used functions,
- spelling checker (55,000 word) and WYSIWYG display. The spreadsheet can
- have background or manual recalculation, includes a custom function
- macro language and access to a full range of charts. Import and export
- functions include Wordz, Resultz, PipeDream, ASCII text, CSV, Lotus 1-2-
- 3 and RTF text. The price is £169 +VAT (£185 through Archive) but there
- is a special launch price (valid to the end of 1993) of £149 +VAT (£165
- through Archive). Upgrades from Wordz and Resultz are available from
- Colton.
- 7.3
- • Flossy the Frog is an interactive adventure for under eights, released
- at Acorn World 93 by 4Mation. Features include point and click movement
- and investigation. Animations are also included and more than one can
- occur at a time. It is designed to provide reading opportunities,
- although it is not necessary to be able to read to use the software, and
- it also teaches simple problem solving. The price is £24.50 +VAT from
- 4Mation or £27 through Archive. Schools can take advantage of the ‘try
- before you buy scheme’ from 4Mation.
- 7.3
- • Haunted House is a desktop adventure game using a similar interface to
- ‘The Wimp Game’. This new offering from 4th Dimension sets you
- collecting all the antiques from an old house, at the owner’s
- instruction, although he declines to come with you. At least 2Mb of RAM
- is required and there are enhancements for ARM3 machines. Animations
- enhance the game, in which 99.5% of the graphics are scanned. The price
- is £25.95 or £24 through Archive.
- 7.3
- • Home Computer Minefield − After a legal challenge by Commodore UK,
- Acorn Computers have withdrawn their “Home Computer Minefield” video.
- They will be moving on to the next stage of their free video campaign
- which involves a detailed guide for parents on the educational use of
- computers.
- 7.3
- • Inkmun refills − System Insight have released a range of specialist
- refill kits for some of the latest inkjet printers, including the CLC10,
- BJC800, Epson Stylus 800 and Deskjet 1200. Refills are specifically
- designed for each of the printers, the ink being matched to that of the
- original cartridge manufacturer, and contained in a concertina-style
- bottle eliminating syringes and sharp needles. As well as the ‘green’
- aspect, refilling is ‘at least 50%’ cheaper. Prices start at £14.98
- including VAT and first class postage for two complete refills. As a
- special offer to Archive readers, System Insight are offering a 10%
- discount on any Inkmun Refill Kit on all postal and telephone orders (a
- maximum of five kits per customer) if you quote reference “Archive
- Magazine RB20” when ordering.
- 7.3
- • Jumble Fun − This is a game for pre-school and special needs from
- Honormead Software Solutions costing £15.95 +VAT (including site
- licence). It can be used in conjunction with switches or touch window.
- Level one is a jigsaw and level two a picture jumble. Additional discs
- with further topical jigsaws are available, or pictures can be imported
- from Scribble, 1st Paint or scanned/digitised images.
- 7.3
- • Medieval and Gothic Fonts − This font pack (reviewed in Archive 6.12
- p77) from the Datafile has now been updated to include full character
- sets, and the quality of drawing has also been improved. The pack
- therefore now consists of four discs rather than three. The price
- remains the same and existing users can upgrade by sending £2 to cover
- costs. You do not need to return any discs.
- 7.3
- • Midi add-on to Acorn I/O podule − This module is no longer available.
- There are plenty of other Midi interfaces available but users of the I/O
- podule will no longer be able to save a podule slot in this way.
- 7.3
- • Navigator − Topologika have produced a content-free software pack to
- develop navigation and mapping skills. Maps can be displayed on screen
- and students can navigate around them in various different ways: compass
- directions, compass bearings, O.S. references, latitude and longitude,
- ‘turtling’ based on turns and moves and vectors (moves relative to your
- current position). The pack comes with six ready-to-use activities on
- disc, manual and teachers’ notes for £45 +£2.50 p&p +VAT or £52 through
- Archive. (N.C. key stages 2 to 4, Geography, Maths and History.)
- 7.3
- • Noddy’s Playtime is produced by The Jumping Bean Company. The
- materials relate to the National Curriculum in Key Stage 1. English,
- Maths and Science are covered with eight special learning programs,
- Railway Station (memory game), N & B Works (observational activity),
- Chimney House (musical fun), Noah’s Ark (jigsaw puzzle), Farm Yard
- (animal matching), Market Place (letter recognition), Post Office
- (counting) and Police Station (maze game) which are linked together by a
- driving program. Also included is a full art package whose features
- include picture colouring, electronic ‘fuzzy felts’, freehand drawing
- with pens, spraycans and fill patterns. The software is RISC OS 3
- compatible but 2Mb of memory is required. The site licence cost is £49
- and the single user version is £25.99.
- 7.3
- • Opening Doors on IT Capability − This sounds like the title of a book
- but actually it is a series of “computer-based learning resources” from
- the Calderdale Curriculum Support Team. The packages are integrated
- collections of text and graphics file, tutor notes and student
- activities. Packs available so far include Using Objects 1 (KS2/3
- History, Technology − £20), Using Pictures 1 (KS2/3 History − £15),
- Limestone Scenery (KS3/4 Geography − £40), Impressionism (KS2/3 Art −
- £40). The prices include VAT − more details from Tim Scratcherd at
- Calderdale Curriculum Support Team.
- 7.3
- • RISC OS 3 Laser Direct Drivers − The long awaited Laser Direct Drivers
- are now available from Computer Concepts, giving full compatibility with
- the RISC OS 3 !Printers application. Free upgrades are available to
- existing LD owners.
- 7.3
- • Scribble is an easy-to-use art package aimed at pre-school and special
- needs. The program can be tailored to meet the individual needs of the
- user. The touch window screen is also supported. Topical support packs
- are also available including ‘The Farm’, ‘Space’, ‘Dinosaurs’,
- ‘Christmas’, and ‘Miscellaneous’. Pictures can be imported and exported
- into other applications. The cost is £29.95 +VAT from Honormead Software
- Solutions and includes a site licence.
- 7.3
- • Squirrel 2 − Digital Services have announced a major upgrade to their
- popular Squirrel database. Squirrel 2 has 38 separate enhancements over
- the previous release versions including data compression, the ability to
- store sprites, drawfiles and text on the backdrop, spreadsheet format
- editing, subset updating and many others. A new graphing module is also
- included. The new price is £139 +VAT or £150 through Archive.
- 7.3
- Existing users can upgrade to version 2 for £25 +VAT or £35 +VAT
- including a revised manual. Upgrades are only available from Digital
- Services.
- 7.3
- • TCP/IP release 2 − There is now a new version of TCP/IP which has been
- produced to take account of the various new network interface cards
- available. The new price is £399 +VAT or £420 through Archive. This
- price includes a site licence.
- 7.3
- Users of version 1 may upgrade to version 2 by sending a cheque for
- £59.95 (inc VAT) to Acorn Direct − or ring 0933−279300 for more details.
- 7.3
- • WordWorks − This package from Computer Concepts is supplied with the
- new Impression packages (neither of which is yet available). However, it
- is a separate application and has been released on its own to assist
- users of all word processors (although it is more integrated with
- Impression). It combines the functions of a desktop Thesaurus and a
- complete English dictionary with explanations. It is also possible to
- use it as an inverted dictionary − for example, you could find all words
- whose explanation includes the word ‘useful’. Once a word has been
- chosen, it can be transferred to your wordprocessor to save you typing
- it again. WordWorks uses licensed thesaurus and dictionary data from
- Collins, so you can be sure that the information is up-to-date, accurate
- and of the highest quality. The price is £39 +VAT from CC or £43
- through Archive.
- 7.3
- Review software received...
- 7.3
- We have received review copies of the following: •Archimedes Game
- Maker’s Manual (bk), •ArcSimp V3 (electronics) (e), •ArcVenture III
- − The Vikings (e), •ASM_Help (u), •Cars − Maths in Motion (e),
- •Creator II (lgu), •E-Numix (e), •Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e),
- •Gestalt 2 − Time & Fractions (e), •Keyboard Trainer (em),
- •Letters (e), •Lingomaster (e), •Mini Expansion Adaptor (h),
- •Navigator (e), •Notes (u), •Observess Expert System Shell, •Opening
- Doors on IT Capability − four packs, see above (e), •Sea, Trade &
- Empire (e), •Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e), •Switch (g),
- •Tiles (e), •Twilight (u).
- 7.3
- e=Education, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
- u=Utility, a=Art.
- 7.3
- If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
- Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
- use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
- knowledge of the particular field. A
- 7.3
- Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
- spiritual health.
- 7.3
- Have you ever been really depressed? I don’t just mean feeling really
- fed up − I mean that horrible rising tide of fear that wells up inside
- you and makes you go hot and cold. You want to escape but there is
- nowhere to run. Some of you won’t know what I am talking about − and I’m
- glad for your sake that you don’t − but some of you will know exactly
- how it feels. A few days ago, I slipped into just such a depression and
- it was terrifying. I’m only just coming out of it.
- 7.3
- Given the sorts of things I normally say in these comments, I guess that
- some of you will be expecting me to come up with some simple solution:
- “God will heal you if you believe in Jesus” or some such.
- 7.3
- I only wish it were that simple! All I will say is that I don’t think I
- would have survived that depression if it hadn’t been for the inner
- strength that I receive through my faith in Jesus. Oh, yes, I can hear
- my critics saying, “There you are, you see! Christianity is just a
- crutch for those too weak to stand on their own two feet. They believe
- in the unbelievable just to make themselves feel better.”
- 7.3
- Sorry but that’s just not true. I believe in Jesus because when I didn’t
- feel any sense of need, I studied what Jesus said and decided it made
- sense. Although it couldn’t be proved, I believed it to be
- intellectually self-consistent. I therefore decided to take Jesus at his
- word and accept all that he was offering.
- 7.3
- So, if you are feeling strong and that you have no need of a crutch, NOW
- is the time to examine Jesus’ claims. At least you will know that you
- haven’t been swayed into believing in Jesus just because you feel in
- need of support or strength.
- 7.3
- Paul Beverley
- 7.3
- P.B.
- 7.3
- Fact-File
- 7.3
- (The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
- 7.3
- 4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
- 7.3
- 4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
- 8PA.
- 7.3
- (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
- 7.3
- Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
- 6QA.
- 7.3
- Academy Television 104
- Kirkstall Road, Leeds, LS3 1JS. (0532-461528) (0532-429522)
- 7.3
- Acorn Direct 13 Dennington Road, Wellingborough, Northants, NN8 2RL.
- 7.3
- Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
- Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
- 7.3
- Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
- 342510)
- 7.3
- Amsat-UK 94 Herongate Road, Wanstead Park, London E12 5EQ. (081-989-
- 6741)
- 7.3
- Anglia Television Education
- Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
- 7.3
- Calderdale CST Heath Training & Development Centre, Free School Lane,
- Halifax, HX1 2PT. (0422-357832) (0422-348783)
- 7.3
- Cambridge International Software 8
- Herbrand Street, Russell Square, London, WC1N 1HZ. (071-278-5136) (071-
- 837-6077)
- 7.3
- Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
- Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
- 7.3
- Castle Technology Ore Trading
- Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham, Suffolk, IP13 9LL. (0728-621222)
- (0728-621179)
- 7.3
- Colton Software (p7) 2 Signet
- Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881)
- 7.3
- (0223-312010)
- 7.3
- Computer Concepts (pp8/13) Gaddesden
- Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
- 7.3
- (0442-231632)
- 7.3
- Dabhand Computing 5 Victoria
- Lane, Whitefield, Manchester, M25 6AL. (061-766-8423)
- 7.3
- (061-766-8425)
- 7.3
- Dalriada Data Technology (p18) 145 Albion
- Street, Kenilworth, Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
- 7.3
- Datafile 71 Anson Road, Locking, Weston-super-Mare, Avon, BS24 7DQ.
- 7.3
- (0934-823005)
- 7.3
- Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
- 210600) (0705-210705)
- 7.3
- Doggysoft 7 Blackhorse Crescent, Amersham, Bucks., HP6 6HP.
- 7.3
- Electronic Font Foundry Gibbs House,
- Kennel Ride, Ascot, SL5 7AQ. (0344-891355) (0344-891366)
- 7.3
- E.S.M. Duke Street, Wisbech, Cambridgeshire, PE13 2AE. (0945-63441)
- 7.3
- Expressive Software Products Holly Tree
- Cottage, Main Street, Strelley Village, Nottingham, NG8 6PD. (0602-
- 295019)
- 7.3
- Honormead Software Solutions The Grange,
- Hospital Lane, Mickleover, Derby, DE3 5DR. (0332-512848) (0332-512867)
- 7.3
- Icon Technology 9 Jarrom Street, Leicester, LE2 7DH. (0533-546225)
- 7.3
- (or Mike Glover on 057-286-642)
- 7.3
- Jumping Bean Co Leen Gate, Lenton, Nottingham, NG7 2LX. (0602-792838)
- (0602-780963)
- 7.3
- Kudlian Soft 8 Barrow Road, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1EH. (0926-
- 851147)
- 7.3
- Le Computer Main Road, Willows Green, Chelmsford, CM3 1QB. (0245-
- 362225)
- 7.3
- (0245-362225)
- 7.3
- Leading Edge 376 Meanwood Road, Leeds, LS7 2JH. (0532-621111) (0532-
- 374163)
- 7.3
- LOOKsystems (p40/41) 47 Goodhale
- Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-764114)
- 7.3
- (0603-764011)
- 7.3
- Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
- 7.3
- Micro Studio Ltd 22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, Cambridgeshire.
- (0353-720433)
- 7.3
- Microvitec Ltd Bolling Road, Bradford, BD4 7TU. (0274-390011) (0274-
- 734944)
- 7.3
- Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
- 9XD.
- 7.3
- Oak Solutions (p14) Broadway
- House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
- 211760) (0954-211767)
- 7.3
- Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
- Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
- 7.3
- Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
- 411162 after 6)
- 7.3
- Sherston Software Swan Barton,
- Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433)
- 7.3
- (0666-840048)
- 7.3
- Sibelius Software 4 Bailey
- Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR. (0223-302765)
- 7.3
- Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
- 7.3
- Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
- (0305-860483)
- 7.3
- System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
- AL7 4TB.
- 7.3
- (0707-395500) (0707-395501)
- 7.3
- Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
- 7.3
- UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
- 474681)
- 7.3
- Unilab Ltd The Science Park, Hutton Street, Blackburn BB1 3BT. (0254-
- 681222)
- 7.3
- (0254-681777)
- 7.3
- Widgit Software 102 Radford Road, Leamington Spa, CV31 1LF. (0926-
- 885303)
- 7.3
- Words & Music 26 Newark Drive, Whitburn, Sunderland, SR6 7DF. (091-
- 529-4788)
- 7.3
- (091-529-5327)
- 7.3
- Colton
- 7.3
- New artwork
- 7.3
- CC
- 7.3
- New artwork
- 7.3
- Modes, Megahertz and Monitors
- 7.3
- Stuart Bell
- 7.3
- A beginner’s guide to monitors
- 7.3
- The ultimate aim of this article is to help Archive members to come to
- an informed decision about the best way of upgrading the video display
- which they are currently using on their Archimedes. It would be possible
- simply to list the options, but that doesn’t help as soon as a new
- monitor comes on the market, and choosing from a list isn’t really
- making an “informed decision”! But the consequence is firstly that we
- really have to understand a little of the development of video displays
- on Acorn (and IBM compatible) computers, and secondly that we have to
- get involved in interpreting the specifications of monitors, so that we
- can determine their suitability for our particular computer.
- 7.3
- A little history
- 7.3
- 1987 was an important year in the personal computer industry. That was
- the year that saw the production of the first A310 computer. It was also
- the year in which IBM produced their PS/2 system, with a new standard of
- video display − VGA, the acronym for ‘Versatile Graphics Adaptor’, which
- is the interface board within the computer which produces a VGA display.
- 7.3
- Before 1987, there was a plethora of mutually-incompatible display
- standards in the PC world, and thus no ‘industry standard’ which Acorn
- could have chosen to follow. Instead, since the A310 was seen as – and
- labelled as – the successor to the original BBC computer, Acorn chose to
- maintain some measure of compatibility with the video output of that
- machine. The BBC computer worked with televisions, or with what are
- termed ‘broadcast standard’ monitors, which are effectively TV’s without
- a tuner. Thus, the first Archimedes User Guide (1987), lists modes 0 to
- 20, of which all but the last three will work on such displays. (Modes
- 18-20 are the 640×512 displays for multisync monitors.) To this day, the
- standard Acorn colour monitor is a broadcast standard device, with the
- very important consequence that, to be fully compatible with an
- Archimedes, a monitor must support these modes 0–17, and in particular
- modes 12 and 15.
- 7.3
- A little terminology
- 7.3
- Monitors work much like televisions, in that the screen image is
- ‘painted’ on the front screen of a cathode-ray-tube by a ‘gun’ which
- fires electrons at the screen. (To be precise, on non-Trinitron colour
- screens, there are three such guns.) The guns trace a path of parallel
- lines, working down the screen, and at typically 640 points on each line
- the gun may be turned ‘on’ or ‘off’, or to some intermediate power,
- according to whether, for example, any green colour is required at that
- point on that line on the screen. As soon as the screen has been
- ‘painted’ once, the whole process starts again, each screen cycle being
- termed a ‘frame’.
- 7.3
- There are three parameters to the timing of the display being provided
- by the monitor. The first is the vertical scan frequency, or the frame
- rate. This is the rate at which the whole screen is being ‘re-painted.’
- Typically, this takes place 50 to 80 times a second. The number of
- cycles is measured in ‘Hertz’, so such a monitor would be described as
- having a frame rate of 50-80Hz.
- 7.3
- The second parameter is the number of lines of display that the monitor
- can display in one second. This is termed the horizontal scan frequency,
- or the line rate. A typical multisync monitor might have a range of
- 30–60kHz, meaning that it can display 30 to 60 thousand lines in one
- second.
- 7.3
- Thirdly, the bandwidth of a monitor describes the rate at which the
- colour of individual ‘dots’ or pixels can be displayed on the screen. A
- bandwidth of 80MHz would mean that it can display 80 million pixels per
- second. Clearly, these parameters are related to each other, and also to
- the resolution of the display on the screen. This is expressed as the
- number of pixels displayed – for example 640×256 in mode 12. (You will
- find it useful to have Appendix D of the RISC OS 3 User Guide in front
- of you!)
- 7.3
- For example, a 60Hz frame rate and a 30kHz line rate would imply that
- each frame contained 30,000/60 lines, that is 500 lines of display. In
- practice, the borders at the top and bottom would reduce this to perhaps
- 400 pixels in the vertical direction. Similarly, a 30kHz line rate and a
- 30MHz pixel rate would suggest that each line contained 30,000,000 /
- 30,000 = 1,000 pixels per line, which, allowing for borders might be
- about 800 ‘dots’.
- 7.3
- Finally, the last often quoted parameter for a monitor is the ‘pitch’,
- or the physical size of the pixels on the screen. Whilst a typical size
- is 0.28mm, some lower quality screens may have a pitch of 0.39mm. The
- quality of the perceived image will fall off rapidly if you try to
- display more ‘dots’ than will fit on the screen. For example, my 14“
- monitor has a 0.28mm pitch, and the horizontal width of the display area
- is about 250mm. Therefore, one cannot expect to be able to display more
- than 250 / 0.28 = 892 pixels across the screen. Some better monitors
- will allow this rule to be bent a little, but quality will deteriorate.
- 7.3
- An example: Mode 12 on a standard monitor
- 7.3
- Mode 12 is the 16 colour 640×256 pixel mode used by many users with
- standard monitors. Such displays have a fixed frame rate of 50Hz and a
- fixed line rate of 15.625kHz. As we have seen already, this implies that
- every frame must have about 15,625 / 50 = 312.5 lines, and you will
- observe that, to allow for the top and bottom borders (and time for the
- ‘guns’ to move back to the top of the screen) every desktop mode from 0
- to 17 does indeed have 250 or 256 lines. The number of pixels displayed
- along one line depends on the relationship between the pixel rate and
- the line rate. In mode 12, these are 16Mhz and 15.625kHz respectively,
- giving a theoretical 16,000,000 /15,625 = 1024 pixels.
- 7.3
- In practice, mode 12 displays 640, but you can see that there is scope
- to use up some of the margins with some monitors – hence RISC OS 3’s
- mode 35, a ‘wider’ mode 12 with 768 pixels per line. Similarly, it
- squeezes 288 lines out of the theoretical 312, instead of only 256. By
- increasing the pixel rate with standard monitors, it is possible to
- increase the horizontal resolution of the display. For example, mode 16
- uses a 24MHz pixel rate to give a 1056×256 display, and I have
- personally been able to wind that figure up to over 1100 on some
- screens. But the vertical limit of 256 to 288 lines remains.
- 7.3
- Thus, in 1987, Acorn computers offered a good range of modes, with up to
- 256 colours, on ‘broadcast standard’ monitors, at a resolution up to
- 640×256 pixels. This compared very favourably with the displays of other
- personal computers and also offered compatibility with earlier Acorn
- machines. For users with access to ‘multisync’ monitors, modes 18-20
- allowed 640×512 displays. It should be noted at this point that, as the
- RISC OS 3 mode list shows, such modes do not show twice as much
- information. The logical area displayed (defined in ‘OS units’) is the
- same, but as twice as many lines are used, the resolution and clarity of
- the display is much better. Since mode 12 uses 640×256 pixels to display
- 1280×1024 OS units, whilst mode 20 uses 640×512 pixels for the same
- area, the former is said to be a ‘rectangular pixel’ mode, and the
- latter a ‘square pixel’ one. Most higher resolution modes are of this
- type, but it is important to be sure. For example, what is sometimes
- described as a 1600×1200 mode on one of the new colour cards in fact
- displays 1600×600 pixels – it is a rectangular pixel mode.
- 7.3
- Example 2: Mode 20 on a ‘multisync’
- 7.3
- Whilst standard monitors have fixed frame and line rates, multisync
- monitors will synchronise with a wide range of rates – hence the
- designation. Mode 20, a 16 colour 640×512 display has too many lines for
- a standard monitor, but could be displayed on a multisync with quite a
- range of different line rates. For example, a pixel rate of 24Mhz, a
- line rate of 30.075kHz and a frame rate of 50Hz work quite well, giving
- narrow borders. (You may like to check the calculations, to find the
- theoretical display size.)
- 7.3
- However, as we shall see later, multisync monitors are not the answer to
- all our problems. First, there is the question of cost but, more
- importantly, we shall find that very few can display the standard
- resolution modes without special software.
- 7.3
- The VIDC enhancer
- 7.3
- First developed by Atomwide, the use of the VIDC enhancer has been well
- discussed in Archive. It may be worthwhile, however, to consider the
- technical reasons for its development. For all machines up to and
- including the A3000, the fastest pixel rate that the VIDC (the chip
- responsible for the video display) could produce was 24MHz. Since 50Hz
- is the lowest frame rate for practical use, that means that the maximum
- number of pixels that could be displayed on the screen was 24,000,000 /
- 50 = 500,000. Allowing for borders all round, the practical maximum was
- about that of mode 40, 896×352 = 315,392 ‘dots’. Atomwide realised that
- by speeding up the VIDC, a pixel rate of 36MHz is possible and Acorn
- built this new clock rate into the later machines. For example, with the
- right monitor, mode 102 – 1152×448 – 516,096 displayed pixels became a
- possibility.
- 7.3
- The VGA standard
- 7.3
- As we have noted, IBM’s PS/2 machines introduced the VGA standard to the
- PC world in 1987. It specified a 640×480 pixel 16 or 256 colour display,
- with other modes, such as 720×400, being offered. As usual, where IBM
- led, the rest of the industry followed (“All we like sheep have gone
- astray... ”), and VGA became the industry standard. When a need for
- higher resolutions was perceived, after an initial period of chaos, a
- manufacturers’ association, VESA, defined the 800×600 (SVGA) and the
- 1024×768 standards. Immediately, the need for multisync monitors became
- less pressing and manufacturers could tailor the electronics of their
- displays to support only the VGA standard and its successors. The cost
- savings in producing these less-flexible monitors is quite massive –
- hence the current price differences between multisync and SVGA monitors.
- 7.3
- For Acorn users, however, there is the major problem that the VGA
- standard bears no relation to anything that Acorn produced prior to the
- A30x0, A4000, A5000 and A540 machines. The VGA standard defines a pixel
- rate of 25.175Mhz, and a line rate of 31.5kHz. The SVGA standards are
- 36MHz and 35.5kHz respectively.
- 7.3
- Watford Electronics saw the advantages for Acorn users of being able to
- use SVGA monitors and, in addition to producing a standard VIDC
- enhancer, devised also an SVGA version, which added a 25.175MHz clock to
- the 36MHz pixel clock normally provided. The use of this device is
- described in my article “The Taxan 787 Monitor” in Archive 7.2 p77.
- Whilst it forms a very cost-effective solution to monitor upgrading, the
- limitations of the device in respect of the ‘letterbox’ display of
- standard modes should not be ignored. Later Acorn machines added the
- 25.175MHz clock, thus allowing the use of SVGA monitors for many but not
- all display modes, as the table on page 220 of the RISC OS 3 User Guide
- indicates.
- 7.3
- The VIDC – Memory bottleneck
- 7.3
- A significant limit on the quality of display produced by the VIDC –
- with or without an enhancer – is the speed at which it can access the
- memory which holds the information to be displayed. On older machines
- with memory running at 8MHz, this is about 18Mb per second. Thus, at a
- frame rate of 50Hz, this limits the screen memory to 18,000,000 / 50 =
- 360Kb. (RISC OS itself limits display memory to 480Kb, but this is not
- normally a problem.) The 360Kb limit precludes 256 colour versions of
- the larger resolution modes being used. For example, the 16 colour
- 800×800 mode 31 takes 234.4Kb, but a similar 256 colour mode would
- require twice that, and is therefore impossible. A further problem is
- that when using such ‘big’ displays, the VIDC takes most of the
- bandwidth of the memory. In other words, it is so busy reading and
- displaying the screen memory that it stops the processor from doing
- useful work. This degradation is obvious on-screen, even with ARM3
- processors.
- 7.3
- The bottle-neck solution: Colour Cards
- 7.3
- Again, these have been well described in earlier issues of Archive. They
- circumvent the problems of VIDC speed and memory bandwidth although, at
- the moment, they are still constrained by RISC OS’s 480Kb display memory
- limit when displaying the desktop. With ‘square pixel’ displays of
- 1600×600 with 16 colours or 800×600 with 256 colours in the desktop, and
- 576×424 with 32,000 colours outside the desktop, they represent the
- highest-quality upgrade for Archimedes users. But since they also
- require extremely good monitors, almost certainly with a 17“ screen, to
- display such great numbers of pixels, they cannot offer the lowest cost
- upgrade path!
- 7.3
- Having outlined the development of Acorn display standards and attempted
- to explain the characteristics of different monitors, in the second half
- of this article next month, I shall try to help readers to come to an
- informed decision about their own possible display upgrade path. A
- 7.3
- Some new information has come to light since Stuart wrote the above
- article...
- 7.3
- A new entrant
- 7.3
- Acorn have just launched their new AKF50 multisync monitor as an
- alternative to the AKF18. It is a 14“ monitor with a dot pitch of 0.28mm
- (the same as the Eizo 9060) compared with the AKF18’s 0.39mm. Like the
- 9060, it works right down to the lower frequency modes and, from our
- initial investigations here in the Archive office, it looks to be a very
- good monitor for the price.
- 7.3
- The Archive price of the AKF50 is £374 compared with £600 for the Eizo
- 9060 monitor. This may well be because the AKF50 is UK built (by
- Microvitec) instead of being imported, fully-assembled, from Japan. (The
- dollar exchange rates have been pushing up the prices of Japanese goods
- for some time now.) If you want to buy one with an A5000, just add £75
- to the price as quoted with the AKF18.
- 7.3
- Obviously, we cannot yet say anything about the long-term reliability
- since it is a brand new monitor. However, anyone who has used Microvitec
- monitors on BBC computers over the years will know that they had a very
- good reliability record. We can only hope that this reputation will be
- maintained. Ed. A
- 7.3
- Beginners’ Column
- 7.3
- Laura Handoca
- 7.3
- Where do we go from here?
- 7.3
- Letters and questions are becoming a little thin on the ground and I
- remain somewhat unconvinced of their general usefulness. With the new
- series of beginners’ articles by the NITTs starting this month, I felt
- it was time to take stock of the situation.
- 7.3
- What do people really want from the Beginners’ Column? The only feedback
- from Acorn World 93 concerned programming (see below), with some
- questions about where beginners can go for help.
- 7.3
- This is therefore an appeal for some slightly more specific information
- from you, the reader. What areas of computing would you like to see
- dealt with in Archive? What is your most persistent trouble spot
- (printing?... organizing memory?...). I could compile a questionnaire to
- find out this sort of thing but it would be easier if people wrote to me
- with ideas.
- 7.3
- From the feedback so far, areas of confusion seem to include using the
- task manager, configuration set-up, !Alarm, and what happens outside the
- desktop. Please have a think about this and write to me!
- 7.3
- Programming...
- 7.3
- The main beginners’ queries I encountered at Acorn World 93 concerned
- Basic programming. It has been suggested that we provide help for
- beginners who are keen to learn how to program in Basic, but who
- encounter problems that they can’t solve. The idea would be that they
- should send in their program to the Beginners’ Column, indicating (if
- possible) which section is causing difficulty, and describing what they
- are trying to achieve.
- 7.3
- We will try to find and correct the mistake, and explain the reason why
- the code did not work in the first place. We will probably not be able
- to print whole programs in Archive but airing some common mistakes will,
- hopefully, help most early programmers.
- 7.3
- So, if there is anyone out there who would find this a useful beginners’
- feature, please send in your problem programs.
- 7.3
- More help available
- 7.3
- One thing I did pick up from the Acorn User magazine stand was a little
- booklet entitled “The Acorn User Handbook”. It only took half an hour to
- read but I thought it was quite well done − easy to read, jargon-free
- and informative. I think some beginners would find it useful.
- 7.3
- It is only available from Acorn User magazine − contact them for more
- details on 071-331-8000. A
- 7.3
- CC
- 7.3
- From 7.2 page 8
- 7.3
- Oak
- 7.3
- From 7.2 page 7
- 7.3
- Look Systems
- 7.3
- From 6.12 page 40
- 7.3
- Look Systems
- 7.3
- From 6.12 page 41
- 7.3
- New Outline Fonts on the Archimedes
- 7.3
- Richard Hallas
- 7.3
- Ever since the Archimedes first appeared, there seems to have been a
- dearth of quality fonts, at least in comparison with other systems.
- Despite having the best font management software which, at the time it
- was released, was a quite staggering step forward in quality and ease of
- use, there has nevertheless been only a relatively small number of fonts
- available in the Acorn format. In the cases where a font family was
- available, there was normally the inconvenience that the Acorn name did
- not match the PostScript name on other machines.
- 7.3
- We have at least been lucky to have had one font design house, the
- Electronic Font Foundry, which has been dedicated to producing quality
- outline fonts at a reasonable price, but it has frequently been true
- that desired fonts from the Mac and PC platforms have simply not been
- available to users of the Acorn machines. All that is now set to change.
- 7.3
- Two new contenders have just entered the scene, in the form of
- LOOKsystems and the Datafile. Both companies are offering conversions of
- high quality fonts from PostScript format into Acorn outline format, and
- their prices are very competitive indeed.
- 7.3
- LOOKsystems’ 100 Monotype Typefaces Pack One
- 7.3
- Over the last few months, it has been difficult not to notice the high-
- profile advertising from LOOKsystems in the various Acorn magazines: a
- double-page spread, listing all the 100 Monotype fonts in the pack.
- Given this amount of advertising, there is little point in listing all
- the fonts in the pack here; suffice it to say that this first pack
- consists of 100 individual font faces in 26 actual families, the number
- of faces in each family ranging from 1 to 13.
- 7.3
- The price of the 100 Monotype Typefaces Pack One from Archive is £90,
- which seems ludicrously cheap. Do you really get a set of very high
- quality outline fonts, in RISC OS 2 and 3 format with full kerning data,
- for only 90p each? It is, after all, quality rather than just quantity
- which is required. I will get around to answering this question shortly.
- 7.3
- Opening the LOOKsystems pack when it arrived through my letter box did
- indeed put me in a very favourable mood from the outset, as it is one of
- the most attractively presented software packages I have yet come
- across. The pack consists of six discs, a manual and some installation
- notes housed in a slim white plastic wallet which is slightly larger
- than A5. The A5 manual, which is of similar dimensions to an issue of
- Archive, is a really beautifully presented document and must, in itself,
- have been quite expensive to produce. Printed entirely on highly glossy
- paper in red and black ink, it contains a complete printout of every
- font in the pack, with type samples in various point sizes.
- 7.3
- Installation of the fonts has to be done by a special utility, you can’t
- just copy the fonts onto your own discs, as they are both protected and
- in the wrong format. The first time you run the installation program, it
- prompts you for a unique password which, when typed in, unlocks the
- package. (This only has to be done once.) Installation still has to be
- performed by the utility after you have entered the password, as the
- fonts are stored on disc in an efficient way. From the individual files,
- the installation program extracts the RISC OS 3 or RISC OS 2 format
- fonts, according to which format you have chosen. (Of course, if you
- choose RISC OS 2 format, the kerning data is lost from the copied
- version of the fonts.) It can even create new font directories for you.
- The installation program is nicely presented, very simple to operate,
- and can be run as many times as you wish. You don’t have to install all
- the fonts at once − you simply pick which ones you want from a list. If
- you only have RISC OS 2 in your machine, you can install the fonts in
- that format and replace them with the improved versions (with kerning
- pairs and more characters) if you upgrade later.
- 7.3
- The Datafile’s ITC, Letraset and URW font conversions
- 7.3
- The Datafile is doing a very similar job to LOOKsystems and is, in fact,
- using the same conversion and hinting software. Unlike LOOKsystems,
- however, the Datafile is selling font families singly at a rather higher
- price. This is not a case of the Datafile trying to cash in − it’s just
- that the two companies’ licensing agreements are different and it would
- not be financially viable for the Datafile to sell its fonts any more
- cheaply. The way that the Datafile’s pricing structure works is that you
- pay £10 for the initial face in any family, £5 each for any further
- family members up to the sixth face and then £3·50 each for any other
- faces.
- 7.3
- Concerning packaging, the Datafile’s fonts are also very attractively
- presented in a thin white plastic wallet which is similar to, but rather
- smaller than, the LOOKsystems version. The wallet is almost square and
- slightly larger than a 5¼“ disc. The relevant font is featured on the
- cover, and a separate printout of one complete face in several point
- sizes is supplied inside the package, along with samples of the other
- faces. The disc itself also illustrates the font, which is a nice touch.
- Where possible, the documentation also contains some historical
- background about the font, which is both interesting and illuminating.
- 7.3
- Rather than taking the LOOKsystems’ installation approach, the Datafile
- fonts are supplied in both formats on a single disc. You simply copy the
- RISC OS 2 or RISC OS 3 face out into your own font directory.
- Alternatively, you can use the RISC OS 3 font directly from the original
- disc if you so wish, as a small application is supplied which adds it to
- the font list. (Running fonts from floppy discs is a slow process,
- though.)
- 7.3
- Since Datafile adverts have been less widespread than the ones from
- LOOKsystems, here is a list of the fonts which are available at the time
- of writing:
- 7.3
- From ITC: Bauhaus, Eras, Isadora, Manhattan, Panache; from Letraset:
- Academy Engraved, Balmoral, Freestyle Script, Gillies Gothic Extra Bold
- Shaded, Mastercard, Quixley, Sinaloa; from URW: Palladio, Antiqua.
- 7.3
- The Electronic Font Foundry ITC and Letraset fonts
- 7.3
- EFF is very much a known quantity in the Archimedes sphere, as it has
- been producing fonts since the early days of the Archimedes. Recently it
- has begun advertising ITC and Letraset fonts in addition to its own
- typefaces. The reason for this is that it has now obtained a licence to
- supply its own versions of these fonts and so there will be a certain
- overlap between the fonts produced by EFF and the Datafile. The
- difference is that EFF, being a design house, will be selling its own
- versions of these fonts which have been newly created from the ITC and
- Letraset shapes, whereas the Datafile sells actual PostScript
- conversions, so what you get is very similar to what you would be
- getting if you bought the PC or Macintosh version. Until recently, EFF’s
- fonts have been supplied in large (video cassette size) plastic boxes,
- but these rather over-size offerings have now been replace by smaller
- wallets. The fonts themselves must simply be dragged from the disc into
- your own fonts directory before you can use them. (There is also a very
- simple install program which you can use to automate this process if you
- wish.) No actual font printout is supplied, but a small utility,
- FontTable, which is supplied on the disc, creates a drawfile of a font
- so you can make your own printouts if you wish.
- 7.3
- EFF’s pricing structure has recently been revised. Fonts now cost £5 per
- face in RISC OS 2 format, or £6 per face in RISC OS 3 format, which
- includes kerning data. There are also a number of font packs which
- (depending on the pack) can supply fonts for as little as £1 per font.
- These prices only apply to Latin 1 fonts: other language fonts are
- available at a higher price, and cater for around 60 languages. EFF is
- currently the only company of the three to supply foreign-language
- fonts, although LOOKsystems has definite plans to do so in the future.
- 7.3
- Quality and technicalities
- 7.3
- So much for the packaging and installation but what are the fonts
- themselves like?
- 7.3
- When you buy an EFF font, you know that it has been specifically
- tailored for the Acorn platform. Every character in the face will have
- been defined, and best use will have been made of the special Acorn-
- specific hinting methods for improving printing quality.
- 7.3
- As the LOOKsystems and Datafile fonts have both been produced using very
- similar methods to each other, they can be grouped together for this
- part of the discussion. These fonts have been converted from PostScript
- and then have had full hinting and skeleton lines added to them, and
- quality control measures have been taken to ensure that they all print
- correctly, even at very small point sizes. However, since they have been
- converted from PostScript, there are certain features which make them
- slightly different from EFF’s Acorn-specific offerings. The most
- important point, in a way, is that (initially, at least) the hinting
- methods used are not quite as good as those used by EFF.
- 7.3
- The way that PostScript handles the curved parts of letters is different
- from the Acorn method. The control points of the curved lines occur at
- the N, S, E and W directions, whereas the Acorn system requires that
- control points are positioned at NW, NE, SE and SW, and that pairs of
- points are attached to the scaffolding lines, with the ‘belly’ of the
- curved segment on the scaffold. The diagram below should make this
- clearer. The left window is from EFF’s Garamond and the right one from
- the LOOKsystems’ Monotype Garamond.
- 7.3
- As you can see, the EFF Q has pairs of points attached whereas the
- PostScript conversion has only single points attached. This will lead to
- a slight difference in quality when printing at small sizes. However,
- Adrian Look (who wrote some of the conversion software used by both
- LOOKsystems and Datafile) is investigating the possibility of rotating
- the necessary points by 45° to enable them to be attached to the
- scaffolding lines in the correct way. If he is successful, then both the
- LOOKsystems and Datafile fonts will be upgraded. (The fonts will remain
- the same price, and upgrades will be free to existing users.) Even if it
- cannot be done, it does not really detract much from the quality of the
- fonts. Any differences would only really be apparent at very small point
- sizes and, in any case, at resolutions of 600 dots per inch or more
- (resolutions which are now available cheaply via various direct-drive
- laser printers) the effect would not really be noticeable at all.
- Besides, the fonts have all been checked and modified as necessary to
- ensure that ‘drop-out’ does not occur when printing the characters at
- small sizes.
- 7.3
- For example, take a look at the bitmap illustrations on the opposite
- page.
- 7.3
- These two bitmaps show exactly what you would get if you printed a
- capital Q (the very same letters are shown in the previous illustration)
- in 6 point text at 300 dots per inch. (This is really the smallest size
- you can get away with on a standard resolution – 300 dpi – laser
- printer.) The EFF character (left) does have slightly more balanced
- sides with a better inner ‘belly’ at the mid-point of each curved side.
- However, there are a couple of points to note. These two Qs are taken
- from versions of Garamond from different design houses, and the overall
- weight of the font in the right-hand window is a little heavier than
- that in the left. Also, the descenders are of slightly different designs
- to each other. The comparison is therefore not quite a fair one. Bearing
- these points in mind, you can see that there is very little practical
- difference in quality at these resolutions. If you were not printing on
- a laser printer, and the resolution were lower, then differences may be
- more apparent. However, if you don’t have a laser printer, these
- differences will probably not worry you anyway! So, in a truly practical
- sense, the potential difference in quality is not of great concern.
- 7.3
- A second issue is that of character sets. As mentioned above, in an EFF
- font, every usable character is defined, including those in the range
- ASCII 128−139 which are not specified in the Acorn format. This is EFF’s
- own adaptation of the standard Latin 1 set. The new specification for
- RISC OS 3 fonts includes some accented W and Y characters which were not
- present in the RISC OS 2 specification and, of course, the EFF fonts
- include these characters. The PostScript conversions do not include
- these characters but the RISC OS 3 versions of the fonts generally have
- a few more characters which are extra to the Latin 1 set. These include
- S and Z (in both upper and lower case) with a caron accent (like an
- inverted circumflex) and L with a slash through it. (Actually, these
- characters are not accessible under the current version of the operating
- system but that’s not the fault of the fonts − it’s a limitation of RISC
- OS, but that’s another story...)
- 7.3
- Therefore, if you need fonts which can cope with the Welsh language
- (circumflex W, etc) you have no choice but to buy the EFF fonts;
- otherwise, there should be no problem, and the PostScript conversions
- will give you a few extra characters for free.
- 7.3
- A further consideration is that not all the PostScript conversions have
- absolutely full character sets. All the most important characters are
- there but there are sometimes a few omissions in the display fonts.
- (Characters such as <, > and = may be omitted.) This is, of course, not
- a fault of the conversions − they’re not defined in the PostScript
- sources either. The Letraset fonts, in particular, suffer from this and
- so do a very few of the fonts in the Monotype pack. However, it’s not
- really a problem since the fonts concerned are intended as display faces
- rather than for body text and so you would be unlikely to use the
- omitted characters anyway. The vast majority of the converted fonts have
- absolutely full character sets (excepting the Welsh characters) and they
- do of course follow Acorn’s layout of characters. (Under their licensing
- agreements, LOOKsystems and the Datafile are not allowed to add any
- characters to the ones already provided.)
- 7.3
- Now looking at the specific font packs available, the Monotype Pack One
- certainly gives you a lot for your money. I am pleased to say that the
- LOOKsystems fonts are really very good indeed. If you install them in
- RISC OS 3 format, the fonts incorporate full kerning data. RISC OS
- applications are now increasingly making use of this data and it can
- drastically improve the appearance of documents. (In particular, current
- versions of Impression, Ovation, Wordz and PMS make use of automatic
- font kerning under RISC OS 3.)
- 7.3
- As for criticisms, it is really rather hard to make any. Aside from the
- point that the scaffolding could be slightly improved (which Adrian Look
- is actively working on), the only point I can think of is that it’s a
- bit of a pity that there’s not slightly more variety in the fonts
- provided. A few of them do look a bit similar and it would perhaps have
- been nice if a few more display faces could have been included among all
- the body text fonts. However, the fonts have been well-chosen and form
- an excellent range of ‘starter-fonts’. Also, the range provided gives a
- good representation of typographical history, from the ‘classic’ Blado
- and Poliphilus (whose original designs date from the early sixteenth
- century) to much more modern fonts. A second point is that it’s very
- useful to get the full range of the font families at once, rather than
- just, say, four faces per family. The Blado and Poliphilus fonts do
- contain a lot of control points and have a rather lumpy appearance when
- examined in detail. This is seemingly a result of slightly over-zealous
- conversions of the hot-metal originals into PostScript format, with
- possibly a little too much attention to fine details. They are certainly
- ‘authentic’ fonts but they do consume a bit more memory and disc space
- than is desirable. Anyway, that’s a fault of the originals rather than
- the conversions.
- 7.3
- There are also some unusual inclusions in the LOOKsystems pack which are
- well worth having (such as Goudy Text Lombardic Capitals), and I was
- very pleased that a Plantin Expert set was included. The expert fonts
- include the ‘standard’ ligatures which are not built into the Acorn font
- specification, as well as old style numerals, small capitals and tools
- for building up fractions. (The EFF Publishers’ Pack includes a Garamond
- font – LondonA – with similar expert sets.) The expert sets are of
- course for quite specialised use, and the characters available do not
- all conform to the standard layout − indeed, they couldn’t, as many
- aren’t included in the specification. Full character sets are not
- provided in these fonts. However, for specialised use, and for really
- sprucing up the appearance of your documents to the highest standards,
- they are invaluable. Both LOOKsystems and EFF expert sets follow similar
- layouts. (How fitting that this article should be published in the first
- issue of Archive in which Monotype’s Plantin is being used for the main
- text. Ed)
- 7.3
- The Datafile’s font conversions are of a very similar quality to those
- from LOOKsystems. The same comments apply about their conversion
- processes, hinting and character sets. In the first instance, the
- Datafile was only going to be converting ITC and Letraset fonts, but URW
- (the Hamburg company which creates the original PostScript files) was so
- impressed with the conversion quality of the first selection that they
- granted the Datafile an exclusive licence to convert their own fonts.
- 7.3
- URW is the biggest design house in Europe, and wrote the software which
- is used to convert the original letter designs into the actual
- PostScript in the first place. The Datafile’s acquisition of exclusive
- rights to supply URW fonts in Acorn format is of huge importance given
- Acorn’s new printing ventures in Germany and Holland. Acorn versions of
- these URW fonts have been specifically requested by the Germans, and the
- Datafile is now supplying fonts to AB Dick in Germany and ECD in Holland
- as part of Acorn’s publishing system.
- 7.3
- The selection of fonts from the Datafile is generally ‘fancier’ overall
- than the LOOKsystems offerings at the moment, although some body-text
- fonts are available too. The Letraset conversions generally suffer from
- the incomplete character sets mentioned above but this is only because
- the characters do not exist in the PostScript versions. Also, in some
- fonts there are some interesting additions. In particular, the Freestyle
- Script conversion (which includes a bold face) contains a number of
- special ligature characters (for example qu, on, tt). Whilst this means
- that this particular font is in a non-standard format, with a bit of
- trouble you can get some font-specific refinements which would not
- otherwise be possible. Interestingly, this font is also available from
- EFF. In this incarnation, the character set is absolutely standard, as
- you would expect from EFF. None of the special ligature characters are
- provided (and EFF does not currently supply a bold face). However, the
- full, standard character set may be what you require.
- 7.3
- The LOOKsystems pack contains a copy of Monotype Garamond. EFF currently
- produce ITC Garamond, so I compared the two. It was interesting to find
- that they are so different as to almost comprise two different fonts
- (see above, in the Q hinting example). There are in fact at least four
- different versions of Garamond (designed by different companies) in use,
- and these are two of them. It does illustrate the point, though, that
- you cannot assume that two fonts with the same name from two companies
- will be just the same. In this case, I preferred the EFF design but this
- is not a comment on the quality of either font.
- 7.3
- I also compared the EFF version of ITC Bauhaus with Datafile’s
- conversion of ITC Bauhaus. Even though this is the same font from the
- same source, I still found a (smaller) number of differences, which can
- be accounted for by the fact that EFF does its designs from the original
- shapes rather than converting PostScript data. I found the Datafile’s
- version to be preferable, with more rounded letter shapes overall − but
- that’s a subjective judgement.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- If you owned a Mac or a PC, and you were to buy one of these fonts, it
- would cost you around £38 for every single face. If you buy them from
- the Datafile, they cost you around £5 each, from EFF they cost up to £6
- each, and from LOOKsystems they all cost 90p each.
- 7.3
- Whilst the Datafile’s fonts look a little expensive compared with the
- LOOKsystems fonts, it is important to remember that the LOOKsystems
- fonts are only sold in packs of 100, and £90 (at Archive price) at once
- can seem like a great deal, especially if you only really want one or
- two fonts in the pack. The Datafile fonts are available singly, and
- there is an additional advantage that if you want a particular ITC,
- Letraset or URW font which has not yet been converted, you can ask the
- Datafile for it and its conversion will be made a priority.
- 7.3
- The LOOKsystems and Datafile packs present, for the first time on the
- Archimedes, world-class quality fonts from Monotype and ITC, and their
- ranges will include not only brand-new typefaces, but also classics
- which have been around for as long as these companies themselves.
- 7.3
- The historical importance of many of these fonts should not be
- understated. The Monotype Corporation, in particular, has been creating
- typefaces of world renown for a century, and the Monotype Classic Font
- library consists of around 700 typefaces which have been adapted from
- their hot-metal originals using the same software which Adobe uses for
- creation of its own fonts. Now this classic library is to become
- available to Acorn users, courtesy of LOOKsystems, and that really is
- good news for anyone who has even the slightest interest in printing.
- 7.3
- The outline fonts supplied by the Datafile and LOOKsystems are high
- quality originals, and of the finest traditions, as ITC New York,
- Monotype, etc are world class type foundries which work with the
- original type designers, and very many famous typefaces have been
- designed by or for these companies. The importance of these licences for
- Acorn users cannot be stressed too highly, as they mean that well over
- 3000 typefaces will eventually be converted into Acorn format, finally
- bringing Acorn users in line, typographically speaking, with the other
- computer platforms − and all at much lower costs.
- 7.3
- The points I have made about less-than-ideal scaffolding and
- occasionally slightly incomplete character sets are really very minor
- niggles. I have only really included them to be fair to all companies
- concerned, and to paint a true picture. In answer to the question I
- posed at the beginning, “Is it too good to be true” the answer has, for
- once, to be a resounding “No!”. Both the LOOKsystems and the Datafile
- fonts are of the highest quality and if you are in need of any new
- fonts, I urge you to support these companies in their new ventures.
- After all, the fact that these converted fonts have had extra hinting
- added really makes them better quality than their PostScript originals,
- and the fact that they can be bought for as little as a fortieth of
- their prices on other platforms comprises one of the biggest bargains in
- computer history. The conversions of these classic fonts at these prices
- suddenly makes Acorn machines seem a whole lot more attractive to
- publishers of all kinds, and can only be very good for the Acorn
- community as a whole. A
- 7.3
- Introducing Your Computer
- 7.3
- Norfolk IT Team
- 7.3
- This is the first of our new series of articles for the absolute
- beginner which we announced in the last issue of Archive.
- 7.3
- No assumptions
- 7.3
- Although we said last month that there would be no assumptions, we are
- in fact going to make just two. The first is that you have managed to
- connect together the various parts of your machine and have switched it
- on. We are relying on you to have done that because the various
- computers in Acorn’s A series range all connect together slightly
- differently and the Welcome Guide supplied with your machine includes
- very clear instructions for this process.
- 7.3
- Our second assumption is that you are using a machine with RISC OS 3 in
- it. Aargh − jargon already! RISC OS 3 is the current version of the
- operating system − i.e. the programs that are always inside your
- computer. Let’s try to explain what an operating system is through the
- use of an analogy.
- 7.3
- If you had serious amnesia, you might forget who you were, where you
- lived, etc. If you were affected even more badly than that, you might
- find that you could not even read or talk or walk. These basic faculties
- are rather like the things your computer knows about as soon as you
- switch it on. It has, as it were, an identity. It also possesses a set
- of procedures which enable it to recognise a program on a disc, know how
- to make a picture appear on the monitor screen, etc.
- 7.3
- If when you switch on your computer there is a little green acorn in the
- bottom right hand corner of the screen then you have RISC OS 3 − all is
- well. If you have an older computer and a multi-coloured ‘A’ symbol in
- the bottom right hand corner of the screen then you have RISC OS 2 − an
- older version of the operating system. Our advice would be to upgrade it
- to the newer version, Talk to your local dealer about this − the cost is
- little compared to what you probably paid for your computer and there
- are significant advantages.
- 7.3
- The mouse
- 7.3
- The mouse is used to get information into the computer. Moving the mouse
- around on a flat surface moves a small pointer around on the screen −
- try it. You should be holding the mouse with the wire pointing away from
- you. As you move the mouse away from you then the pointer moves up the
- screen, as you move it towards you then the pointer moves down the
- screen. Moving the mouse to the left moves the pointer to the left and
- so on. If you run out of space for your mouse to move but have still not
- got the pointer far enough on the screen just pick up the mouse, move it
- back a bit, put it down again and carry on. It’s rather like ‘brumming’
- a toy car. For as long as the mouse is picked up, the pointer will not
- move on the screen. It is a good idea to buy a ‘mouse mat’ − a spongy
- pad that mice particularly like to move around on.
- 7.3
- The buttons
- 7.3
- The mouse has three buttons. These have different names and all do
- slightly different things. They are known, from left to right, as
- Select, Menu and Adjust. Many people find it easy to remember because of
- a certain brand of baby milk powder. If it bothers you that you can not
- remember the names of the buttons then simply mark them as S, M and A
- with a marker pen.
- 7.3
- Select, the lefthand button, is generally used to choose things and do
- things on the screen (e.g. keeping it pressed down while moving the
- mouse to draw a line in an art program). The Menu or middle button is
- used − well you’ve probably guessed that one − it calls up a menu (a
- list of options) if you want to go on to do something other than what
- you are already doing. These first two are the buttons you will be using
- most − which is great if you are right-handed as the select button sits
- most naturally under your right index finger. Software does exist which
- allows you to reverse the way the buttons are named if you feel you need
- it but most left-handers don’t seem to be bothered. The Adjust button
- has particular uses which you will gradually come to appreciate as you
- become more familiar with your computer.
- 7.3
- Clicking
- 7.3
- When you use a button on the mouse, you will most usually need to press
- it quickly just once − this is known as ‘clicking’. Sometimes you will
- need to press it twice in rapid succession − known as ‘double-clicking’.
- People can get anxious about trying to remember when to click and when
- to double-click but it’s not worth worrying about − if a single click
- doesn’t work then just try a double-click!
- 7.3
- Dragging
- 7.3
- This is another use of the buttons on the mouse. ‘Dragging’ is moving
- the mouse while holding down a button, usually <select>. (The convention
- in Archive is to use “<select>” rather than saying “the select button”
- every time. Similarly, we would say “press <return>” rather than “press
- the return key”. Ed.) In most cases, the pointer will need to be
- positioned over a particular object or ‘icon’ on the screen, the button
- depressed, the mouse moved until the pointer is in a new position and
- then the button released.
- 7.3
- The screen
- 7.3
- When you turn your computer on, after a short delay during which there
- will be an introductory RISC OS 3 message, you will see something like
- the picture opposite.
- 7.3
- Most of the screen is blank but at the bottom is the iconbar. Icons are
- used extensively in the wonderful world of RISC OS which you are about
- to enter. However, these icons bear little resemblance to religious
- pictures painted onto wooden panels hanging in a Greek monastery. They
- are used to represent programs, disc drives, saved work − everything!
- Generally they are designed to convey their meaning fairly well but some
- are arbitrarily designed or simply represent something too abstract to
- picture easily. This icon, at the bottom left of your screen is designed
- to represent the opening of your machine’s floppy disc drive...
- 7.3
- and this one...
- 7.3
- represents a ‘folder’ of tools which are analogous to crayons, paint
- brushes, pens etc.
- 7.3
- Your computer may well have more icons at the bottom left of the screen
- and will have a couple at the bottom right too − bear with us for now,
- we’ll come to them later.
- 7.3
- Opening a window
- 7.3
- Right, let’s do something! Move the mouse pointer until its tip is
- within the ‘Apps’ icon at the bottom left of your screen and click
- <select> once. A ‘window’ will open on your screen. A window is a part
- of the screen where a particular job that the computer is doing is
- displayed. A window might contain a page of writing you are working on,
- a picture you are painting, a game you are playing or whatever.
- 7.3
- This particular window is a ‘directory’ − it shows us the contents of
- the Apps ‘folder’. (See the diagram at the bottom of the page.) The
- icons within it all represent applications. The word ‘application’ is
- generally used rather than the word ‘program’ to refer to what is
- nothing more than a set of instructions for the computer to enable it to
- carry out a task.
- 7.3
- Window icons
- 7.3
- Around the edge of the window you have opened are a series of tiny
- icons. All RISC OS windows have some or all of these icons. Once you
- have learned what they are for then that knowledge will be applicable
- whether you are using a word-processor, database, painting, diary
- application or whatever. It is worth putting in a little work at this
- stage − later it becomes much easier as a result. In the same way that
- you do not need to re-learn all your driving skills when you use a
- different car, you will not need to re-learn everything for each
- computer application you use.
- 7.3
- To explore the functions of these icons, it will be useful to have a
- second window open on the screen so let’s load an application. Move the
- pointer over the ‘!Calc’ icon and double-click <select>. Sometimes it
- takes a little practice to get the speed of your clicking right, but
- eventually it becomes second nature. You will know you have succeeded
- when a small calculator icon appears on the iconbar on the right-hand
- side. You have loaded an application. To use it, now move the pointer
- down to the icon on the iconbar at the bottom of the screen and click
- over it with <select>. The calculator which appears on screen can be
- used with the mouse pointer doing the job your finger does with a hand-
- held calculator. Click on <select> to press the buttons.
- 7.3
- Now back to our exploration of the window icons. Here is a picture of a
- window with its icons labelled.
- 7.3
- We’ll take these icons one by one. Experiment with the icons on the
- windows on your screen.
- 7.3
- • Send to back − If one window is overlapping others on the screen then
- clicking <select> on this icon will send a window behind all the others.
- In this way your windows can be ‘stacked’ on the screen rather like
- sheets of paper on a desk top. In fact, Acorn use the term desktop to
- refer to this way of working on screen.
- 7.3
- • Close the window − Click on this with <select> and the window will
- close. As the icon is an ‘X’, this operation can be thought of as
- kissing a window goodbye! Remember to click on the Apps icon to re-open
- your directory window or on the calculator icon to open a calculator
- window again.
- 7.3
- • Title bar − This shows the title of the window but also has a very
- important function. Clicking with <select> on the title bar of a window
- will always bring it to the front of the ‘stack’ − try it. If you ‘drag’
- the title bar (move the pointer over it, press <select> down and,
- keeping it down, move the mouse) then the window can be moved around the
- screen.
- 7.3
- • Adjust size (bottom right) − If this icon is present, dragging it will
- change the size of the window on the screen. Try it on the Apps
- directory window − drag it up and left first to shrink the window. Note
- that the window may be made tall and narrow, short and wide etc and that
- the icons inside it will shuffle around to show as many of themselves as
- possible.
- 7.3
- • Toggle size − If you have previously shrunk a window, clicking on this
- icon will enlarge it to the size of the whole screen or as large as it
- need be to show all its contents. Clicking on it again will return the
- window to the smaller size so this icon flicks (toggles) between the two
- sizes.
- 7.3
- • Scroll arrows − Try shrinking the Apps directory window until you can
- only see one or two of the icons inside it. Now holding <select> down
- over one or other of the scroll arrows will move the contents of the
- window up or down. See what happens if you use <adjust> instead of
- <select>.
- 7.3
- • Scroll bar − When a window is at less than its full size then the
- scroll bar can be dragged up and down to move the window contents.
- Clicking in the area between the scroll bar and a scroll arrow will
- cause the window contents to jump a window-full at a time.
- 7.3
- Some windows have horizontal scroll controls at the bottom as well as
- the vertical ones on the right hand edge.
- 7.3
- Finishing
- 7.3
- So far, all this has led you to the point where you can use your
- computer as a very expensive, basic calculator! Now to finish using the
- computer for the time being.
- 7.3
- Move the pointer down over the calculator icon on the iconbar and click
- on <menu>. A menu will appear with two items on it. Move the pointer
- over the ‘Quit’ option and it will be ‘highlighted’. While it is
- highlighted, click <select> and the icon on the iconbar will vanish. The
- application has now been closed down.
- 7.3
- It is a good idea to get into the habit of ‘shutting down’ your computer
- properly. Move the pointer over the green acorn icon in the bottom right
- corner of the screen and click <menu>. Now select ‘Shutdown’ just as
- before you selected ‘Quit’ from the calculator menu. Your computer will
- inform you when it is ready to be turned off.
- 7.3
- In the next issue of Archive we shall introduce the keyboard, cover the
- use of discs and loading and saving work such as text and pictures.
- 7.3
- As we said last month, do contact us if you have any comments to make
- about our beginners’ articles or requests for areas you would like us to
- cover in the future. A
- 7.3
- Many thanks to Mark Hickson of NITT for this first article and to the
- team of “expert beginners” who looked at Mark’s article before it was
- published. Trying to combine five or six people’s (sometimes
- contradictory) views of how to improve Mark’s article proved rather
- difficult but I hope I have included the best suggested changes.
- 7.3
- If you have views on what you would like to hear about in these
- articles, write to me at the Archive office or direct to Mark Hickson at
- NITT. Ed. A
- 7.3
- Dalriada Data
- 7.3
- From 7.1 page 5
- 7.3
- Enlarged to fit space, please.
- 7.3
- PipeLineZ
- 7.3
- Gerald Fitton
- 7.3
- Thanks for your many letters and the praise you’ve heaped on me for the
- article which appeared in Archive a couple of months ago. Although I
- have a lot which I could write this month, I am mindful that much of
- Archive will be filled with reports of the Acorn World Show. Rather than
- have my submission succumb to the delicate touch of the Editor I have
- restricted myself to one major topic and a few odds and ends.
- 7.3
- Odds & Ends
- 7.3
- There is no doubt that PipeDream 4 continues to be supported by Colton
- Software. The most recent version of PipeDream 4 is V 4.13. If you have
- any suggestions for V 4.14 then please write to Mark Colton, Colton
- Software, 2 Cygnet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA marking the
- envelope “PipeDream 4.14”. If you have found a ‘bug’ in V 4.13 then it
- will help diagnosis if you can enclose an example on disc which
- demonstrates the ‘bug’.
- 7.3
- In the past, if you have wanted to upgrade from one Colton Software
- product to another (e.g. PipeDream 3 to Wordz) then you would have been
- offered a ‘trade in’ value for your unwanted software. Now Colton
- Software are extending this ‘trade in’ offer to many products other than
- their own. For example, you can trade in First Word Plus or Acorn
- Advance against any Colton Software product. Telephone them on 0223-
- 311881 or write to the address given in the paragraph above if you want
- a quote for your unwanted spreadsheet − no suggestions from me as to
- which one! − or other software as a ‘trade in’ against any Colton
- Software product.
- 7.3
- I have received a letter from Steve Drain, 14 Paulsmead, Portland,
- Dorset, DT5 1JZ in which he offers support for anyone with View
- Professional (this is the package which Colton Software regard as being
- PipeDream 1 − it runs on a BBC Model B). In his letter he refers to a
- sideways RAM image which makes View Professional “work almost exactly
- like PipeDream 2” produced by Dr David R Lucas. If you have a BBC
- computer and View Professional then I suggest that you write to Steve.
- 7.3
- Finally, by the time you read this, the current versions of Wordz,
- Resultz and Fireworkz will be V 1.06. To obtain your free upgrade, send
- your Program and Examples discs to Colton Software at the above address.
- You will speed up the return of your discs if you enclose a self
- addressed adhesive label and return postage. If you want a Fireworkz
- demo disc then we can supply it for £2.00 if you live in the European
- Community or for £2.50 outside the EC.
- 7.3
- Large Resultz spreadsheets
- 7.3
- Now to the major topic. I have received countless letters about the
- “sluggishness” of large spreadsheets ‘ported’ into Resultz from
- PipeDream 4. Such letters of complaint often conclude with a remark such
- as “To be quite frank, I have stopped using Resultz and I’ve returned to
- using PipeDream 4”. There is no doubt that, in the minds of all too many
- of you, this tardiness is a major shortcoming of Resultz. I have
- discussed the ‘problem’ with Mark Colton, looked into his suggestions
- and my conclusion is that Resultz is not inherently slow or sluggish −
- it is the way it is used! First let me explain what causes Resultz to
- slow down before telling you how to speed it up.
- 7.3
- Resultz and Fireworkz have a most useful feature, namely that (if you
- set the appropriate options) the row height of the cell within which you
- are working adjusts automatically so that you can have a ‘multi line’
- cell. This feature is switched on (or off) by the Fixed height option
- (which you can find under Row in the style editor). Generally, if you
- create or use a Text style, then you will want the Fixed height option
- of such a Text style set to allow variable row heights but for the
- numbers and formulae of a spreadsheet, you will normally used fixed
- height rows. Using word processing jargon, when you switch off the Fixed
- height option you can consider each cell of the spreadsheet to be a
- separate paragraph with each paragraph containing many rows. To move the
- ‘input focus’ to a new paragraph you must press <return>; if you wish to
- remain within the same paragraph (cell) then you use <ctrl-return>. One
- of the penalties for this variable line height is that, if a Text style
- exists within some (many?) cells of your document, you will find that
- the time taken to scroll around the document is increased at least
- proportionately to the number of cells which are treated as having a
- variable height.
- 7.3
- There is another more subtle but more influential parameter and that is
- the number of Regions in a document. A Region is a section of the
- document to which a style has been applied. A Region can vary from a
- single word in bold (applied as an Effect by clicking on the B button)
- through a single Left aligned slot to a complete column to which the
- (variable height) Text style has been applied. The golden rule built
- into the operation of all the Fireworkz packages is: “Fewer Regions mean
- faster operation”. If you have ‘built up’ your large spreadsheet from a
- blank sheet of paper then the chances are that your sheet has relatively
- few regions. However, if your version of Resultz is lower than 1.06 and,
- if you have dragged a large PipeDream spreadsheet over the Resultz icon
- to create your monster, the chances are that it will have a relatively
- large number of Regions. With later versions of Resultz, there is an
- option in the Regions menu to display a Count of the number of Regions −
- you’ll be surprised at the way in which regions are proliferated,
- particularly if your PipeDream sheet has many blank cells! Allow me to
- repeat “Fewer Regions mean faster operation”.
- 7.3
- So what can be done about reducing the number of Regions?
- 7.3
- Let’s start by assuming you’ve upgraded to V 1.06. If so, you can drag
- PipeDream files over the Resultz (or Fireworkz) icon and the file will
- load with the Text style disabled. As a consequence, there will be
- substantially fewer Regions than if you had carried out the same
- exercise in an earlier version and your Resultz spreadsheet will run
- quickly. My own experiments with Fireworkz show that most of my large
- sheets run faster in Fireworkz than in PipeDream 4.
- 7.3
- The ‘downside’ is that you will now have to apply the Text style to all
- those slots which will benefit from the application of that style. When
- you apply the Text style, do so in large blocks such as most of a column
- or over many rows rather than a cell at a time. Remember that every
- extra Region will imperceptibly slow down the operation − but you’d have
- to spend a long time creating Regions by hand to have a noticeable
- effect!
- 7.3
- If you don’t have V 1.06, ask for a free upgrade − whilst you’re waiting
- for it to arrive here’s what you can do about any PipeDream sheets you
- ‘convert’ to Resultz (or Fireworkz). Load Resultz onto the iconbar.
- Click on it and select the Sheet template from the options. Click on the
- S (Style) button and Delete the Text style. Save the modified Sheet as a
- template file under a new name such as SheetPD. From here on you can
- load your PipeDream file into the modified SheetPD template assured that
- the number of Regions will be few. There is a small problem if you do
- want some Text Regions − you’ll need a Text style. The best way of
- handling this (until your V 1.06 arrives) is to drag the original Sheet
- template from the !Resultz.Resources.Templates directory into your large
- Resultz file so that the Text style is added to your list of style
- options. Then apply the Text style to large Regions as above.
- 7.3
- We still have to deal with those previously created Resultz files which
- you don’t want to ‘start again’ (because you’ve done some work in
- Resultz). Here’s my recommended ‘solution’.
- 7.3
- If you have V 1.05 (or later) of Fireworkz or Resultz (note that V 1.05
- of Resultz was never released) then one of the options offered when you
- click on the S (Style) button is to delete all traces of a particular
- style from a document. You do this by clicking on the Delete button from
- the Style option menu. (In versions earlier than V 1.05, you would get
- the error message that you couldn’t delete the style because it was in
- use in the document.) Use this Delete option to delete the Text style
- completely from your document. The document will reformat. Now reload
- the style template (probably the one in the !Resultz.Resources.Templates
- directory called Sheet) as described above. This will add the Text style
- back to your list of style options. Then apply the Text style to large
- Regions as above.
- 7.3
- Finally, if your version of Resultz is pre-V 1.05 then you may have
- V 1.06 of Fireworkz (or not). If you have Fireworkz (it will be at least
- V 1.06 because that was the first general release version of Fireworkz),
- load your Resultz file into Fireworkz and proceed as in the previous
- paragraph.
- 7.3
- If you don’t have V 1.06 of Fireworkz − and, as you read this, most of
- you will be in that situation, then your choices are few. They are
- either (a) buy Fireworkz or (b) wait for V 1.06 of Resultz to arrive or
- (c) delete the Text style region by region (a painstaking process which
- I don’t recommend); continue as in the above paragraph but one!
- 7.3
- To summarise
- 7.3
- Phew! That was a marathon so I’ll summarise by telling you what I
- believe is the easiest strategy. Buy Fireworkz (V 1.06) or apply for the
- upgrade to V 1.06 of Resultz. Except in the most urgent of cases, put up
- with what you have until V 1.06 arrives. When V 1.06 arrives ‘upgrade’
- all your ‘old’ Resultz sheets by deleting the Text style from the whole
- of your sheet and then applying it again to large regions.
- 7.3
- Finally
- 7.3
- In spite of the relative shortness of this piece, please continue to
- send your comments and criticisms to me at the Abacus Training address
- on the inside back cover of Archive. A
- 7.3
- ArtWorks Column
- 7.3
- Trevor Sutton
- 7.3
- Kingfishers, water droplets and BJs
- 7.3
- The Acorn World show came and went and what did the ArtWorker see to
- excite the mind? Well, this particular ArtWorker was delighted to meet
- Saturday morning visitors to the NCS stand and to talk about the state
- of the Art. I was also pleased to have the opportunity, after finishing
- my stint, to talk to other interested parties about the progress and
- future of AW.
- 7.3
- Clearly, and it is probably true to say as usual, CC grabbed the biggest
- crowds; even bigger than Acorn’s who seemed to be giving nothing away
- apart from a New Look and some Pocket Book shareware. Certainly CC’s new
- offerings look exciting but this is the wrong column to get excited
- about new Impressions. With any luck, my next column will be written in
- Style. However, I have to say, as I did last month, that despite CD-ROM
- developments, it is a pity that after a year we do not have another
- plug-in tool to give us new scope for work in AW. This brings me on to
- my next plea.
- 7.3
- I talked at length with Gordon Taylor of CC about this and he asked me
- to offer a challenge or get down on my knees to other companies to write
- some ‘plug-ins’ for AW. Though I don’t feel AW should go to the extremes
- of programs like Corel Draw, with dictionary, thesaurus, graphing and
- DTP facilities, there are many features which would make AW an even
- better program. I would hope that CC are still developing this side of
- AW, but other companies have particular expertise in producing bit-map
- editors, tracing software (OK, I know I always put a big ? against
- tracing), hatching software. Perhaps it’s time for another wish list and
- perhaps one directed at other companies capable of producing
- enhancements for AW. Come on, let’s hear what you think.
- 7.3
- To the companies with the knowledge, please contact CC and talk to them.
- 7.3
- The ArtWork on display at the show was most impressive both in the
- quality of the printed product and also of the skills of the artists. I
- look forward to poring over the CD-ROM images and will feature these in
- a future column. Remember that there is a lot to be learned by
- dismantling other people’s ArtWork. There was some real art work, with
- little evidence of plagiarism. Some was reminiscent of air-brush
- painting while other examples had the feel of drawings in coloured
- pencils. The draughtsmanship in the drawing of the camera was stunning
- whilst others had all the hallmarks of computer art and, when viewed on
- the colour card made one proud to be using this package. The newer,
- cheaper BubbleJet colour printer (BJC600 at £633 inclusive through
- Archive including the Turbo Driver) looks like the perfect, and now
- realistically priced, choice for AW printing. Perhaps I may be asked to
- review its potential for Archive. (Well you can but try!)
- 7.3
- Finally, it is pleasing to see increased support for AW file rendering
- in other packages, from DTP and databases to, I hope very soon, Genesis.
- 7.3
- Coda
- 7.3
- This column has just been a very brief and speedily produced résumé of
- the Wembley offerings. In the next column, I hope to include something
- else for you to try in the manner of last month’s tesselations.
- 7.3
- Finally, I have nothing but admiration for what I saw on the CC stand −
- it’s just a pity there were so many folk there that it was difficult to
- get close to a CC representative. A
- 7.3
- Small Ads
- 7.3
- (Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
- but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
- you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
- means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
- not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
- (especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
- 7.3
- • 47Mb SCSI external Seagate drives, little used, £120 each + p&p.
- Amstrad SM2400 modem + A5000 serial lead £50 + p&p. Beebug 5¼“ disc
- drive interface for A3xx, A4xx computers only, £10 + p&p. Phone Malcolm
- Davies on 0283-75345.
- 7.3
- • A3000 2Mb, RISC OS 3.1, WE 30Mb IDE hard drive, colour monitor with
- stand and new logitech mouse. Software and manuals included. £650 o.n.o.
- Phone 0443-816850.
- 7.3
- • A3000 4Mb, RISC OS 3.1, manuals and discs, no monitor, £350. Phone
- 0684-573098.
- 7.3
- • A4 model II (4Mb/60Mb HD) 1 year old, inc. PC Emulator v1.82, will
- split, £1180. Euclid 3D £30. Interdictor (unopened), £5. Pineapple
- digitiser podule +software, £50. Basingstoke 0256-467574.
- 7.3
- • A410/1, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb IDE HD, RISC-OS 3.10, Acorn Multisync monitor,
- manuals and loads of software, £850. Phone 071-703-5675 (eves).
- 7.3
- • A440/1 with ARM3, RISC OS 3 and much PD software £825 o.v.n.o. Acorn
- colour monitor £100. 0272 736237.
- 7.3
- • Ace Prodriver DJ500C/550C £20, Snippet £20, EasiWriter V3 £59, S-Base
- Personal V1 £39, Equasor £20, DeskEdit 2 £15. Phone 0342-714905.
- 7.3
- • Acorn med. res. monitor £40, 20Mb hard disc £25, Graphbox Pro. £10,
- Chartwell £10, 5¼“ 40/80 external drive + interface £25. Phone 0742-
- 483534.
- 7.3
- • CC ROM/RAM board fitted with 32Kb RAM chip, Interword, Intersheet and
- Spell Master chips, complete with manuals and key strips, £80. Also
- Acorn’s original maths coprocessor podule, £150 o.n.o. Phone 0925-
- 811420.
- 7.3
- • CC ROM/RAM podule with battery backup £30, Autosketch CAD v2 £35,
- System Delta v2 database £20, Lemmings £15, Interdictor £10, Psion 3
- serial link (for PC) £40, Personal Finance (Widget) for Psion 3 £35.
- Psion series 3 256K (4 months old) £140. Phone Andy after 8pm on 081-
- 675-5972.
- 7.3
- • CC Scanlight 256 hand scanner with Scanlight Plus (v2) software, £90.
- Watford Electronics Video Digitiser and software, £50. Pace Linnet V21/
- 23 Modem, £30. All excellent condition and complete with manuals and
- packaging. Contact G. Rhodes 0302-722781 (eves).
- 7.3
- • Eureka! + update discs £75 (inc p&p). Phone 0723-363917 anytime.
- 7.3
- • Iota Desktop Database £35, Easiwriter £90, Resultz £80, Quest for Gold
- £10, Triumph Alder wide carriage serial daisywheel printer c/w
- printwheels, ribbons £90. Phone 0263-78-488.
- 7.3
- • Laser Direct HiRes4 board plus Canon LBP-4, latest software. Good
- working order £700 or reasonable offers. Phone 0223-63545.
- 7.3
- • Oak 52Mb SCSI external high speed drive, plus 16 bit podule, £185
- o.n.o. Phone 081-898-0447.
- 7.3
- • Orion podule box for A3000 £15, Atomwide VIDC enhancer £14, Lemmings
- £12, Interdictor 2 £12, ArcPinBall (RISC OS 2) £5. Phone Mike Battersby
- on 081-841-1463.
- 7.3
- • Series 3, 256K v1.80f, just over 1 year, £130 o.n.o. which includes
- new manuals, new batteries and postage. Also, Series 3, 256K, ass above
- but not as old, £150. Will supply PD if discs provided. Phone Mark after
- 7pm on 0905-754277.
- 7.3
- • Standard Res monitor AKF12 for A3000, £45. 1-2Mb RAM board for A3000,
- £20. Phone Wisbech 0945-581111
- 7.3
- • Star LC24-10 printer £100, 300Mb SCSI drive £250, Oak 47Mb SCSI drive
- plus interface with CDFS £150, Prophet accounts £120. Phone 0736-63918.
- 7.3
- • Watford IDE podule with IBM 40Mb Hard disc, backplane and fan, £50.
- Watford MkII ARM3, £100. Acorn AKF11 med-res colour monitor, £100.
- Ovation 1.35, £60. PC emulator 1.8, £50. Ground Control teletext, £50.
- Investigator 2, £12. Chocks Away Compendium, £12. Phone 051-606-0289.
- 7.3
- • Watford (A310) hand scanner £55, HCCS Colour Vision Digitiser £40,
- Tracer £25, Euclid £35, Tween £17, Mogul £13, Snippet £20. Phone 081-
- 950-7589.
- 7.3
- • Watford MkII 16 grey scale hand scanner (podule+scanner head) £95. For
- details ask for Roland 01033-88601988 (8am-8pm). For delivery in London,
- phone 071-600-0927.
- 7.3
- • Wanted − Utility or module to transpose mouse keys, for left-handed
- use. Terry Meech, day 081-889-8110, late evening 081-806-3540. A
- 7.3
- Morpheus
- 7.3
- Richard Hallas
- 7.3
- Fans of science fiction films like Terminator II and of the Star Trek
- Next Generation and Deep Space Nine TV series cannot fail to have been
- impressed by the splendid effects used to show a person transforming
- into an alien form, or into an inanimate object, or some other such
- unlikely occurrence. The Terminator effects seemed absolutely
- revolutionary when the film first came out, but since then these kinds
- of effects have been used extensively in other films and programmes, and
- are now even being used in TV commercials.
- 7.3
- So what has this all got to do with Acorn computers? The answer is
- Morpheus, a new package from Oregan Developments, which allows you take
- two pictures and melt from one to the other in liquid animation.
- 7.3
- How does it work?
- 7.3
- You supply Morpheus either with a directory containing start and end
- pictures, or with a pair of sprites (which it can scale to be the same
- size). In the latter case, it will create a directory with the necessary
- files for you. Morpheus opens two windows on the desktop which contain
- the pictures you have supplied. Both pictures are overlaid with a grid
- which is initially square. You have to tell Morpheus how many
- intermediate pictures you want it to produce, the default being ten. If
- you were to simply load in two pictures and make Morpheus start morphing
- straight away, then you would get a series of frames in which the two
- pictures gradually fade into each other, which would be a fairly
- pleasant if not very spectacular effect. The real power of Morpheus lies
- in its ability to make specific areas of the start picture transform
- themselves into specific areas of the end picture. Not only that, but it
- can also make them transform at different speeds from each other, and
- the transformations can move in curved lines.
- 7.3
- This is where the grid comes in. Although it is initially square, you
- can can click on any point where horizontal and vertical lines
- intersect, and drag the point (the ‘knot’) around. This pulls it out of
- shape with the rest of the gird, but the grid lines bend and stretch
- between knots so that the four lines surrounding the knot you are
- dragging follow it around. For any area on the start picture which you
- want to transform into a specific area of the end picture, you must drag
- knots to surround that area. Once you have done that in the start
- picture, you must repeat the process with the same (equivalent) knots in
- the end picture’s grid, so that Morpheus knows which areas of the
- pictures have to blend into one another.
- 7.3
- There are plenty of helpful options: by using <Adjust> rather than
- <Select>, you can drag a knot in both grids simultaneously, and it’s
- possible to add and delete rows and columns of knots from the grid, or
- to move them up and down or left and right. The whole grid can be
- resized, and if you only want to morph a section of a picture, you can
- position the grid to cover just that section. The handy grid cursor
- snaps to the nearest point to it (unless you turn the option off), so
- you rarely miss the point you want (unless two points are very close
- together). When you have finished editing the grid, each picture will
- have all its major features surrounded by knots in both start and end
- images. You can also save the grid for future use in the directory
- containing your source pictures.
- 7.3
- Once you have outlined the necessary parts of your picture, you can put
- different sections into different ‘groups’, of which there are eight,
- and these can be given individual names. For example, if you were
- morphing a face you would have outlined the eyes, nose, mouth, hair-
- line, shape of head, etc. You could put all these into different groups
- and give them appropriate names. The advantage of doing this is that the
- eight groups can all be made to transform at different times, and at
- different speeds.
- 7.3
- Rather than grouping knots together, individual knots may be given a
- path to follow. By default, all knots travel in a straight line, but you
- can edit their paths in the form of bezier curves. Paths can also be
- copied from one knot to the knots surrounding it. Altogether, then, the
- facilities for editing how the pictures morph into one another are
- really quite extensive and flexible.
- 7.3
- Other options
- 7.3
- Morpheus has a wide range of options for creating animations and
- sequences of frames. You can make as many frames as you have disc space
- for, and the program tells you just how much space is needed. The frames
- can be saved singly, in a sequence, or as a stand-alone animation
- (either multitasking or full-screen), and you can even save the sequence
- as a Replay film or ViA file. (No soundtrack, of course!)
- 7.3
- The number of picture formats supported is very extensive, and includes
- all the Acorn sprite formats, Clear files, RGB and CMYK files. One of
- the really innovative things about Morpheus is that it can handle very
- big image files, far larger than available memory. It incorporates its
- own disc-based memory swapping system which enables it to work with
- images as large as 2000×2000 pixels in 24-bit colour (12Mb per image).
- 7.3
- It is possible to alter the timing between individual frames, and there
- is a small range of presets to make the transformations go slow-fast-
- slow, for example.
- 7.3
- There is a large range of options which can be set to alter all sorts of
- features, from the colour of the grid to whether dithering and anti-
- aliasing are used. Morpheus can be set to multitask or take over the
- whole machine while it is processing, and gives helpful progress reports
- if multitasking (otherwise it uses the percentage in the hourglass).
- Overall, Morpheus works very quickly indeed and can, apparently, achieve
- up to 50,000 pixels per second in the optimum situation.
- 7.3
- During the entire review period, my copy of the first release of
- Morpheus operated faultlessly. The only problem I found was that it did
- not handle the palette of imported 256-greyscale sprites correctly, but
- this is obviously an oversight which is bound to be corrected. The whole
- performance of the program was very impressive indeed, and it’s very
- nicely presented on-screen too.
- 7.3
- The only ‘limitation’, as such, was that it is not directly possible to
- morph from one image to another via one or more intermediate images.
- However, since the frames can be saved singly, there is no reason why
- this could not be performed manually if required, by simply taking the
- final frame of one transformation and using it as the first frame of
- another.
- 7.3
- Packaging
- 7.3
- Morpheus comes on three discs, two of which contain example files, the
- other containing the application itself. Copy protection takes the form
- of entering your name, which is then displayed in the program’s Info
- window: surely the best of all methods.
- 7.3
- The packaging itself is somewhat flimsy, consisting of a very thin
- cardboard box (almost like a pizza box) surrounded by a colour-printed
- sheet. This features the clever transformation of John Major into John
- Smith featured in the adverts. The manual takes you through the program
- basically by explaining all the menu items in turn, and is possibly the
- least helpful part of the package. It’s adequate but it could have been
- more extensive.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Morpheus is the first commercial offering from one of the most able
- public domain and shareware authors, whose public-spirited offerings
- have so far included one of the best public domain disassembler
- packages, DisAssem, and the excellent shareware image processor,
- Process. Morpheus is an extremely impressive commercial debut. If it
- could only work with memory-sized sprite files then it would be an
- interesting novelty, but the fact that it can work on huge images in 24-
- bit colour elevates it above the current hardware limitations of the
- Acorn machines, and possibly into the world of full video editing. If
- you have any need for a package of this nature, then I can recommend
- Morpheus very highly indeed. You won’t be disappointed − it’s a
- remarkable piece of software.
- 7.3
- (Morpheus has an RRP of £34.95 inc VAT from Oregan Software Developments
- and costs £33 through Archive.) A
- 7.3
- Spy Snatcher
- 7.3
- Dave Wilcox
- 7.3
- ‘Spy Snatcher’ is another text adventure from Topologika, whose better
- known text adventures include The Doom Trilogy and The Kingdom of Hamil.
- 7.3
- The package
- 7.3
- The program comes on one disc presented in a plastic fold-over type
- wallet along with the usual advertising literature and a manual. I must
- admit I could not really see the purpose of the manual − the only
- section of use was the Hint list. This would have been better supplied
- on a single A5 card like the loading instructions and basic commands, or
- the latter included in the manual perhaps.
- 7.3
- The software
- 7.3
- The disc is not copy-protected and the game can be installed onto a
- hard-disc with the usual proviso that disc 1 is used on start-up. To
- start the game, you open the directory and double-click on the
- !Adventure icon. The game takes over the machine and you are greeted
- with the only graphic, the title screen. Pressing keys as directed
- presents you with a brief scenario of the situation you are faced with.
- 7.3
- ‘You have been summoned to MI7 headquarters, popularly known as ‘The
- Zoo’, in order to unmask a mole. The chief of MI7 is extremely worried
- because the plans for the new Sonic Macrothrodule are believed to have
- been leaked. They were kept in the safe in his office, and were there
- yesterday when he came in at 9 am, the safe had been disturbed when he
- checked it in the morning, but the plans were still there. He reckons it
- would take about one hour to remove, copy and return the plans.’
- 7.3
- You are there in an unofficial position and, if caught, you are on your
- own. Your job is to look around, collect evidence and find the mole,
- from about a dozen staff. To achieve this, you need to hack into the
- computer system, crack safes, listen at keyholes and remain unseen.
- 7.3
- Whilst in the game, you have options to save your position to disc for
- reloading later − very useful. Within the game is a hints section − if
- you get really stuck, type HELP and refer to the manual for the hint
- number you require. Most hints are multi-layered and offer a bit more
- info, if required, down to giving the answer in some cases.
- 7.3
- The puzzles themselves are not incredibly difficult, if you can see
- them, if you don’t they can drive you quite ratty − but this is what
- makes text adventures playable.
- 7.3
- Summary
- 7.3
- Topologika rate this game as moderately-sized and of medium difficulty.
- It is priced at £15 inc. VAT. If you like text adventures, I would
- recommend giving this one a try. It is well-written and well-presented
- and uses the standard dictionary of command words. I would have liked it
- to run in a window, so that I could use Edit as a notepad − perhaps this
- will be provided in future games − we shall have to see. Overall, this
- is a good brain teaser. A
- 7.3
- Comment Column
- 7.3
- • 105Mb removable drives − Having just set up the 105Mb external SCSI
- drive on my A540, I would like to thank you for bringing such a useful
- item to the Acorn platform. You should justifiably sell lots of them as
- the news spreads (assuming you manage to overcome the IDE interface and
- formatting difficulties). These are now solved, thanks to Atomwide who
- have written a piece of code to allow the cartridges to be dismounted
- like floppy discs. Ed.
- 7.3
- I have just one comment to make about setting it up on the Acorn SCSI
- card. I was thinking in terms of it being more like a floppy than a hard
- drive, so I set the configuration for an additional floppy. That does
- not, of course, work but it took me a little while to realise what I had
- done wrong! John Green, Shrewsbury.
- 7.3
- It may be helpful to add that, on some Acorn SCSI cards, you may get
- problems with the system hanging when copying large numbers of files. We
- have a software fix for this problem which can occur with any of the
- removables on the Acorn card. Ed.
- 7.3
- • Batty ideas − A recent Archive mentioned that someone was using a
- Leading Edge sound sampler in research on bats. Having used an Armadillo
- sampler for the past couple of years to study the calls of magpies, I
- was not surprised by this. Last autumn, ‘Tomorrow’s World’ showed an
- Acorn machine running a commercial radio station. I have read of another
- controlling watering and ventilation in a commercial glasshouse, and
- another in use at Joderell Bank for radio astronomy research. If you are
- using an Archimedes for an unusual hobby or research project, I would
- like to hear from you. If I get enough responses I’ll combine them into
- an article for Archive. Les May, Rochdale.
- 7.3
- • Grey Scales error − In Colin Singleton’s hint & tip about grey scales
- last month (Archive 7.2 p32) there was a typesetting error that made
- nonsense of one sentence. The number sequences lost some leading ‘1’
- digits. It should have read: “If you want them to appear on the screen
- as shades of grey, use ‘colours’ 0 12 1 2 3 4 5(?) 7. If you
- prefer them displayed in colour, use the series 0 12 9 14 15 10
- 5(?) 11 7.” Sorry for any confusion caused.
- 7.3
- • Keystroke − It is a pleasure to endorse Richard Skemp’s praise of
- Keystroke and especially of Stuart Halliday, its author (Archive 7.1
- p21). I wrote to Stuart with a problem, fully expecting to be told that
- Keystroke “wasn’t designed to do that”. Instead, he sent me a disc
- containing two solutions. In more recent correspondence, he has been
- more than helpful, and his latest letter brings information that may be
- of interest to other people who use both Impression and Keystroke.
- 7.3
- The Keystroke command Move Window can be used to adjust the size of an
- Impression window and its position on the screen but, if the document is
- set to have Rulers on, the instruction doesn’t work. Stuart has
- discovered that, in this configuration, there are actually two windows
- and that Move Window and Drag to Set only operate satisfactorily when
- used on the background of the outer one. This only exists in the top
- left-most corner of the Impression window, immediately below the title
- bar, as shown below. As Stuart says, it’s amazing.
- 7.3
- • New products − The theory is that companies with new products for
- Acorn computers should communicate with magazines such as Archive to
- tell us about them but sadly that doesn’t always work. This is where you
- come in. The thousands of Archive readers can act as an information
- gathering network. If you see some new product that you think might be
- helpful to other Archive readers, either ask the company to let us into
- their secret(!) or send us some information yourself.
- 7.3
- This information network is already working − the 105Mb removable drives
- are an example of that. David Bower saw them and realised their
- potential for Acorn users, alerted us... and the rest, as they say, is
- history! Ed.
- 7.3
- • Pixel Resolutions − Comments have been made from time to time in
- Archive relating to the number of pixels which can be displayed on a
- monitor with a certain dot pitch. In some cases, we seem to be trying to
- put a quart into a pint pot − and succeeding! How? The following
- deliberation is based on a certain amount of guesswork. If any Archive
- readers are better informed, confirmations and corrections would be
- gratefully received.
- 7.3
- A monitor display, like a television picture, is made up of dots of
- three colours, red, green and blue. In my diagrams, these are
- represented by circles in three shades of grey, and the relative
- positions of the three colours are, hopefully, as shown. (On a Trinitron
- screen, the dots are rectangular, tall and narrow with no gaps, and the
- appearance at this scale is very different from the ‘dots’ screen. A
- different analysis of resolutions would be needed.)
- 7.3
- The manual for my 16“ Eizo 9070 monitor claims that, with suitable
- control cards, it can display up to 800 lines of up to 1280 pixels. It
- uses the term Trio Pitch, rather than Dot Pitch, and gives the figure as
- 0·28 mm, which appears to be the SVGA standard. My principle piece of
- guesswork is to assume that this is the distance between centres of dots
- of the same colour, which are in a triangular formation in the display.
- 7.3
- The display area of my screen is approximately 220 × 293 mm, from which
- I can calculate the nominals size of each pixel for a particular screen
- mode. The lines which look like Playschool windows show how the pixels
- relate to the tri-coloured dots for various modes. The relative
- positions of the pixels and the dots will vary in different parts of the
- screen, but the relative sizes should be right. By my reckoning, there
- must be about 1830 × 1570 single dots, comprising 1220 × 785 triangular
- trios.
- 7.3
- Using the enhancer which is standard on the A540, the highest
- resolutions available are Mode 98 (800×600) and Mode 102 (1152×448).
- Mode 98 has square pixels, which probably makes it the best for certain
- types of graphics. Mode 102 has rectangular (tall, narrow) pixels, and
- is the one I use for DTP. Using one of the new colour cards, I could
- obtain 1024 × 768 pixels, which has become something of a standard for
- PCs, and probably the 1280 × 800 quoted in my monitor manual.
- 7.3
- In the fourth diagram, it will be noted that this mode includes,
- overall, approximately one dot of each colour in each pixel, although
- one dot may appear to be shared between two or three pixels. The monitor
- cannot, of course, display parts of a dot in different intensities, so
- each dot will be displayed in the intensity appropriate to the pixel
- which claims most of it, or perhaps the average intensity of the two or
- three pixels, depending on the logic of the controller. The dithering
- effect, which in any case is used to give the impression of a palette of
- colours from the three actually displayed, will ensure that the result
- ‘looks right’. It should look better than a standard TV set, which has,
- I believe, 576 rows of 768 trios. The fact that the positions of pixels
- in relation to dots vary across the screen can result in identical thin
- lines in different parts of the screen appearing to be of different
- widths, something I frequently observe.
- 7.3
- In theory, with the right electronics, my monitor could display pixels
- about two-thirds the width and half the height of those in the
- 1280 × 800 mode, giving about 1920 × 1600 pixels. Each pixel, however,
- would then correspond approximately to just one coloured dot, not a
- trio. Hence, in general, whatever colour may be defined for a pixel, the
- screen would only show one of the three RGB components of that colour.
- Dithering, again, would produce the desired result. This hypothetical
- mode, would require three times the screen memory of the 1280 × 800
- mode, and three times the processor power, but the end result would be
- much the same. The advice in my manual would therefore appear sensible,
- and the multi-scan electronics in the monitor are not sufficiently
- variable to display as many as 1600 lines. This would be pointless.
- Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
- 7.3
- • Pocket Books et al − I really must disagree with you about those
- “pretentious electronic diaries”! (Archive 7.1 p30) (Hands up those who
- spotted that I called them ‘electronic dairies’! Ed) I use the cheapest
- form, a Z88, in every day use. When you get over the feeling of prodding
- “dead flesh”, the standard size Qwerty keyboard is a boon compared with
- the small “pocket” type. The use of a portable machine also enables me
- to input data, write memos, reports, reviews, etc on the daily train
- journey between London and Huntingdon, which would otherwise be a total
- waste of two hours each day.
- 7.3
- I consider the Z88 with its diary facility as a natural extension to the
- Archimedes computer. The on-board PipeDream package may not be the
- world’s most up-to-date wordprocessor but it does what I want, and the
- similarity of command keystrokes between the Z88 and Archimedes version
- of PipeDream is essential for efficient working.
- 7.3
- The amount of work thus achieved on the train is quite remarkable. The
- phone doesn’t interrupt your “train” (sorry) of thought, and all that I
- have typed can be dumped onto the Archimedes, graphic headings added,
- and the results lasered, jetted or dotted onto hardcopy in the office.
- 7.3
- However, I might be tempted to agree with you that the use of a near
- £2,000 NoteBook is highly pretentious, when there are others which
- suffice at a much lower cost.
- 7.3
- I would say that once a decision to use a form of electronic diary has
- been taken, it is essential to fully commit to the medium. There is
- nothing worse than trying to keep two diaries − there will come a time
- when an entry in one is either omitted from the other, or causes a clash
- of bookings. I have tried, but it is impossible. Even with one for work
- and one for personal events, there will eventually be a disaster!
- 7.3
- Please reconsider your opinion − the fact that you personally don’t have
- a regular use for this type of machine shouldn’t affect your judgement.
- (But don’t worry, I’m a staunch Archive reader!) Bob Ames, Huntingdon.
- 7.3
- It is interesting to see the reactions I get to my comments. Really, I
- am quite happy to see portables of various sorts used with the
- Archimedes. If it is the right tool for the job, use it! Talking of
- which, I think we really ought to be adding the Psion 3A to the Archive
- Price List as it is such an improvement over the Psion 3 (and Pocket
- Book). If you are interested in getting one, give us a ring. Ed.
- 7.3
- • The A-Word − I quote from an official Acorn press release, dated 29th
- October 1993: “Acorn Computers today announces the availability of its
- new high resolution monitor, the Acorn Super VGA Multiscan monitor, for
- the Acorn Archimedes range of 32-bit RISC OS computers.” The news of the
- monitor is excellent, although one might query the price, but it would
- be easy to miss one glaringly obvious but rather unexpected word:
- Archimedes.
- 7.3
- Since the A3000, Acorn appeared to have dropped the name, so we ended up
- talking about “Acorn 32-bit RISC OS machines”, which was a rather
- verbose replacement for “Archimedes”! Even the A-symbol disappeared from
- the iconbar with RISC OS 3. Are Acorn rehabilitating the A-word? Is it
- official or was it a mistake? What next – shall we be able to talk about
- “podules” again, instead of the more mundane “expansion boards”? The
- previously-forbidden name also appeared several times in one article in
- the official Acorn World Show Guide, whereas others continued to use
- familiar A-word-avoidance techniques such as “RISC OS A-series machine”!
- What’s going on?
- 7.3
- Stuart Bell, Horsham. A
- 7.3
- TechWriter
- 7.3
- Brian Cowan
- 7.3
- TechWriter is the only integrated scientific or technical writing system
- available for the Archimedes range. I have spent a long time getting to
- know Impression and using it together with Equasor (and BestForm) to
- produce scientific documents. Readers will recall that some time ago I
- lamented the fact that Computer Concepts had decided against upgrading
- Equasor to release 2. This caused me to have a new look at the second
- version of BestForm − on which I will report in a future issue. Ideally,
- a package like Impression would allow “hot links” or “object linking and
- embedding” to other programs like Equasor so that objects could be
- manipulated actually from the Impression document. That would give the
- appearance of integration, a second-best to what TechWriter provides: a
- fully integrated system.
- 7.3
- EasiWriter plus
- 7.3
- TechWriter is based on Icon Technology’s EasiWriter, with the addition
- of a powerful equation editor, footnotes and endnotes. TechWriter
- version 1 is currently on sale but there is a version 2 under
- development which has numerous enhancements. EasiWriter is rather
- different from Impression. Rather than the styles and effects of
- Impression, it has structures. A chapter structure can thus have the
- first line defined as the chapter heading, in a larger, possibly
- different type face, perhaps centred. Subsequent lines would be in the
- regular style. Other types of structure include lists and tables.
- Clearly one needs to understand the facilities of EasiWriter while
- learning to use TechWriter. I therefore recommend interested readers to
- see the review of EasiWriter in Archive 5.7 p35. But the temptation is
- to start directly on the scientific facilities. This can be done with
- the set of graded exercises in the manual − more on this below.
- 7.3
- Expression mode
- 7.3
- Equations, or expressions, can either be part of a line of text or they
- can occupy a line of their own. On going into expression mode, by
- choosing Expression from the Maths menu, or by typing Ctrl-[, the caret
- changes from red to green. Thereafter, typed text appears in Italics
- (except brackets, etc) until expression mode is terminated. However,
- much more is going on in expression mode. Spaces are generated
- automatically in equations, including the placement of − signs. In
- particular, the monadic −a is different from the diadic a − b, although
- both would be typed without spaces (Equasor does not recognise this
- distinction.) Also, the prime character ‘ becomes ’, the differentiation
- symbol.
- 7.3
- Picking symbols
- 7.3
- The Greek and symbol characters may be chosen from a scrolling palette
- at the top of the document. I have shown the enhanced palette and
- toolbar which comes with TechWriter version 2. The characters are from
- the MathPhys font (from EFF) and they are arranged in a logical way. To
- the left is the Greek character set. Next is a selection of “zero-width”
- characters for overtyping symbols with hats, etc, such as àa or Áb .
- Then there are the stretchable arrows and integral signs, followed by an
- array of various symbols. This is not the MathGreek font with which some
- readers may be familiar; MathPhys has a number of differences. There are
- closed loop integrals for two and three dimensions and − a particular
- favourite of mine − Planck’s (other) constant äh. As yet, the MathPhys
- bold font is not included; I hope this will be supplied with future
- versions of TechWriter. I have been wanting bold Greek for ages!
- 7.3
- Scrolling palette
- 7.3
- The scrolling palette is a clever idea since, although there are a lot
- of symbols to be displayed, in this way they appear at a reasonable
- size. Presumably, to facilitate fast scrolling, the symbols are
- displayed in bit-mapped form rather that as outline font characters. But
- here I have a slight reservation since it means that everything is tied
- to the MathGreek font and it could not easily be substituted by,
- perhaps, a custom-made font.
- 7.3
- In expression mode, the Greek characters are printed as Italic while the
- other symbols appear in upright (Roman) form. This is certainly logical,
- although many scientific typesetters use Italic English and Roman Greek
- characters in equations. However, if you click on Planck’s constant, you
- will get the h in Roman style − and that would never be used.
- 7.3
- Tool bar
- 7.3
- The tool bar of TechWriter version two is much-enhanced. On the top row,
- the icons provide the frequently used functions of undo, save, print,
- spell check, search, ruler show/hide, and various zoom options. The
- lower row provides tab setting, math palettes and show/hide. There
- follows a collection of structure buttons for chapter, section, sub-
- section, list, sub-list, table, figure, picture, footnote, equation and
- end structure. Next are the justify options: left, centre, right and
- full. Font style is controlled by the next set of buttons giving bold,
- italic, underline and plain styles. And the last three buttons open
- dialogue boxes for borders, type style and line spacing.
- 7.3
- In use
- 7.3
- TechWriter takes quite a bit of getting used to. There is a set of five
- exercises in the manual which introduce the user, in a very gentle
- fashion, to the capabilities of the system. The return key is often used
- as an indication that a particular sequence of operations is completed.
- This is in contrast to Equasor where the cursor-right key would be used.
- But perseverance pays off. With practice, it becomes second nature to
- create documents containing a mix of text and mathematics with both in-
- line and separate equations. It is much easier than Impression plus
- Equasor where, for editing, an equation must be exported from the
- Impression document to Equasor and then reimported after modification.
- However, equally important is the fact that TechWriter automatically
- follows the rules of scientific typesetting, producing much more
- satisfactory equations than does Equasor. All this happens quite
- invisibly to the user.
- 7.3
- Menu choices
- 7.3
- It can be quite confusing getting to grips with some of the large menu
- trees which appear, and finding the path to one’s required option.
- Things are not always laid out in the most logical manner; certainly the
- arrangement is different from Impression. But here the tool bar of
- version two is a great help, with most common options available at the
- click of a button.
- 7.3
- Graphics objects
- 7.3
- One can import both Draw objects and sprites. These become embedded in
- the text; they keep their place in the text rather than their place on
- the page. However, it is not possible to place more than one line of
- text beside a graphic. If there is space on a line then just one line of
- text can be placed beside it, appearing half way up the graphic. This is
- an unfortunate limitation but it follows since TechWriter is text-based
- rather than frame-based (such as Impression). Thus one should regard
- TechWriter as a highly sophisticated word processor rather than a DTP
- system. The above problem has a solution, based on the facility to
- export a selection of a TechWriter document as a drawfile.
- 7.3
- Text beside a graphic − solution
- 7.3
- One of the example files provided with TechWriter shows that it is
- possible to place a block of text next to a graphic object. If the size
- of the graphic is known, the size of the required adjoining text area
- can be worked out. A new TechWriter document is opened with a column set
- at the required width. The required text and expressions is then typed
- in, to the number of lines to give the required height. This selection
- is then exported as a drawfile and imported to Draw where it is placed
- next to the graphic object. Finally, the composite drawfile is imported
- into the TechWriter document. This is clumsy but it works. Ideally,
- TechWriter would allow (TechWriter) text frames together with the other
- types of frames supported. A compromise could be effected if TechWriter
- exported the areas as a tagged drawfile, containing the original
- TechWriter information. This would then enable editing of the text/
- expressions.
- 7.3
- Miscellaneous points
- 7.3
- The standard scientific document preparation system is TEX. While
- TechWriter does not provide output files in the TEX format, nevertheless
- the general structure of TechWriter is based on that of TEX. It is
- therefore possible that in the future either a new version of TechWriter
- or a special utility might become available to generate TEX files from
- TechWriter documents. I do hope this will happen.
- 7.3
- The TechWriter document is stored as a single file in uncompressed form.
- Currently, Impression documents are constructed as an application
- directory containing a number of files. This makes for a number of
- problems, particularly in scientific applications, as I have mentioned
- in the past. A facility for conversion between TechWriter and Impression
- document format is highly desirable.
- 7.3
- The TechWriter manual contains a wealth of information on the
- conventions of scientific typesetting. It also covers many facilities
- which I do not have space here to discuss such as matrices, chemical
- formulae, brackets, underlines, overbars, subscripts and superscripts
- etc, etc. I have found no mathematical construct which could not be made
- relatively easily! Although I have been working with TechWriter for some
- time, I am continually discovering new features; it really is very
- versatile. I propose to discuss more of the facilities of TechWriter,
- including those of the new version, in a future article on scientific
- document preparation. This will also cover the merits of BestForm. (For
- those interested in my feelings about BestForm, my main criticism is
- that it does not allow for any variety of character sets: it only allows
- a text font and a symbol font in only Roman and Italic styles − no
- bold.)
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- Should I use Impression plus Equasor or should I use TechWriter? The
- answer is that both have their uses. For complicated scientific or
- mathematical documents, reports, etc, TechWriter is clearly the winner.
- But for the creation of carefully laid out pages, Impression has to be
- the answer. With Impression, you must do more work in creating your
- equations and tweaking them to the required form. Some constructs,
- trivial to create with TechWriter, such as matrices and horizontal
- braces, are impossible to construct with Equasor. Furthermore, using
- Impression, you can’t produce footnotes and endnotes. On the other hand,
- with TechWriter you can’t place a block of text beside graphics easily,
- certainly not in an automatic manner. Also, TechWriter does not support
- (so far as I can find) vertical kerning. So I could not use it to write
- TEX!
- 7.3
- One worry I had about TechWriter was that it might not continue to be
- supported by its producer. However, Icon Technology is a well-
- established software house. They produced EasiWriter in collaboration
- with Acorn, who bundle it with some of their Home Office packs, and they
- have written such packages as Formulator and MacAuthor in the past. The
- imminent arrival of TechWriter version 2 is an indication of their
- commitment to this product.
- 7.3
- My view is that Acorn should produce a ‘scientific’ bundle, possibly
- with the yet-to-be-announced new machine, containing TechWriter and a
- port of Maple − but that’s another story!
- 7.3
- TechWriter is a superb package. I thoroughly recommend it for scientific
- document writing. TechWriter costs £236.18 inc VAT & p&p from Icon
- Technology or £215 through Archive. A
- 7.3
- TechWriter’s Greek...
- 7.3
- TechWriter (version 2) Toolbar
- 7.3
- Version 2 maths tools
- 7.3
- ...and symbols palette
- 7.3
- Music Column
- 7.3
- Stewart Watson
- 7.3
- It would seem, from circulars I have been receiving, that a whole host
- of new music software for the Archimedes was to be launched at Acorn
- World 93. Unfortunately, living as I do in the frozen north, distance
- prevented me from attending the show, but I am looking forward to seeing
- the software as it becomes available.
- 7.3
- SS1600
- 7.3
- One of the most exciting hardware developments I have seen for some time
- is an expansion card from ESP (Hardware). It provides an Acorn standard
- MIDI interface together with and an on-board 16 bit quality GM standard
- Wave-Table synthesizer with some software, all for £249 +VAT. This could
- be the answer to many people’s prayers if it lives up to expectations,
- and I await further information with great interest.
- 7.3
- Rhapsody 3
- 7.3
- From Clares, there is a new version of Rhapsody, which will have full
- dragging of notes and other symbols, different note styles, outline
- fonts for text handling, a whole range of new symbols, etc.
- 7.3
- Sound Advice
- 7.3
- Sound Advice (7.1 p50) from The Really Small Software Company, will
- shortly be available with the facility to load and save standard MIDI
- files, and will have MIDI thru capability. These extra facilities, which
- will be available to present users as a free upgrade, will make Sound
- Advice (price £38 from Archive) even better value for money.
- 7.3
- Rhythm-Bed library
- 7.3
- I mentioned a few months ago that a library of Rhythm-Bed files might be
- a good idea. Well, ‘Keep on Drumming’ from Words & Music provides 160
- files in directories including Afro, Blues, Disco Fills Funky Heavy Hip-
- Hop, House, Latin, Motown Reggae, Rock, R-N-B and Shuffle, all in
- standard MIDI file format with drums on MIDI channel 10, (some with bass
- parts assigned to channel 2) together with some tips on making the most
- of the files provided. The documentation is a bit sketchy, e.g. no
- catalogue of the discs contents is included, but there is certainly
- plenty of variety in the material on the disc. These files can all be
- loaded directly into Rhythm-Bed or Serenade and should save users a lot
- of time and effort.
- 7.3
- EMR
- 7.3
- ElectroMusic Research should have released by now MicroStudio 2, Desktop
- Scorewriter and Music Player 3. I look forward to seeing these programs
- in the near future. EMR music library files now have presets to match
- the general MIDI format. Of course, using the facilities available in
- the MIDI list mapping page in Studio 24+, these voice presets and drum
- voices can easily be altered to suit other set ups.
- 7.3
- Disc Orchestra files
- 7.3
- As well as standard MIDI files, there is a wide range of music of all
- types available for the Yamaha Clavinova range of electronic pianos in
- Disc Orchestra format. These discs are in Yamaha’s own version of DOS
- and the files are protected and usually unreadable. Unlike most music
- files where a song is completely loaded before playback begins, Disc
- Orchestra files are loaded in sections, the Clavinova accessing the disc
- regularly as the piece of music is played.
- 7.3
- Editing
- 7.3
- I have a Clavinova and a PSR6700, both of which load and run Disc
- Orchestra files, but neither keyboard transmits these files from the
- MIDI out, or the MIDI thru port. This is not necessarily a problem if
- you are happy to leave the files in their original state but if you wish
- to edit them then it is a bit frustrating. But there is a third way to
- run these files, using an MDF2 MIDI Data Filer and a TG100 expander, and
- when the files are run using this combination, the data is passed to the
- MIDI thru port and can be recorded into an external sequencer for
- editing.
- 7.3
- Signal processing effects
- 7.3
- By careful use of copy, cut and paste, it is possible to obtain some
- interesting signal processing effects using only a sequencer. This can
- be useful if you do not have an effects processor, or if you have need
- of more effects than your processor can handle simultaneously.
- 7.3
- Echo
- 7.3
- Echo is a single repeat of a sound, usually at a lower volume. Studio
- 24+, for instance, can add echo to a sound by copying that sound to
- another track and reducing the volume of the new track, using the track
- options facility. Select track options in the track box and a window
- appears. The last option in the window should read Velocity. Change the
- percentage to the required amount (e.g. if you wanted the track to be
- repeated at half the original volume, enter 50%) and click on OK.
- 7.3
- Delay
- 7.3
- Delay is a number of repeats of a sound gradually decreasing in volume.
- This effect can be created in exactly the same way as echo, by making
- more copies of the original track.
- 7.3
- Chorus
- 7.3
- Chorus is an effect which fattens out a sound and is usually produced in
- signal processing devices by adding a second track with the same note
- information but slightly higher or lower than the original.
- 7.3
- If you have any ideas for special effects − or any other ideas,
- suggestions or questions about using the Archimedes for music, write to
- me via the Archive office. A
- 7.3
- Humanoids and Robotix
- 7.3
- Meg Else
- 7.3
- Humanoids
- 7.3
- The object of humanoids is to defend the humanoids against the invasion
- of enemy landers and to survive. The game is based on a repeated
- horizontally scrolling landscape, and you must kill all the enemy
- forces, against enormous difficulties, before they capture your men. If
- they successfully capture one of your men and you fail in a rescue
- attempt, the successful lander becomes a Mutant, and far more dangerous
- than before. To complete a level you have to kill everything on the
- screen.
- 7.3
- The graphics are poor by modern day Archimedes standards. This game is a
- development of the BBC game Videos Revenge. It’s repetitive, but
- somewhat addictive. It’s very hard to play and can be annoying at times.
- 7.3
- My son James managed to reach level 3 and rated it like this:
- 7.3
- Graphics 34%
- 7.3
- Sound 76%
- 7.3
- Gameplay 83%
- 7.3
- Overall 64%
- 7.3
- Robotix
- 7.3
- This game is much less interesting than Humanoids. It’s a simple
- structure. The object is to shoot the enemy, avoid the indestructible
- hulks, pick up the humanoids and to survive.
- 7.3
- Both the graphics and sound are poor. It’s very hard. We got to level 7,
- which sounds good but the levels are short and repetitive, although
- there was quite a range of monsters. Unlike Humanoids, however, we soon
- lost interest in the game which was only slightly addictive.
- 7.3
- Rating by James:
- 7.3
- Graphics 17%
- 7.3
- Sound 24%
- 7.3
- Gameplay 7%
- 7.3
- Overall 16%
- 7.3
- Overall rating for both games:
- 7.3
- Graphics 26%
- 7.3
- Sound 50%
- 7.3
- Gameplay 45%
- 7.3
- Overall 40%
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- Not a very inspiring set of games but you can’t grumble when it’s only
- priced at £24.99 for the pair from Cambridge International Software.
- 7.3
- They are now on special offer at £9.95 for the two from C.I.S. or £10
- including p&p through Archive − which makes quite a bit of a difference!
- Ed. A
- 7.3
- Hints & Tips
- 7.3
- • Two independent stories with Ovation − Richard Hallas demonstrated an
- excellent method of creating two independent stories with Impression in
- the ‘Hints & Tips’ column (Archive 6.12 p27). To perform a similar task
- with Ovation is not quite so easy but there is a way that this layout
- can be obtained.
- 7.3
- Double-click on the Ovation application to load it onto the iconbar.
- Click <menu> over Ovation’s icon and select the ‘New Document’ option.
- From this menu, choose the A4 page, ‘Portrait’ orientation and single
- column options. For this example, I will create two independent columns
- on an A4 sized page. Similar layouts can be created with other page
- sizes.
- 7.3
- Once Ovation’s main window has been opened, click <menu> and select the
- ‘Page’ menu. From this menu click on ‘Show Master Pages’. You will now
- see Ovation’s master page for the A4 document. Ovation, unlike
- Impression, does not allow you to delete any frames on the master page.
- Alter the width of the A4 frame by choosing ‘Object’ from Ovation’s main
- menu and then from the ‘Object’ menu select ‘Modify Frame’.
- 7.3
- Set the main frame width to 90mm and height to 255mm. After modifying
- the frame it will be displayed on the left hand side of Ovation’s master
- page. Now create an identical sized text frame, using the text frame
- icon on Ovation’s tool bar, and place it on the left hand side of the
- master page, making sure that it aligns perfectly with the left hand
- frame. Check with Ovation’s ‘Modify Frame’ option that this newly
- created frame has identical dimensions to the previously created frame.
- At this stage, any header or footer frames should be added to the master
- page. You may well have to alter the height of both main text frames to
- accommodate the header and footer frames.
- 7.3
- Now quit the master page and return to Ovation’s main window. Ovation
- still displays the original A4 frame outline. To display your newly
- created dual frame layout, you will need to select the ‘Page’ option
- from Ovation’s main menu. From this ‘Page’ menu select the ‘Insert Page’
- option and a box ‘Insert Pages’ will appear on the screen. Click on ‘OK’
- and the newly created page will now be displayed in Ovation’s window.
- 7.3
- If you have already created two independent text stories with another
- word processing package, you will need to have both stories saved as
- plain text files, ready to drop into each newly created Ovation frame.
- 7.3
- Click <select> on the first of these text stories and drag the file into
- Ovation’s left hand main frame, making sure that this frame is the one
- selected. The text will fill the frame and generate the necessary number
- of linked frames to accommodate the story. Remember that this left hand
- frame was originally Ovation’s A4 master page frame, adjusted to the
- required size to accommodate another frame alongside it.
- 7.3
- If you now select and drag the other text story into Ovation’s right
- hand frame, you will notice that only the first right hand frame will
- fill with text, and that Ovation’s text overflow arrow is displayed at
- the bottom of this frame. For the text in this right hand frame to flow
- through the length of the entire document, you will need to select the
- ‘Link Frame’ option from Ovation’s tool bar. Once this has been
- selected, you must then individually link each right hand frame
- throughout the length of the document. As you link each right hand
- frame, you will notice that the text story flows from the previous
- frame. Note that you can choose the ‘Link Frame’ option from the tool
- bar with <adjust>. If this is done, this option will remain selected,
- but will significantly slow down the scrolling speed of pages.
- 7.3
- It is most important to drop the first text story into Ovation’s left
- hand frame. This is the frame that generates automatically linked frames
- as the text flows throughout the document.
- 7.3
- Ovation can, of course, be used to produce the original stories, with
- the proviso that the left hand frames are used to write the first story.
- If required, the two frames on Ovation’s master page may be swapped
- over, so that the first story can be set in the right hand frame. Mike
- King, Guernsey. A
- 7.3
- PD Column − The Virus Problem
- 7.3
- David Holden
- 7.3
- I have received several letters recently from people worried about
- computer viruses and, in particular, the likelihood of ‘catching’ one
- from a PD library. Most of these letters were from new users who have
- been subjected to the various scares in the press that have appeared
- during the past year or so and haven’t realised that these refer mainly
- to the PC. I shall therefore suggest a few simple precautions users can
- take to avoid infection.
- 7.3
- It is worth stating that, provided you take the appropriate precautions,
- I don’t believe there is any serious virus problem with the Archimedes
- nor is there ever likely to be. They obviously exist, and some users may
- have ‘caught’ one at some time but, so far, they have been annoying
- rather than dangerous or destructive. If you are worried about viruses
- then consider the Great Michaelangelo Virus Scare last year which was
- supposed to wipe out half of the PC’s in the world. I wonder how much of
- the media ‘hype’ preceding this was real and how much generated by the
- many companies selling expensive virus detecting software for the PC
- market? Luckily there is no equivalent commercial driving force to
- exaggerate the problem on the Archimedes.
- 7.3
- Quarantine
- 7.3
- There are two main reasons why the Archimedes is comparatively immune
- and why it is likely to remain so. Before I expand upon this I shall
- state what is obvious but is frequently forgotten. Viruses in computers,
- unlike their namesakes with people, cannot be ‘caught’ by one computer
- just being in close proximity to another. The virus needs to be
- physically introduced from outside. There are normally only two ways
- that this can be done: via the serial port (including modems) or carried
- on a floppy disc. I shall ignore networks because, for purposes of virus
- infection, a network should be thought of as a single large computer so
- the principle is the same, it is just that there are more ‘entrances’.
- Your computer can’t ‘catch’ a virus, someone (that probably means you),
- needs to be careless and introduce infected material.
- 7.3
- The primary reason for the Archimedes’ natural immunity is that it has
- its operating system in ROM. Most PC’s, with the exception of some
- laptops, load their OS from disc. It is therefore impossible to run them
- without accessing a disc drive of some sort and this is where most
- viruses strike. They attach themselves to a part of the OS on the ‘boot’
- disc of these computers so they are loaded and active as soon as the
- user switches on. There is simply no way that even the most ingeniously
- programmed virus could attach itself to the Archimedes OS. If you
- suspect that your Archimedes has a virus you can actually start it up
- without loading anything from disc. With RISC OS 3 hold down <shift>
- when you switch on or, with RISC OS 2, ‘*Configure Noboot’ and
- *Configure Drive 0‘ and although your hard disc will still exist, the
- Archimedes won’t look at it until you take some action yourself.
- 7.3
- In theory, it is possible to start up an Amiga or PC in the same way but
- it is more awkward.
- 7.3
- How viruses work
- 7.3
- Most Archimedes users start up their machines without the use of any
- ‘foreign bodies’ and this gives them a very important first line of
- defence. Remember it is impossible for your computer to be infected, a
- virus can only hide on a disc and so you can easily prevent it from
- getting to work. Most viruses operate on similar principles. They attach
- themselves to or disguise themselves as something that exists naturally.
- The primary objective of a virus is to replicate itself as many times as
- possible before it is discovered and to achieve this it wants to be
- ‘run’ as soon and as often as possible. This is why some viruses attach
- themselves to !Boot files of applications.
- 7.3
- Another type of virus attaches itself to modules. This is very easy to
- do because a module, unlike a normal application, must be written to be
- fully relocatable and its ‘header’ must conform to a specific format.
- Also once a module is loaded, it tends to remain active until the
- computer is switched off so it is easy for it to claim vectors, watch
- for file operations, and attach a clone of itself to any suitable file
- copying actions.
- 7.3
- Prevention...
- 7.3
- From what I have said so far, you can see that prevention is really very
- easy. Don’t put anything into that slot in the front of your Archimedes
- unless you are certain it isn’t carrying a virus. Unless absolutely
- essential, keep all floppy discs write protected so if you do become
- infected, the infection is contained in as small an area as possible.
- Remember it is your discs, not your computer, that will be infected. If
- you use floppy discs, try to keep your applications and data on separate
- discs. You can then write protect the discs which contain the actual
- programs. Since most viruses work by attaching themselves to
- applications of one sort or another, they will be unable to replicate
- because data files are not normally suitable for their purposes.
- 7.3
- Unless you are confident of its source, use a virus scanner on every
- ‘foreign’ floppy disc before you click on the drive icon. There are
- several PD and Shareware detectors and removers but if you handle more
- than the occasional alien disc, I recommend you subscribe to the
- Pineapple Software service. This will cost about 60p per week and is a
- worthwhile investment.
- 7.3
- If you have a hard disc, scan it regularly. Your first line of defence
- is checking each new floppy but sooner or later you will forget one so
- check regularly. Always scan your hard disc before you back it up. It’s
- obvious but easily forgotten.
- 7.3
- Be suspicious of unexpected ‘disc write protected’ error messages and
- any unusual disc operations. These may be a virus trying to put a copy
- of itself onto a disc.
- 7.3
- ... and cure
- 7.3
- This is just an extension of prevention and if you take precautions,
- there shouldn’t be any problem. Most viruses can be removed from the
- programs to which they have attached themselves, so a disc can be
- ‘disinfected’. If all else fails, you will have to go back to your last
- hard disc backup. (You did scan before you backed up, didn’t you?)
- 7.3
- Don’t just scan your hard disc and the few floppies that you remember
- using in the last day or so. If you discover an infection on your hard
- disc, scan every disc that isn’t always kept write protected, which is
- another good reason for keeping as many as possible in that state. Most
- recurring virus infections happen because not enough trouble is taken
- when it is first discovered to ensure that it is completely eradicated.
- 7.3
- Once again it’s obvious but keep a copy of your virus detector program
- on a write protected floppy disc. If it’s on your hard disc and that
- becomes infected...
- 7.3
- Source of infections
- 7.3
- The people who are most often blamed for spreading virus infections but
- are in fact least likely to be the cause are PD and Shareware libraries.
- As the precautions for avoiding infection are so simple, it is most
- unlikely that you will ‘catch’ a virus from a disc obtained from any
- reputable library. Before their existence was well known, there were a
- few instances but that was long ago.
- 7.3
- In general, PD libraries, because they receive discs from all sorts of
- strange sources, are most likely to take proper precautions and so least
- likely to pass infections on. The same is true of most bulletin boards.
- It is more difficult to prevent infection because in theory anyone can
- ‘upload’ but most services now only permit uploads to specific areas and
- these are thoroughly checked before they can be accessed by users.
- 7.3
- One thing that has disturbed me somewhat is that, in the last few
- months, I have received several unsolicited discs from Germany with
- requests that I include the material in my library and/or pass it on to
- others. About 75% of these have been infected with various viruses.
- Naturally, I have no way of knowing whether this is a deliberate attempt
- to spread infection or merely indicates that viruses are out of control
- in Germany. However, there is no doubt that an unusually large
- proportion of the viruses that abound for PC’s and Amigas did originate
- in Germany, so there would appear to be an “irresponsible” element in
- that country and I hope that this does not indicate that they have now
- turned their attention to the Archimedes.
- 7.3
- It is now generally acknowledged that, with PC’s, the most common cause
- of virus infection is through pirated commercial software. This is one
- reason why introducing ‘personal’ software onto an office PC is now a
- sackable offence in many companies. The suggested reason for this link
- is that the type of person who will use or pass on copies of commercial
- software is also likely to be the sort of person that is amused by
- infecting others with a virus.
- 7.3
- Future developments
- 7.3
- There is one development in PC’s which, I feel sure, will bring with it
- a new type of extraordinarily destructive virus. Hopefully, this will
- not be emulated in the Archimedes.
- 7.3
- All PC’s have a ‘kernel’ of their operating system in ROM. This is known
- as the BIOS (for Basic Input Output System) and is the part which is
- responsible for carrying out system checks and loading the main part of
- the OS from disc. Because it is in ROM, this has hitherto been immune
- from virus infection. However, some PC’s are now being made with the
- BIOS in a ‘flash’ programmable ROM. The idea behind this is to enable
- the people who assemble the computers to program the BIOS with suitable
- messages to suit the country in which they will be sold. This sounds
- like a good idea, except that no additional hardware is required to
- program this area and no write protect link is provided. This means that
- a virus could be written which would infect the BIOS and render all
- conventional ‘disinfection’ software useless. Because the very core of
- the computer is infected, it could not be used at all until the BIOS had
- been reprogrammed.
- 7.3
- Please don’t think I’m giving anyone ideas by pointing this out. The
- perverted people who write and spread viruses are probably already hard
- at work. In fact, that’s the most exasperating thing about the whole
- business. Thousands of hours are spent by dedicated and skilled
- programmers with no other aim than to be a thorn in the side of computer
- users. If only this effort were put to productive instead of destructive
- ends... A
- 7.3
- Acorn Computers in TV Post-Production
- 7.3
- Alan Afriat
- 7.3
- This is a rather technical article but anyone involved in this area will
- realise its importance. It is yet another area where the power of
- RISC OS computers is providing a cost-effective solution to a real-world
- problem. Ed.
- 7.3
- The ‘Your World’ primary schools TV series, currently transmitting on
- Channel 4, has been an experiment in more ways than one. The series, a
- co-production between Channel 4, Encyclopaedia Britannica and Case
- Television, was designed as resource material for teachers to record off
- air for classroom use by themselves or individual pupils. It has no
- commentary, but an on-screen clock provides easy reference to the course
- notes and crawler captions throughout give headline information − which
- make the programmes particularly suitable for hard-of-hearing children.
- Also experimental was the post-production work, including the programme
- compilation, computer graphics and captioning, in which we tried out for
- the first time a novel approach to graphics and tape editing using Acorn
- computers for just about everything.
- 7.3
- When we started on the project, I already had the Encyclopaedia
- Britannica Video Library database on an MS-DOS partition. As this has
- full shot lists of nearly all their programmes, I transferred all
- information of interest to a Squirrel database which allowed me to add
- extra fields as required and multitask it with other applications that I
- was using such as Optima (Eidos’s, RISC OS digital video editing system)
- and Octopus (a video editing machine controller board and software which
- we have developed in-house). The transfer was surprisingly easy and
- Squirrel afforded much better search facilities than were available on
- the original database. Multitasking was crucial as I wanted to be able
- to drag timecodes between applications for quick access to digital or
- tape pictures and database information.
- 7.3
- The programmes were edited using a novel combination of digital and tape
- editing techniques. Although Optima does not give as good a picture as
- some of the MS-DOS and Macintosh JPEG based systems, it is in many ways
- the most flexible − and it’s a great deal cheaper! It does have the big
- advantage of being able to directly access removable, re-usable magneto-
- optical discs, each side of which can hold up to 70 mins of timecoded
- sound and video − so with two MO disc drives and a 540Mb internal hard
- drive, you can edit a programme of any length without having to digitise
- tapes onto an expensive internal multi-gigabite hard disc system. You
- can access any frame on a disc instantly by just dragging in a timecode
- and you can cut, paste and overlay sound or picture in a flash. It gives
- you all the creativity and flexibility of traditional film editing but
- without any of the dross. It’s really good for track laying too; with up
- to four sound tracks, you can fit and lay effects, commentary and music
- precisely − and produce a film-style dubbing chart by dragging timecodes
- and comments into a Draw or Artworks template. It also outputs a
- reliable edit decision list data file for on-line picture and audio
- auto-conforming.
- 7.3
- Octopus − our own edit controller − will drive up to eight editing
- machines of any type that have a standard computer interface. It
- consists of multitasking editing software and an expansion card which
- plugs into any Acorn computer that accepts standard cards. It normally
- drives a three machine edit suite with the new JVC 22 series S-VHS
- machines and the latest Panasonic mixer/DVE, but other machines can be
- driven and hired in as required, including Beta-SP and disc, DAT, HIDAT
- and ADAT recorders for audio conforming.
- 7.3
- Before editing, master Beta-SP tapes are assembled, with original
- timecode, onto 4-hour S-VHS tapes and then digitised. The resulting
- tapes are then scanned at 10 times speed to index them for database
- cross reference. Whenever Optima’s image quality leaves any doubt, this
- indexing system makes it possible to gain almost instant access to a
- high quality tape picture and sound for checking. You just drag a
- timecode from Optima into the edit controller window and type in a roll
- number and whichever machine has that frame will instantly spin down to
- it. Current machines spool at more than 100 times speed, so with three
- machines connected, any frame out of 12 hours of material can be
- accessed within a maximum of 3½ minutes.
- 7.3
- For viewing the completed cut, computer edited versions can be
- transferred to tape with up to four mixed tracks and then have pictures
- auto-pasted over. It takes about 1½ hours for the edit controller to
- picture conform a half hour programme − and, with 4-hour tapes, it does
- it in the background with minimum tape changes − so you can get on with
- something else while the machines are busy. One of the virtues of this
- hybrid 2-tier off-line editing system is that you can achieve a really
- complete off-line edit. The mixer will produce visual effects, picture
- in picture, multi-screen and frozen images − so you can off-line your
- effects and then digitise them for editing.
- 7.3
- We have also developed our own Acorn-based computer graphics system for
- producing, cueing up and displaying in the off-line edit, broadcast
- quality pictures, captions and subtitles, including rollers and simple
- real-time animation. These can be precisely reproduced on-line where the
- computer responds as though it were another VTR, giving complete editing
- freedom at any point in a caption routine.
- 7.3
- Apart from early teething troubles and de-bugging, our system performed
- amazingly well. We achieved frame accurate off-line edits including all
- captions and crawlers; we hired in two Beta-SP editing machines and a
- waveform monitor/vectorscope and performed an A & B roll, cuts only pre-
- conform. We took our A5000 computer along to the on-line edit and
- completed everything in one pass, laying down captions as we added
- visual effects and mixes. Sound was transferred to the S-VHS FM tracks
- and digitised along with the rushes − I then track-laid with Optima,
- auto-conformed with our edit controller and transferred to DAT and then
- a digital recorder for dubbing. (Next time, we intend to conform
- directly onto a digital multitrack recorder.) The S-VHS FM tracks have a
- frequency response of 20-20,000Hz and JVC have brought the switching
- noise of the new machines way below the audible threshold so, for
- effects purposes, they were quite adequate. All this means that tape
- generations and expensive on-line editing and dubbing time is reduced to
- an absolute minimum.
- 7.3
- Your World was the first time we had used our system on a real project.
- Because I was working to a tight fixed budget with agreed production
- specifications, it was imperative that on-line editing and dubbing costs
- were kept to a minimum. We were successful − thanks in no small measure
- to my associate, Adam Goodfellow, who engineered the graphics and tape
- editing systems. A
- 7.3
- The Crystal Maze
- 7.3
- Gabriel, Jonathan and Katherine Swords
- 7.3
- The Crystal Maze is a game from Sherston Software based on the Channel 4
- series of the same name. For those of you not in the know, the idea of
- the game is that you travel through four game zones, with a team of six
- characters, competing in physical, mental, skill and mystery challenges.
- The successful completion of each challenge rewards you with a crystal.
- Your aim is to collect as many crystals a possible − the more you get
- the longer you get to stay in the Crystal Dome.
- 7.3
- The Crystal Dome is the climax of the game. Once inside, you’ll see gold
- and silver tokens floating around − you have to collect as many gold
- tokens as you can, while missing the silver ones. When your time is up,
- the computer counts the amount of gold and silver you’ve collected,
- deducts the silver from the gold then gives you your final score. Easy
- really − until you start to play!
- 7.3
- In my first five attempts, I collected a total of ten gold tokens − that
- makes an average of two per game. I didn’t think that was too bad until
- I read that 100+ is what you should be aiming at. So, a little
- disgruntled, I decided it was time to hand over to my kids − more on
- them later!
- 7.3
- Inside the box
- 7.3
- The game comes boxed with an A3 poster, manual and three discs, and a
- registration card. The instructions were good enough to allow my
- children to load the contents of the discs to hard drive, alter a piece
- program to allow for hard drive use, and run the game.
- 7.3
- Once inside the game, you start by setting the configuration − this
- includes adjustments to the sound effects, music and volume. From there
- you move to the difficulty level − the slider goes from 0 to 99 so
- there’s plenty of scope for different levels of player. There’s also a
- learner mode which allows you to practice any game as many times as you
- like. In addition to all that, you can also re-define the ‘input
- devices’ − the keyboard, joystick and mouse.
- 7.3
- Once set, it’s time to choose your team. There are twelve characters to
- choose from − according to the instruction manual each character has
- different strengths and weaknesses, some more suitable than others for
- the games you enter. You’re supposed to be able to work out who is
- better at what the more you play, so far I haven’t got a clue. Choose
- your six characters then select your first playing zone.
- 7.3
- There are four zones. The Aztec zone is a re-creation of the Aztec
- kingdom of the 15th and 16th centuries. The Ocean zone is set in the
- hull of a sunken ocean liner. The Medieval zone is set the depths of a
- medieval building. The Futuristic zone is a cold, impersonal place where
- lives are ruled by computers − I know the feeling!
- 7.3
- When you enter a zone, you have to play three games before you can move
- on. You can choose from physical, skill, mental or mystery. Choose a
- game type, and a player, then off you go − but don’t hang around, you
- only get one or two minutes to complete the challenge − and if you don’t
- get out in time you get locked in!
- 7.3
- The real thing
- 7.3
- This is where the game really starts to look and feel like the real
- thing. While I was at the controls, my ‘back seat drivers’ were
- constantly telling me what to do − then as the seconds ticked by, they
- started screaming at me to get out before I got locked in. I was a
- nervous wreck by the end of my first game − just like the real thing!
- 7.3
- After completing one zone, you go on to the next until you’ve done
- twelve games. The games reflect the atmosphere of each of the zones; so
- in the medieval zone you could find yourself firing crossbows at moving
- targets or jumping over snakes. In the Futuristic zone, you could be
- chasing electrons or working your way out of a maze. The games don’t
- change if you increase the difficulty level, they just get harder to
- play! The ones I really hated, and therefore left to my children, were
- the mental games − you know the kind of things; ‘If I ate two thirds of
- my sweets on Monday, and three quarters of the rest on Tuesday, and
- there are still five left, how many did I have originally?’ − I haven’t
- a clue!
- 7.3
- You can quite satisfactorily play this game on your own, but it really
- does lend itself to team play − as a family we all chose characters and
- took turns at playing different games. Because you’re working as a team,
- as they do in the TV series, you begin to get excited or frustrated when
- the others are playing. This is also one of those games where you don’t
- have to succeed at one level before you go on to the next − in fact, you
- could end up with only one crystal after 12 games but still get a go
- inside the Crystal Dome − albeit for only 5 seconds. It’s a game for
- adults and children.
- 7.3
- Speaking of children − how did mine get on? Well, when I arrived home
- from Acorn World 93, they proudly announced they had scored 161,
- playing at the same level I had played on. They think it’s great −
- things are getting so bad that now I have to book time on my own
- computer!
- 7.3
- Niggles
- 7.3
- They are only a few niggles. For example, some of the clocks which tell
- you how much time you have left aren’t very easy to read. Some of the
- graphics on the picture puzzles aren’t always as clear as I’d like. And
- when you leave the game and come back into desktop, you need to remember
- to reset your font cache which goes down to 32Kb.
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- So, after all the hype in the magazines and at Acorn World 93, does
- Crystal Maze live up to the expectations that the advertisers tried to
- place on us? Well, apart from the few niggles I have mentioned, we can
- all thoroughly recommended The Crystal Maze. It really is ‘fun for all
- the family’ and would make a good Christmas present.
- 7.3
- Crystal Maze costs £39.95 inclusive from Sherston Software or £37
- through Archive. A
- 7.3
- Blood Sport
- 7.3
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.3
- Blood Sport is the Archimedes answer to Street Fighter and other such
- ‘Beat ’em Up‘ games found on other computer formats. It is distributed
- by Matt Black (well known for their clipart), comes on one disc in a CD
- style plastic case and costs the princely sum of £9.99 (£12 inclusive of
- VAT and carriage) which, by today’s standards, must rank as a budget
- game. It is easily installed on hard disc although I had to reset my
- machine before it worked.
- 7.3
- The scenario
- 7.3
- Blood Sport takes over the whole machine and begins with an attractive
- picture behind a high score table and a number of options: the defining
- the keys, information about the various foes that are to be encountered
- and no less than six playing modes including one to play against a
- friend.
- 7.3
- There are ten lethal opponents that have to be beaten before you can
- become a champion. Once completed, the level of difficulty can be
- changed. A total of sixteen moves have to be mastered which requires a
- fair degree of dexterity to say the least. It took me some time to learn
- the moves since I was unsure what I was actually doing. I feel that a
- seventh option allowing some practice would have been helpful.
- 7.3
- The game
- 7.3
- Clicking on ‘play’ results in some disappointments. The playing area is
- only a quarter of the height of the screen. The figures, although well
- drawn, are tiny and the different moves are difficult to define.
- However, on the plus side, the action is fast and furious and is
- accompanied by the requisite thumps, groans, ‘Oohs’ and ‘Aahs’ as your
- opponent knocks you down over and over again. The screen even shakes as
- you hit the ground with a thud. The various backgrounds have some fairly
- basic animation. Fights are timed and points for each fighter are
- clearly shown.
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- Since there is much of a muchness about the action, it soon loses its
- novelty and interest wanes. Blood Sport is not in the same class as
- games such as Street Fighter. However, it is one of the few ‘Beat ’em
- Up‘ games for the Archimedes and it is cheap.
- 7.3
- Blood Sport is fairly mindless but, if played with a friend, might
- occupy the odd half hour on a winter’s evening when there is little else
- to do. A
- 7.3
- Quark
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- Quark is a new release from the rapidly expanding Oregan Software
- Developments. A year ago this was a tiny, little known company but today
- it markets a variety of excellent utilities including, arguably, the
- best Acorn tracker music editor (Digital Symphony) and a morphing
- package (Morpheus). With Quark, it has broken into the quality games
- market.
- 7.3
- Vive la France!
- 7.3
- Quark is written by a new French programming team Psychotic. It astounds
- me the amount of quality software that comes from the rest of Europe
- because, let’s face it, Acorn’s marketing department is hardly making a
- splash over there. (They are making major moves into Germany at the
- moment. Ed.) However, the likes of Digital Symphony and the popular
- public domain utility Dissi come from Belgium, Eterna were based in
- France, and who can forget demo writers extraordinaire, Brothers in Arm,
- in Norway! Quark doesn’t let the side down.
- 7.3
- At first sight, Quark is just another vertically scrolling shoot ‘em up,
- but when you get into it, it is a feast of blasting mayhem with lots of
- different spaceships, levels, music and even more power-ups. I mention
- the spaceships because, unlike most games of this genre, Quark lets you
- choose the ship which you want to pilot from six basic craft. Each has
- its own speed, weaponry (with different power-ups) and armour class. The
- appropriate values are stated in the manual which is clear if a little
- concise.
- 7.3
- Play a friend
- 7.3
- The game can be played by one or two players simultaneously, and each
- player can have any ship he likes. Cleverly, the programmers have
- restricted the amount of weaponry power-ups that each can collect in the
- two player game, to about two-thirds of what your ship is capable of in
- the one player game. This means that you don’t get such an overwhelming
- advantage when in two player mode.
- 7.3
- Each player can alter his or her individual keys using a small, but
- well-designed, desktop application. This is supplied on disc one, along
- with a hard disc installation program and the main game. Hard disc users
- will still need the original disc at hand to insert at the beginning of
- the loading process.
- 7.3
- The title screen is pretty, and is followed by a pleasing, permanent,
- scrolling high-score table. However it’s a shame that you can only start
- the game from the title screen and not the high score table. You have to
- press a key to return to the main screen. Why not just allow the player
- to go straight to the ship selector or enter the game.
- 7.3
- Pressing <F12> starts the ship selector, whilst <F8> gives you a quick
- start option using either the standard spaceships or the one(s) used in
- the previous game, depending on whether you have just loaded.
- 7.3
- The game itself
- 7.3
- The in-game graphics are well drawn, although they only use 16 colours
- in order to obtain smooth scrolling. Despite this limitation, the
- colours are used to good effect to provide variety within the levels.
- There are some clever colour palette changes, so you may travel out of a
- gold coloured section, for example, into a purple section and on into a
- green one. This shows that the game has been well thought out, and not
- just knocked together overnight! The background graphics were
- exceptionally detailed, even on a fairly low resolution monitor.
- 7.3
- The amount of damage that your ship has taken is shown by the amount of
- armour left on your ship. As you get hit, chunks of armour disappear
- until your craft looks like a burnt out shell, at which point one more
- hit will reduce you to dust and remove one of your lives. Fortunately,
- you can get more lives by collecting certain tokens. The manual doesn’t
- actually tell you what each token does, so it’s up to you, with the help
- of the odd bit of digitised speech, to decide what does what.
- 7.3
- Sound
- 7.3
- The music is excellent, with tunes to suit everyone’s taste, be it
- classical (on the game over screens) or heavy metal (for a metallic
- level!). For once, the music hasn’t been written by the programmer
- himself, but someone obviously skilled in computer music. Only four
- channels appear to be used in the music, and the others are for used
- sound effects such as speech and explosions.
- 7.3
- Criticisms
- 7.3
- I would like to have seen more animation of the ship, as in the soon to
- be released Xenon 2. Also, maybe the levels could have been given
- passwords. Fortunately, when your game ends, the computer remembers
- which level you reached so that you don’t have to replay all the
- previous ones. Otherwise, this is a very polished game.
- 7.3
- One serious flaw was that the review copy had problems with multisync
- monitors. The fade routine into level two caused the screen to go
- completely black on my Acorn multisync, so I suggest you ring Oregan
- direct (as instructed in the manual) to check on the compatibility of
- your monitor and to see if the bug has been fixed.
- 7.3
- The competition − Quark versus Xenon 2
- 7.3
- To my mind, the only major competition for vertically scrolling shoot
- ’em ups comes from Swiv and Xenon 2.
- 7.3
- Swiv has a simultaneous two player, but Quark offers more crafts for the
- player(s) and more power-ups. The music is much more comprehensive in
- Quark with tunes for every part of the game, not just the title screen.
- 7.3
- Xenon 2 has more power-ups than Quark, but only one spaceship, and one
- (rather good) piece of music which plays virtually non-stop throughout
- the game, the exception being when you are in the shop. Xenon 2’s
- animation is better than Quark’s, and the level of presentation is high,
- but the two player game is hopeless. Player 1 has a go, and then when he
- dies, player 2 starts. Another comment on Xenon 2 is that by the time
- you reach the later levels, it is almost impossible to die. You simply
- have too much firepower. Quark is still challenging late into the game
- because, unlike Xenon 2, you lose some (but not all) of your firepower
- bonuses when you die.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Quark is an excellent product which compares very favourably with the
- competition. If you own a multisync monitor, check its compatibility
- with Oregan first but if you like vertically scrolling shoot ’em ups,
- you can’t go wrong with Quark!
- 7.3
- Quark costs £24.95 from Oregan Software Developments or £23 through
- Archive. A
- 7.3
- Help!!!!
- 7.3
- • Archway − Can anyone advise or help with upgrading Archway? I have
- version 2.00 and believe there is now version 2.10, but Simtron seem
- very hard to get in touch with! Phone Andy after 8pm on 081-675-5972.
- 7.3
- • Screenwipes − Can anyone tell me how to use screenwipes on sprite
- files from Basic? Contact Jonathan Topper, 4 Clapham Old Rd., Ingleton,
- Via Carnforth, Lancs, LA6 3JA. A
- 7.3
- Help Offered
- 7.3
- • PCATS Graphics Enhancer − Following my request for help about using
- the PCATS Enhancer under RISC OS 3.1, I got no offers of help! However,
- I have managed to write a short relocatable module which stops the
- enhancer crashing on RISC OS 3.1 and provides the full range of
- multisync and enhancer modes. I am happy to provide copies of the module
- to anyone sending me a blank formatted disc plus SAE. Seán Kelly, 8
- Vicarage Lane, Wing, Leighton Buzzard, LU7 0NU.
- 7.3
- • Scientific Software. A disc of scientific software, mostly of a
- chemical nature, is now available. If you would like a copy simply send
- a formatted blank disc (not 720Kb DOS!), together with return postage
- (and address) to Chris Johnson, 7, Lovedale Grove, Balerno, Edinburgh,
- EH14 7DR. Chris would still like to receive more software of a
- scientific nature, as he would like to make up additional discs for
- distribution. A
- 7.3
- Demon’s Lair
- 7.3
- Rob Wears
- 7.3
- This game from the 4th Dimension was reviewed on an A310 (ARM 3, 4Mb
- RAM, SCSI hard disc) and an A4 (4Mb RAM, hard disc). The game requires a
- minimum of 2Mb RAM and it must be said that a colour monitor would make
- your life a lot easier.
- 7.3
- The plot?
- 7.3
- You have drawn the short straw and have therefore volunteered to save
- the land from an evil demon and release a friendly dragon. The only
- things between you and a horrible death are your wits, luck and a Karate
- kick capable of disrupting ghosts. And the name of this mighty hero −
- Thorin Bloodaxe? Er... no actually you get to be called “Bob”. I’ve got
- nothing against being called “Bob” − it’s the wife that isn’t too keen −
- but it just doesn’t fit with my notions of your basic muscle-bound hero.
- The blurb is a little weak but how does the game compare?
- 7.3
- The package
- 7.3
- The game comes on two discs and is copy protected by means of a “key
- disc”. It will readily load to and run from a hard disc, providing disc
- one is inserted for a short while as the game loads. There is no need to
- replace the key disc if you find the need to reload a saved game
- position. I find this a very inoffensive piece of copy protection which
- did not cause any problems during testing, and provided that you keep
- the original disc safe when not in use, it should not cause any
- problems. When loaded, the game sits innocently on the iconbar and uses
- 1120Kb. When playing, it takes over the whole machine but a single
- keystroke returns you to the desktop environment.
- 7.3
- You are supplied with a single A4 sheet of paper with loading and
- playing instructions, and a set of hints that are only minimally
- helpful. There are also some clues contained in the screen shots shown
- on the outer packaging, which are invaluable.
- 7.3
- The game play
- 7.3
- The puzzles are all said to be logical in nature, but I’m not too sure
- that Mr Spock would approve of the rather brutal use of the rabbits!
- There are some instances where you still have to rely on luck despite
- having set things up to the best of your ability. As it is possible to
- move your character freely in three dimensions, there are numerous key
- actions possible to control the actions of your hero, and remembering
- the right key to press can be a bit of a nightmare. However, it is very
- easy to produce your own key definitions, which is essential for the
- non-standard A4 keyboard.
- 7.3
- The graphics
- 7.3
- The graphics scroll smoothly but are rather cartoon-like. They are of a
- similar standard to most of the Acorn games currently on the market −
- that is to say, they are not particularly stunning and certainly do not
- compare well with those found on games console machines. It is possible
- to play the game on an A4 but you do miss some of the detail − I found
- it quite surprising to find a corridor full of grabbing green arms on
- the A310 because I had assumed the strange flickering lights on the A4
- display were some sort of transporter beam. In addition, the magic is
- colour coded (!) so using it with a monochrome display involves a lot of
- trial and error. A colour display makes life a lot easier and is
- therefore highly recommended.
- 7.3
- To buy or not to buy?
- 7.3
- So should you buy it? Well, if you enjoyed “The Kingdom of Hamil” and
- the “Doom” adventures on the Beeb, or “Pandora’s Box” on the Archimedes,
- I would say “Yes”. There is enough “arcade” gameplay to keep you amused,
- but this does not distract from the high quality of the puzzles. It’s
- basically all there − cackling witches, giant spiders and skulls, an
- enormous eye on a spring, a Red Herring and a dragon. There is plenty of
- humour (have you ever played a game where it is actually necessary to
- become a frog for a while?) and plenty to keep movie buffs happy (spot
- the bits from Frankenstein, Jaws, the Prisoner and the famous rock from
- Indianna Jones). Above all, the game has that certain “I’ll just have
- one more go” quality combined with a degree of complexity which ensures
- a good lifespan. This is a very high quality game which deserves a place
- in any Acorn games collection.
- 7.3
- Demon’s Lair is £25.95 from Fourth Dimension or £24 through Archive. A
- 7.3
- The Dungeon
- 7.3
- Dave Wilcox
- 7.3
- This game is one of the latest releases from The Fourth Dimension and is
- one of the role-playing genre. It comes in the now standard video type
- box with a colourful cover. Inside you will find three discs and a 13
- page A5 manual. The manual is well written and easy to understand. It is
- stated that this game will work on all Acorn 32-bit machines but you
- must have at least 2Mb of RAM available.
- 7.3
- Loading
- 7.3
- As is now the norm with many games, the main disc cannot be backed up.
- It is, however, possible to install the game onto your hard disc if you
- have 3Mb free − an installation program is included on the disc to
- simplify this for you but you still need to initialise the running of
- the program with disc 1. Loading the game is a simple matter of double
- clicking on the Dungeon icon. You are greeted with a rather bland
- opening screen accompanied by a stereo tune, somewhat less intricate
- than I would have expected. You will then need to insert disc 2 but,
- initially, this is the only disc change and this passes you on to the
- game screen.
- 7.3
- The story so far
- 7.3
- Many years ago there was a monastery. The monks resident there ruled the
- area in a fair but firm manner. In doing so, they accumulated great
- wealth. One night the monastery burned to the ground and, after the
- fire, no bones were to be found and no trace of the great wealth was
- evident. People searched to no avail. One day a parchment was found in
- an old library showing the entrance to a crypt under the monastery.
- Assistance was sought from three trusted friends and the four explorers
- set off for the crypt. On entering the tunnel, the floor falls away from
- under the four and they fall deep into the crypt. It is your job,
- ‘should you decide to accept it’, to guide these explorers through the
- crypt gathering as much treasure as possible until you find the exit.
- 7.3
- The game
- 7.3
- The game screen is made up of six windows, the main and largest of which
- is the graphical view location screen, showing the room or corridor you
- are currently in, along with items and occupants. (Occupants are mad
- Monks, etc − you never see your own character.) Under this you have a
- window associated with each of the four team members, showing items
- carried and their respective conditions in bar graph form. To the right
- of the main screen, you have a window associated with the team leader.
- This can be changed to make any person the leader, as the game
- progresses. This window shows items carried in their back-pack, items of
- clothing worn, options to sleep, eat, examine items, general condition
- report and the option to save and load games. The bottom right of the
- screen is taken up with the creation of spells with runes found on your
- explorations. There are two other windows across the top of the screen,
- one contains the spells found listed on scrolls and the other is the
- text reply window where the game communicates text information to you.
- 7.3
- The first feature that really makes an impression is the graphic
- programming. The graphics used in the corridor construction are very
- good and the scrolling is smooth. Extra effect is gained from the
- programming of the various light sources, ranging from candles to
- torches. When these sources are first lit, the surroundings are bright
- and easy to see but as the light source burns down, the light intensity
- decreases until the source expires and darkness again envelopes you.
- 7.3
- Staying on the subject of graphics, the monsters and mad monks, etc are
- the main point that really spoil this program. Whilst these are at a
- distance along the corridors, they are acceptable but as they close in
- they become very ‘pixelly’. This is a shame because otherwise the
- program’s graphics are good.
- 7.3
- The sound effects used throughout the game, consist of the usual grunts
- and groans from monsters and doors creaking open or closed somewhere.
- There is nothing new or exhilarating on the sound front but it does
- fulfil its purpose and is programmed in stereo.
- 7.3
- Movement around the dungeon is well thought out. You have the option of
- keyboard control or mouse control. Using a trackerball, movement is easy
- and quick. As you move around the dungeon you will come across numerous
- items of treasure, weaponry, clothing, food, drink, potions, etc, all
- devised to help or hinder. As you progress, you are required to
- negotiate teleport systems, floor pads/switches, doors, portcullises,
- pits, stairways, chasms and secret rooms. I haven’t managed to get out
- of the Dungeon yet but I can say that I am hooked!
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- This game is of the sort of standard we have come to expect from The
- Fourth Dimension. The graphics scrolling is smooth even on an ARM2
- machine − up to 12½ frames per second. With ARM3, this goes up to 25
- frames per second. If you like games involving role playing, in
- preference to blasting everything in sight, this game is for you and can
- be recommended without hesitation. It is available from 4th Dimension
- priced at £34.95 or £32 through Archive. A
- 7.3
- Vigil
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- When I saw that Vigil was advertised as ‘the Spy on the Desktop’, I
- didn’t know quite what to expect from Vigil. I bought it whilst it was
- still undergoing beta-testing, as part of a special offer from Rheingold
- Enterprises. I was soon to realise what an understatement the slogan
- was.
- 7.3
- After using the various different versions (0.42 − 1.02) for around
- three months, I can honestly say that it must rank as one of the single
- most useful program utilities available at the moment, alongside the
- likes of Basic Compilers. It does, however, require RISC OS 3.10 or
- later.
- 7.3
- Who is it for?
- 7.3
- The package is aimed at desktop programmers but the price has been set
- to make it a viable purchase even for those just starting on desktop
- programming. Although it has some features specifically for Basic and
- Assembler programmers, almost any programming language can be used with
- it. I must stress, however, it is for programmers who wish their
- programs to run in the desktop, not outside it.
- 7.3
- Basic features
- 7.3
- Vigil has some very special features for those writing in Basic and
- Assembler. For example, Basic programmers can view and alter some of
- their program’s static and dynamic variables whilst the program is
- running.
- 7.3
- Gone are the days when you had to run a program with one value set for a
- variable, only to find that the required effect was not achieved, having
- then to quit it, edit the code and re-load. Now you can view the
- variables, check that they are correct, and alter them until the desired
- effect is achieved, provided that those altered are static variables or
- dynamic integer variables.
- 7.3
- Later versions will also offer the ability to view certain specified
- variables.
- 7.3
- Archway users should note that although early copies of the software had
- problems when the Archway module was present with the Basic code, this
- has now been overcome. Indeed, Archway and Vigil make an excellent pair
- for those with limited desktop programming experience.
- 7.3
- Disassembly
- 7.3
- Assembler programmers will appreciate the number of functions aimed
- directly at them. Dropping a file (rather than the usual application
- directory) over the Vigil icon on the iconbar will result in Vigil
- trying to disassemble it. Module and Utility files are assumed to start
- at zero, and disassembled listings will start at that address. Absolute
- files are assumed to be application images and are disassembled with a
- start address of &8000. You can toggle between zero and &8000 using a
- menu option from the disassembled viewer.
- 7.3
- You can view your disassembled code, search it, print it out or save it
- as raw data or as text.
- 7.3
- ARM code programmers will also like the ability to display the contents
- of the ARM processor registers. This has a secondary use, as it allows
- Basic programmers to track individual variables, until such time as this
- feature becomes part of the main variable display routines.
- 7.3
- Viewing the workspace
- 7.3
- This is perhaps one of Vigil’s main features. It allows you to examine
- and edit the contents of your application’s workspace while it is
- running. The workspace can be displayed as bytes, words (of memory) or
- as mnemonics. The option requires that you have as much memory free as
- the size of the workspace, since Vigil keeps a copy of the workspace to
- edit.
- 7.3
- Thus, if you register a 64Kb program with Vigil, you will need 128k free
- before doing so. If you don’t have enough memory, Vigil will give you
- the option of registering the task anyway, but not having the workspace
- display available.
- 7.3
- However, this requirement means that if you are working on a fairly
- substantial program, you will need at least 2Mb of RAM to make best use
- of the system.
- 7.3
- The various options available from the workspace display can be accessed
- via menus or via a toolbox which lies on the left hand side of the
- window.
- 7.3
- The tools
- 7.3
- Format: this allows you to change the view which you are getting of the
- workspace to any of byte, word or mnemonic.
- 7.3
- Go to start: goes to address &8000.
- 7.3
- Go to end: goes to the end of the application’s workspace.
- 7.3
- Go to: allows you to go to a specific address within the application
- memory.
- 7.3
- Update: opens a dialogue box allowing you to choose a periodic update or
- single updates when requested. The update option itself updates Vigil’s
- workspace view to that of the registered program. The window’s title bar
- displays the time of the last update.
- 7.3
- Search: allows you to search the workspace display for a byte, word,
- mnemonic, SWI or string.
- 7.3
- Clear: clears the currently selected word or block of memory.
- 7.3
- Write: this option lets you alter the contents of memory in units of one
- word (4 bytes). This is a very useful option, giving all programmers
- similar options to those of Basic programmers listed earlier.
- 7.3
- Print: either prints via a RISC OS 3 printer driver or direct to the
- printer port, depending on whether there is a printer driver loaded or
- not. You can choose to print all or only the selected area of the
- workspace.
- 7.3
- Save: this option lets you save all or part of the workspace as text or
- raw data.
- 7.3
- The byte display format also allows you to alter single bytes of memory
- or type ASCII characters directly into memory. You can do this either by
- altering the hex numbers or by typing directly into the ASCII section of
- the window. Each time you type a character, your application’s workspace
- is altered.
- 7.3
- Other features
- 7.3
- (Vigil’s list of features does seem to go on and on doesn’t it?! Still,
- it shows you get value for money.)
- 7.3
- You can display all the wimp messages passed to and from your program,
- as reason codes and as the messages themselves. Action codes are given,
- where appropriate, and each is listed with the time it occurred. You can
- also choose only to view certain messages and poll codes. This can be
- very useful in ascertaining why your program is or isn’t performing some
- particular action.
- 7.3
- There is a centisecond timer which can come in very handy when you are
- trying to optimize your code. It can sometimes be hard to tell whether
- that last change speeded your program up or down. Now it’s easy to tell.
- 7.3
- You can display the pointer’s co-ordinates in OS-units. They are
- displayed as absolute screen co-ordinates or relative to the work area
- or a user-defined point on the screen. You are also told the current
- window and icon handles under the pointer. All the values can be
- displayed as decimal or hex values.
- 7.3
- You can obtain information on any currently loaded relocatable module.
- You can display all its * commands and SWIs. You can examine the
- module’s code or save the module out to disc. From the code viewer, you
- can search, save all or part, as text or raw data, and print.
- 7.3
- Finally, Vigil has thirteen SWI calls which give access to many of the
- functions available from the main window, plus a few extra. These SWIs
- should be called by the application being viewed and developed.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- It is hard to fault Vigil. It is certainly a feature-laden system. If
- you find some feature that you need that isn’t present, a telephone call
- to Rheingold Enterprises may well result in it appearing in the next
- version! Another reassuring fact is that Vigil was originally written to
- help the Author develop other packages. Thus it has been used and tested
- by a programmer who knew what he needed and wrote the program to do it.
- 7.3
- Vigil costs £24.95 (inc. VAT) from Rheingold Enterprises or £23 through
- Archive. This price is less than the average computer game and a lot
- more useful for anyone into Acorn programming. A
- 7.3
- Genesis/Magpie Column
- 7.3
- Paul Hooper
- 7.3
- GenUp Lite
- 7.3
- I will be devoting much of this month’s column to a review of GenUp Lite
- which is described as a delivery system for multimedia applications.
- GenUp is designed to overcome many of the problems associated with the
- original !Browser application supplied with Genesis. As anyone who has a
- network will be aware, Genesis can take an awfully long time to load and
- run an application. Also, on a 1Mb machine, the problems of memory
- restrictions become critical. GenUp will solve these problems. Yet this
- does not do justice to this suite of programs because once you have
- compiled your programs into GenUp format, you are able to index them and
- use GenUp to run the application.
- 7.3
- The package
- 7.3
- The package contains a loose leaf folder with an A5 manual and two
- discs. The first disc contains four applications and a special needs
- directory. The four applications are !Bookmark, !Compiler, !GenUpII and
- !Indexer. The directory contains applications which enable you to run
- Genesis applications using a concept keyboard. The second disc contains
- an example of a Genesis application and a GenUp version of the same
- application.
- 7.3
- The manual is well written, with a ‘quick start’ page to enable you to
- get the software running. It is also well indexed.
- 7.3
- Compiling an application
- 7.3
- Compiling an application is simplicity itself. A click on the !Compiler
- icon will open a window as shown below. It is then a simple matter of
- dragging your Genesis application into the window... then go and make a
- coffee while it is compiled. There is a sub-menu which allows you to
- specify if you wish to compress the target files, delete the source
- files and ‘make complete’. These terms are explained in the manual and
- should be used with care.
- 7.3
- The compiler will not cope with all of the Genesis script language, so
- make sure you only try and compile a copy of the application. At the
- moment, the compiler will not implement commands like INCLUDE and CLOSE
- although these are promised for a future upgrade. Also, Word, Euclid and
- Ace frames cannot be compiled at the moment. Despite these limitations,
- the compiled application runs much faster than the original, and with
- RISC OS 3.1 and !Squash, a significant compression can be gained. After
- compiling the !Churches application from the Swap Shop catalogue, the
- size went down from 640Kb to 569Kb − a 12% saving in disc space. Faster
- access can be gained at the expense of size if the ‘Make complete’
- option is chosen. This deletes the shared resources and compiles them
- into the individual pages that use them. This means, however, that an
- application that uses a lot of shared resources could actually become
- larger after compression.
- 7.3
- Indexing an application
- 7.3
- Indexing an application follows the format of compiling. You simply drag
- the application onto the window and wait. You can either use a default
- exclusion list or, using Edit, you can compile your own default list.
- 7.3
- The compiled application
- 7.3
- The compiled application can only be run using GenUp II, and if you have
- compressed the application, you will also need RISC OS 3 because GenUp
- uses the Squash modules built into the ROMS. On this month’s disc, is a
- copy of the Swap Shop catalogue that has been compiled using !Compiler
- and a copy of !GenUp II which will enable you to use it.
- 7.3
- What are the differences between !GenUpII and !Browser ? The first and
- most obvious difference is the speed with which the application runs.
- Even with compression, a GenUp application will run at about twice the
- speed of one run under Browser. The larger the number of resources on a
- page, the faster it will run under GenUp. In terms of disc space, GenUp
- occupies about 40Kb and Browser 97Kb. The real saving comes in the
- Wimpslot claimed by the two programs, !Browser claims almost 300Kb,
- including the support modules it loads, whereas GenUp requires no
- support modules and runs in a 32Kb slot. So a large Genesis application
- of 2Mb can be compiled and run on a 1Mb machine.
- 7.3
- Running the application
- 7.3
- The real difference comes in the way the application is run. The icon
- menu has three options as well as the usual Info and Quit. These enable
- you to save the current state of the application, ‘Options’ leads you to
- a sub-menu which enables you to reverse the mouse action so that
- <select> becomes <adjust>. This means that you can close the previous
- page by clicking on <select> rather than <adjust>. On this sub-menu,
- there is also a special needs option, which provides a larger pointer
- which can be moved between action frames by pressing <tab> and selected
- with <return>.
- 7.3
- The biggest advantage of GenUp is its search facility. If an application
- has been indexed, <menu> over a page will provide you with three
- writable icons in which you can enter search criteria, which can be
- linked with ‘or’ or ‘and’ conditions. This enables fairly complex
- searches to be carried out. Other options allow you to save the results
- of a search or export resources that are unlocked.
- 7.3
- The remaining programs
- 7.3
- The ‘Special Needs’ directory enables you to run a concept keyboard from
- either the serial or parallel port. An A4 overlay is provided and this
- is based on the Tab and Return of the special needs facility.
- 7.3
- Bookmark is a program in which you can save those resources that you
- export from a GenUp application. It can also be used to view a history
- file of the application. Many ideas for the use of Bookmark appear in
- the manual.
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- GenUp Lite is excellent for speeding up the delivery of Genesis
- applications, but a word of caution. It is very unforgiving and if, like
- me, you have developed sloppy habits in the writing of Genesis
- applications, it will throw them back at you. It is better to design
- your applications with the compiler in mind, avoiding all those CLOSE
- and INCLUDE commands. Don’t expect to be able to convert an existing
- application without a lot of work to bring it in line with the compiler.
- 7.3
- If you run a network and want to speed up applications, GenUp Lite is
- for you. If you are running applications with young or special needs
- children, the ability to use a concept keyboard will certainly be
- helpful. Even for the single user, the extra abilities of indexing and
- SuperSearch will make purchase of GenUp Lite worthwhile.
- 7.3
- Price
- 7.3
- GenUp Lite is available from APA Multimedia Ltd. For a single user, the
- price is £79 +VAT but for a single educational user, it is £49 +VAT.
- There are also special deals for site licences for schools − ring APA
- for further details on 0634-295222.
- 7.3
- The Swap Shop
- 7.3
- I have finished converting all of the applications between Genesis and
- Magpie, but I haven’t received any applications for ages. So let me
- remind you that for every application you send me, I will send you three
- of your choice. The details of the applications are on this month’s
- disc.
- 7.3
- The end bit
- 7.3
- If you have any questions on Genesis or Magpie or wish to swap some
- applications then write to me, Paul Hooper, 11, Rochford Road, Martham,
- Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, NR29 4RL or phone 0493-748474. A
- 7.3
- JPEG Column
- 7.3
- Stuart Bell
- 7.3
- !JPEGit and !JFIF
- 7.3
- Neil Hoggarth, author of !JFIF, shared the surprise that I expressed in
- the September column that !JPEGit seemed faster than !JFIF at
- compressing sprites. Neil tried, but failed, to reproduce my results.
- So, I tested them again, and now I can’t reproduce my own results! At
- the time, I expected similar figures for the two programs, so when they
- weren’t similar, I repeated the tests to make sure. I can only conclude
- that I must have set some parameters differently for the two programs.
- So, as one would expect for applications that use the same underlying
- code, one should get very similar timings for !JPEGit and !JFIF.
- 7.3
- Neil had also come across the problem with !FYEO with standard
- resolution monitors, but points out that you can still use !FYEO to
- convert JPEG files to Sprite files, as the receiving application will
- convert the sprite file for your particular mode. There remains the
- problem that the sprite file is twice as large as you really need.
- 7.3
- Frank Lyonnet, author of !FYEO and !JView, has written to me to say that
- whilst currently they only work with square pixel modes, that won’t be
- the case with !FYEO 2.00, on which he’s now working. However, it may not
- be Freeware (i.e. PD).
- 7.3
- Quality matters
- 7.3
- In the last column, I reviewed !Creator, !Translatr and !FYEO, and came
- to the conclusion that in addition to testing the speed and user-
- friendliness of JPEG applications, we should also compare the quality of
- results, as not all cjpeg and djpeg routines are created equal.
- 7.3
- I now have three versions of these utilities. In chronological order,
- there are first those implemented by Keith Sloan in his !JPEG
- application dated 18 Nov 1991; then those supplied within !ChangeFSI
- dated 18 May 1992; and finally those supplied with the latest versions
- of !Creator and !Translatr, which are compilations of version 4 of the
- Independent JPEG group routines and are dated 23 Dec 1992. The big
- question is “which set is best?”
- 7.3
- Since all of the JPEG applications except !FYEO use an intermediate file
- format, those ‘front ends’ were not used, but rather the different cjpeg
- and djpeg routines were called directly from the command line, starting
- with the same 248Kb GIF file. Each time, the GIF file was converted to
- JPEG format with a “Q” of 25, and then deJPEGed back to GIF format.
- Finally, !FYEO – which also reads GIF files – was used to produce the
- Acorn sprite file. To compare the deJPEGging ability of !FYEO, it was
- used to decompress the JPEG file created by the version 4 implementation
- of cjpeg.
- 7.3
- It was immediately apparent, even without magnification, that the
- results from the “Keith Sloan” routines demonstrated a very strange
- pattern in the upper part of the sprite. The implementations of the
- version 3 and version 4 routines produced by the Independent JPEG group
- were then compared.
- 7.3
- Whether or not it will be clear in print, there is a difference between
- the two sprites. I would characterise the latter as giving smoother
- shades, with less apparent pixelisation. The conclusion must be that
- “front ends” like !JFIF and !JPEGit would produce better results if they
- were recompiled to use the version 4 routines, supplying them with the
- full word switches (e.g. “-quality” rather than “-Q”) which they
- require.
- 7.3
- Finally, I compared the previous results with the output produced by
- !FYEO from the JPEG file produced by the version 4 cjpeg. Again, whilst
- the differences are quite subtle, I conclude that the results from !FYEO
- are very similar to those of version 3, and that, therefore, the version
- 4 routines produce the best results of all the JPEG routines compared so
- far. However, one must not lose sight of the fact that they are
- currently only compatible with !Translatr and !Creator, and also that
- !FYEO is both quicker and easier to use than any of the other deJPEGing
- methods.
- 7.3
- Mode overheads
- 7.3
- As I can now use !FYEO with my SVGA monitor, I’ve become a convinced
- user of this application. Even if the output isn’t quite up to the
- standard of version 4 of the IJG’s routines, its ease and speed of use
- more than compensate. However, the use of the higher resolution modes
- permitted by the monitor has highlighted the problem of the VIDC and the
- ARM CPU competing for memory bandwidth. To deJPEG the HCCS ‘Hi People’
- sprite originally compressed with Q=25 took !FYEO the following times
- (ARM3, Oak 45Mb SCSI):
- 7.3
- Mode 12: 15s Mode 15: 23s
- 7.3
- Mode 20: 16s Mode 21: 50s
- 7.3
- Mode 28: 43s Mode 31: 16s
- 7.3
- The above figures demonstrate quite clearly that it is the combination
- of a high-resolution (‘square pixel’) mode and 256 colours that really
- affects performance. A further overhead is the extra work required to
- produce a 256 colour sprite. With the ARM3 cache turned off, simulating
- an ARM2, the mode 21 time was 147 seconds! (If anyone is using JPEG
- applications with one of the new colour cards, please do let us have
- some comparative timings.)
- 7.3
- It’s no surprise, therefore, that for putting sprites into JPEG format,
- the ability of JPEGit (the shareware – not PD – version) to use Mode 0
- during conversion is a real benefit, especially with 256 colour modes.
- The relevant figures are:
- 7.3
- Mode 31, into Mode 0 during processing: 35s
- 7.3
- Remaining in Mode 31 during processing: 40s
- 7.3
- Mode 21, into Mode 0 during processing: 35s
- 7.3
- Remaining in Mode 21 during processing: 115s
- 7.3
- These last two figures represent a 70% time saving. Again, the speed
- more than compensates for any nuances in the final output: the JPEGit /
- FYEO is my current favourite combination.
- 7.3
- MPEG − moving JPEG!
- 7.3
- Tom Kirby-Green kindly sent me the two MPEG engines and a selection of
- movie files that he had offered. !MPEG is by Paul LeBeau of 4Mation,
- with thanks in the !Help file expressed to Roger Wilson of Acorn. It’s a
- port of an MPEG engine from Unix, and makes no attempt to run under the
- RISC OS WIMP front-end. Instead, double-clicking on an MPEG movie file
- causes the MPEG engine (i.e. the decompression and display program) to
- be loaded transparently and the movie to be displayed in what appears to
- be a 320×256 pixel format, centred in the screen. When the film ends,
- the image remains and can only be cleared by scrubbing it out by moving
- other windows over it. With an ARM 3 and mode 28, the frame-rate is
- about one per second. 16-colour modes are faster, but the colours are
- strange!
- 7.3
- !MPEGPlay is another Unix port, made by Niklas Röjemo and translated by
- Tord Eriksson. This one does work in the RISC OS environment. The
- application can be loaded onto the iconbar, and the display window is a
- proper one which can be closed and moved. The application requires
- 1500Kb, and has to be re-loaded for each new film. Presumably because of
- the pixel-scaling algorithm used, the displayed image is only a quarter
- of the size provided by !MPEG. The display frame rate is again about one
- per second.
- 7.3
- The first problem I encountered was that the two applications assume
- different filetype numbers – either &123 or &01 for MPEG files, so that
- the easiest way to run the two engines alternately was to have two
- directories of identical files, albeit with different filetype numbers.
- 7.3
- The second problem is the overhead of 256-colour modes, not only for
- displaying the movies, but also for loading programs and films. My
- rather ancient 45Mb SCSI drive almost grinds to a halt in modes 21 or
- 28.
- 7.3
- I suppose that I had somehow expected better quality and a faster frame-
- rate from the MPEG applications. Perhaps here would be free ‘full-motion
- video’! But, of course, I should have remembered the constraints on the
- performance of the system. In order to minimise disc space (which is
- what both JPEG and MPEG are all about – the HulaHoop application of
- about 40 frames runs to only 111Kb), there must be a massive computation
- overhead in decompressing the image, and producing each frame. This
- computation is slowed down by the mode overhead in 256-colour modes,
- caused by the VIDC’s access to memory.
- 7.3
- So, we have rather grainy 320×256 pixel images and a frame rate of one
- per second. No doubt an MPEG application written in ARM assembler,
- rather than complied from a C program ported from Unix would show the
- same kind of speed improvement that !FYEO demonstrates over other JPEG
- programs. Where MPEG does show its strength is in the disc space
- required. Forty such images stored in sprite form on disc would take
- 2.6Mb, not 111Kb!
- 7.3
- As I write this, I look forward to seeing the Acorn DIY Replay system at
- the Acorn World Show – it will be interesting to compare its results
- with those of these MPEG engines. But, if DTP was the application of the
- 1980’s, then I’ve no doubt that video, in all its forms, will be the
- application of the 90’s. And what demands that will place upon hardware
- design! The ARM3 that runs Impression II with ease – and a darn sight
- faster than Microsoft Word on an Apple Quadra I saw running yesterday –
- grinds to a snail’s pace with moving video. The SCSI disc that’s as fast
- as one could want in a 16 colour mode hits the VIDC bandwidth barrier
- with 256 colours, and 45Mb is looking very small indeed, even with
- MPEG’s economy of disc space. Naturally, the computer manufacturers
- won’t mind if we feel compelled to upgrade our machines!
- 7.3
- Now why didn’t I think of that!
- 7.3
- Allan Woods wrote to remind us that you can extract a sprite which
- Impression has saved as a drawfile. Simply load the file under !Draw,
- select the sprite and, from the Save menu, select ‘sprites’ and save it
- as a spritefile. Thanks, Allan! Now, who else had forgotten about that
- facility? Admit it!
- 7.3
- Finally, if you send me discs via the Archive office, please ensure that
- they are 800Kb, not 1.6Mb format. With an A310, I simply can’t read the
- latter. Assuming that there’s anything to report on the JPEG (or MPEG!)
- front, this column should appear again in two month’s time. A
- 7.3
- From left to right, the output from the version 3 and version 4
- implementations of the Independent JPEG Group cjpeg and djpeg routines,
- the output from !FYEO’s deJPEGing of a version 4 jpeg file, and the same
- part of the original sprite file. All these samples are printed at 200%
- of ‘actual’ size.
- 7.3
- The original 640×480 256 colour sprite, 50% scale.
- 7.3
- Top of the “Keith Sloan – produced” sprite
- 7.3
- Formatting the Basic PRINT Statement
- 7.3
- Francis Crossley
- 7.3
- Francis feels that it would be good to have more articles about
- programming techniques... so he has started the ball rolling by
- providing one himself! If anyone has any ideas of articles they would
- like to contribute, just drop a line to the Archive office. Ed.
- 7.3
- This article describes how the format variable, @%, can be used to
- control the output of numerical information. To understand how to use @%
- a little knowledge of the hexadecimal system is needed. Basic recognises
- that a hex number is present when it is preceeded with ‘&’; characters
- permitted are 0 to 9, A to F, representing the decimal numbers 0 to 15.
- The hexadecimal system counts in groups of sixteen, whereas the decimal
- counts in groups of ten, with A to F representing the six new symbols
- needed.
- 7.3
- The format variable consists of four bytes each of which is written as
- two hexadecimal digits, it might look like this:
- 7.3
- @%=&00010A14
- 7.3
- The bytes have the following meaning, starting with the right hand
- (least significant) byte called byte#1.
- 7.3
- Byte#1: (14 in this case) sets the print field width, i.e. the number
- of spaces allocated to one value. If the values are printed on separate
- lines their right hand digits will be in line at the right hand edge of
- the field (right justified). Byte#1 can have any value between 0 and
- 255, written in hex as 00 to FF.
- 7.3
- Byte#2: (0A in this case) determines the number of digits printed. In
- general format (see later) this is the number of digits printed before
- the value is printed in exponent form. In exponent form, it is the
- number of significant digits before the exponent (E). In fixed format it
- is the number of digits that appear after the decimal point (to the
- right), note that the number is not padded out with zeros. Byte#2 can
- have a value between 0 and 10 (00 and 0A).
- 7.3
- Byte#3: (01 in this case) selects the format of the number. Only 3
- values are legal:
- 7.3
- 00 − general format. This is what you get if you do not set ‘@%’.
- Numbers have the form nnn.nnn, the number of digits printed being set by
- byte#2 (not counting the decimal point). If the number is too large, it
- will be printed in exponent form.
- 7.3
- 01 − exponent form. These numbers have the form n.nnnEnn, the number of
- digits to the right of the decimal point and before the E being given by
- byte#2. This is the only form in which all the decimal points will line
- up for all values.
- 7.3
- 02 − fixed format. Numbers have the form nnn.nnn, the number of digits
- to the right of the decimal point being given by byte#2. Overlarge
- numbers will be printed in exponent form. The decimal points will not,
- in general, line up.
- 7.3
- Byte#4: The final byte sets the format of printing when using the
- string operator, STR$(n). If the value is 0 the general format will be
- used, with bytes #1 and #2 having no effect. For any other value STR$(n)
- uses bytes #3, #2 and #1 to determine how to print the value.
- 7.3
- Examples
- 7.3
- 1) @%=&00010A14
- 7.3
- Starting at the right: the field width is &14 or 20 in decimal; &0A or
- 10 (decimal) is the number of digits to be printed, since the next byte
- is 01 the exponent form is to be used the number could look like
- 7.3
- 1.234567809E5
- 7.3
- The left most byte is 0 meaning that STR$(n) would print the number in
- the general format, the above number then appearing as
- 7.3
- 123456.7809
- 7.3
- 2) @%=&0102050A
- 7.3
- This time the field width is 10 (decimal) with 5 digits being shown to
- the right of the decimal point in fixed format (2). STR$(n) uses the
- same format (byte#4 being non zero).
- 7.3
- Note that Basic can display a maximum of 10 digits, the default setting
- of ‘@%’ permits 9 digits to be displayed in a field width of 10 in the
- general form; this changes to exponent form for values less than 0.01 or
- those having more than 9 digits.
- 7.3
- If you are not sure of the effect of a particular setting of ‘@%’ write
- a simple test program. Using Basic this takes only seconds (well perhaps
- minutes!) and is very instructive. I hope the information given enables
- good looking tabulated results to be obtained more quickly. If you have
- any comments or queries please write to me at 156 Holmes Chapel Road,
- Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4QB. A
- 7.3
- Matthew Hunter, here in the Archive office, has knocked together a
- program that will allow you to play around with the format to see the
- effect of each of the parameters.
- 7.3
- PRINT“Enter field width :”;
- 7.3
- field%=FNGetNum(256)
- 7.3
- PRINT“Enter number of digits : ”;
- 7.3
- digits%=FNGetNum(256)
- 7.3
- PRINT“Enter format (0-2) : ”;
- 7.3
- format%=FNGetNum(3)
- 7.3
- PRINT“Enter STR$ format (0 or 1) : ”;
- 7.3
- sformat%=FNGetNum(2)
- 7.3
- PRINT“Setting @% to ”;
- 7.3
- value%=(sformat%<<24)+(format%<<16)+ (digits%<<8)+field%
- 7.3
- PRINT“&”;~value%
- 7.3
- @%=value%
- 7.3
- PRINT123456.7809,456.25600, STR$(123456.7809)
- 7.3
- END
- 7.3
- :
- 7.3
- DEF FNGetNum(x%)
- 7.3
- REPEAT
- 7.3
- INPUT y%
- 7.3
- UNTIL y%<x%
- 7.3
- =y%
- 7.3
- Satellite Prediction Software
- 7.3
- Barry Haines
- 7.3
- In this review, I will be looking at three satellite prediction
- packages. SatPack from Unilab, ArcTrack from Amsat and Kepler from
- Spacetech.
- 7.3
- Background
- 7.3
- If predicting satellite orbits are a simple task, there would be no need
- for this software. The most difficult orbits to predict are low earth
- orbits which is where you find most weather and amateur satellites.
- 7.3
- The track of each orbit changes due to the rotation of the earth but
- also these tracks drift due to the earth orbiting the Sun. To overcome
- this, a three axis co-ordinate system is used, the first axis being the
- north pole, the second the equator and the third a fixed star (first
- point of Aries).
- 7.3
- The next problem is determining where in the orbit the satellite is
- located which may not appear to be a problem until you realise that the
- satellite speed is not constant. This is due to the fact that the earth
- is oblate (it bulges at the equator) and also that the orbit is
- elliptical and thus the altitude is changing which in turn affects the
- speed.
- 7.3
- These programs require a set of elements known as keplerian elements
- which give the time and position of a reference orbit and orbit
- parameters. If all of this seems rather sketchy that is because a full
- description is beyond the scope of this review and would easily fill the
- magazine.
- 7.3
- Accuracy
- 7.3
- My first task was to determine the accuracy of the packages. I used a
- NOAA-11 pass in the visual spectrum noting the time at recognisable land
- masses and the error of the minute markers. Comparing the absolute data
- against the predicted data, the sub-satellite point error was within 2
- degrees. This gave an aerial azimuth error of 5 degrees and an elevation
- error of less than 10 degrees which is acceptable for aerial gains of
- less than 20dBi.
- 7.3
- I also compared the results with predictions using keplerian elements
- that were 4 months old. SatPack and Kepler were both about 5 mins late
- but to my surprise, ArcTrack was 10 mins early.
- 7.3
- SatPack 1
- 7.3
- This came in a box containing a disc, handbook, keystrip and product
- catalogue. The handbook started off reasonably well describing the
- various menus but then I think the author got bored because the
- description of the display modes was rather sparse.
- 7.3
- I ran the software from a directory on hard disc and, after passing
- through a couple of boring introductions, arrived at the main menu. All
- of this has a BBC appearance which gave me the impression that it was a
- straight port from the Beeb.
- 7.3
- I first discovered that all disc access is to the root directory so all
- data files for the satellite elements have to be stored here. Next I
- decided to input new data and, using the input function, I kept getting
- a bad drive error every time I tried to save it. I then discovered you
- could use the edit function but as the SMA (semi-major axis) is not
- given in element sets, I left this at zero which then gives you a divide
- by zero error. Returning to edit and entering zero for SMA after the
- elements had been entered, the program calculates it for you.
- 7.3
- Now I tried a prediction by selecting A from the main menu which first
- took me to the timing page. Here you enter the date and start time
- followed by the duration of the prediction. You then select real time or
- stepped time for the prediction and say whether you want hard copy. I
- first tried the prediction in tabular form which gives two lines of data
- for each step but this scrolls so fast it was unreadable and is only
- useful for hard copy purposes.
- 7.3
- Projecting the prediction to screen has two modes, realtime and stepped,
- both of which allow you to save to printer or disc. The default is a
- Mercator projection which has a zoom mode that switches to a map of
- Europe when in range. You also have a polar projection mode again with
- the same facilities as the other modes. The quality of these maps I
- consider rather poor, lacking in detail and with no colour.
- 7.3
- I found the stepped mode the most useful because you can jump forward to
- see when the satellite is in range and the path it takes. However, if
- you select zoom you keep jumping to the European projection and just
- when you have figured out the satellite’s position, it has passed by and
- you return to the mercator projection losing all previous data.
- 7.3
- All in all, considering the bugs and the fact that it can only handle
- one satellite and is not multitasking and the general poor quality, I
- feel unable to recommend it. I also feel that, in its present state, it
- would not even be suitable for the PD market.
- 7.3
- Arc-Track
- 7.3
- Firstly, the manual was 16 loose pages which made me wonder if the
- binder had been lost. Apart from that, it was well laid out covering all
- aspects of the program, including customising, such as creating your own
- sprites and changing the map colour, etc.
- 7.3
- The program is fully multitasking and RISC OS 3 compatible. It installs
- itself on the iconbar and is completely menu driven. The map is a
- Mercator projection with the land coloured green and the sea a dark red.
- Pressing <select> over the icon brings up a status window of all the
- satellites giving the name and time to AOS (acquisition of signal)
- which, on reaching zero, changes the background to yellow giving the
- time to LOS (loss of signal). I found this very useful as a quick check
- when I had just started the application or was working on another task.
- Pressing <menu> over the icon opens the main menu which has the usual
- Info window and a Map function in case you close the map.
- 7.3
- The Time function opens a window displaying the current time with radio
- buttons allowing you to move back or forwards in time. This is where I
- found some bugs, the first being that the displayed time was incorrect
- which turned out to be a ‘feature’ of RISC OS 3. This is corrected by
- configuring Timezone +0:0 which might then require the system clock to
- be reset as you could find it one day ahead. The other bug was that when
- I jumped 4-5 years, the program either gave an error or crashed. This is
- a stupid thing to do, admittedly... which is why I was the first to find
- it!
- 7.3
- Once you have set some time and wish to return to the current time, a
- single click on the Real time button and you are back at real time. At
- the bottom are some buttons to enable you to advance to the next in-
- range orbit or when it next passes the horizon but this only applies to
- satellites enabled by the Active function.
- 7.3
- The next menu item is Change which allows you to add and delete
- satellites and edit the keplerian elements. You can also give the name
- of the sprite to represent the satellite as well as how it is displayed,
- i.e. only when in range or all the time.
- 7.3
- This function had one very nice feature that the other programs did not
- have. If 2-line NASA elements are down-loaded from packet or some other
- BBS to a text file, you can leave in the headers and just drag the file
- onto the Change window and all the elements are automatically updated
- without the tedium of typing.
- 7.3
- Here again, I found a small bug in that when you add three or more
- satellites, the program can crash but if you save after adding two, you
- don’t waste too much time re-entering the data. This bug is being looked
- into but as you will probably only add more than two when setting up for
- the first time its not a major problem.
- 7.3
- The final function is the Active menu which allows you to select which
- satellite is active and will also open up a tracking window.
- 7.3
- I found this an excellent package and the only real gripe I have is that
- there is no hardcopy facility and no way of producing results in tabular
- form with full information for future reference.
- 7.3
- Kepler
- 7.3
- The handbook for this program was also loose leaf but as it was intended
- to complement the WeatherDesk application, I assumed it was intended to
- be inserted in that binder. The manual was to Spacetech’s usual
- standard, covering all aspects to a reasonable depth.
- 7.3
- The program is RISC OS 3 compatible and fully multitasking and installs
- what I thought was quite a nice icon on the iconbar. The icon, when
- first installed, has ‘empty’ under it, indicating no satellite data has
- been loaded but when loaded with elements the appropriate name appears.
- To load the keplerian elements, <menu> is selected and clicking on Show
- Satellites opens a directory of directories of satellites and I must say
- that I did not know there were so many. A simple double-click loads the
- data with a window being opened showing the elements. Selecting <menu>
- on this window opens the main menu with a number of functions.
- 7.3
- The main one is Predict which opens another window which displays the
- date of the data, the orbit period and increment. At the bottom is the
- time of the next pass with two radio buttons to go forward or go back in
- orbits and finally clicking on OK brings up the map. The map is a
- Mercator projection showing the plot of the orbit and a small red square
- indicating the current position of the satellite. The countries seemed
- quit detailed and were filled in yellow with a white background which
- gave it a bright look. At the bottom were three lines of data such as
- the sub-satellite point, azimuth, elevation and also the current time.
- 7.3
- Selecting timetable from the menu brings up another window giving the
- date which can be moved forward or backwards and the number of days for
- the table. Then it’s just a case of deciding if you want all or just
- those orbits that are in range. Going to the Timetable sub-menu and
- using Export, you can save as a text file or print a table of equatorial
- crossings for future reference.
- 7.3
- To update the Keplerian data, you will find editing is a simple task of
- pressing <select> on the icon to open the kepler window and selecting
- the elements you wish to update. This program provided one feature that
- the others did not have for those who cannot access BBS’s directly or
- obtain up-to-date keplerian elements. By selecting Update and entering
- data from the Weatherwatch UK telephone service, the kepler elements can
- be re-calculated from the data supplied. The telephone number and a form
- that can be copied is provided in the manual.
- 7.3
- Summary
- 7.3
- SatPack 1 from Unilab costs £23.77 inclusive and although this was
- claimed to be RISC OS compatible it was not multitasking. The bugs were
- so elementary and obvious it makes this the most unprofessional package
- I have yet encountered. It was also tedious and user unfriendly with
- poor graphics. I feel unable to recommend it.
- 7.3
- ArcTrack from AMSAT costs £25.20 inclusive which includes a donation to
- the upkeep of the amateur satellite program. This was by far the best
- package reviewed being fully multitasking and easy to use. Although
- their were a few bugs, these should not distract you from what is such
- an excellent package.
- 7.3
- Kepler version 1.02 as reviewed here costs £34.66 from Spacetech.
- Although it was easy to use, it did not have all the features of
- ArcTrack. Kepler version 2.00 is under development and is due for
- release in the autumn. From the screenshots I have seen, it appears to
- have all the features of ArcTrack but with more information on each
- satellite’s position. It is intended to integrate with the WeatherDesk
- package to automatically trigger the capture of data and then add
- mapping details. For those who use WeatherDesk, version 2.00 sounds the
- ideal package. A
- 7.3
- Pocketbook Special Offer
- 7.3
- We still have some Pocketbooks left over that we bought at Acorn World
- 93 under Acorn’s special scheme so, while stocks last, we can offer...
- 7.3
- Pocketbook − £160 (£40 off Acorn’s price)
- 7.3
- Pocketbook, A-Link, Mains Adaptor & Schedule − £235 (£50 off Acorn’s
- price)
- 7.3
- Please do not send a cheque but ring the NCS office to book one as we
- only have about eight Pocketbooks left at the special price.
- 7.3
- Games Hackers
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- In the last couple of months, two computer game-hacking utilities have
- been challenging each other for first place in the Acorn market. There
- is a significant price difference between them: The Hacker is £5
- inclusive from DoggySoft and The Games Wizard is £30 inc VAT from
- Leading Edge / Vertical Twist. They both require more than 1 Mb of RAM
- for serious use, although the cheat modules they produce will work on a
- 1Mb machine.
- 7.3
- Hackers − What are they?
- 7.3
- Games hacking utilities operate by sitting in the background and are
- activated when a group of hot-keys are pressed together. When this
- happens, they take over the whole screen and allow you to search the
- contents of the memory for a given number of lives, time or passwords,
- etc.
- 7.3
- The search is repeated for a different value, and the results of both
- searches put into lists. You can compare these to see what is present in
- both, enabling you to find the address which must be modified to
- implement the cheat.
- 7.3
- However, the hackers have been developed to allow you to do much more
- than this, and come with example cheats for various Acorn games. The
- beauty of them is that, unlike most cheats, you can decide just how much
- help you want. You can give yourself just one extra life, or as many as
- 255!
- 7.3
- An example hacking session − Killerbugs
- 7.3
- The hacking principles are similar in both utilities.
- 7.3
- 1) Load Killerbugs and start the game.
- 7.3
- 2) Go into the hacking utility.
- 7.3
- 3) Search for the ‘word’ of memory (always use this for numbers)
- containing the number 3 (the number of lives).
- 7.3
- 4) Store the results in a list.
- 7.3
- 5) Go back into the game and lose a life.
- 7.3
- 6) Re-enter the hacking utility and search for the number 2 (as you have
- now only got two lives left), storing the results in a different list.
- 7.3
- 7) Compare the two lists. This should give you the one address
- containing the number of lives.
- 7.3
- 8) Alter this address to the number of lives you require.
- 7.3
- Easy, isn’t it? No? Well, the manuals to each of the utilities describe
- very clearly how to do it.
- 7.3
- On the monthly program disc is a KillerBugs cheat module produced in the
- above way. It was produced using the Hacker utility.
- 7.3
- The Hacker
- 7.3
- I should point out straight away that the Hacker is very much more
- powerful than Games Wizard. It is a well-developed and well-supported
- hacking utility. It has moved from version 3.05 to 3.08 in the time it
- has taken to produce this review, and the number of cheats that come
- with it has gone up from 58 to 100. Not bad for three weeks! The author
- already has plans for version 3.10.
- 7.3
- The Hacker has a mouse-driven interface when you are actually hacking,
- with buttons, radio icons and choice buttons, etc. However, the sheer
- number of features makes it quite hard to use − hence the interactive
- help proposed for version 3.10. A quick skim read of the manual is
- essential.
- 7.3
- One of the beauties of the software is that it is expandable. External
- code can be written to interface with the Hacker and increase its
- usefulness. It already comes with extra code to do everything from
- ripping out tracker tunes from games to hacking Spectrum games running
- on Speculator − the Spectrum emulator. No, I’m not joking!
- 7.3
- Once you have found the address to alter for a cheat, you can produce
- stand-alone modules which allow you to have hot-keys to activate cheats
- without needing to have the Hacker present. This is very useful as the
- cheat modules only take up a tiny amount of memory.
- 7.3
- You can get all of the Hacker’s 100 cheat modules by sending a blank
- disc, or 50p, to DoggySoft and requesting them, as they are public
- domain. Even the most recent games such as Zool and Axis have cheats.
- 7.3
- The only limitation with the Hacker is that it only has six lists for
- storing addresses. This is not particularly serious, as you should only
- need two or three for even the most intensive hacking session.
- 7.3
- The review copy also contained some assorted public domain utilities,
- one of which, Wimp Extend, is superb as a programmers’ utility and was
- used during the development of the Hacker.
- 7.3
- The Games Wizard
- 7.3
- Unfortunately for Leading Edge, this product is overpriced and under-
- powered. For £30, I expected more. It only comes with 38 cheat modules
- and you cannot produce your own without writing to Leading Edge who will
- then produce the cheat for you. What a palaver!
- 7.3
- The opening menus allow you to set up the hot-keys used to invoke the
- utility during game-play. This was quite useful, although the very
- limited control over this in the Hacker never caused any problems.
- 7.3
- Probably the worst thing about this utility is that it is copy
- protected! Yes, a copy protected desktop utility! You have to insert the
- original disc every time you load it. How annoying! Come on, Vertical
- Twist, what’s wrong with a unique serial number in each copy?
- 7.3
- The main Games Wizard hacking screen has a huge sprite across the top
- (what a waste of valuable memory!) and a text menu below. (I always like
- text menus, perhaps because I still have fond memories of my old BBC!) I
- felt quite at home with this, and most of the features seemed intuitive
- to use. This may well have been because there were not very many of
- them.
- 7.3
- As with the Hacker, you can save screenshots as well as having the
- normal hacking options, and the slow-down facility seemed quite
- effective after a little trial and error. However, I would have
- preferred it if this just slowed down the opposition, not your own
- character − but perhaps it is not very realistic to expect that.
- 7.3
- This utility has more lists, 16 of them, labelled from A to P. It should
- be noted, however, that the way the utility works is such that you may
- well need to use more.
- 7.3
- The final straw was the tutorial in the manual. You can imagine how
- irritated I was when, after spending fifteen minutes wondering why the
- example cheating session was not working, I realised that the tutorial
- was wrong. It is based around Gods and, instead of storing the current
- number of lives, it stores the number of lives to go. Thus you have to
- search for two and then one, not three and then two as detailed in the
- manual.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- The Hacker is excellent value for money and I can recommend it
- wholeheartedly. Having spoken with the author over the phone, I can say
- that, as a company, DoggySoft are helpful and friendly. This is always a
- good sign.
- 7.3
- The Games Wizard is over-priced compared to the Hacker. If it were sold
- at the same price as the Hacker, it might represent more serious
- competition.
- 7.3
- It is probably worth trying both the public domain Hacker demo and a
- copy of the Games Wizard at an Acorn dealer before you buy. You may
- prefer the Games Wizard’s simplicity and ‘no nonsense’ text menu
- approach to hacking.
- 7.3
- If you want the best, I recommend you opt for the Hacker. At only £5, it
- should be in every games player’s collection. A
- 7.3
- Serpents
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- The peaceful land of Serpentia has been thrown into chaos by the evil
- Saddame (groan!). He has overthrown the good king and brought great
- sadness to the land. As Zippy Slippy, Crown Prince and heir to the
- throne, you must escape from Saddame’s dungeons and rescue Kiki, Zippy’s
- childhood sweetheart. All in a day’s work for a snake of Zippy’s
- pedigree.
- 7.3
- Loading
- 7.3
- So goes the plot to one of Cambridge International Software’s better
- recent releases. It comes on one disc, and will run on a 1Mb machine. It
- has an A4 sheet of instructions which are clear and concise.
- 7.3
- The game has an attractive title screen accompanied by a jolly, and
- rather pleasing, soundtrack. After a while, the screen fades away to be
- replaced by the high score table, which is permanent, unless the disc is
- write protected. Thus you can show your ‘all-time’ high score to your
- friends and colleagues. This was a nice feature and showed that some
- thought had gone into all aspects of the game.
- 7.3
- An options menu allows you to enter a password for one of the later
- levels and redefine keys. You are also told how to turn the sound and
- music on and off, both in game and on the title screen. The final
- option, ‘Serpuku’, applies only when you are actually playing, and
- causes you to die − suicide.
- 7.3
- Gameplay
- 7.3
- The game is divided into eight levels of Saddame’s castle, from dungeons
- to throne room, each containing four stages and one bonus stage, except
- for the last level, where the bonus stage is replaced by a final
- encounter between Zippy and Saddame. On completing the five stages in
- each level, you are told the password to the next set of stages.
- 7.3
- Each stage consists of a play-area occupying just one screen − no
- scrolling here but the graphics are small yet detailed and are generally
- of reasonable quality − so this is not a restriction.
- 7.3
- The objective of each stage is to devour a quota of enemy snakes, each
- of which has different attributes such as speed or intelligence. These
- are shown just under the play-area on the left hand side of the screen.
- When you have eaten all the snakes, you move onto the next stage.
- 7.3
- Your snake is segmented and can have up to ten segments. You can eat
- snakes smaller than yourself by running into them head-on, but those the
- same size or larger than you must be eaten from the rear, or side. If
- you bite any snake in the neck − between the first two segments, it dies
- immediately. Unfortunately the same is true if you are bitten by an
- enemy snake. Eating an enemy snake or an egg laid by a snake causes
- Zippy to grow an extra segment, up to a maximum of ten.
- 7.3
- There are various power-ups available for your snake, which do all sorts
- of weird things to Zippy and the enemy snakes. Some give Zippy increased
- speed, whilst others reduce all the enemy snakes to a size of only two
- segments. There are many other power-ups, plus B, O, N, U and S tokens
- which, when collected in order, give you − yes, you guessed it − a
- bonus.
- 7.3
- Presentation
- 7.3
- Each level starts off with a small, symbolic graphic with some
- accompanying music. Indeed, there is music for each part of the game −
- title screen, level intro screens, eight in-game tunes (one for each
- level), a jingle just before you start each new life and yet another
- tune when you die. I enjoyed the music, which was of a good quality, and
- the attention to detail throughout the game is most impressive.
- 7.3
- The my one real criticism is that I would have liked more variation
- between levels. OK, the graphics change a little, and the music too, but
- there is little variety in the basic strategy or enemy snakes. As a
- result, the game’s lifespan may not be as high as some others. I also
- found that Serpents got difficult rather too quickly.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Overall, Serpents represents excellent value for money, as it now only
- costs £10 through Archive. As Christmas approaches and many expensive
- new games are released, Serpents will prove an excellent stocking-
- filler, without breaking the bank. A
- 7.3
- Pictogram and Word Library
- 7.3
- Hutch Curry
- 7.3
- Pictogram and Word Library are both RISC OS compliant programs aimed
- squarely at the education market. According to Kudlian Soft, Pictogram
- was specially developed to support Key Stage 1 for data handling and
- Word Library is envisaged as having a multitude of educational uses
- (particularly in modern languages) up to secondary level. At present
- there is a limited period offer of both packages for £20 +VAT. This
- price also includes a site licence. It appears that at some point in the
- future the two programs will be sold separately for £20 each. At the
- moment, for your £20, you receive one disc, a plastic wallet and an A5-
- sized soft covered manual of 20 pages. The manual is well-written,
- concise and, in the case of the section on Pictogram, provides
- suggestions on how the program might best be used in the classroom.
- Neither software is copy protected and they will both run from a hard
- disc without difficulty. Let us now consider the two programs
- separately.
- 7.3
- Pictogram
- 7.3
- This program is designed to assist in the teaching of elementary data
- collection, handling, input and display. The role of Pictogram itself is
- primarily in input and display as the program allows children easily to
- enter numeric data into pre-defined categories and then have the data
- graphically displayed.
- 7.3
- After running Pictogram by double-clicking on the filer icon, the
- program installs itself on the iconbar. A single click on the iconbar
- icon opens a window into which the data will be entered and displayed.
- The next step is to choose a set of pictures to be used in the pictogram
- construction. Kudlian supply ten sets of appropriate icons although
- others can be added. (I was only able to add my own sets of pictures
- through my own industry − I could find no mention of this facility in
- the manual.) The example that I have included in this review uses the
- set of pictures labelled ‘programmes’ − which refers to TV programmes.
- The idea of a pictogram is that the picture symbolises the occurrence or
- existence of one of whatever the picture is supposed to represent.
- Therefore the whole pictogram represents the frequency of occurrence of
- a number of different events or things. In the example shown opposite,
- the bottom row of the upper panel shows two pictures of a globe. The
- globe was chosen to represent news programmes. Thus, in this data set
- there are two news programmes. In the row above there are seven symbols
- representing comedies.
- 7.3
- To construct the pictograms, the user has merely to drag the symbol into
- the appropriate row the requisite number of times. Following the
- pictogram construction, the user can choose to view the data as a block
- chart or as a bar chart. Each of these has a more abstract
- representation of the original data.
- 7.3
- There are facilities for saving both the data and the graph and for
- printing the graph using the standard RISC OS printer drivers.
- 7.3
- In general, I thought the program was quite good and could be used to
- great advantage in the classroom. I personally would have preferred the
- program to have gone one step further in abstraction and incorporated
- line graphs as well.
- 7.3
- I have two small niggles. The first is that the drawfile that is saved
- from the pictogram display should include the key for the icons.
- Otherwise, the graphs cannot really stand by themselves. The second is
- that the ‘movable’ flag on the main window is not set which means that
- you are unable to move that window around the screen.
- 7.3
- Word Library
- 7.3
- Word Library is a superb little application that displays list of words
- and/or phrases, and when one of these is clicked upon, it sends that
- word or phrase to any application that has the text caret. If you hold
- down <shift> as you click, the first letter of the text will be
- capitalised. Word Library is supplied with seven libraries which include
- a number of French, German and Spanish key words and phrases. To vastly
- increase its flexibility and utility, Word Library allows the user to
- construct their own word lists very easily. Input to Word Library is
- through standard ASCII text files which are easily generated.
- 7.3
- For special needs applications, Word Library has the facility to scan
- automatically through the list of words and make a selection on the
- basis of a switch press or Concept Keyboard activation. This works but
- is only a very rudimentary system.
- 7.3
- This is the sort of content free program that should find many uses both
- within and outside of the educational system. In the short time that I
- have used Word Library, I have found it useful for entering keywords and
- structures when I am programming in Basic, for entering values into a
- limited choice field in a database and for providing template journal
- reference formats for inclusion into manuscripts for publication.
- 7.3
- In conclusion, I think that both Pictogram and Word Library have merit
- in their intended environments. I believe that Word Library would be
- more generally useful to a larger number of users. At the special offer
- price I consider these very good value for money. If the price were to
- double....!
- 7.3
- Pictogram, version 1.0, 24-June-93 and Word Library, version 1.1 15-
- June-93 are available for a special price of £20 +VAT from KudlianSoft
- or £22 through Archive. A
- 7.3
- EFF’s DrawKern
- 7.3
- Richard Hallas
- 7.3
- The Electronic Font Foundry’s small utility, DrawKern, is designed to
- overcome a rather ridiculous omission in the current version of RISC OS
- 3 Draw. Despite the fact that RISC OS 3 fonts include kerning data, the
- version of Draw built into the RISC OS 3.1 operating system treats them
- as if they were RISC OS 2 fonts and does not allow their kerning
- information to be used.
- 7.3
- This means that any text you create in Draw will not have its inter-
- letter spacing set correctly. The DrawKern utility aims to correct what
- is presumably an oversight on Acorn’s part. Once loaded on the iconbar,
- DrawKern does nothing until you drag a drawfile onto it, at which point
- it pops up a save box. The file it saves out is identical in every way
- to the file you dragged in, except that all the text strings which were
- previously unkerned will have had the appropriate font’s kerning data
- applied (assuming, of course, that the font you have used is a full RISC
- OS 3 font).
- 7.3
- DrawKern supports inter-application data transfer, so you can usefully
- have it loaded at the same time as Draw. You will then be able to save a
- line of text from Draw into DrawKern and then drag the icon back into
- the Draw window, where you will find it has had kerning applied.
- Usefully, once kerning has been applied to some text, you can still edit
- it in Draw without the kerning turning off again.
- 7.3
- There isn’t much else to say about the utility. It does what it is
- supposed to, and seems to work faultlessly. If you have purchased
- 4Mation’s Vector, you will have no use for it as Vector already includes
- a kerning option. I also rather suspect that a future version of Draw
- will be updated to correct this oversight but, for the moment, if you
- want kerned text in drawfiles, your only option is either to buy a full
- copy of Vector or to get this utility. DrawKern costs £9.99 inc VAT from
- EFF. A
- 7.3
- Visual Backup
- 7.3
- Andrew Hersee
- 7.3
- Visual Backup, as its name suggests, is a hard disc backup program. It
- comes with a concise 18 page manual which only takes a few minutes to
- read since it is well laid out with several screen shots.
- 7.3
- For the purpose of this review, I used version 1.01 of the software on a
- 4Mb A5000 fitted with RISC OS 3.10 and a 170Mb hard disc.
- 7.3
- Installation
- 7.3
- After reading the manual, I inserted the disc into the disc drive and
- double clicked on !VBackup. A dialogue box appeared requesting my name.
- I obliged and the disc chugged away. After a few seconds the application
- was initialised with my name, which appears each time the program is
- run. I could now copy the application to my hard disc.
- 7.3
- Start up
- 7.3
- Visual Backup installs itself on the iconbar taking up 480Kb. The first
- thing to do is not to click its icon with <select> but <adjust>, which
- opens a preferences window. This allows you to specify either a
- directory or complete disc to use as the backup source. The window
- contains several other options some of which I will mention later. After
- entering the name of my hard disc and saving the preferences, I clicked
- on the program’s icon (with <select> this time) and the program began to
- scan the hard disc. This continued, multitasking, for some time,
- displaying its present position in a window.
- 7.3
- Memory problems
- 7.3
- After a while, the program crashed the whole machine. I traced this to
- the fact that it had run out of memory. So I rebooted the computer with
- a minimal configuration (Font size, etc set to zero) and tried again.
- Fortunately, it worked this time leaving just over 1.5 Mb of free space
- which seemed too much since it had previously run out of space. So I
- tried again with ArcFS loaded since 30% of my hard disc is compressed.
- This time it returned with only 96Kb free.
- 7.3
- It turns out that the program will enter any image filing system files
- (e.g. archives and DOS partitions) as though they were directories. The
- reason for this is so that a DOS partition is not backed up as one large
- file which means you could restore individual files in the partition
- instead of the whole thing. One of the many options in the preferences
- window allows you to turn this off. It then treats partitions and
- archives as single files.
- 7.3
- As the program scans the hard disc, it loads any application sprites it
- finds which is why it takes so much memory and time. Unfortunately, this
- cannot be switched off.
- 7.3
- Selecting files to backup
- 7.3
- After it had scanned the hard disc, I was presented with a view of the
- whole hard disc in a tree structure.
- 7.3
- This allows you to select the files you want to backup. Selecting a
- directory selects everything inside it. You can also select files using
- a search facility or by loading a previously saved selection.
- Unfortunately, there is no option for an incremental backup − not even a
- simple search on date. I also found it quite difficult to navigate round
- the viewer. Consider trying to find a line in a piece of text 10,000
- lines long using the scroll bar.
- 7.3
- Compression
- 7.3
- Visual backup uses a simple 12bit LZW compression algorithm to reduce
- the space needed on the backup floppies. You can switch compression off
- for all files or just small files. This may be useful if you use
- Compression or any similar filing system. Using such systems means the
- data on your hard disc is already compressed and nothing would be gained
- by using Visual Backup’s LZW compression.
- 7.3
- There are two disc areas used for compression and decompression. By
- default, these are set to the RAM disc for small files and the RISC OS
- scrap directory for files that will not fit on the RAM disc.
- 7.3
- Making a backup
- 7.3
- After selecting the files to backup and setting any other options, you
- can start the backup process. This involves a single window that shows
- you the amount of data still to backup and the expected size of that
- data when it has been compressed. The window also prompts you to insert
- discs as and when required. It can backup onto any format disc known by
- RISC OS which is good news to people with the luxury of high density
- floppies. I assume it would also backup to flopticals and maybe even a
- tape streamer but Dabhand Computing did not reply to my list of
- questions so I cannot say for sure.
- 7.3
- If you insert a disc which is not formatted, you can specify a list of
- commands to execute. This feature is set up to format and verify the
- disc as a low density disc. Whilst allowing the user to specify any set
- of commands is very flexible, it may be a little daunting to the average
- user who is used to clicking on Format in the filer’s menu.
- 7.3
- If the disc is not blank, you are asked if you want to wipe the existing
- files before continuing.
- 7.3
- The backup process is fully multitasking and may be paused and resumed
- at any time. You can even specify the percentage of CPU time to be taken
- up, so if you want to continue working on the computer you can reduce
- this figure. This would obviously slow down the backup process but make
- the desktop less sluggish.
- 7.3
- At the end of the backup, catalogue data will be saved to the last disc
- and all the other discs will be 100% full.
- 7.3
- Using a backup
- 7.3
- This is the best part of the package. Double clicking on any of the
- files on the last disc of the backup will open a tree viewer of the
- backed-up data. You can then select the required files and click on
- restore in which case you will be prompted for the relevant disc(s) and
- the files will be restored to their original position on your hard disc.
- A few options can be set so that this only occurs if the file does not
- already exist on the hard disc or is newer, etc.
- 7.3
- An alternative way of restoring data is to drag the relevant files to a
- directory viewer where they will be copied. What’s even better is that
- you can actually run an application or file by double clicking on it in
- the tree viewer. This then restores the file to the temporary directory
- on the hard disc and runs it from there. After it has run, the files are
- then removed from the temporary directory. This means that you could
- make a backup of, say, all your music files. Then, if you wanted to find
- one, all you would need to do is load the tree viewer and double click
- on the file. It would then request the relevant disc, decompress the
- file and load it into your favourite music package.
- 7.3
- Alternative use
- 7.3
- If you have ever wanted to transfer a file that is too large to fit on a
- floppy, you may have troubled splitting it up into smaller files and
- then joining them back together on the destination hard disc. However,
- now all you need to do is select the file and use Visual backup − it
- will do the splitting and joining for you.
- 7.3
- Visual backup comes with a read-only version of the software which is
- public domain. This would allow it to be used to distribute large
- software packages such as the public domain TeX distribution which is
- 20Mb in size.
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- I have mixed thoughts about this package. It has tremendous potential
- but I worry that it is going to stay as it is since Dabhand did not
- reply to my bug report and suggestions for improvements − I gave them
- two pages of possible improvements.
- 7.3
- The package works well for small hard discs but cannot cope with a full
- 170Mb disc. Without an incremental backup option and with a price tag of
- £46, I would closely look at the competition. (See Archive 6.12 p73 for
- a review of HD Backup_2.)
- 7.3
- If, however, you need to copy large files onto floppies or package
- software up for PD libraries then I can recommend this package. A
- 7.3
- 10/10 Maths Algebra & 10/10 Maths Number
- 7.3
- Peter Patilla
- 7.3
- These 10/10 Maths programs are non RISC OS compliant programs from 10/10
- Educational Systems. They cost £19 +VAT each (or £24 through Archive)
- and a site licence will be needed if they are going to be used on more
- than one computer.
- 7.3
- Each suite of programs is aimed at pupils aged 6 to 16 years and
- intended to cover major areas of National Curriculum Attainment Target 3
- (Algebra) and Attainment Target 2 (Number). The suites follow the same
- structure − each has six educational games with six levels of challenge,
- level 1 being for early maths work and level 6 for more advanced
- mathematics. All the games can be played by one or more children. A
- clear Parent/Teacher guide comes with the discs supplemented by a Player
- Guide which requires good reading and comprehension levels if it is to
- be used by younger pupils.
- 7.3
- After using and playing with the programs over a couple of weeks, I find
- myself with very mixed feelings about them...
- 7.3
- Good features
- 7.3
- I really like the way the programs can be customised before pupils use
- them − you can, for example, set starting levels and control the sound.
- Although each game has six levels and is played in the same way, with
- just the problems to be solved increasing in difficulty, it is nice that
- the graphics become slightly more sophisticated as the levels progress.
- From the Parent/Teacher customisation option, you can control the level
- of graphics you prefer.
- 7.3
- There is the option to practise most games, often at different levels,
- before playing the game in earnest.
- 7.3
- At the start of each game, a simple menu allows for several options to
- be set, such as speed of game, timer, number of questions and number of
- players.
- 7.3
- There are two scoring methods in built into the programs, one to record
- the percentage of correct answers (the Achievement Record) and the other
- to note both accuracy and speed (the High Score Tables).
- 7.3
- Certificates of achievement can be printed out (more of a motivator for
- younger than for older children). I must add that this option created
- problems on my setup causing the whole system to lock up requiring the
- computer to be reset − most annoying! I eventually had to print out via
- the Paint application.
- 7.3
- Annoying features
- 7.3
- At the end of each game, words of encouragement, or otherwise, appear. A
- very poor score is rewarded with the word “Pathetic”; not so worrying in
- a game, perhaps, but slightly more so in an educational package.
- 7.3
- The shorthand notation used for the various bits of the National
- Curriculum was rather confusing (for example, AT3 Level 4a. 3(i))
- although I readily accept that this shorthand can be switched off via
- the customisation option. However, I think it highlights one of the most
- annoying features of the whole package − that of trying to claim or
- cover too much. The games within the suites are excellent for developing
- quick recall of facts and are motivational when number practice is
- needed − much better than a page of sums. I worried that some of the
- problems did not merit this treatment and, as a consequence, it made the
- level of attainment more difficult than intended. For instance, most
- children would find Level 2 in the game “Carnival” on Maths Number more
- difficult than Level 3.
- 7.3
- One small irritation was that, when quitting the suites and returning to
- my desktop, I found it not as it was left! My font cache had been
- reduced from its customary 256Kb down to 32Kb and the Ram Disc icon was
- sitting on my iconbar.
- 7.3
- General comments and conclusion
- 7.3
- Overall, the games and graphics score best when they are used to
- practise those elements of the National Curriculum which require quick
- recall. Interpreting some of the National Curriculum statements of
- attainment is a notoriously difficult task and I feel that, on
- occasions, the programs miss the intended target and are more difficult
- than intended.
- 7.3
- Pupils will have to be rather adept at mouse control to use the programs
- and play the games.
- 7.3
- I am not sure whether one suite of six games is a good idea when it is
- intended to cater for 6 year old through to 16 year old pupils. This is
- a long time to wait for a completed certificate of achievement.
- 7.3
- For me, 10/10 scores 7/10.
- 7.3
- It was tested on an A3000, 4Mb memory, IDE hard drive and Qume Laser
- Direct Printer. A
- 7.3
- Kim’s Game from Le Computer
- 7.3
- Hutch Curry
- 7.3
- Kim’s Game is a computerised version of the parlour game of the same
- name costing £25 including VAT. For your money, you receive one disc in
- a plastic wallet. There is no printed manual supplied, although there is
- an on-line manual on the disc. Kim’s Game is − according to Acorn
- terminology − RISC OS compatible, which means that the application takes
- over the whole machine. At this point I must admit that I am quite
- biased against Archimedes applications that are not fully RISC OS
- compliant when they could easily be so. I will, of course, make
- exceptions for action games which need the speed and/or memory gains
- that can be obtained by running outside of the desktop. In the case of
- Kim’s Game, I can see no reason why the program should not have been
- fully compliant. As it stands now, Kim’s Game has more the look and feel
- of a BBC ‘B’ program than an Archimedes one. To my way of thinking this
- is not a plus.
- 7.3
- The central idea behind Kim’s Game is the learning of a list of items.
- The difficulty factor in this sort of exercise is the list length. In
- this implementation, there are a total of 60 familiar items available
- for use. On any one trial, a number of these items are selected for
- display. The display consists of a sprite depicting the item and the
- name of the item. At the end of the list there is another screen for the
- user to enter the names of the items shown. The user is allowed three
- attempts for each of the items. At the end of the response entry, the
- user is shown small pictures of the items missed.
- 7.3
- After considerable use of this program, I found that my initial negative
- response to this program remained unaltered. Specifically, I found that
- the quality and clarity of the sprites was variable. Some were quite
- good but others were barely recognisable. I did not like the requirement
- for perfect spelling for a response to be scored as correct. At one
- level, my objection is that the obtained score is not necessarily a very
- good measure of list learning as it is quite possible for someone to
- have learned the full list of items pictorially but yet be unable to
- spell any or all of them. At a more pragmatic level, I would expect that
- users who make a typographical error would get annoyed by having what is
- essentially a correct answer scored as an error. The solution to my
- first objection would require a radical rethink on how the program
- operates. A solution to my second objection would be to use a more
- intelligent input routine that used a form of ‘fuzzy logic’ to determine
- if the input was close enough to one of correct answers to be scored as
- correct.
- 7.3
- I also discovered that there is a problem with the screen that displays
- the missed items. If the name is longer than 6 or 7 letters, the last
- letters do not appear consistently.
- 7.3
- In conclusion, I could not recommend that anyone spend £25 on this
- software. There is much better software addressing these same sort of
- capabilities in the public domain.
- 7.3
- Kim’s Game costs £25 inc VAT from Le Computer. A
- 7.3
- Primary Nature
- 7.3
- Hilary Ferns
- 7.3
- I am encouraged by this set of Genesis applications, which have clearly
- been developed to support and enhance classroom work addressing AT2 of
- the Science curriculum. Of course, nothing can ever take the place of
- hands-on experience − collecting minibeasts and exploring the local
- environment would form a major part of the topic. In addition,
- significant learning would also come out of group discussion around the
- computer and sharing of information with the class. The program is
- ideally suited to this way of working, with the children using the
- computer as a tool to retrieve and present information. Numerous useful
- coloured drawfiles (and textfiles) can be saved to disc, which could
- then be used to present work.
- 7.3
- Although nothing is provided which could not be found out from books,
- the programs provide significant opportunity to address I.T. capability.
- All the information given in the program provides a useful springboard
- to children’s further research. The collection of species is adequate
- providing you are not expecting it to replace an encyclopaedia. Many of
- the screens can be printed using standard printer drivers.
- 7.3
- The package comprises three separate programs, each on its own disc. The
- Genesis Browser is provided on a start-up disc. All the programs can be
- run from floppies or be installed on hard disc. Although the time taken
- to load from the floppy occasionally seemed long, it is in fact quite
- acceptable in the absence of a hard disc. The various ‘clickables’ and
- arrows for page turning are clear throughout. Due to the complexity of
- the links in the application, another useful facility is a ‘bookmark’ to
- remember pages for easy access later.
- 7.3
- Hedgerow
- 7.3
- The title screen provides a nice animation of a butterfly. (It would
- have been quite nice to have further animations throughout the
- programs.)
- 7.3
- A picture of a hedge presents itself on the first page, and clicking on
- any of the bushes leads to a screen giving information about the plant
- and its fruit, and there are three further clickable pictures to find
- out about the resident wildlife. The hedge is apparently based upon
- findings in a real hedge at a field centre in Leeds. A reasonable
- selection of mammals, birds, and insects (including butterflies and
- moths) is provided. These also appear in a simple database, (little more
- than a set of linked pages), which is accessible from the first page. It
- provides easy access for saving drawfile pictures of each creature, but
- data cannot be analysed.
- 7.3
- Also provided in ‘Hedgerows’ is a simple explanation of the energy cycle
- and food webs and a sheet for you to print out to make your own wildlife
- collection.
- 7.3
- Pondlife
- 7.3
- The pond explorer provides many routes to each page of information.
- Clicking on the picture of the pond and its surrounds is supposed to
- simulate ‘pond dipping’. It is a good way to introduce children to
- interdependence of species in ecosystems and food chains. ‘Catching’ a
- water flea leads to a picture and information of the water flea, with
- further clickables allowing access to the pages for its various
- predators and prey. In this way, each child could investigate links
- between particular species and share their findings with the class. Such
- sequences could be discussed.
- 7.3
- e.g. Water flea − Beetle − Stickleback − Kingfisher
- 7.3
- Pike − Trout − Snails − Phytoplankton
- 7.3
- Food chains
- 7.3
- Again, a valuable tool for children to investigate along their own
- chosen path. About thirty species are given as starting points. Clicking
- on a name will lead to a display of the appropriate food chain, with
- clickable pictures leading to information about each member. A simple
- database provides limited facts about each entry. Again, it cannot be
- used to analyse the data, but it is a quick way to see what is available
- and find drawfiles for saving.
- 7.3
- A screen is again provided to build your own wildlife picture, and there
- is also a sorting activity where the user classifies each creature in
- turn by looking at such characteristics as fur, feathers, shell, skin
- and scales. Photocopiable sheets are provided to support this idea in
- the classroom.
- 7.3
- Supporting information
- 7.3
- Photocopiable sheets include ideas and details of practical activities,
- as well as black and white printouts of minibeasts and birds. All will
- probably be useful at some point. The teachers’ notes clearly explain
- each program and worksheet.
- 7.3
- Troubleshooting (Version 1.00)
- 7.3
- Don’t panic, it’s nothing too drastic. When I used Foodchain before
- either of the other two programs, all went smoothly. However, if I used
- Hedgerows or Pondlife without Foodchain, I experienced a minor hiccup
- with loss of the bookmark facility, but I did manage to cure the
- problem. During loading, an error message flashed up ‘bad filename
- .CourseSup’. The program loaded and ran but a complicated error message
- occurred each time I tried using the bookmark facility. Comparing the
- command file entitled ‘!Init’ in each of the programs revealed an extra
- line ‘SET FoodChain$dir <Obey$dir>’ in the foodchain application.
- Adapting this to suit each of the other programs solved the problem.
- 7.3
- Conclusion
- 7.3
- I am pleased to see software to support Sc2, and welcome this package
- into the primary classroom. I have given up commenting on prices, as in
- my opinion so many good educational programs are too expensive for the
- average primary school where a limited budget has to be moulded and
- stretched to supply numerous indispensable resources across the
- curriculum. Other commercially developed Genesis applications also seem
- to be quite expensive.
- 7.3
- Primary Nature costs £45 +VAT +p&p from Oak Solutions. A
- 7.3
- ArtSchool
- 7.3
- George Barnett
- 7.3
- ArtSchool is a painting program for new computer users who are
- interested in art and graphics. Drawing tools can be temporarily
- excluded by the teacher or parent, using a separate setup program so
- that the user is not confused by too many icons. A built-in help
- facility is provided to aid the learning process or as a quick reminder.
- 7.3
- The features of the program are: Pencil and Paint, Shapes and Fill, Undo
- and Erase, Patterns and Clipart, and costs £29.95 inclusive from Micro
- Studio Software.
- 7.3
- The program comes on two discs disc one containing the main program and
- disc two containing the !Picture Folder (this needs to be loaded before
- disc one). I would have it thought it sensible to have reversed the disc
- numbers. Put clipart and pictures, a Readme file on disc 1 and the main
- program on disc 2.
- 7.3
- The instructions for loading are quite obscure because of the necessity
- of double clicking on a picture folder first. A 2Mb machine really is a
- must although there are instructions what to do with a 1Mb machine. The
- other general instructions are quite reasonable. I gave the instruction
- booklet and discs to three fifteen year-old pupils and not one of them
- could save their own pictures − the saving instructions could certainly
- be made clearer.
- 7.3
- When the program is loaded, the screen comes up with the tools on the
- right hand side and a help facility which the pupils appreciated. Those
- who were used to ProArtisan found this program easier to use and
- although the clipart was considerably more juvenile, they enjoyed it and
- I think that I would prefer this cheaper program for school use.
- 7.3
- I am of the opinion that the Draw and Paint programs supplied with the
- computer are good and adequate but, having said that, few teachers or
- pupils seem to use them proficiently. Although the leaflet states that
- ArtSchool was written in conjunction with teachers and pupils, I think a
- trial in a school would have shown the difficulties of the instructions
- mentioned above.
- 7.3
- At the price asked I can certainly recommend its purchase. A
- 7.3
- Card Mania
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- Having spent many enjoyable hours playing Acorn’s Patience on both RISC
- OS 2 and 3 machines, I had high hopes for Cambridge International
- Software’s Card Mania. Since Acorn themselves had shown games writers
- the way to produce card games for their machines, I expected CIS to
- follow suit.
- 7.3
- To my disappointment, Card Mania bears no resemblance to Acorn’s desktop
- game and indeed the four games included in the pack do not seem to share
- a standard interface, even though they have all been written by the same
- author.
- 7.3
- Packaging
- 7.3
- Card Mania comes on two discs, each containing two games as follows:
- Disc 1: chinese patience, cribbage, Disc 2: 2-pack clock
- patience, gin rummy.
- 7.3
- The review discs came with no instructions, but with the phrase
- ‘Instructions on disc’ scrawled on each. In common with many users, I
- dislike on-screen manuals, and always print them off for reading and
- reference.
- 7.3
- Unfortunately, only gin rummy and clock patience came with text file
- manuals, hidden away at the bottom of many sub-directories on the disc.
- Cribbage came with a data file which included the instructions backwards
- plus a lot of control codes, so you could only view it from within the
- game and even though they tell you to print them out and make them into
- a booklet, there was no print option! Chinese patience came with no
- instructions whatsoever, even within the game.
- 7.3
- All of the instructions included are difficult to understand with
- spelling, grammar and punctuation errors. Even those familiar with other
- card games will not find learning the new ones easy. Not only this, but
- the in-built demo modes are far too fast for the new user to follow what
- is happening.
- 7.3
- Loading
- 7.3
- The software cannot be installed on hard disc, and the original discs
- must be write-enabled, as all the games insist on writing the results of
- each game to disc. This proved most annoying.
- 7.3
- The menus for selecting the games reminded me of some of the attempts on
- the BBC model B! The two games on the appropriate disc and a quit option
- are printed large size in system font, looking very blocky, in white.
- You click on the one you want with the mouse.
- 7.3
- The games
- 7.3
- I have never come across chinese patience before so I decided to start
- by having a look at that first. There being no instructions, it required
- a lot of determined detective work to play it even at a limited level.
- 7.3
- The quality of the graphics is passable, but distinguishing the clubs
- from the spades and the hearts from the diamonds is not always easy.
- This is partly due to the small size of the cards used in most of the
- games and partly due to the colour schemes employed.
- 7.3
- Some of the games allowed you to play against the computer or a friend,
- some only let you play against the computer. When you play against the
- computer, there is just one skill level (which is not good if you are
- learning), except for Rummy, which has eight! In fact, the games seem to
- go to great lengths to try and make life difficult.
- 7.3
- In Cribbage, for example, you are expected to calculate and tell the
- computer your score. If it thinks you have given yourself too many
- points you lose half your score, then the second time, all your score,
- and the third time, the game.
- 7.3
- However, if you have under-estimated your score, the game laughs at you
- and only gives you the score that you have selected. This is not exactly
- encouraging for the beginner and certainly didn’t endear me to the game.
- 7.3
- It is no help either to be told in the instructions that during the
- gameplay you can have four Jacks in a row...a total of 40 when the
- maximum allowed is 31!
- 7.3
- In Gin Rummy it is possible to reach a stalemate situation where the
- computer refuses to give you the one card you need to win the hand and
- it cannot ‘go out’ with any of the cards you can throw away (i.e. not
- already declared) or are available from the pack. There is no way of
- getting out of the situation without abandoning the whole game.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Card Mania is rather a disappointing product. Card fanatics will
- probably find the games restricting and hard to play, but may feel the
- £10 a small price to pay for solo practice when human opponents aren’t
- available. They may also be more tolerant of the interface and
- presentation!
- 7.3
- Novice players and those whose vision is less than perfect will be put
- off by the user-unfriendliness and low quality, indistinct graphics (by
- today’s high standards). At £10 through Archive, Card Mania was not
- overpriced, but there are probably better ways of spending the money and
- Paul has just told me that the price has gone back up to £19.95! I
- suggest that you look for discs of card games from PD libraries before
- parting with the cash. A
- 7.3
- KillerBugs
- 7.3
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.3
- Between ten and fifteen years ago, a new arcade game appeared. Called
- ‘Space Invaders’, it went on to be the great-grandfather of thousands of
- modern computer games. In the old days, the game was played on a single
- screen, with no scrolling, a maximum of eight colours, and it was
- wickedly addictive. (I’m old enough to remember it in black and white on
- an Acorn Atom! Ed.)
- 7.3
- Over time, new and improved versions have been released. They feature
- scrolling play areas, 256 colour graphics, power-ups and so on. However,
- the more advanced the games became, the more they grew away from the
- original. (Compare Swiv on the Archimedes to Arcadians on the BBC model
- B.)
- 7.3
- Now, as part of its ‘Arcade Classics’ series, Cambridge International
- Software (CIS) gives modern games players the chance to experience the
- delights of the original Invaders games. For this privilege, CIS are
- charging £24.95. (Now reduced to £10 through Archive! Ed.)
- 7.3
- The A4 manual sheet doesn’t make out KillerBugs to be anything other
- than a pure, unadulterated shoot-em-up. The plot is such as to make it
- look like a take-off of the original. The space bugs have invaded and
- are trying to steal everything they can lay their claws on. The only
- thing between them and their conquering the earth is you. In other
- words, blast them before they blast you!
- 7.3
- The review copy came with two applications on the disc, !!Killer and
- !!FKiller. The only difference, as far as I could see, was that
- !!FKiller has no sound. Why not just put a ‘sound off’ option in
- !!Killer? The software is copy protected in such a way as to make hard
- disc installation a waste of time, as all the game data is loaded from
- the floppy.
- 7.3
- The aliens fall into four distinct types: Byrds which are typical flying
- aliens dropping bombs on you; Landers and Centipedes are both from the
- arcade game, ‘Centipede’ with Landers travelling vertically down the
- screen dropping many bombs, and Centipedes travelling down the screen
- whilst moving backwards and forwards across it. The most interesting
- type of aliens are the Bouncers, which seem to have migrated from the
- public domain game, Ballroom Blitz.
- 7.3
- The game starts with the Byrds being released from the mother ship which
- is off to the left of the main play area, and therefore cannot be hit.
- They then move out onto the main play area in groups, to be shot at by
- vicious Acorn users!
- 7.3
- If the action becomes too frantic, pressing <space> (the keys are
- redefinable) gives you a temporary shield. The problem with this is that
- you tend to forget to press space until it is too late. You can only use
- your shields a few times, as they are controlled by a power bar across
- the bottom of the screen.
- 7.3
- You have three lives but you acquire an extra one every 15,000 points −
- very useful. Unfortunately, running out of lives isn’t the only way to
- die. On each level, there are five objects down the right hand side of
- the screen and if the Bugs steal them all, you get to see that familiar
- ‘Game Over’ message once again.
- 7.3
- After those very memorable blasting sessions, you can enter your name in
- the high score table but this doesn’t appear to get saved to disc. What
- a shame!
- 7.3
- There is no denying that KillerBugs is a fun game. If you liked the
- original Invaders, you will enjoy KillerBugs but, compared to classics
- such as Arcadians or Super Invaders on the BBC, KillerBugs seems somehow
- lacking in addictiveness. Certainly at £24.95, it seems very expensive.
- If it were priced at £9.99, like the original games on the BBC, maybe it
- would be better value for money. (It is! C.I.S. have dropped the price
- and it is now £10 through Archive.)
- 7.3
- To my mind, anyone wanting a non-scrolling shoot-em-up should take a
- look at Ballroom Blitz in PD. It is available on Archive Shareware disc
- 24. Other public domain games to watch out for are Invaders (requires 2
- Mb of RAM) and Desktop Invaders. On the commercial front, Swiv or
- Technodream beat KillerBugs every time. A
- 7.3
- Compose World
- 7.3
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.3
- Compose World is written by Expressive Software Projects and costs £48
- +VAT (which includes a site licence). It claims to be an easy-to-use
- music program that allows young children to combine musical phrases to
- compose tunes. The stated aim is to encourage teachers and children to
- become more involved in the world of music. As an acknowledged musical
- novice, I felt quite excited when asked to review this piece of
- software. Maybe it would provoke some spark of musical imagination that
- had been lying dormant for nearly 50 years.
- 7.3
- !Compose
- 7.3
- Compose World is fully RISC OS compliant. The manual is beautifully
- written and presented and only rarely has to be studied. All
- applications and associated utilities are present on one disc and easily
- copy onto hard disc. Everything is packaged in a hardy, video-style box.
- Clicking on !ComposeW1 installs the application on the iconbar. There is
- a second application that allows eight more instruments to be added to
- the original voices built into the computer. (Why haven’t Acorn added
- more interesting voices to the boring ones built into the operating
- system?) Clicking <menu> on the application icon offers the option to
- ‘Split voices’ allowing all eight channels to have different voices.
- Another option allows the program to be used with MIDI which I could not
- test. (The program also accepts !Maestro files.) A third option enables
- the user to switch the internal speaker on and off. Finally, the user
- can define the layout of the three main elements of the program:
- phrases, sequences and displays.
- 7.3
- The program
- 7.3
- I decided to leave everything at its default value and clicked on the
- Compose World icon − I had already added the extra voices. I was
- presented with two windows: an empty one entitled ‘Phrases’ and another
- entitled ‘Sequencer’. The latter was divided into 16 empty boxes (more
- could be defined if longer sequences were planned) above which was a bar
- with tape recorder style buttons corresponding to Play, Stop and Pause.
- Further, there was a Loop button, an icon to mark sections of a sequence
- and finally a Tempo bar showing the number of crotchets per minute. This
- could easily be altered. I loaded a prepared Tune File and chose one of
- the twenty seven tunes. A number of pictures in the form of sprites
- filled the Phrases window. Clicking on any picture resulted in a short
- musical phrase almost inaudibly squeaking its way from my A3000‘s
- speakers. Solution − attach the speaker to the household stereo and...
- ...wonderful − a much richer and more rounded sound.
- 7.3
- I then had a great deal of fun listening to all the sounds and
- discovered that clicking <menu> on a picture brought up another series
- of options including the ability to change the voice and edit it. All
- sorts of weird and wonderful sounds can be created in this way and saved
- as new phrases. Time signatures, pitch, rhythm, scales, octaves and a
- variety of other musical options could be changed. This I felt was
- beyond me but many ambitious youngsters would have a great time creating
- their own phrases. Even the pictures can be edited, using a very basic
- pixel editor, and the results saved.
- 7.3
- ‘Composing’ music
- 7.3
- Now came the moment to ‘write’ my own music. First, I used one of the
- set phrases and, by dragging the desired pictures from the ‘Phrases’
- window into the ‘Sequencer’ window, soon had a tune which sadly, I found
- a touch boring. Moving, changing and deleting phrases is very easy and I
- improved my effort considerably. However, it still only contained one
- instrument and I wanted more.
- 7.3
- Listening to other tune files, I discovered I could add to my list of
- phrases. Now I could use more. Soon I had lots of voices and some very
- interesting sequences playing in the living room. These were far from
- boring. My tune was then saved, edited and could be loaded back into
- !Compose with great ease. I finished up ‘singing’ to my composition
- having enjoyed myself immensely.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Usually, when reviewing a piece of software designed for schools, I like
- to test them with a selection of the targeted audience. This was not
- possible because of the long summer break but I am sure schools will
- find Compose World very useful (make sure you can amplify the sound). I
- believe there is a history of success for this program, it having
- originally been written for the BBC micro. The authors claim to have
- enhanced and added to the program to take advantage of the 32 bit
- machines found in most schools. Certainly, it achieves its stated aim of
- allowing every child − and child at heart − the chance to create their
- own music. What the musical purist will think of it I have no idea and I
- am sure that other musical composition programs such as ‘Rotate’ would
- appeal to them more. However, for the novices of this world, Compose
- World is great. A
- 7.3
- Tales of Lore
- 7.3
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.3
- Tales of Lore is one of the very few role-playing adventure games
- available for the Archimedes. It comes on two discs inside a robust
- video style box. The version I am reviewing contains a 16 page manual
- that includes all that you need to know. The game costs £24.95 inc VAT
- from UK Software.
- 7.3
- It can be loaded onto a hard disc using a slightly complicated procedure
- of altering the !Boot and !Run files. Further alterations are needed if
- you are using a 1Mb machine since there are problems when saving a game.
- A ReadMe file explains how to change some lines in a particular file.
- However, I couldn’t even find the file let alone alter it. Clearer
- (correct?) instructions should be given otherwise some game players will
- be very disappointed.
- 7.3
- Anyway, let’s get on to the game itself. Perhaps the superb gameplay,
- graphics and puzzles would make up for the short comings.
- 7.3
- Preparing to play
- 7.3
- Clicking on !Tales, results in an introductory screen showing a devil-
- like creature wearing a loin cloth. Seconds later the desktop is
- returned and the game is installed on the iconbar. There is a
- configuration option which allows the type of machine to be chosen (ARM
- 2, 250 or 3); the names of the characters; and whether sound effects are
- required. Saving the game is done from here as well and you are
- encouraged to do so frequently returning to the desktop by clicking
- <select> and <adjust> together.
- 7.3
- The main playing screens
- 7.3
- Clicking <select> on the !Tales icon reveals the main screen. A nice
- touch is the heavy breathing that increases and decreases in intensity
- as you move. Pictures of your four intrepid adventurers are presented on
- the left hand side. Their two hands are displayed, as are three slider
- bars representing their health, strength and magic powers. In the centre
- is the main playing window and below are directional arrows. Clicking in
- any direction is reflected in the main window.
- 7.3
- To the right is a compass which changes to show which direction you are
- heading and there is a flag and a tent which toggle whether you are
- asleep or not. If you are sleeping (an important strength building
- exercise) the main window goes dark and the breathing stops.
- 7.3
- Finally, in the top right hand corner is the ‘combat box’ and shows what
- weapons are available for use and allows you to alter the position of
- the person in front. Some weapons can be used from the rear but all have
- to be in the right hand.
- 7.3
- Clicking on one of the characters reveals his statistics: health,
- strength and magic skill; his possessions and whether he is wearing any
- armour.
- 7.3
- The game
- 7.3
- The game’s scenario is that you find yourself under the influence of the
- evil ‘Bill the Almighty’. You and your companions bravely announce that
- you will investigate the ‘keep on the moors’. Having drunk a little too
- much you wake up in a dungeon, completely naked and...
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Playing the game is quite straight forward after you have mastered all
- the information and what each function does. All actions are performed
- with the mouse. This is my first brush with role playing games and I
- quite enjoy playing it. The puzzles are quite easy to begin with
- although mapping is essential. However, my well informed sons were not
- so impressed. Compared with similar offerings on other computers, all
- areas of the game came in for a fair amount of criticism. They did
- concede that the sound effects, though minimal, were quite good and
- !Tales of Lore was a reasonable introduction to this type of game.
- However, they felt the graphics were very mediocre and, for a beginner,
- the interface was quite complicated. No doubt experienced game players
- would have few problems. Finally, I understand that a similar game from
- the 4th Dimension called ‘Dungeon’ has recently been released. Perhaps
- buyers should compare the two before considering a purchase. A
- 7.3
- Bookstore
- 7.3
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.3
- Bookstore is published by ESM and has been available since 1991 although
- this review is based on version 1.05 dated January 1992. It is a
- dedicated database designed to be used by children at Key Stage 2 and 3
- anywhere in school where reading takes place. It attempts to simplify
- and make enjoyable some of the more mundane elements of book reviewing
- and, just as importantly, allows children to search and read reviews
- already created by others. The program comes in a smart, hardback folder
- which includes an excellent manual and site licence. It costs £39.50
- +VAT (including the site licence) from ESM or £43 through Archive.
- 7.3
- The program easily installs on hard disc and contains some sample
- reviews. These aim to allow the children immediate investigation of some
- titles they may wish to read, as well as show them how to write a
- review. The documentation is clear and concise. It is divided into two
- sections. Part 1- Teachers Notes − includes appropriate references to
- the National Curriculum, instructions on how to use Bookstore in the
- classroom or library and a step-by-step account of each screen. Part 2
- is a user guide and explains how to get started, search the database,
- create a review, read a review, edit a review, print a review and create
- a new database. All are beautifully written and very easy to follow.
- 7.3
- Creating a database
- 7.3
- I have been using the program since the beginning of this term and to
- date (late October) twenty reviews have been entered into our class
- database. The children (9 and 10 year olds) found the process easy and
- intuitive and it only needed one short lesson to explain what was
- required. Creating a review is simplicity itself with the children
- moving easily between nine screens each one needing either the minimum
- of keyboard entry or just the clicking of radio buttons. This leads to
- one of the major limitations of this type of program (recognised by ESM
- in the documentation). The options within each screen cannot be changed
- and whilst the author has chosen them wisely, the children sometimes
- wished they could add their own. Never-the-less, with a little artistic
- licence, the children found words that suited or if they wished to be
- particularly pedantic, they left certain screens blank.
- 7.3
- Using the database
- 7.3
- Having created a certain number of reviews (ESM suggest that between
- 1000 and 1500 can be held on one 800Kb floppy disc) searching the
- database is very simple. After dragging the directory onto the Bookstore
- icon, a window opens displaying the reviews. Large buttons of the
- alphabet are displayed at the top. If the letter is coloured red, it
- means there is at least one review of a book beginning with that letter
- − others are greyed out. Clicking on any letter highlights the first
- book beginning with that letter. There are four radio buttons at the
- bottom of the window: title, author, reviewer and type. Clicking on
- either results in the book/ author/ review or type of book being
- highlighted in the main window. Clicking on the book brings up the
- review which has been condensed from an eleven page entry process into a
- three page review. Clicking <menu> on the main window allows further
- reviews to be created; the selected book to be renamed; a find facility
- that allows any word to be searched for; and finally, the opportunity to
- print any selection of books. When a review is being read, clicking
- <menu> allows the review to be edited and printed. It is all quite
- comprehensive.
- 7.3
- Conclusions
- 7.3
- Bookstore is easy to use, the documentation is excellent and the options
- full and comprehensive. In practice, the children enjoyed entering the
- reviews and reading them. They can easily search and find favourite
- titles, authors and even reviewers. Our class database is not yet large
- enough to test how quick the search facility is but I believe the
- children will not be disappointed.
- 7.3
- However, there are some improvements that I would like to see
- implemented: the system font is the only one available − it would be
- nice to use an outline font of our choice; there is no facility to merge
- files − this would be useful where more than one computer is available;
- and it would be nice to be able to export reviews as text files to other
- programs − a word processor perhaps. There were one or two problems:
- entering data does take a long time − be prepared to tie up precious
- time if you want thoughtful results; and, I could not print using my
- Laser Direct − not too great a problem unless your school/classroom is
- rich enough to have such a system available. Finally, one irritation:
- the windows do not completely conform to RISC OS guidelines since they
- cannot be resized. Never-the-less, I recommend this program as a very
- useful tool in a busy classroom. A
- 7.3
-
- The spirit of Archive
- 7.4
- We have finally had time to analyse all the questionnaires you sent in
- October. The reason it has taken so long is that, as I mentioned before,
- over one third of all Archive subscribers responded − that says
- something about the “spirit of Archive”! We have already implemented
- some of the suggestions (such as taking credit cards − see page 36) and
- we are working on a number of others.
- 7.4
- It has made me realise that to say “Archive is your magazine” is not
- just a platitude or an advertising slogan. Over the years, (have I
- really edited and DTP’ed one magazine a month for over 6 years?!) we
- have had terrific support from the contributors to Archive. People have
- written about their interests and shared their enthusiasms with the rest
- of us. And that, as I see it, is Archive’s main strength. It does mean
- though that we depend on you to tell us what you have discovered and
- give us your views on anything and everything to do with Acorn
- computers.
- 7.4
- How can you help to improve Archive? Well, I have written about that at
- much greater length in an article entitled “Archive − Making It Even
- Better” on page 33.
- 7.4
- Rumours
- 7.4
- Isn’t it funny the way rumours spread?! All I did was to make a Special
- Christmas Offer − I offered a £100 software voucher with every A5000
- sold before Christmas. Very soon, the bulletin boards were buzzing −
- “He’s selling off his stocks of A5000s before the new machines come in.”
- 7.4
- Sorry to disappoint you but there is no sign at all of any new machines.
- From what I can gather, it will be months, not weeks, before there is
- anything new available − maybe not even until Acorn World 94. I hope I
- am wrong in that prediction but I think it is probably fairly realistic.
- 7.4
- Wishing you a very Happy Christmas and a good New Year,
- 7.4
- Products Available
- 7.4
- • A5000 special offer extended − Archive’s “Christmas Special Offer” on
- the new A5000s has been extended. Until January 31st, you can buy one of
- the new 30MHz A5000s and get a £100 software voucher to use against any
- purchase of software from NCS either at the same time as the computer or
- in the future. The 2Mb/HD80 is £1499 (carriage free) and the 4Mb/HD160
- is £1699. Add £75 if you want an AKF50 monitor instead of an AKF18.
- 7.4
- (N.B. We have unlimited stocks of these computers − well, Acorn have −
- this is not a pre-ARM700 stock clearance but a sales incentive scheme to
- encourage you to buy A5000s because the launch of the ARM700 is looking,
- I think, more like 3rd or 4th quarter 1994.)
- 7.4
- • (Another) A5000 special offer − We have got hold of some more of the
- older 25MHz A5000s and are selling them without monitors at £950 (inc
- carriage, cf the Beebug price of £1008.15). These are 2Mb computers with
- 80Mb hard drives. We only have a limited number available so please ring
- to check stocks before ordering.
- 7.4
- • Aggressor − Macho Edition − This is an upgraded version of the
- original shoot ’em up game from Matt Black although it is now released
- as a budget game at £14.99 +p&p from Matt Black or £15 through Archive.
- (See the review on page 43.)
- 7.4
- • Archive monthly program disc − On the disc this month, we have some
- extra, useful utilities: !Convert by John Winters converts DOS->text and
- Text->DOS, which DOSFS doesn’t do; !OnTime by Mark Godwin allows you to
- keep track of how long you have spent on line to a BBS; !OpenDir by Mark
- Godwin opens application directories by dragging rather than shift-
- double-clicking; !SeraPara, again by Mark Godwin, sends incoming data
- from the serial port direct to the parallel port so that, for example,
- you can print from the Pocket Book to a printer without disconnecting
- the printer from the Archimedes, i.e. you only need an A-Link and not a
- Parallel Link as well.
- 7.4
- Also, on the disc, in the Psion3 directory, is a Psion Series 3
- Emulator. This is not a RISC OS application, and requires the PC
- Emulator or a PC Card and there are certain conditions for its use. It
- is a Series 3 Emulator not a Pocket Book emulator, therefore there will
- be some differences. The OPL Compiler is included so you can write
- software without needing to spend £65 on the compiler − although it
- rather defeats the object of it being a portable computer! For what it
- is worth, it is there for your use.
- 7.4
- Chris Johnson has sent us the latest version of his application called
- !Text>Draw which solves the problem noted by Richard Hallas’ last month
- (Archive 7.3 p68) of getting kerned text into Draw.
- 7.4
- Finally, there is an Elite cheat − see Hints & Tips on page 50. The
- Archive monthly discs cost £2 each (or £20 for twelve − a full year).
- 7.4
- • Birds of War − 4th Dimension’s latest release is a flight simuator for
- 2Mb Archimedes computers. It provides 192 missions with over 50 aircraft
- types. There are 10 Mb of data including 86,000 words of briefing text
- for the missions. These are compressed onto six discs but they say an
- ARM3 hard drive computer is the ideal configuration. Birds of War costs
- £34.95 from 4th Dimension or £32 through Archive.
- 7.4
- • Bitfolio Cartoon Graphics − LOOKSystems have done another conversion
- for the Archimedes. This time it consists of 100 full colour cartoon
- characters. The 3.2Mb of images are in drawfile format, not scanned as
- sprites. LOOKSystems sells them for £30 inc VAT and the Archive price is
- £28.
- 7.4
- (The fun part about it is that the same collection is available for PC
- and Mac users but they have to pay £60 for exactly the same graphics!!)
- 7.4
- Here are some sample cartoons − none of them bear any resemblance to any
- member of the Norwich Computer Services staff, especially not the
- editor!
- 7.4
- • Braille tuition − The Dorton IT Support Centre have produced a program
- called DotTest for those undertaking the Birmingham braille course but
- it is equally suitable for those wishing to practise or improve their
- braille. It can be used with the standard keyboard configured by the
- program to use the six home keys and the space bar to mimic a braille
- keyboard or an adapted Perkins Brailler plugged into a user port. The
- program costs £25 from Dorton IT Centre.
- 7.4
- • Chemical Modeller − SSERC’s molecular modelling software (version 3.3)
- is now “fully mouse compatible”. It has been improved in many of the
- ways suggested by David Kent in his review in Archive 6.4 p55. It costs
- £52.50 +VAT from SSERC.
- 7.4
- • DP Font Library − Dalmation Publications are selling a set of fonts
- (101 in all) at “a price nearly everyone can afford”. The cost is £19.95
- inclusive of p&p from Dalmation Publications.
- 7.4
- • EasyFont − Fabis Computing have produced a font management system
- which allows you to choose a selection of fonts simply by clicking in a
- window. EasyFont costs £25 (+£1 p&p) +VAT from Fabis Computing.
- 7.4
- • Fonts Discs − Three discs of display fonts (seven families of fonts on
- each disc) are now available from Fabis Computing, each disc costing £5
- +VAT.
- 7.4
- • Granny’s Garden goes European − 4Mation have produced some modern
- language versions of their popular Granny’s Garden program. It is now
- available in French, German and Italian. Each costs £24.50 +VAT from
- 4Mation or £27 through Archive.
- 7.4
- • ImageMaster from David Pilling is a new image processing program
- allowing format conversion and image acquisition from scanners via Twain
- (see below). ImageMaster reads and writes TIFF, JPEG, PCX, PBM, Clear,
- sprite, BMP, GIF and MTV. It can handle images bigger than memory by
- using virtual memory techniques. It works with 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 24 and
- 32-bit per pixel images. ImageMaster has a whole range of facilities for
- processing and manipulating images and is supplied with Trace, D2Font
- and Snapper (screen capture program). ImageMaster costs £30 inclusive
- from David Pilling or £28 through Archive.
- 7.4
- • Impression II/Publisher special offer − Archive are doing a special
- offer on Impression II. The normal Archive price is £180 but “while
- stocks last” we are selling them at £120. If you want to upgrade to
- Impression Publisher when it becomes available, the upgrade will cost
- just £29 +£3 p&p +VAT =£37.60 from Computer Concepts. The RRP of
- Impression Publisher is £169 +VAT = £198.58 so by buying a cheap copy of
- Impression II you can get a copy of Impression Publisher for £157.60 −
- quite a good saving. We only have a limited number of copies at this
- price so please do not send a cheque without ringing to reserve a copy
- first.
- 7.4
- • Lexique / Wortgut − These are French to Eng-lish and German to English
- dictionaries produced by Fabis Computing. Features include groups and
- sub-groups of GCSE topics, search and edit, add your own words, language
- lists printed as required. Each dictionary costs £20 +VAT from Fabis
- Computing.
- 7.4
- • Night Sky is Clares Micros’ new astronomy program. It allows display
- of the night sky at any time from anywhere on earth, gives information
- about each star, shows constellation boundaries, sun, moon and planets,
- works in real or accelerated time, shows lunar and solar eclipses and
- occulations, and deep sky objects can be shown e.g. nebulae, clusters
- and galaxies. Night Sky costs £79.95 inc VAT from Clares or £74 through
- Archive.
- 7.4
- • Phaethon − A new game from a new software house: System Interrupt.
- “Drive your space orb along hazardous terrains at breath-taking
- velocity! Take corners and jump gaps at an unwise speed! Employ your
- full manual capacity upon the solution of fiendish puzzles! Play the
- game!”, says the System Interrupt press release. Phaethon (apparently
- pronounced “faith-on”) is £25.95 from System Interrupt or £24 through
- Archive. (Never mind the press release, read the review on page 19 from
- which you will gather that Andrew Rawnsley rather likes Phaethon − and I
- can vouch for the fact that Andrew has no connection, financial or
- otherwise, with System Interrupt! Ed.)
- 7.4
- • Psion 3A − As mentioned last month, we are going to be stocking the
- new Psion 3A. The pricing will be £269 for the 256Kb version and £329
- for the 512Kb. The only problem is that there are only limited supplies.
- If you know somewhere that has them in stock then I suggest you buy one
- while you have the chance(!) but if not, place an order with us and we
- will put you in the queue and hold your cheque until we get supplies.
- 7.4
- • Rhapsody 3 is now available. New features include guitar chords, quick
- edit panel, hairpins & phrasing, auto bar checking, etc. Stewart Watson
- has reported on the extra features in this issue − see page 12. Rhapsody
- 3, which requires 2Mb RAM, costs £99.95 inc VAT from Clares or £92
- through Archive. There is an upgrade offer from Rhapsody 2 to 3 which
- costs £48 inc VAT from Clares although this offer is limited to 31st
- December 1993.
- 7.4
- • Scientific Graphics Collection CD-ROM − This provides a huge database
- of scientific graphics material. It contains all the material from the
- 15 discs of graphics produced separately by SSERC as well as a Draw
- Practical Guide in electronic format. The CD-ROM contains around 9,000
- files with a total of 330Mb of data covering chemistry, physics,
- biology, technology, IT and computing. It costs £150 +VAT from SSERC.
- 7.4
- • Shareware 21 − The Archimedes Image Manager on Shareware 21 has now
- been updated to the latest version (AIM3) which includes instant loading
- of (grey) sprites, manipulation of selected area, no restriction on
- image format, better compliance with RISC OS, better menu structure,
- improved query box and help function, histograms savable as drawfiles.
- This is a disc-only version but if you want a version complete with
- manual, it is distributed by Lindis International. Shareware 21 is £2
- through Archive.
- 7.4
- • Small − Another new company on the Archimedes games scene is Virgo
- Software. Their first offering is called Small. It is a 3D maze
- adventure game in which you have been shrunk to microscopic size and
- have to wander the labyrinthine realm of your mind. Small costs £24.95
- from Virgo Software or £23 through Archive.
- 7.4
- • TCP/IP 2 single user − Acorn have realised that making TCP/IP 2
- available only as a site licence at £399 was not too user-friendly. They
- have therefore decided to make it available with a single-user licence
- for £99 +VAT (£105 through Archive).
- 7.4
- • T-shirts, sweatshirts and mugs − If you are interested in putting your
- own designs onto T-shirts, sweatshirts and mugs, Tekoa Graphics will
- take your designs on Archimedes floppy disc in Artworks, Draw or sprite
- format and transfer them to the required medium. Prices depend on
- quantity but one-off prices are £13 for T-shirts, £16.70 for sweatshirts
- and £6 for mugs dropping to £6, £9.70 and £4 each respectively for 25 or
- more. (No VAT as T.G. are not VAT registered.)
- 7.4
- • Twain is an image acquisition standard for easy communication between
- image capturing devices and software applications. It has been
- implemented on Mac and PC and has now been brought to RISC OS machines
- by David Pilling. Basically, Twain does for scanners what RISC OS
- printer drivers do for printers. The only version currently available is
- for the HP ScanJet but versions for the Canon scanner (ScanLight
- Professional) and the Epson scanners are on their way. The ScanJet
- version is £20 inclusive from David Pilling or £19 through Archive.
- 7.4
- Review software received...
- 7.4
- We have received review copies of the following: •AIM3 (u),
- •ASM_Help (u), •EasyFont (u), •Jumble Fun (e), •Lingomaster (e),
- •Mini Expansion Adaptor (h), •Noddy’s Playtime (e), •Opening Doors
- on IT Capability − four packs (e), •Scribble (e), •Sea, Trade &
- Empire (e), •Small (g), •Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e),
- •Switch (g).
- 7.4
- e=Education, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
- u=Utility, a=Art.
- 7.4
- If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
- Archive office. A
- 7.4
- Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
- spiritual health.
- 7.4
- “So, the self-styled expert on Christianity has been suffering from
- depression, he has? Paul, I thought you said that you believed in a God
- who healed people!?”
- 7.4
- Well, as I reported in this slot a couple of years ago, God healed my
- back miraculously in answer to prayer, so why didn’t He remove my
- depression when I, and a good number of other people, prayed? (I am
- feeling a lot better now, by the way. Many thanks to all those of you
- who expressed concern!)
- 7.4
- I don’t pretend to have any answer to “the problem of suffering”, I’m
- afraid. And I don’t honestly think that the bible does, either. We in
- the West are trained to ask “Why?” and I don’t think there really is any
- answer to that question. Oh, yes, in some cases you can see that
- someone’s suffering is a direct result of their, or someone else’s,
- actions but in the majority of cases, suffering does not happen as a
- direct ‘cause and effect’.
- 7.4
- Have I learnt anything through the depression I suffered? Yes, I have.
- It made me stop and ask, “What is really important in life?” The answer?
- People and relationships. I decided, amongst other things, that when I
- felt better I was going to find a way of spending fewer hours slaving
- over a hot computer and spending more time with my own family and
- friends.
- 7.4
- God is in the business of transforming suffering and if we trust Him, He
- will bring good out of the worst situation. You only have to look at
- Jesus’ death to see that. It looked like pointless suffering, but the
- bible teaches something very different − if you don’t know what I mean,
- ask a Christian to explain it. And if you do know what I mean, thank God
- that he allowed His Son to die for us!
- 7.4
- Paul Beverley
- 7.4
- P.B.
- 7.4
- 4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
- 7.4
- 4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
- 8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
- 7.4
- Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
- 6QA.
- 7.4
- Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
- Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
- 7.4
- Angelsoft Educational 35 Heol
- Nant, Swiss Valley, Llanelli, Dyfed, SA14 8EN. (0554-776845)
- 7.4
- Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
- Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
- 7.4
- Clares Micro Supplies 98
- Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-
- 48511) (0606-48512)
- 7.4
- Colton Software (p5) 2 Signet
- Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881) (0223-312010)
- 7.4
- Computer Concepts (pp5/15) Gaddesden
- Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
- 7.4
- Dalmation Publications 37 Manor
- Road, Teddington, Middlesex, TW11 8AA.
- 7.4
- David Pilling P.O.Box 22, Thornton Cleveleys, Blackpool, FY5 1LR.
- 7.4
- Davyn Software The Workshop, off Princess Street, Sandal, Wakefield,
- WF1 5NY. (0924-254800)
- 7.4
- Dorton IT Centre Dorton House, Seal, Kent, TN15 0ED. (0732-761477
- Ext223)
- 7.4
- merald Publishing P.O.Box 324,
- Cambridge, CB1 3HB. (0223-355399)
- 7.4
- EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
- 7.4
- Fabis Computing 95 Fabis Close, Swadlincote, Derbyshire, DE11 9SL.
- 7.4
- Krisalis Software Teque House,
- Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
- 7.4
- Kudlian Soft 8 Barrow Road, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1EH. (0926-
- 851147)
- 7.4
- Lindis International (p9) Wood Farm,
- Linstead Magna, Halesworth, Suffolk, IP19 0DU. (098-685-477) (098-685-
- 460)
- 7.4
- LOOKSystems 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-
- 764114) (0603-764011)
- 7.4
- Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
- 7.4
- Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
- 9XD.
- 7.4
- Oak Solutions (p10) Broadway
- House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
- 211760) (0954-211767)
- 7.4
- Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
- Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
- 7.4
- Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
- 411162 after 6)
- 7.4
- Risc Developments 117 Hatfield
- Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
- 7.4
- Sherston Software Swan Barton,
- Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
- 7.4
- Sibelius Software 4 Bailey
- Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR. (0223-302765)
- 7.4
- Sigma Press 1 South Oak Lane, Wilmslow, Cheshire, SK9 6AR. (0625-
- 531035)
- 7.4
- SSERC 24 Bernard Terrace, Edinburgh, EH8 9NX. (031-668-4421)
- 7.4
- System Interrupt Burcott Manor, Wells, Somerset, BA5 1NH. (0749-670058)
- (0749-670809)
- 7.4
- Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
- 546376)
- 7.4
- Virgo Software P.O.Box 44, Cheshire, SK7 4QY. (061-456-0009)
- 7.4
- Colton
- 7.4
- From 7.3 page 7
- 7.4
- CC
- 7.4
- From 7.3 page 13
- 7.4
- The Advance Column
- 7.4
- Robert Chrismas
- 7.4
- This column is for people interested in Acorn Advance. The main topics
- this month are the importance of the Learning Curve Offer, and
- installation. Next month’s main topic will depend on what you write to
- me about.
- 7.4
- The Learning Curve
- 7.4
- If you are buying an Archimedes now, it is worth finding an extra £50
- for the ‘Learning Curve’ software pack. It is excellent value. Acorn
- Advance, just one item in the pack, includes a word processor/DTP
- package, a spreadsheet, a database and a graphics program − all the
- serious software most users need to get started. Advance has a sensible
- selection of features which are easy to use.
- 7.4
- I reviewed Advance in Archive 6.9 p33 and said that although it is a
- good package, I was not sure how well it would sell. However, if Acorn
- planned all along to include Advance with a new Archimedes for a give-
- away price, I reckon they got it right this time.
- 7.4
- People buying computers for the first time often find choosing suitable
- software intimidating. A new Archimedes owner already gets a desktop
- environment, fonts, printer drivers, drawing and painting packages free.
- So now, for a small extra cost, they can get their ‘office’ software −
- the only tricky decisions left are what games to buy and what computer
- magazines to subscribe to.
- 7.4
- One advantage of buying Archive will be ‘The Advance Column’ in which
- users can seek help and perhaps find useful advice.
- 7.4
- For established Archimedes users, the generous Learning Curve offer is
- still important. Acorn made sure that Font, Sprite and Draw format files
- became a standard (at least within the Archimedes world) by giving away
- the font manager, Paint and Draw with RISC OS. Advance format files will
- probably not achieve such universal acceptance but we can expect to see
- many Advance format files as well as applications which can interact
- with Advance tools.
- 7.4
- Getting started
- 7.4
- The second chapter in the manual explains how to install Advance for
- each of the three different packs in which Advance is supplied. Since
- most users will have a single user pack, they can skip quite a lot of
- this chapter.
- 7.4
- If you are the sort of person who chucks the manuals aside and tries
- things out, the advice which follows may forestall some disappointing
- mistakes. If you are the sort of person who puts the discs to one side
- and reads as much of the manual as you can understand before trying to
- install the software, you may be interested to learn that informal
- observation of teenage culture dialect words suggest that this behaviour
- is typical of a personality type which they refer to as ‘Meccano Man’.
- We are the latest minority group!
- 7.4
- With a single user pack, you cannot back up the discs until disc 1 has
- been installed. So insert disc 1 and double click on the !Advance
- application. Complete the registration details. This will remove the
- copy protection from disc 1. Depending on how careful you are (how
- Meccano oriented) you may now want to back up Disc 1 and Disc 2.
- 7.4
- Advance is supplied on two 800Kb discs. This is not very convenient. All
- the new Archimedes computers can use discs formatted to hold twice as
- much data − 1.6Mb. So you can store the whole application on one disc.
- Of course, if you have a hard disc you will probably want to copy
- !Advance into a suitable directory on the hard disc.
- 7.4
- First copy the !Advance application from Disc 1 on to a suitable
- directory on your hard disc, or into a floppy disc formatted for 1.6Mb.
- 7.4
- Now look inside your new copy of Advance. You do this by pointing to the
- new copy of Advance, holding down <shift>, and double clicking <select>.
- This opens the Advance directory.
- 7.4
- Now you can copy !AdvanceWP from Disc 2 so that it is in the same
- directory as !AdvanceDB, !AdvanceGR and !AdvanceSH. This creates a
- complete copy of Advance.
- 7.4
- You should now make a backup of this complete copy of Advance onto
- (another) 1.6Mb floppy disc.
- 7.4
- Although it makes installation a bit fiddly, this method of organising
- Advance has some advantages. You do not need to keep all the tool
- applications inside Advance. You can keep the tool applications anywhere
- you want. Provided the computer has ‘seen’ them, they will still be
- loaded and used.
- 7.4
- Some notes on WP
- 7.4
- Save three seconds: to start a new word processing document, you can
- just click <select> on the Advance application. There is no need to go
- through the Create menu.
- 7.4
- Paragraph Border: Look out for the Paragraph Border option on the
- Effects menu. There are three types of border, thick, thin and shadow.
- If you mark any section of text and try to put a border around it, the
- border will automatically go from the carriage return before to the
- carriage return after.
- 7.4
- The paragraph border menu also has thick and thin ‘rules’ which draw
- single lines under the ‘paragraph’.
- 7.4
- Some interesting results occur if you put borders around areas which
- already include sections with borders, or if you change the ruler within
- a section with a border. So far, I have not found a practical use for
- this.
- 7.4
- Send your hints, tips, ideas, questions, frustrations, etc to me, Robert
- Chrismas, either via the Archive office or direct to 8 Virginia Park
- Road, Gosport, Hants, PO12 3DZ. Provided I do not get inundated (fat
- chance judging from the response to the July article) I will try to
- answer questions immediately through the post. However, in the style of
- problem pages everywhere, you will still see your letter in the magazine
- (possibly with a completely different answer). A
- 7.4
- Lingenuity
- 7.4
- New artwork
- 7.4
- Oak Solutions
- 7.4
- From 7.3 page 14
- 7.4
- Music Column
- 7.4
- Stewart Watson
- 7.4
- TG100?
- 7.4
- Two questions from the postbag. What is a TG100? Is it an expander, is
- it a module, is it a tone generator or is it a synthesizer? The answer,
- in each case, is ‘yes’. Most synthesizers are now produced in two forms,
- with and without a keyboard. The keyboardless versions, which include
- the tone-generating part of the original synthesizer, are usually called
- expanders, but are sometimes referred to as synthesizers in module form
- (modules) or tone generators.
- 7.4
- General MIDI
- 7.4
- There is now a wide range of expanders on the market, many of which are
- General MIDI compatible. This means that they will be at least 28 note
- polyphonic and 16 part multi-timbral. They will all have a set of voices
- at least from 1 − 128 that are of the same basic type, i.e. voice 1 will
- be a piano sound, voice 57 will be a trumpet sound etc. The drum sounds
- will be assigned to MIDI channel 10, and the note assignment of the
- different drum sounds will be the same. The difference between different
- General MIDI tone generators is in the sound (and price) of different
- manufacturers’ products. Some manufacturers are particularly strong in
- brass sounds, while others have excellent strings, and it is up to the
- purchaser to decide which model’s sounds (and price) best suit their
- requirements. A General MIDI device is well worth having because of the
- vast range of music available in Standard MIDI file format, which will
- run immediately via General MIDI.
- 7.4
- PSR6700?
- 7.4
- What is a PSR6700? Yamaha, who now almost totally dominate the keyboard
- market, produce a wide range of keyboards with either small keys or
- standard size keys. The third letter of the name indicates the size of
- the keys; S for small, R for regular. The number is simply the model
- number, and the higher the number of the current range, the higher the
- specification. Therefore, a PSR6700 is a Yamaha regular sized keyboard
- with a fairly high specification. Unfortunately, Yamaha also seem to
- have a policy of regularly changing the model numbers of their
- keyboards, without necessarily changing very much else. But it does mean
- that bargains can be found by buying a replaced model which is perhaps
- only cosmetically different.
- 7.4
- Standard MIDI files
- 7.4
- Each month there are more and more adverts in music magazines for
- Standard MIDI file libraries. Not all of these are in Archimedes format
- but that doesn’t mean that the Archimedes cannot access these files. DOS
- and Atari files can be transferred to ADFS very easily. First back up
- the original disc. Load the copy, select all the files and change the
- filetype to &FD4, the Serenade filetype, and these can then be loaded
- and run perfectly. Alternatively, use the EMR Studio24+ file converter
- to convert the MIDI files into Studio 24+ files. Some of these files are
- extremely professionally produced − but not all. I suggest that, if you
- wish to build a library of Standard MIDI files, you sample a few
- libraries before deciding where to spend the bulk of your hard-earned
- money. Pro Music of Dettington Way, Bury St. Edmonds, Suffolk IP33 3BR
- have an extensive catalogue of Standard MIDI Files priced £5.95 per file
- (minimum order 4 files).
- 7.4
- Sound Advice
- 7.4
- Sound Advice file converter has been upgraded to import and export
- Standard MIDI Files. Files can be exported in either Format 0 or Format
- 1. This gives Sound Advice users access to the vast Standard MIDI file
- libraries.
- 7.4
- Music Scorewriting
- 7.4
- There are major advances in music writing packages for the Archimedes at
- the moment. Rhapsody 3 from Clares (see separate review) is now
- available and ScoreDraw 3 will be available around Christmas. Sibelius
- Software who produced the very professional, and very expensive Sibelius
- 7, should have Sibelius 6 on sale by the time you read this. Sibelius 6
- is a cut down version of Sibelius 7 and will cost £160 including VAT.
- EMR claim to have Desktop Scorewriter available, but I’ve still not seen
- it. A
- 7.4
- Rhapsody 3
- 7.4
- Stewart Watson
- 7.4
- Rhapsody 3 is the latest music package from Clares. It is obviously an
- upgrade of Rhapsody 2 but there are so many new and improved features
- that it perhaps should really be thought of as a new and separate
- program. In fact, Rhapsody 2 will continue to be available in the
- immediate future. Rhapsody 3 requires a minimum of 2Mb of RAM to run, as
- it requires over 800Kb itself. If you intend to multi-task Rhapsody 3
- and Serenade, for instance, 4Mb is essential.
- 7.4
- User-friendliness
- 7.4
- Despite the vast number of features available, Rhapsody 3 is extremely
- user-friendly, and a novice to scoring should have no problem at all in
- getting to grips with the basics of the program. Extensive help is
- available via Acorn’s help application, and the numerous keyboard short-
- cuts are very useful. The more familiar you become with the short-cuts,
- the faster you will be able to input complicated scores. I tried the
- program out on a couple of pupils who were not particularly au-fait with
- music technology and they took to it like ducks to water, without access
- to the manual, and with only a minimum of help from me.
- 7.4
- The package
- 7.4
- The package includes 4 discs and a very thorough 110 page manual.
- Unfortunately, there is no keystrip or separate quick key guide. There
- are so many quick keys that I think a separate quick key guide is almost
- essential, if you do not wish to have the manual by your side when
- working on more complicated scores. I’ve included a text file for
- printing your own quick key guide on the Archive monthly disc. The
- program has Clares usual installation procedure which is a sensible
- protection system protecting the supplier without inconveniencing the
- user.
- 7.4
- Discs
- 7.4
- Of the four discs supplied with the package, the first contains the main
- Rhapsody 3 application, together with !Scrap, !SysMerge, !System and a
- ReadMe file containing the most up-to-date information on the program.
- There is also a Utilities directory containing two applications
- !3Dwindows and !DragaSpri, which are not referred to in the manual.
- There are three resources discs. Disc one contains the !Config, !Perform
- and !VoiceApp applications, together with the Pembroke music font,
- Tonecharts for a wide variety of keyboards and a Demo which will run for
- over three hours. Resources disc two contains the !Voices application
- which includes a large number of voices which will be very useful if
- using the internal voices rather than the MIDI facilities. Resource disc
- three contains a large collection of music files.
- 7.4
- The manual
- 7.4
- The manual is well laid out with plenty of illustrations but,
- surprisingly, the quality of the screen dumps is not consistent with the
- high quality of the rest of the package.
- 7.4
- New features
- 7.4
- There are a huge number of new features including guitar chords, a quick
- edit panel, full dragging of notes and other symbols, hairpins and
- phrasing, different note styles, automatic bar checking, user
- preferences, different individual stave sizes and styles, auto save
- option, a whole range of new symbols, etc, etc.
- 7.4
- Start up
- 7.4
- When the program is loaded and run, you are presented with two windows,
- a single stave with a treble clef and the main editing panel. Users can
- customise the start up configuration to their individual preferences.
- This allows the development of individual house styles.
- 7.4
- Getting started
- 7.4
- There are a variety of ways of entering notes and symbols, the most
- immediate being to simply drag them from the main panel into the score
- window. The note length at the cursor can be altered by pressing one of
- the function keys, and accidentals can be added from the control panel
- or by using <ctrl> and a function key.
- 7.4
- Staves
- 7.4
- To insert a new stave, you bring up the Add item in the stave submenu.
- This window allows you amongst other things, to name the stave and
- assign it to a MIDI channel and a programme change. A maximum of 24
- staves are allowed per score and the information for each can be
- displayed down the left side of the screen. Staves can be in one of four
- formats, normal, small, percussion, sol-fa or blank. The blank scores
- are particularly useful when entering lyrics or guitar chords.
- 7.4
- Notes
- 7.4
- Every note fits into a slot, which varies in width according to the
- length of the current note and other information that is present. Slots
- can be globally widened or narrowed to the user’s preferences, and
- individual slot widths can also be altered.
- 7.4
- The main panel
- 7.4
- The main panel is where most of Rhapsody’s features are controlled. It
- is divided into three sections, Action, Selection and Submenus. The
- action icons control the movement of the cursor and insertion and
- deletion of notes, etc. The selection icons duplicate the symbols
- available from the function keys, and when one is selected from the main
- panel, a submenu choice appears at the bottom of the main panel.
- 7.4
- Block functions
- 7.4
- Blocks of notes can be cut, copied and pasted, as in a word processor
- but, additionally, blocks of notes can be shifted, transposed or have
- attributes like accents added. This is a much more powerful function
- than in Rhapsody 2.
- 7.4
- Capture
- 7.4
- Scores can be played in from a MIDI keyboard in real time, step time or,
- interestingly, semi-real time. Once the notes have been recorded, they
- are transcribed with a variety of interesting options. Quantize is
- available as fixed length or variable length, which is extremely useful
- if there is a wide range of note values in the piece being played. It
- can interpret or ignore triplets and the keyboard can be split at any
- point and any notes below that point will be input to a stave below the
- current one, so that piano music can be input in real time.
- 7.4
- Guitar chords
- 7.4
- In a review, it is only possible to touch on some of the features
- available and there are so many wonderful features that it is hard to
- decide what to include and what to miss omit. Having said that, the
- guitar chord function is really excellent. Up to 48 chords can be
- defined, named and stored. The program comes with 36 chords already
- defined which saves a lot of initial effort. The chords are best placed
- on a separate blank stave because, by default, they are input to the
- centre of the stave.
- 7.4
- Printing
- 7.4
- At the end of the day, any scoring package is going to be judged on the
- printout, which was Rhapsody 2‘s weakness. Rhapsody 3 is a considerable
- improvement in this respect, and the format options are extensive and
- first-class. Files cannot presently by exported to ScoreDraw, but a new
- version of ScoreDraw to take Rhapsody 3 files should be available soon.
- However, the print quality from Rhapsody 3 is perfectly acceptable for
- everyday use.
- 7.4
- Wish list
- 7.4
- Although when recording in real time, it is possible to leave a blank
- bar and then delete the extra barline, I find that inelegant and would
- prefer a count-in bar. Inputting text is a bit unwieldy, although using
- a blank stave does make this much more comfortable than previously. An
- easier way to input text would be advantageous. The list of Italian,
- German and English terms could have been made user-editable. There are
- one or two little idiosyncrasies, for instance, there are two inverted
- mordants but no mordant symbol, and the range of dynamics doesn’t
- include Sforzando. Having the facility to input guitar chords is a real
- boon, but it would have been delightful if the facility to output a part
- in guitar tablature were available. These are obviously very minor
- quibbles, for such an excellent program.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- Sequencing and scorewriting are fundamentally different activities in
- that, when you use a sequencer, you are primarily concerned with how
- your music sounds, but when you score a piece of music, you are
- principally interested in how the music looks. I think Rhapsody 3
- compromises its principal aim slightly to provide some extra sequencing
- functions. Having said that, it is an extremely effective program,
- wonderfully easy to use, and would fulfil all but the most demanding of
- anyone’s scorewriting needs.
- 7.4
- Price and availability
- 7.4
- Rhapsody 3 is available from Clares Micros price £99.95 inclusive or £92
- through Archive. An upgrade from Rhapsody or Rhapsody 2 is available
- from Clares until the 31st December price £48.00. A site licence costs
- £352.50 from Clares and an existing site licence upgrade costs £146.87.
- A
- 7.4
- CC
- 7.4
- From 7.3 page 8
- 7.4
- Comment Column
- 7.4
- • Acorn World 93 − Your description of Acorn World 93 is mild indeed. I
- thought it was pretty disappointing: no new hardware to speak of (apart
- from the 105Mb removables, of course), nothing new on sale at CC,
- NewLook which slows the machine down unacceptably, Oak going out of
- hardware and Rob McMillan out of a job. (Someone tells me he is now
- working for Acorn! Ed.)
- 7.4
- One thing on the credit side for music buffs was Sibelius, the music
- writer’s equivalent of Impression, which really looks very impressive.
- 7.4
- On the subject of removables, there is apparently a 270Mb, 3½“ drive in
- the offing. It is only in IDE format and there is no sign of a SCSI
- version. Mike Hobart, Cambridge.
- 7.4
- We too heard the rumours about the 270Mb removables. We have been told
- told “hopefully sometime in 1st quarter 1994” for the IDE version and
- “March at the earliest” for the SCSI version. There is no word on
- pricing yet. Also, I must confess to a sense of un-ease at the thought
- of trusting 270Mb of data to a 3½“ removable disc! Ed.
- 7.4
- • Auto-kerning fonts in Impression − At the time the ‘New Outline Fonts’
- article was written (Archive 7.3 p34), Impression Style was expected to
- have been released by the publication date, so the comment that current
- versions of Impression support these fonts would have been true. In
- fact, it was true, but only if you live in Germany! The Germans have
- Impression 2.5 which contains several features not in 2.19, including
- support for auto-kerning fonts. However, this release is not generally
- available in this country, and is being superseded by Impression
- Publisher (and, in some ways, by Style). Richard Hallas, Huddersfield.
- 7.4
- • Colour Card with Taxan 770 Plus − Much has been made of graphics cards
- recently but potential purchasers should be aware of the impossibility
- of getting a quart out of a pint pot (see Colin Singleton’s comments
- Archive 7.3 p27). My ‘pint pot’ is a Taxan 770+ and having bought a CC
- Colour Card recently, I have discovered that the monitor will not
- support many of the new modes theoretically offered by the card. In
- particular, it will not synchronise with any of the 1024×768 modes, the
- 960×720 modes or the synthetic SVGA 800×600 modes. Obviously, the
- 1280×1024, 1440×1080 and 1152×848 modes are also not available, although
- 1600×600 does work. This mode is very dim on the screen and requires
- resizing via the monitor controls. I have wound up using mode 110 most
- often, with the CC 640×512 mode 98 being very clear and having an almost
- liquid clarity, but with correspondingly big text and icons.
- 7.4
- I was after a larger effective desktop size and have achieved this, but
- I wouldn’t say I’m totally happy. Mode 110 is a trifle too small/unclear
- and I wish I could use the 16 colour 960×720 mode. So be warned that the
- pursuit of a better display may well take you on the path towards a 17“
- monitor. Prices for these are dropping, however, as they become
- increasingly the norm for PC Windows users. Richard Fallas, Grendon
- Underwood, Bucks.
- 7.4
- • Flopticals for ADFS, part three − Since I told you (in Archive 6.11)
- about the intention of the Berlin-based firm, Tools, to develop the
- software for an ADFS floptical drive, things have taken a turn for the
- worse.
- 7.4
- Tools have just told me that, after several months filled with fruitless
- attempts to obtain up-to-date developers’ information from Insite
- Peripherals, they have dropped the project completely. Jochen
- Konietzko, Köln, Germany.
- 7.4
- • Kerned text within Drawfiles in Impression − When incorporating
- drawfiles which contain kerned text into Impression, the text reverts to
- being unkerned. The only solution at present is to convert the text into
- paths before saving the file into Impression: the letters then remain in
- their kerned positions. Nick Edgar, Doncaster.
- 7.4
- At the time of writing, this does still apply to the pre-release of
- Impression Style, although Computer Concepts are aware of the situation.
- 7.4
- Richard Hallas, Huddersfield.
- 7.4
- • Keystroke Update − Quantum Software’s Keystroke utility has attracted
- some very complimentary and well-deserved remarks in recent issues of
- Archive and elsewhere. I don’t know of any other program which enhances
- the Archimedes’ productivity so well and the after-sales service is
- quite the best I’ve come across.
- 7.4
- Version 2.30 was released in mid-November and represents a significant
- update with a fully-revised manual. V2.31 (25-Nov-93) clears a minor bug
- in the Executor playback module for the key definitions.
- 7.4
- There are two main areas of change in V2.30. Firstly, in previous
- versions, the Insert Text option was basically limited to letters,
- numbers, other characters and control codes in the ASCII range 32-255.
- The update allows virtually all the remaining control keys to be used
- (escape, tab, page up, Print, and so on), by entering them between
- backslash (\) characters as part of the text string. In the case of Ctrl
- and/or Shift, only the letters C-, S- or CS- need be entered as the
- ‘text’ equivalent.
- 7.4
- To give an example, if you wanted to change the page indents manually in
- Ovation, you would first call up the Tabs/Indents dialogue box by
- pressing the Shift, Ctrl and Tab keys together (<shift-ctrl-tab>),
- before amending the dialogue box numbers. Keystroke’s Insert Text
- equivalent is entered simply as ‘\CS-TAB\’. Very straightforward but
- very powerful.
- 7.4
- The other new facility is the ‘EVAL’ function, used in conjunction with
- dialogue boxes. This function evaluates any numerical element of the
- text present in a box, applies a desired, preset arithmetic change and
- inserts the new value into the box. The arithmetic operations can be
- add, subtract, multiply or divide.
- 7.4
- Confused? Let’s look at an example following on from the one above. Let
- us say you wish to apply an indent of 10mm at the right-hand side of an
- Ovation document. To do that manually, you would need to press <shift-
- ctrl-tab> to open the Tabs/Indents dialogue box, click on the Right
- Indent radio button, note the existing value (which will depend on the
- page width), mentally subtract 10mm, clear the existing value (<ctrl-
- U>), type in the new value, press <return> and click on OK; a total of
- some 15 keypresses. Keystroke will do all this for you with a simple
- two-key combination.
- 7.4
- The benefit of using ‘EVAL’ and ‘−10’ in the text string is that, rather
- than entering an absolute value, Keystroke will enter a value of −10mm
- relative to the existing value, giving a 10mm indent regardless of the
- document page width.
- 7.4
- The sheer power and value of Keystroke can best be illustrated by taking
- the example still further. In the technical reports I publish, I like to
- clarify presentation by liberal use of sub-paragraphs, with left and
- right indents, plus hanging indent ‘bullets’ from the Dingbats font.
- Without wishing to denigrate Ovation, to do that manually would require
- around 45 separate keypresses. Keystroke has changed all that; simply by
- pressing a two-key combination, an indented sub-paragraph with bullet is
- displayed in moments. That’s what I call an aid to productivity. Ovation
- = super; Ovation + Keystroke = SUPERB.
- 7.4
- One slight limitation, explained in the manual, is that the codes
- produced when pressing the desired key combination have also to be
- passed to, and may interact with, the application in use. For instance,
- if you set up <alt-A> in Keystroke to perform a Select All function in a
- word-processor, that will work. However, <alt-A> will also generate an
- international character (‘æ’) which will appear in the word-processor at
- the text caret position. The manual suggests that, where this happens,
- the superfluous character can be suppressed by adding a ‘delete’
- character via an Insert Text command (‘\DEL\’). But there are other key
- combinations which produce control codes whose effects can be relatively
- painful, e.g. <ctrl-U> will delete text in a dialogue box!
- 7.4
- Having been caught out unexpectedly by this a couple times, I decided
- that I would work my way through all the key combinations to determine
- their effects − then Keystroke V2.31 arrived. This includes an Edit file
- called Spare Keys (in the example Keystrokes directory), listing all the
- key combinations which do not produce a character under RISC OS 3.11.
- Sticking to combinations in this list should ensure you will not be
- similarly embarrassed. Jim Nottingham, York.
- 7.4
- • Pocket Book comments − I purchased a Pocket Book at Acorn World 93 and
- I am delighted with it. Here are my observations so far:
- 7.4
- Typing is surprisingly easy for such a small keyboard provided that you
- press each key in a positive manner.
- 7.4
- Moan #1: I wish the Caps Lock had an indicator light.
- 7.4
- The spelling checker is excellent, the ‘bring’ facility is useful and
- the editing options are exceptional for such a small machine.
- 7.4
- Moan #2: It is a pity there is no alphabetic sort on Cards but the
- search option is very good.
- 7.4
- The calculator is superb. I personally have little use for the
- spreadsheet and have only just started to use Schedule.
- 7.4
- I find it difficult to understand why Acorn are advertising the Pocket
- Book as an educational tool and are not mentioning business and personal
- use. They seem to be missing a large sector of the potential market.
- 7.4
- Is there any possibility of having a Pocket Book Column in Archive?
- Roger Jackman, Farnham.
- 7.4
- Yes, we can have a Pocket Book Column if someone will offer to edit it
- and if there is enough input from people. If you have hints & tips,
- ideas, questions, etc, send them in to the Archive office and if someone
- would like to offer to edit the column, let me know. Ed.
- 7.4
- • Risc User Kerner and EFF DrawKern − The Risc User magazine disc for
- Volume 7 issue 1 (£4.75 to members) and the Fonts Discs 2 and 3 (£11.95,
- including other font utilities and 10 outline font families) all contain
- a small program caller Kerner, which appears to duplicate the functions
- of EFF’s DrawKern and which works in a similar way. Nick Edgar,
- Doncaster.
- 7.4
- Also, George Buchanan has written a Charityware application which allows
- you to convert a drawfile into one with kerned text, similar to EFF’s
- DrawKern. If you would like a copy, please send a blank formatted disc
- (DD, not HD) with an SAE to George at 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth, CV8
- 2FY. The whole £1 will go to charity. A
- 7.4
- Help!!!!
- 7.4
- • Downloading to a portable PC − Has anyone got Interlink, Laplink or
- other PC file transfer software working between an Archimedes (with or
- without the PC Emulator) and a portable or desktop PC? Or how else have
- you transferred files, including PC binary files, other than using
- discs? (My portable has no floppy drive.) Details of successes and
- failures to Stuart Bell, 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, RH12 2AW.
- 7.4
- • LinTrack to DrawPlus/Vector − Jonathan Marten is writing a conversion
- program for LinTrack to DrawPlus. This will make LinTrack a sensible
- choice for general use with output via RISC OS printer drivers. Please
- contact me if you are interested as the program could be released
- commercially if demand were sufficient. Richard Torrens, 30 Reach Road,
- Burwell, Cambridge, CB5 0AH.
- 7.4
- • Printing the system font − I am having problems printing out the
- system font and pictures from Draw using Computer Concepts’ Turbo
- Drivers. After resizing numbers in the system font, they disappear when
- printed out but they are there on screen! Resized pictures also lose
- part of their colouring.
- 7.4
- Does anybody know why I am getting this problem as Computer Concepts
- have not replied to my plea for help, but I presume they are busy with
- Style, etc.
- 7.4
- My computer is an A3000 upgraded to RISC OS3 with 4Mb of memory printing
- to Canon BJ330. Brian Cocksedge, “Ferndell”, Kings Drive, Midhurst, W
- Sussex, GU29 0BJ.
- 7.4
- • Rhapsody swaps − Would anyone be interested in contacting other
- Rhapsody users? If you would like to share tunes entered and/or
- alternative instruments, please contact Mr E Crennell, 67 Queens Road,
- Formby, Merseyside, L37 2HG.
- 7.4
- • Spurious line feeds − I have an A5000, with RISC OS 3.1, and v1.8 of
- the PC Emulator. I have a JP150, but I sometimes want to print to an
- FX80. Despite changing all the program configurations from DeskJet to
- Epson FX, printing of both text and graphics includes spurious line
- feeds. This results in the text being double-spaced, while graphics can
- have several spurious line feeds in (what should be) each line. The CR/
- LF switch in the FX80 is switched off. Can anybody help? John Woodgate,
- 3 Bramfield Road East, Rayleigh, Essex SS6 8RG. A
- 7.4
- Help Offered
- 7.4
- • Kerned text in Draw − In response to Richard Hallas’ comment last
- month (Archive 7.3 p68) on the problem of getting kerned text into Draw,
- Chris Johnson has sent us an application called !Text>Draw to solve the
- problem. We have put it on the monthly program disc. (£2 through
- Archive) Chris writes...
- 7.4
- You may recall that a few months back Brian Cowan requested a facility
- to import text into Draw. I responded with an application (!Text>Draw)
- which was put onto the 6.12 monthly disc. The latest version of this
- application not only displays correctly kerned text but also allows the
- text to be loaded into Draw. It allows the use of up to six font styles
- and does multi-level super- and sub-scripts. A WYSIWYG display is shown
- as the text is entered and the result can be saved as a drawfile. Note
- that this program will only function correctly on RISC OS 3. The
- application contains extensive on-line help. Chris Johnson,
- Edinburgh. A
- 7.4
- Phaethon
- 7.4
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.4
- Every once in a while, there appears a game that is really addictive,
- immensely playable, and even rather fun! Sometimes it will have good
- graphics and sound, or maybe hundreds of levels to increase the
- lifespan. Phaethon is one such game.
- 7.4
- Addictive
- 7.4
- Ever since I first loaded this new product from System Interrupt, I have
- been hooked on it. The gameplay is so simple, but each time you make one
- bad move, you simply have to have another go!
- 7.4
- Initially, Phaethon bears a strong resemblance to Fervour from Clares.
- However, as soon as you begin to play, you realise that this product is
- of a much higher class.
- 7.4
- The plot
- 7.4
- Phaethon’s plot is rather dire, but don’t let that detract from the
- game. Apparently, Phaethon is the name given to the most exhilarating,
- frustrating, elating and even more frustrating form of relaxation in the
- galaxy. It is also the ultimate challenge, the definitive confrontation
- and the supreme contest... well that’s what it says here.
- 7.4
- Why can’t it just be put simply − Phaethon is Sinusoidal Tendencies’
- name for a game in which you race your sphere around long, winding and
- fiendishly designed courses? It is, perhaps by chance, also the most
- addictive game released this year.
- 7.4
- Loading
- 7.4
- Phaethon comes on two discs − a game disc and a zones disc. The discs
- are unprotected, so the game can easily be installed on, and run from, a
- hard disc. The way the zones appear in a special zones directory, and
- the presence of a built-in level designer, indicate that we may well see
- more zones discs appearing if the game proves to be popular.
- 7.4
- Double clicking the !Phaethon icon leads to an attractive credits screen
- with a multi-directional scrolling starfield effect. The game is
- announced as ‘a Sinusoidal Tendencies game for System Interrupt’ −
- sounds like the credits for a movie!
- 7.4
- Once the game has loaded, you can select which of the supplied zone sets
- you wish to play. Currently these are: learning, scenic, normal, mazes
- and puzzles. You can create new zone sets with the editor if you so
- wish.
- 7.4
- The options
- 7.4
- Having set which zone you wish to play (it can be changed later if
- required) you can change the controls, control method (mouse, keyboard
- or Acorn compatible joystick) and sound, enter a password for a level in
- the current zone, edit a level or start the game.
- 7.4
- You will probably be choosing the last option, and clicking on this
- button starts one of the many pieces of music and you enter the shop.
- The Phaethon music is one of life’s little mysteries − how on earth did
- Sinusoidal Tendencies fit it all on one zones disc, as well as the level
- data?
- 7.4
- The shop
- 7.4
- When you arrive at the shop, you are given a choice of three options.
- You can buy a pre-defined setup for your sphere, design a setup which
- will be saved so that you can access it in the future, or just design a
- one-off setup.
- 7.4
- You have an allotted amount of cash, shown at the bottom of the screen
- on the status bar. From this you buy what you require. When designing a
- setup, you can choose from four different engines, four different break
- sets, two sets of lateral thrusters, two different vertical jets, as
- well as many others, including new paint jobs or stereo systems! Engines
- may be tweaked for optimum performance.
- 7.4
- Once you are ready to go, you simply click on ‘Quit Shop’.
- 7.4
- The game itself
- 7.4
- Each level consists of a long tiled track with curves, hills, slopes and
- dips. The width of the track varies and sometimes there are even gaps in
- the track which must be jumped over.
- 7.4
- However, these are just the mundane things. There may be magnets which
- attract your sphere, disintegrating, textured floor, glue on the track,
- or ice, sand or slime. There may be reverse control tiles, cash tiles,
- score tiles, death tiles or teleporter tiles. Some levels include gates,
- doors and locks which must be opened by driving over, and collecting,
- certain tiles. There are even gun emplacements and aliens which kill you
- on impact on some levels! The list simply goes on and on. Phaethon has
- so many features!
- 7.4
- Then there are between eight and ten different pieces of music per zone,
- totalling over forty pieces of in-game music. Wow!
- 7.4
- Graphics
- 7.4
- The quality of the graphics also deserves praise. Although not quite the
- best I’ve seen, they are certainly good and enhance the gameplay.
- Particularly worthy of note are the many different background planets
- and nebulae and, err... potatoes?
- 7.4
- Quitting the game
- 7.4
- This should be mentioned in passing. When you click on the ‘return to
- Desktop’ icon from the main menu, you find yourself back in the desktop
- with a Phaethon icon on the iconbar, allowing you to re-enter the game
- just by clicking on the icon.
- 7.4
- Conclusions
- 7.4
- What can I say? My only criticism of this game is that it is slightly
- difficult to get the inner carton containing the discs out of the box!
- 7.4
- If you buy one game this Christmas, make a wise choice and buy Phaethon.
- It certainly beats all the Amiga conversions we’re so inundated with
- (not that I’ve anything against conversions). Just one last thought,
- don’t play it last thing at night, otherwise you’ll wonder where the
- night went!
- 7.4
- Phaethon costs £25.95 from System Interrupt or £24 through Archive.
- (Now, leave me alone and let me get back to level 17!) A
- 7.4
- I’m sure you’re dying to know why the name Phaethon was chosen as the
- name of this exciting new game... well, apparently, (definition A) it is
- a small asteroid that has an orbit approaching close to the sun that
- releases fragments of dust that enter the earth’s atmosphere as meteors.
- Actually, it should be Phaëthon (definition B) the son of Zeus, the sun
- god, who borrowed his dad’s chariot and nearly set the earth on fire by
- getting too close − but dad saved us by striking him down with a
- thunderbolt. Phew! No, no, it should have been phaeton, without the
- extra ‘h’ (definition C) which is a light four-wheeled horse-drawn
- carriage with or without a top, usually having two seats!
- 7.4
- There’s a free Archive mug for each of the first ten subscribers to tell
- me which of the above is or are true definitions − call my bluff?!
- Ed. A
- 7.4
- Electronic CAD
- 7.4
- Richard Torrens
- 7.4
- Welcome to this, the first of a series on Electronic CAD. But before you
- turn over to the next article, please give me a chance: although you may
- not wish to design electronic circuits, much that I have to say (at
- least in this first article) will be quite general and applies to any
- choice of software. Also, some of the software I use and will write
- about is general purpose, like Draw or PipeDream.
- 7.4
- I have been using an Archimedes for CAD for many a year and I now want
- to upgrade my software. But which route do I go? Are there standard,
- general Archimedes programs I can use or do I have to go for a dedicated
- package? Do I have to change my methods to suit the dictates of the
- package I choose or is there a dedicated package which will do what I
- want? Will any available Acorn package be good enough or do I have to
- desert Acorn and go to DOS?
- 7.4
- Come to that − exactly what do I want? So I started writing to clarify
- my own requirements and found that I had a lot to say. At that point it
- started to develop into a series of articles which Paul agreed to
- publish.
- 7.4
- I am using an Archimedes to run an electronics company. Software that I
- use includes DrawPlus, PipeDream, ArcFax, Prophet as well as specialised
- CAD so the column may well become ‘The Archimedes Used To Run An
- Electronics Business’. Its direction will depend on the feedback and
- interest that I get from you.
- 7.4
- Introduction − the author
- 7.4
- I have been ‘doing’ electronics for about 28 years now. I started work
- with Clive Sinclair when he was selling audio kits. Since then, I have
- been working in electronics, running service departments, writing
- instruction manuals and answering technical enquiries. I have done quite
- a lot of design work and, at one stage, I wrote a regular article for a
- DIY magazine. Now I run my own company making controllers for battery
- motors such as golf buggies, miniature locomotives, etc.
- 7.4
- I am not a computer engineer but a general purpose electronics engineer
- with a background of technical writing and communication. This
- background gives me a different viewpoint on computing from the average
- computer engineer or software writer.
- 7.4
- My first computer was an Acorn Atom and then followed a BBC B+, a BBC
- Master and an Archimedes. I first started using the BBC for word
- processing, then we got PCB (printed circuit board) design software to
- run on the B+ so I have thus been using CAD software for many years.
- 7.4
- Although I enjoy computing, my main interest is in the use of the
- Archimedes to help me run my business. I use an Archimedes to do
- everything, from office work through to writing, publishing technical
- manuals, sending out mail shots, answering letters, sending and
- receiving faxes. At the other end of the business, I do the design work
- all the way from designing and drawing the circuits and preparing the
- PCB artwork through to parts listing, stock control, purchasing and
- invoicing. We are a decentralised company using homeworkers and, as we
- expand, we shall use teleworking techniques as far as possible. A lot of
- what we do in the company would not be possible without computer
- technology.
- 7.4
- What is ‘good’ computer software?
- 7.4
- The answer to this question will depend on your viewpoint. A
- programmer’s answer could well be to say that the best software is that
- which sells best. After all, the programmer is there to make a living
- for himself and, by definition, a program which does not sell well is no
- good.
- 7.4
- A user’s answer might be: good software does the job I want to do and
- only the job I want to do. It has no unnecessary features and facilities
- that I do not require and which only make it confusing to use. If it is
- a sophisticated package, it must have an easy entry point so I can start
- to use it at a simple level, learning about the sophistications as I go.
- As I learn about it, I expect to enjoy using it. Any program which I
- have to fight with is a non-starter. The more I use the program, the
- more friendly it should become. Some programs do not do this. They have
- ‘sharp edges’ and ‘rough patches’ (or should I say ‘bugs’ and
- ‘features’) which make them nasty to pick up and re-use after a few
- weeks of non-use.
- 7.4
- We have here a dilemma: many of the jobs which people want to do can be
- quite simple. If you write a simple program to do these simple jobs,
- then where is the profit for the programmer? If the job is being done
- well by a simple program, who will need to upgrade?
- 7.4
- It is a truism that a simple, well designed, single purpose piece of
- computer software should be able to do the job for which is was designed
- far better and faster than a general purpose package. The dedicated
- software (if properly written) will always be much easier for the
- unskilled user and it will also have a short learning curve. However,
- computer programmers are there to sell software. A package with more
- bells and whistles will look more attractive to a new purchaser and will
- do more jobs and it should therefore sell better − so this is what tends
- to get written.
- 7.4
- The problem with any powerful software is the learning curve involved:
- the more versatile the program, the steeper the learning curve. But
- then, the steeper the learning curve, the harder it is to change to a
- new package. One therefore tends to learn and get used to a particular
- way of doing something, dictated by the software you are learning. After
- this, any new software feels wrong simply because it is different. It is
- very difficult to set aside learned ‘bad’ habits and judge the new
- software fairly. Users tend therefore to stick to one package and
- advocate this.
- 7.4
- A comparison between packages is very difficult to make. Have you ever
- seen an in-depth comparative review of even two desktop publishing
- packages? (Er, yes, in Archive − but we take your point! Ed.) How much
- more difficult it is to adequately compare three or four PCB design
- packages.
- 7.4
- I once tried to learn SuperCalc 4 but I couldn’t get into it. Then I
- changed job and was given an old computer as a stop-gap. This had an
- earlier version of SuperCalc with far fewer bells and whistles. I learnt
- this quite quickly. Having learnt that, SuperCalc4 was far easier. I was
- soon using SuperCalc 4 quite simply. In fact, I started using SuperCalc4
- at home on the Master512 in preference to PipeDream on the BBC. However,
- when I eventually got an Archimedes for home use, with PipeDream 3, I
- swapped over from SuperCalc back to PD3 − it felt like coming home again
- − far easier than SuperCalc.
- 7.4
- It is also true that very few users know exactly the job they want done.
- In any case, the job may well change. Certainly the average user buys a
- package for one not-too-well-understood purpose, then finds other uses
- for the package as his learning progresses.
- 7.4
- Manuals
- 7.4
- Perhaps the point about software and learning curves here is that a new
- user almost always has ‘technophobia’ about a new, sophisticated
- package. The more powerful and professional-looking the package (and
- these may be the reasons why it was purchased) the more frightening it
- will be. I know that when I read a review of a particular package, I am
- not interested, initially, in how well it performs. The first thing I
- want to know is what it does.
- 7.4
- When I purchase a new package, I am trying to learn what it does, why it
- does it and how to do it. All manuals should start by assuming that the
- user does not know why the program was written. Instead of telling us
- how to use the package, the manual should start by explaining how the
- package arose, what problems it is there to solve, why the author wrote
- it and even what experience the author has. By the time we have read
- this long, chatty, non-technical introduction, we have begun to
- understand what the program is all about, how the authors perceive the
- problems and how they have tried to solve them and we are beginning to
- lose our phobia of the new product. When we actually start to use the
- software, we are already a little familiar with its aims and what it can
- do.
- 7.4
- I write instruction manuals for our own products. I know that these are
- often not read − so what’s new? If I write a manual which is unreadable,
- then that is my fault. If, on the other hand, I write a good, bed-time-
- readable instruction manual and it does not get read then that is not my
- fault.
- 7.4
- You will, by now, realise that this is exactly the style that I have
- tried to use to start off this column.
- 7.4
- Electronic CAD − background
- 7.4
- Electronic circuitry is normally designed initially on paper (or the
- computer equivalent). The designer will have a problem and will think of
- a circuit to solve the problem. He will use a circuit diagram as a
- thinking tool to imagine how the various bits will interact. Sometimes
- his idea won’t be what he thought it was when it actually becomes a
- circuit diagram. Sometimes he will need to build the circuit to try it
- out. Nowadays there are computer software packages which will calculate
- the response of a circuit. These actually simulate the effect of putting
- the circuit together and show how it should work.
- 7.4
- When I design a product, I can usually build up the final circuit out of
- ‘circuit blocks’ − small sub-circuits which each do a particular job. If
- all the blocks are ones I have used before and know to work, I can
- simply draw them on paper (via the computer) and then make a circuit
- board. If one or more of the blocks are new, I may have to test out the
- block on its own to see if I am on the right track.
- 7.4
- I put the designs down on paper as a circuit diagram partly for the
- record and partly to fix in my own mind what I am doing and partly as a
- thinking tool to help me visualise the result. An experienced designer
- thinks in circuit diagrams as a navigator might think in charts and
- maps. However, the circuit diagram is not the final product so I then
- have to make a printed circuit board to house the components.
- 7.4
- At this stage, I have to think of the shape of my finished product −
- What box am I going to use? What connectors will I use? What is the
- actual shape of the components I intend to use? Sometimes, at this
- stage, I need to modify my original circuit, if I find that it won’t
- easily fit the components that I have to use. Sometimes I have to look
- for new components to fit the circuit. In commercial product design, the
- shape of the printed circuit board is usually modified by the way I have
- to house it and the shapes of some of the components I have to use.
- 7.4
- This is an area where some PCB design packages fall down badly. They are
- intended only for fitting components (integrated circuits, resistors,
- capacitors, etc) together onto a board and getting this to work. They
- sometimes don’t think of the need to fit that board itself into some
- mechanical housing.
- 7.4
- Having made the circuit board, I need to make a prototype partly to
- check whether my original circuit was right. This is partly to check
- whether I have laid the components out without error, partly to check
- whether everything fits mechanically but also to check that there are no
- unexpected interactions between components. How well this all happens is
- down to my skill and experience.
- 7.4
- The use of a computer hasn’t had much effect on this type of design.
- Most of the skill is in the designer’s ability to solve new problems in
- a new way and this doesn’t change much whether the designer uses paper
- or a computer. Where the computer does help me is that it enables me to
- produce a prototype circuit board myself, in-house, without having to
- send artwork away for processing.
- 7.4
- Early days
- 7.4
- On the BBC, I started off using LinTrack for PCB design. Lintrack was
- widely acclaimed as being one of the best packages then available.
- Although we bought Pineapple Software’s PCB design package, this never
- got used because LinTrack did all I required of it and the learning
- curve was too steep on the new package. Also, we had a pen plotter and
- LinTrack was designed to output to this. However, we were using
- Pineapple’s Diagram software for circuit diagrams. This was a very good
- package and was the reason why we bought their PCB designer to try.
- 7.4
- Eventually, the BBC began to get too long in the tooth so we bought a
- DOS card for the BBC Master and I started looking at DOS packages to do
- the job. We got demo versions of ProCAD, Orcad, Isis and others. I
- joined the PD Software Library and we purchased Shareware and PD
- programs. I was not impressed. We were doing nearly as well with
- existing BBC software and it was going to cost a lot for little benefit.
- 7.4
- LinTrack and Diagram on the Archimedes
- 7.4
- Then the Archimedes came out and Linear Graphics released an upgraded
- LinTrack for the Archimedes. We went via that route. Pineapple also
- released a modified package that allowed Diagram to run on the
- Archimedes.
- 7.4
- My job at the time involved using a sort of ‘Lego’ system of modular
- printed circuit boards that we could quite quickly assemble to any
- required configuration. New applications sometimes arose for which we
- either designed a new board, or a new way of interconnecting existing
- modules or we modified an existing board.
- 7.4
- This involved a lot of PCB design work, small quantity runs and even
- one-off specials. It also involved a lot of documentation and circuit
- drawing. LinTrack was pretty good: we could knock out a new board
- easily, pen-plot it onto polyester film, do a contact exposure onto
- photo-sensitive board and etch a board.
- 7.4
- Our problem was not in the modules but in drawing the diagrams of how
- the boards all interconnected. This ended up as a large diagram which
- took many screens of Diagram, and had long straight wires right across
- the drawing. Diagram is poor at this sort of work as it has no variable
- zoom and, whilst panning across several screens is quite easy, you need
- a very good idea of where the wire is going to before you can draw it.
- This made tidy layout a tedious process involving a lot of trial and
- error, draw and redraw. I wanted a better package.
- 7.4
- Enter (and exit!) Autosketch
- 7.4
- So we bought Autosketch. The least said about that the better. Although
- you could pan out and back, the redraw time was so long that the package
- was unuseable. It also had several very unfriendly features. Diagram was
- quicker to use and a lot more friendly, so Autosketch got binned.
- 7.4
- DrawPlus
- 7.4
- Eventually, RISC OS 2 was released and, with it, Draw. I tried out Draw,
- but it did not appeal. It lacked several features necessary for
- technical drawing and I did not like the user interface. To me, it did
- not feel correct. It was also very difficult to do any scaled drawings
- so I did not use Draw.
- 7.4
- Then we got a copy of DrawPlus which was much better. It felt right and
- it had most of the features that were missing on Draw. I started using
- it seriously, for more and more drawings.
- 7.4
- By this time, I had branched out on my own, running a company which
- designs and manufactures controllers for Golf buggies and other battery-
- operated motor applications so some of the original targets had moved.
- However, in electronics as in most things, one acquires a particular
- style of operating and my style can’t have changed much even if the
- applications have.
- 7.4
- DrawPlus is a much improved version of Draw. It has many more features
- and it is very useable for technical drawing purposes. We use it for
- circuit diagrams, for technical illustrations and for any other drawings
- we need. However, although an improvement on Draw, it is still
- definitely Draw-based so it suffers from Draw’s inherent advantages and
- disadvantages. Draw is a general purpose drawing tool and is not
- designed for a particular application. A well-designed specific tool
- should, in theory, always be better for its designed purpose than a
- general purpose tool. Draw-type tools are not specific to electronics
- and are not ideal.
- 7.4
- The main problem with Draw-type programs is in the ‘Bounding box’. Each
- object in Draw has, as part of its description, a bounding box. This is
- the rectangle which totally encloses the object. Consider the following
- Current Mirror circuit:
- 7.4
- This is quite simple − the largest ‘bounding box’ is the dotted box
- shown. On simple diagrams, bounding boxes are small and cause no
- problem. In educational applications and in simple electronics, most
- circuits considered will be quite simple. Draw is excellent for these.
- 7.4
- In the real world, however, we are trying to produce a useable piece of
- electronic equipment which will normally have a lot of simple circuit
- elements. The more complicated the circuit, the longer the
- interconnections and the larger the bounding boxes. On a commercial
- circuit, the likelihood is that many bounding boxes will overlap. The
- more boxes that overlap, the more the difficulty of selecting any one.
- 7.4
- Consider the second circuit (above), still quite simple but here the
- bounding box (shown dotted) of the bold line actually encloses almost
- the whole of the diagram. Any attempt to select an object within this
- bounding box is likely to select the bold line. This situation rapidly
- becomes worse as the diagram increases in complexity until the drawing
- becomes almost impossible to edit.
- 7.4
- Fortunately, there is a way around this problem which is not to use
- lines with nodes. If the bold line was actually formed from 4 straight
- sections, without any nodes, the bounding box problem would not occur.
- This is the technique I use, and it works fine.
- 7.4
- The only problem left is that Draw doesn’t enable separate objects to be
- joined. The only way of joining two straight bits of line is by making
- them one, with a node. This lack of joining can cause a problem because,
- when designing any complicated circuit, the diagram has to grow. Even if
- I have the whole circuit in my head, I cannot lay it out on paper
- exactly as I want it first time. I have to move bits around, get some
- space here to add more bits, move that section over there, etc. Without
- the joins, I run the risk of undoing my work and rejoining it
- incorrectly. The way around this one is to draw in all the lines first
- as a sort of grid, then put the components on top.
- 7.4
- In the diagram at the bottom of the page, I have separated the circuit
- above so you can see the wires on the left and, separated, all the
- components. This is the ‘obvious’ way to draw the circuit.
- 7.4
- On the right is a different set or wires but, in this case, a line
- ‘through’ a component is drawn as one with the component drawn over the
- top. Naturally, the component must be filled and the wire must be behind
- the component. This method of drawing is against the way we are taught
- to think of connections ‘to’ components. The wires here go through the
- component but, if I want to shift the component I can either select just
- it and move it along the wire, or I can select it and the wire and move
- both parallel to the wire.
- 7.4
- Also in the drawing below, there are no nodes in the wires. All are
- simple straight lines, so selecting a particular component or a group of
- components is simple. There is no confusion because of overlapping
- bounding boxes. The method works well for simple circuits and even for
- complicated ones. DrawPlus used like this is so good that I have not yet
- found a better package and we use it for all our circuit diagrams. Below
- is an example of one of our circuits which, as you can see, is quite
- complicated.
- 7.4
- Of course this method of using DrawPlus only works if there are no long
- diagonals − but this is the normal situation in circuit diagrams. The
- above diagram has a file length of 140Kb, so it is not small. Despite
- DrawPlus’ lack of targeting this market, it does the job extremely well.
- If anyone wants a copy of my library files, please send me a blank disc.
- 7.4
- Electronic CAD − Part 2
- 7.4
- Next month, I will explain the different types of PCB that are used so
- that we can see what different tasks a PCB layout program might need to
- perform. In the third part of the series, I will start to look at how
- the different PCB packages measure up to the requirements.
- 7.4
- If you have ideas, suggestions, questions, etc on this subject, write to
- me, Richard Torrens, 30 Reach Road, Burwell, Cambridge, CB5 0AH. A
- 7.4
- Small Ads
- 7.4
- (Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
- but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
- you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
- means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
- not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
- (especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
- 7.4
- • A310, 1Mb RAM, 4 slot IFEL backplane, internal ST506 42Mb hard disc
- and controller, Philips CM8533 colour monitor, RISC OS 2, over 12Mb of
- PD, manuals and dust covers. Excellent condition, original boxes. £700
- plus carriage. RISC OS 2 PRMs £30 (minus index cover). Phone Steve Hurst
- on 081-715-1555 or 0344-771558 (eves and w/e).
- 7.4
- • A3000, monitor, 2 disc drives, 2Mb RAM, PC Emulator, FWPlus, Genesis,
- Draw, fonts, clipart and PD, £600. Phone 081-349-4877.
- 7.4
- • A4 Model II (4Mb/60Mb HD), 1 year old, incl. shoulder bag. Excellent
- condition, £1300 o.n.o. Phone 0724-851712 or, during school holidays,
- try 081-777-6334.
- 7.4
- • A4 portable, 4Mb RAM, 60Mb HD. Good working order, £1150 o.n.o. Phone
- 0533-718437.
- 7.4
- • A5000 4Mb RAM, 120Mb hard disc, Acorn monitor, Artworks, Impression,
- C, etc, £1400. CC Laser Direct card £240. Phone 0744-58404.
- 7.4
- • Acorn DTP £40, FWP2 £20, PRM2 £25, PipeDream 4 £90, System Delta+ £35,
- Interdictor £8. Tel. 071-703-5675.
- 7.4
- • CC/Canon LBP4 600DPI laser printer £575 o.n.o. Pocket Book with OPL,
- Personal Accounts and SpellCheck ROMs, Parallel link, A-Link, power
- supply and manuals, £240 o.n.o. Phone 0642-612187.
- 7.4
- • Impression II v2.19, £100, or swap for Artworks. Phone Brian on 0730-
- 812341 ext 5059 (eves).
- 7.4
- • Oak Solutions high speed 52Mb SCSI external hard drive, plus Oak 16-
- bit SCSI podule. £160 o.n.o. Phone 081-898-0447.
- 7.4
- • PC emulator v1.81 and MS-DOS £40. Atomwide VIDC enhancer, £15. DT
- Talk, speech software by DT software £8. RISC OS 2 PRM (no cover on
- index) £25. All include post. Phone Mark after 7pm on 0905-754277.
- 7.4
- • Psion 3, 256Kb inc. manuals £100, Star LC200 colour printer inc.
- unused colour ribbon £100. Phone 081-885-1034 (eves).
- 7.4
- • Wanted Unregistered Impression Junior and unused Acorn Advanced.
- Contact Colin on 0786-461-501.
- 7.4
- Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
- charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
- if the items are still available. Thank you.
- 7.4
- All-in Boxing £4, E-Type £7, A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, Battle Chess £18,
- 60Mb Tapestreamer tape (DC600A) £5, BBC Basic Guide £6, Acorn DTP £8, PC
- Emulator with DR DOS 5.0 £20, First Word Plus 2 £10, Premier 3 text
- processor £10, RISC OS 3 User and Applications Guide £10, A3020 Welcome
- Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2, Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15,
- RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User Guide £5, Sigma Sheet
- £4.
- 7.4
- (If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers
- thatyou could donate in aid of charity, please send it to the Archive
- office. If you have larger items where post would be expensive, just
- send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of
- them.)
- 7.4
- Language Column
- 7.4
- David Wild
- 7.4
- I am sorry that there has been such a long time since the last language
- column but I have had problems with health and even bigger problems with
- my hard disc! These ended with the electronics on my disc drive dying
- and I had to buy a replacement disc.
- 7.4
- Some time ago I had a query from a reader about the random function in
- the desktop Pascal. He couldn’t make it return anything other than zero,
- in spite of trying many different “seeds”. I had a look at the problem
- and there appears to be a bug in the system; I think that the routine is
- looking in the wrong memory location for the seed and so never finds
- anything but zero. Fortunately, there is a much better random number
- routine (rand and srand) in the ANSI library and so the built-in
- function isn’t really needed anyway.
- 7.4
- Working with this Pascal compiler made me understand why so many people
- dislike being on the receiving end of charity! It is, I suppose, very
- good of Acorn to let us have this compiler free, but there is no-one to
- whom you can turn for help or to whom you can send a complaint. I would
- much rather have paid some more money and had a proper manual and
- supplier-customer relationship.
- 7.4
- I was in Blackwell’s bookshop recently and found a new edition of “Oh!
- Pascal!” by Doug Cooper. I thought that the previous edition was very
- good, but this one is even better. The book includes a (high-density)
- disc with listings of all the programs on it and a Pascal interpreter to
- run on a PC. At £17.95 it is certainly very good value for money for
- anyone wanting to learn Pascal and a useful reference book for those who
- use it regularly. Cooper is aware of most of the extensions to standard
- Pascal and offers examples of their use, while pointing out the
- advantages for portability of using the standard when there is no big
- benefit in the extension. A
- 7.4
- Education Column
- 7.4
- Solly Ezra
- 7.4
- The world of education seems bedeviled with contentious issues and the
- issues get more contentious when commercial interests come into play.
- 7.4
- My column this month is a response to an item that appeared in ECT
- (Educational Computing and Technology). The heading below is as it
- appears in ECT although the quotation marks are mine.
- 7.4
- “Platform Change?”
- 7.4
- A survey was carried out on behalf of Research Machines by Nielsen
- Consumer Research. The findings apparently suggest that, “on leaving
- school, the majority of pupils are poorly equipped to face the world of
- work − in their experience of IT at least”. The respondents were from
- further and higher education as well as industry.
- 7.4
- The item claims that the purpose in commissioning the report was to
- start a debate − so here goes!
- 7.4
- The general conclusion is that the “platforms” and software used in most
- schools leave the children ill-prepared for the outside world. These
- platforms, it seems, do not provide pupils with necessary (and
- relevant?) experience for the “work place”. Further, most of the
- respondents seem to feel that the Apple and Acorn platforms are not very
- relevant to the world at work.
- 7.4
- What do you mean by “standard”?
- 7.4
- I feel that it is necessary for someone to shout loudly that really
- there is no agreed industry standard. We are in the situation now that
- we have been in for a long time with the following systems: Unix, MS-
- DOS, Acorn, Sun and a few others. While there are a lot of MS-DOS
- systems extant, it is hardly correct to describe it as THE standard. The
- Unix operating system seems to be used quite widely in universities and
- there are also a lot of Sun systems. In a recent television documentary,
- which dealt with research in pathology, the shot of the laboratory
- showed quite a few BBC Masters in use! So much for industry − or any −
- so called standard!
- 7.4
- “A further claim made in the report is that funds are being spent on IT
- equipment that have little relevance to life after school.” I get the
- feeling that there is an underlying sales pitch here − go on, correct me
- if I am wrong!
- 7.4
- Is learning and experience transferable? Undoubtedly − YES.
- 7.4
- My experience with children of all range of abilities is that lessons
- learnt on one system give the child a basis of expertise which is
- transferable to almost any other system. In the unit for children with
- special educational needs which I used to run, I had the good fortune of
- having had a BBC Master, an Archimedes 440, an A3000, a Link 480Z, a
- Nimbus, an Amiga 500 and, occasionally, a Commodore 64. I soon realised
- that the children moved easily from one “platform” to another. With just
- a few of the lower ability children, reminders were required as they
- moved from one machine to another.
- 7.4
- When some of my past pupils/students returned to visit, they reported to
- me that while the PCs at their work place were new to them, they had
- very few problems in adapting. However, the consistent comments were
- about the user-unfriendliness of the PCs. Perhaps the Windows
- environment has made the PCs more user friendly.
- 7.4
- “What is more,” the article goes on to say, “the survey claims that the
- expectations of employers are often very different from those of
- teachers at school” − did we expect them to be the same!
- 7.4
- What are teachers supposed to be doing at school? Giving children an
- education or simply providing grist to the commercial mill?
- 7.4
- As you will probably have gathered, the ECT article made me rather
- angry. It did say that its purpose was to start a debate, so I hope that
- I have started one here. I realise that, amongst the Archive readership,
- there are many teachers and other people in associated fields in
- education. Are you one? If so, please write to me at 35 Edgefield Avenue
- Barking, Essex IG11 9JL. I look forward to hearing your views. A
- 7.4
- Upgrading Standard Resolution Monitors
- 7.4
- Stuart Bell
- 7.4
- Last month, in “Modes, MegaHertz and Monitors”, I attempted to describe
- the development of video displays on Acorn computers, and explained some
- of the terminology used to describe the capabilities of different types
- of monitor. I now move to the practicalities of how individuals can
- determine the best upgrade path for their machine.
- 7.4
- I start with two assumptions: First, that you are using a standard Acorn
- monitor, or its equivalent; i.e. a display which is limited to modes
- 0–17 or their derivatives, 24 and 33–36. If you already have, for
- example, a multisync monitor, then only the more adventurous upgrade
- paths will be of interest. Second, I assume the use of RISC OS 3.1 or
- later − display mode support is so much better than with earlier
- versions.
- 7.4
- A basic starting point
- 7.4
- If you have what, in the rest of this article, I shall call an ‘old’
- machine (A3000 or earlier), then unless you are immediately going to
- purchase a separate display card (e.g. those produced by Wild Vision /
- Computer Concepts and State Machine) you should first purchase a VIDC
- enhancer. This will give you the equivalent of the VIDC circuitry to be
- found in the ‘new’ machines. However, which enhancer to buy must be
- determined after you have decided on the monitor to be purchased.
- 7.4
- Similarly, if you have a ‘new’ machine, then you could buy either a
- separate display card or one of the very few multisync monitors that are
- ‘plug in and go’ with Acorn computers for all modes. If you are not
- doing either of these, you should purchase Archive’s Careware Disc 18,
- with the ex-Atomwide special mode software. The reason for this will
- become clearer later.
- 7.4
- Setting out the options
- 7.4
- Clearly, there is a virtually unlimited number of possible upgrade
- paths, as almost any monitor will work in at least a handful of display
- modes. Our aim is to maximise that number, and also the quality of the
- display, within a particular budget. To simplify things a little, I will
- describe the five most obvious upgrade strategies and attempt to discuss
- the pro’s and con’s of each solution.
- 7.4
- The Acorn multisync monitor
- 7.4
- This display has received much criticism in the pages of Archive. Some
- of it (e.g. that it has only a 0.39mm dot-pitch) is justifiable, but
- other comments seem to misunderstand the purpose of the monitor. I do
- not believe that it was ever intended to be a very high quality display.
- Rather, it was designed to allow, at relatively low cost, the display of
- both standard modes and ‘square-pixel’ modes 18–21 without any problems
- or requiring special software, something that very few monitors can
- achieve. However, since the maximum horizontal resolution is 250mm /
- 0.39mm = 640 pixels, only the vertical resolution will be improved. I
- understand that Acorn may be offering alternative monitors in the not-
- too-distant future.
- 7.4
- An SVGA monitor
- 7.4
- Such an upgrade path was described in “The Taxan 787 Monitor”, Archive
- 7.2 p77. Without either the software that comes with the Watford VGA
- VIDC enhancer or the Careware 18 disc, the range of modes that can be
- displayed is a rather limited. The Watford software significantly adds
- modes 20 and 21 to the range. The largest displays possible are 16
- colour ‘square pixel’ 800×600 or ‘rectangular pixel’ 960×384 modes.
- Modes 0–15 are displayed in ‘letterbox’ mode, and some modes (e.g. 16
- and 24) are not possible at all. Owners of ‘old’ machines need the VGA
- enhancer as standard enhancers will not produce VGA displays except with
- a 24MHz (rather than 25.175MHz) pixel clock, which some VGA monitors may
- not accept.
- 7.4
- This is a very low-cost solution, but one that is rather a dead-end, in
- that any further improvement (other than getting 800×600 with 256
- colours with a display card) would require you to change the monitor yet
- again.
- 7.4
- 14“ multisync monitor
- 7.4
- Without a separate display card, but with an enhancer on ‘old’ machines,
- or extra software on new machines, the largest possible mode obtainable
- with multisync monitors is 102 – 1152×448. This is a ‘rectangular pixel’
- mode, and so should be compared with the SVGA’s maximum of 960×384. The
- increase in display size does not, in my opinion, justify the 50%+ cost
- increase, unless you see the monitor change as only the first step in
- your upgrade path, and plan to buy a separate display card in the
- future. If that is the case, then read on, but you must be aware that
- matching multisync monitors to ‘bare’ machines is harder than finding
- suitable matches for those with separate display cards.
- 7.4
- The fundamental problem is the question of line rate. Standard monitors,
- as we saw last month, have a 15kHz line rate, whereas the VGA standard
- is 31.5kHz. Hence, most manufacturers produce multisync monitors whose
- range of line rates start at about 30kHz. Indeed, in a review of 20+
- monitors in the Byte magazine of May 1992, not one could go below 20kHz,
- and only two went below 30kHz. The problem is simple; you cannot display
- modes that require a 15kHz line rate on such monitors, without extra
- software. Of those available through Archive, only the Cubscan 1440 and
- Eizo 9060 can reach 15kHz, and thus form plug-in-and-go solutions. The
- Watford VIDC manual suggests that the older Taxan 770 and 775+ could
- also do this but, for example, the Taxan 795, NEC 4D and Eizo 9070S
- cannot. The use of extra software to generate the standard modes using a
- higher line rate (provided with an enhancer, or on Careware 18) is not a
- problem; it just makes things a little more complicated.
- 7.4
- Before moving on, I must raise an important question for those who
- expect to add a colour card to their 14“ multisync: Will the screen be
- large enough to display the modes that you hope to use? There is first
- the question of the dot-pitch of the monitor. As we have seen, a 14”
- 0.28mm pitch screen will not happily go beyond 900 pixels − perhaps 1024
- at a pinch. Using a 1600 pixel wide display on a 14“ screen may be
- possible, but is it practicable? Secondly, a common rule of thumb is
- that most people’s eyes can cope with up to about 80 pixels to the inch.
- This gives 800 pixels across the 10” width of a 14” screen. (14“ is the
- diagonal measurement, remember!) To go much beyond this may not be a
- realistic expectation. If you are certain that you will want a colour
- card in the future, would it be better to buy a larger monitor in the
- first place?
- 7.4
- A colour card and 14“ multisync
- 7.4
- This is an attractive all-in-one solution to the upgrade problem. The
- colour cards produce superb results, with support for more than 256
- colours on an increasing range of software and, perhaps, under RISC OS
- 4(?). However, they can – at the moment – only be fitted to machines
- that take full size podules; the A310, A400, A540 and A5000. A suitable
- combination with the Taxan 789LR monitor was discussed in Archive 6.10
- p6, and you have the advantage that by buying them together, the
- supplier of one item can’t blame somebody else for any compatibility
- problems!
- 7.4
- Three brief warnings: First, older A300 and A400/1 machines will require
- a header soldering to the main circuit board; second, the G8Plus card
- synthesises the standard Acorn modes, which produces a nice display but
- could cause a problem with software that tries to drive the VIDC
- directly; thirdly, the CC ColourCard uses the standard video signal for
- ordinary Acorn modes, so that the Careware disc software may still be
- required to produce standard modes on some multisync monitors (those
- that cannot handle 15kHz line rates). Finally, I raise again the
- question of whether a 14“ screen can do justice to the output from the
- separate colour cards.
- 7.4
- A colour card and 17“ multisync
- 7.4
- For owners of compatible computers, this is the ultimate upgrade
- solution. The problem is that 17“ multisync monitors are very expensive
- (but getting less so). Here too is the answer to the problem of what
- happens when you upgrade your whole machine to one running a VIDC20 and
- providing incredibly high resolution displays. A 17” 0.28mm pitch
- screen, 330mm wide, could display 1200 pixels across the screen quite
- happily, and 1600 without too much loss of quality, assuming that the
- electronics of the monitor will go so far. Such monitors are typically
- specified as providing 1024×768 or 1280×1024 displays. 17“ multisyncs
- still have the same problem with line rates for standard Acorn modes. If
- you’re really serious, 20” displays are very nice!
- 7.4
- Conclusions
- 7.4
- I’ve tried to offer reasonably impartial advice on the options available
- to those wishing to improve the quality of the video display on their
- Acorn computer. Let me now give a few personal conclusions that you may
- feel free to ignore or even totally to disagree with!
- 7.4
- Firstly, the Acorn multisync does not offer a sensible upgrade path.
- 7.4
- Secondly, I do not believe that when used without a separate colour
- card, 14“ multisyncs provide a cost-effective benefit over SVGA
- monitors. The extra £150+ (for a recognised make of multisync) gives
- 1152×448 instead of the SVGA’s 960×384, but 1152 pixels across the 250mm
- width of a 14” screen may not be highly legible. Particularly for owners
- of A3000, A30x0 and A4000 machines, who will not be able to add a colour
- card later, SVGA monitors are a very economical solution. But, with
- SVGA’s, you must accept ‘letterbox’ standard modes.
- 7.4
- Thirdly, I do have reservations about the use of 14“ monitors with the
- colour cards as a final solution, although if you already have a 14”
- multisync, it could make sense to get a colour card now, with the
- intention of upgrading the monitor later.
- 7.4
- Fourthly, if you can afford it, the 17“ multisync plus colour card is
- the upgrade path and I would strongly commend it, even if you have to
- take it in two stages, buying the monitor (and Careware 18) first and
- the colour card later. The increase in physical area of the screen is
- almost 50% and, from my experience with big screens on Apple Macs, you
- won’t believe the difference they make until you try one! But, they are
- expensive; Watford’s Aries 7000 (1280×1024) is one of the cheapest at
- £735! (But you can, of course, pay £600+ for a high quality 14”
- multisync.)
- 7.4
- In short, the ‘cheap and cheerful’ SVGA monitor (with a VGA enhancer on
- ‘old’ machines) solution at £270 – £310, and the ‘go for the best’
- colour card + 17“ multisync solution at about £1000 both seem to me to
- be more sensible than the more obvious compromise upgrade path of a 14”
- multisync monitor with, or without, a colour card. A
- 7.4
- (This is an important area. Many thanks to Stuart for offering this
- advice and risking being shot down in flames by readers with other
- views. If you have anything to add to the subject, either questions or
- comments, send them in to the Archive office. Ed.)
- 7.4
- The CIA’s Map of the World
- 7.4
- Jochen Konietzko
- 7.4
- Some time ago, the CIA released into the public domain a massive amount
- of geographical data (5.7 million line segments, packed into 130Mb of
- COBOL program) for the creation of a computer-based world map.
- 7.4
- This data has since been converted into 13Mb of data suitable for Acorn
- computers, and John Kortink has produced a desktop front end.
- 7.4
- This program is freeware although teachers are asked to register with
- John.
- 7.4
- How you get it
- 7.4
- John Kortink’s application − called !EarthMap − is available through a
- number of PD libraries. It comes without the data, which has to be
- acquired separately, either through some computer nets (details in
- !Earthmap’s documentation) or through a PD library.
- 7.4
- Installation
- 7.4
- I received my data through the DataFile in Weston-Super-Mare, packed
- onto six HD discs (also available on twelve DD discs), together with a
- single tasking installation program.
- 7.4
- During installation, an intermediate file of about 30Mb is created, so
- make sure you have lots of space available on your hard disc! The result
- is a 9Mb PackDir file which, in turn, unpacks into the 13Mb application.
- 7.4
- I had a bit of a problem with my installation, because the instructions
- failed to mention that you have to set the type of the 9Mb file to
- PackDir and decompress it, and even after I had found this out, at first
- nothing happened, because there was a nasty typing error in the Run file
- of my version of !PackDir, defining the file type as PackDdir!
- 7.4
- Other than that, installation just takes a lot of time.
- 7.4
- Running the program
- 7.4
- After the usual double click, you get an icon on the iconbar with a
- typical Kortink menu (those who know his !Translatr will feel at home).
- 7.4
- The picture below shows just a few of the things you can put onto the
- map or leave out.
- 7.4
- An <adjust> click onto the icon opens the map window, centered on the
- Gulf of Guinea (0°N/0°E), unless you specified some other coordinates.
- 7.4
- The picture is black with white coast lines, yellow borders and blue
- rivers (in a 256 colour mode there are many shades of blue); there are
- (as yet?) no cities.
- 7.4
- The borders in my version (0.58,11-Jun-93) are still pre-1990, showing
- Germany divided, Yugoslavia and the USSR whole.
- 7.4
- John Kortink’s program deals quite ingeniously with the fact that the
- maps may well contain more data than any Archimedes can keep in RAM.
- Every coordinate is computed and then forgotten − it simply becomes a
- pixel on the screen.
- 7.4
- The advantage is that the program always uses only 64Kb of RAM but the
- disadvantage, of course, is that every change you make to the window,
- including the tiniest scroll, forces a complete redraw.
- 7.4
- On my A410/1 with a 24MHz ARM 3, a map of Central Europe took about 15
- seconds to compute, the British Isles above with all rivers took about 7
- seconds, and the whole world with all details shown needed roughly 2.5
- minutes.
- 7.4
- You can zoom in and out at will. Zooming in can be done very simply by
- dragging a box around the area of interest. The quality of the
- information given is quite amazing − I zoomed in on the river Rhine in
- Cologne and the line I got shows each and every bend exactly as it
- appears on a 1:50000 Ordnance Survey map − except for the distortion
- unavoidable far away from the centre of any world map.
- 7.4
- Zooming out − with a key combination − can take quite a number of steps,
- so that in such a case, it might be wise to switch off all details
- before you zoom out to a map showing a very large area.
- 7.4
- Hard copy
- 7.4
- You can save the map you see on the screen as a drawfile, memory
- permitting! The map on the last picture contains only the rivers, just
- to show how detailed the information in this database is. Still I could
- not convert it into Draw format, because I “only” had 11Mb of free disc
- space!
- 7.4
- An additional advantage of a simple screen shot (with the colours
- changed for easier printing) is that it is quick. The build up of a
- drawfile is much slower than that of the original EarthMap picture!
- 7.4
- Only relatively small areas can be converted into Draw format, and then
- loaded into RAM: Even the map of the British Isles takes up nearly
- 800Kb!
- 7.4
- Problems
- 7.4
- There are a few minor bugs. Occasionally, a redraw of a screen will stop
- halfway, leaving you with a fragmented map. A map of the whole world,
- with all the details, has twice (out of six attempts) crashed my machine
- completely.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- Considering its price (basically just the cost of copying), this is a
- very impressive package indeed.
- 7.4
- Anyone who has a lot of free hard disc space, wants to work − or play
- around − with maps of the world, and has no need of country or river
- names, nor of cities or roads, will have a lot of fun with it! A
- 7.4
- Archive − Making it Even Better
- 7.4
- Paul Beverley
- 7.4
- “It’s more than a magazine − it’s an interactive user group.” That is
- how we have taken to describing Archive in our publicity nowadays. Now
- that we’ve had a chance to digest your questionnaire feedback, we want
- to involve you in helping to take Archive into the next stage in its
- development. Archive is, after all, a magazine written “by the users,
- for the users”... And what an interesting and varied profile our
- readership has! From your responses, I gather that our readers range
- from the “enthusiastic computer illiterate” to the “died-in-the-wool
- techie” (your descriptions, not ours!)... and although we didn’t ask you
- to divulge your exact age, we gather that we have readers from age 12
- years old to 85½ years old. Any advance on 85½?!
- 7.4
- What you said about improving the content
- 7.4
- You had plenty to say about what you’d like to read within the pages of
- Archive and here are just some of your requests.
- 7.4
- More technical articles − One thing you (and we) have noticed is the
- reduction in the number of technical articles − and this seems to apply
- to all the Archimedes publications. This may reflect the fact that the
- Archimedes now attracts more “users” and fewer “techies” but Archive has
- always been a fairly “techie” magazine and I believe that has been
- appreciated. I guess it is a question of balance but I am always on the
- lookout for good technical articles, so if you think you may have
- something to contribute, do let me know.
- 7.4
- Beginners articles − As you will have seen, we have commissioned a
- series of articles for beginners written by the Norfolk IT Team, in
- response to your requests for help. I hope you will let me know what you
- think of them, how they could be improved and what else you would like
- to read about. Some people would like to see some “starting from
- scratch” articles, e.g. starting from scratch with DrawPlus, Fonts,
- FormEd, Translator, etc.
- 7.4
- Programming − Several people have asked for more articles on programming
- − for beginners and for improvers and also clever tricks for the real
- experts. In last month’s column, Laura Handoca offered help to beginners
- who are having problems with Basic programming − which is great − but I
- really need to know if there is anyone who would be prepared to write
- something a bit more substantial about programming. Any offers?
- 7.4
- Personal interests column − A number of readers would like to hear how
- Acorn RISC computers are being put to use for Archive members’ hobbies
- and non-education uses. For example, one reader tells us his hobby is
- genealogy and he uses Archimedes products for data and printouts.
- Another asks if anyone can write about editing for home videos.
- 7.4
- What do you use your Archimedes for? Here are just a few of the specific
- uses that you told us about in the questionnaire... weather satellites
- and satellite tracking, amateur radio, aviation, archaeology, chess,
- astronomy, Star Trek Fan Club (two members of the NCS’ staff are
- inveterate Trekkies and would like to know more, please!), electronic
- equipment testing, writing training packages, music composition,
- university medical research.
- 7.4
- Why not write just a paragraph about your use for Acorn computers? (Text
- on a disc would be preferable as no-one here is a fast typist! Thanks.)
- 7.4
- Any offers for contributions on other topics? − Specific requests for
- articles were: Acorn computers in business, Experience of Acorn users
- living outside the UK, Young Users’ interests, InterNet, Interfacing. If
- you’d like to write to us about any of these topics mentioned here, I
- would be pleased to hear from you and remember, an article or
- contribution doesn’t have to be several pages long to be of interest and
- value to other readers − a paragraph or two can be equally effective!
- 7.4
- Reviews
- 7.4
- I’m keen to get more Archive readers involved in reviewing products,
- using their knowledge and day-to-day experience of computers and
- software. Each month we are sent various bits of software (and sometimes
- hardware) for us to review. The way this works is that at the end of the
- Products Available column, I publish a list of what is available for
- review. If there is something you would like to review, just ring the
- Archive office and ask if the item is still available for review. If it
- is and you have never done any reviews for us before, we may ask what
- qualifies you to do the review. For example, we like the education
- software to be reviewed by practising teachers. If you do the review,
- the reward is that most software companies do not want the software
- package returned, so the reviewer can keep it!
- 7.4
- It may be that you are using some software that has not been offered for
- review but which you think is worthy of attention. In which case, drop
- us a line or ring the office and tell us what you would like to review.
- It is important that you don’t just send in the review unsolicited
- because someone else may be working on the same thing. It has happened
- more than once that someone has sent in an unsolicited review which I
- have published only to receive a second review of the same item written
- by the “official” reviewer!
- 7.4
- There is one other important type of review article that would be good
- to include but which requires a lot of knowledge or a lot of work to
- produce. It would be good to have more “survey” type articles. For
- example, someone could look at a whole range of WP and DTP packages and
- try to suggest what strengths and weaknesses they have and how they
- compare with one another. These would be a great help to other readers
- saving them from buying the “wrong” package for a particular job.
- 7.4
- Writing reviews
- 7.4
- When you are writing reviews, it is important to put yourself in the
- place of the person reading the review to ask yourself whether you have
- given the right sort of information. Your article should try to answer
- questions such as: What is the purpose of the program and how well does
- it fulfil that purpose? Who is it aimed at and is it at an appropriate
- level for them? How easy was it to use ? Is it well presented? Has it a
- manual? And is it readable? Does it have all the necessary information?
- Are there any changes that would improve the package as a whole? Then
- there are the purely factual points which can easily get left out: How
- much does it cost? Inclusive or exclusive of VAT? (There may be no VAT
- if it’s a small company that is not VAT registered.) Is there a site
- licence version? Is a site licence included in the cost? Who produces
- the program? (The address should appear in the Factfile if I’m doing my
- job properly but if it’s an obscure company, please put the address at
- the bottom of the review just in case I don’t have it.) Which version
- are you reviewing?
- 7.4
- Your favourite columns
- 7.4
- The Archive questionnaire showed that the five most popular columns in
- Archive are Hints & Tips, Products Available, Comments Column, DTP and
- Hardware Columns. If these are the most popular, we want to make sure
- you continue to get as much information, help and news from these as
- possible − again, you can help us here.
- 7.4
- Hints & Tips is mainly up to you, the reader, to tell us what you have
- discovered. Remember that although you may think “I’m sure everybody
- must know this − but I have only just realised”, send it in anyway. We
- are also going to make more effort to pass on hints & tips ourselves in
- the Archive office. We are going to record the questions asked and
- answered on our telephone Technical Help Service and from the letters
- you write, and reproduce those that are generally applicable in the H&T
- Column.
- 7.4
- Comment Column − Well, again, these are your comments, so it is your
- forum for airing your views and questions about almost anything to do
- with Archimedes computers. (Although I say it is your forum, I have to
- act as editor and so I do reserve the right to publish your comments, or
- not, or edit them, as I think fit!)
- 7.4
- DTP Column − This disappeared from view in the middle of volume 6 −
- almost a year ago − although the Ovation Column continued until the last
- issue of volume 6. We had several contributors taking it in turns to
- produce the DTP Column and we fed any input from readers to whichever
- contributor was next in line to write his piece. The system worked well
- and we are grateful to those involved but without readers’ input, it is
- difficult to sustain. Neil Whiteley-Bolton, has agreed to get the column
- going again by writing a “Where is Archimedes DTP now and where is it
- going?” type article. Richard Hallas has agreed to help, as and when he
- can, but to make it work we need more contributors to write the actual
- columns and more input from readers to provide material for the
- columnists. If we had, say, four contributors it would mean only
- producing a column once every four months (I did that without a
- calculator!) so if you feel you might be able to help, drop me a line,
- preferably with some indication of your writing skills and experience.
- For the rest of us, if you have ideas, questions, comments, hints & tips
- etc about any aspect of DTP, please send it in straight away so that we
- can get this valuable column going again.
- 7.4
- Hardware Column − Brian Cowan’s column has been consistently one of the
- most popular columns in Archive and we are all grateful to Brian for his
- input over the years. However, Brian’s (paid) job is getting ever more
- demanding so he is not able to write as much as he would like. If anyone
- has any suggestions as to how to help, please write to Brian via the
- Archive office or at Royal Holloway & Bedford New College, Egham Hill,
- Egham, TW20 0EX.
- 7.4
- Products Available information comes to us mostly from the individual
- suppliers but I mentioned last month that readers are a very valuable
- resource to Archive for finding new products that other Archimedes users
- would find of benefit. If you see something like that in your reading of
- other (non-Acorn) journals and papers, do let us know.
- 7.4
- Duff products
- 7.4
- While we are on the subject of products, you may feel that you have
- bought something from a company and it is not up to standard. Your first
- move, of course, is to talk to the company in question. If you then feel
- that they are not giving the level of service you expect or that the
- product really is very poor, let us know because we don’t want other
- people buying the same product and having the same unrealistic
- expectations.
- 7.4
- Having said that, anyone involved in dealing with the general public
- knows that the truth of the adage, “The customer is always right” is
- sometimes stretched to the limit. There are people (and I trust that
- you, dear reader, aren’t one) who have quite unreasonable expectations
- of companies and products. What I have to do is to talk to the
- suppliers, arbitrate and make judgements about which comments I publish
- and which I don’t. So if I don’t publish your complaint, I hope you
- won’t take it too personally and if I do publish the complaint, I hope
- the company involved won’t take it too personally! (It’s called playing
- “piggie in the middle”.)
- 7.4
- Archive monthly program disc
- 7.4
- We’re going to develop this further, e.g. we could use it more as a
- vehicle for good PD software that comes our way or to provide an Archive
- glossary. We intend to stick to our policy that the monthly program disc
- and the magazine are priced separately, i.e. we won’t increase the price
- of Archive to incorporate the disc “free” as we feel this it’s your
- choice whether you take the disc or not.
- 7.4
- Once again, this is an area where you can help. You can give use more
- ideas how we could use the disc and you can contribute to it. If you
- have some particularly good piece of PD software that you think other
- subscribers could benefit from, send it in to us. Then for the glossary,
- perhaps you could let us know of words you come across that you would
- like to see defined.
- 7.4
- Help!!! column
- 7.4
- We get quite a few people asking for help through the Help column which
- forms a useful interactive part of Archive. However, from our survey, it
- seems that a lot of people would like to see more of the answers
- published. So, if you have at some time put in a request for help and
- someone has written to you and solved your problem, could you then write
- in to Archive and tell us what the solution was, please? That way others
- who come up against the same problem will benefit from your experience.
- Thanks.
- 7.4
- Quick technical response
- 7.4
- One facility that Archive can provide because of its huge number of
- technically competent readers is what I have called “quick technical
- response”. This is typified by Chris Johnson’s response (see page 19) to
- the problem that Richard Hallas’ noted in his review on page 68 last
- month. None of the other magazines seem to be able to have questions and
- answers running from one month to the next like that. Again, this is
- very much dependent on readers “owning” Archive and being prepared to
- respond to things they read in the magazine and offering help.
- 7.4
- Credit cards at last
- 7.4
- As promised, we have started to take credit card payments: Mastercard,
- Visa and Eurocard. Because we are a mail order computer company,
- Barclay’s Merchant Services make very heavy charges for the service and
- say that the rate is “non-negotiable”. They say they have to make high
- charges because mail order computer companies are very vulnerable to
- fraud.
- 7.4
- What I had not appreciated is that the credit card companies do no offer
- any protection to us, the supplier. If a fraudulent purchase is made by
- credit card, we stand the whole of the loss. We are then cut both ways
- because if we are more likely to suffer from credit card fraud, they
- charge us more commission because of the extra work it gives them! “You
- can take out insurance” they say − but then that adds even more to the
- cost of providing the credit card service which some people seem to see
- as their right. Perhaps those of you who have been indignant about us
- not taking credit cards will appreciate that we have not taken this on
- lightly.
- 7.4
- You will not be surprised to hear that we feel we cannot absorb all of
- the credit card charges ourselves and will have to pass part of that
- charge on to the customer. So, there will be a fixed charge of £3 on all
- credit card orders below £100 and 3% on orders above £100. Some
- companies do this be saying “free carriage for cash customers” but we
- feel this way of doing it is more honest and open.
- 7.4
- Also, to help protect ourselves from fraud, we will not allow anyone to
- make their first ever purchase from Norwich Computer Services by credit
- card. The reason for this is that, once a customer has made a purchase
- by cheque, time has elapsed, the address has been verified and the
- chances of a fraudulent purchase are somewhat reduced.
- 7.4
- I hope that, for the times when you are in a particular hurry, the
- credit card charges will seem worthwhile. I know that many overseas
- customers will be extremely grateful that we have provided this extra
- facility − it makes things much easier when you don’t have to go through
- all the complications of exchange rates, etc and in many cases, it will
- work out somewhat cheaper than trying to get a Sterling cheque from a
- bank.
- 7.4
- So, to summarise on credit card facilities:
- 7.4
- Charges: £3 per order or 3% above £100.
- 7.4
- Restrictions: First order must be by cheque, subsequent orders can be by
- card. (We may be prepared to vary this for overseas customers −
- especially those who are long-established subscribers.)
- 7.4
- Charity donations
- 7.4
- Over the last five years, Archive subscribers have raised over £60,000
- for charity. This has mainly been through the Careware scheme of selling
- PD discs on behalf of charity but also by members donating software and
- hardware for sale in aid of charity.
- 7.4
- Sadly, the rate of donations has decreased: £19,625, £17,847, £13,005,
- £9,150 and, so far this year only £1,020. The reason for this is that
- the Careware scheme is dwindling. Very few people are sending PD
- software in for the scheme and there are now so many other PD libraries
- that the Archive library is being eclipsed. Any suggestions? Any offers
- of help?
- 7.4
- The God Slot
- 7.4
- There has been quite a bit of correspondence over the years about my God
- Slot on the inside front cover. From the results of the questionnaire,
- the votes are more than 4:1 that the God Slot stays!!
- 7.4
- I was amazed that quite a few people asked if they could use some of the
- ideas or the actual text of what I write there. “What is the copyright
- situation?” asked two people. Apparently, one or two of you even use
- some of the ideas your sermons or in church magazines! I certainly don’t
- claim any divine authority for what I say (I don’t believe in editorial
- infallibility!) but I do pray each month that God will give me something
- that at least someone will find helpful. So, please, if anything from
- the God Slot is useful, do feel free to reproduce it in whatever way you
- like − provided it is for a purpose that you think I would support!
- 7.4
- And finally...
- 7.4
- To sum up on the Archive questionnaire, we greatly appreciated your
- input, which has contributed to the shaping of our plans for Archive and
- NCS for 1994 and beyond.
- 7.4
- May I take this opportunity to thank you for your support and your
- involvement in Archive in 1993, and to bring best wishes for 1994 to all
- our readers, from myself and all the NCS staff. A
- 7.4
- Frontier 2000
- 7.4
- Ian O’Hara
- 7.4
- Frontier 2000 is an educational pack based on The Borders around
- Carlisle, an area with a very rich and fascinating history. The complete
- pack comes in a large yellow folder and is the result of collaboration
- between Cambridge Software House and various organisations based in
- Carlisle such as the Tullie House Museum. I did not receive the complete
- pack with its piece of Roman wood (!) for review but what follows is
- based on the program discs and CD ROM.
- 7.4
- The discs
- 7.4
- The software provides two ways of investigating the data contained on
- the discs. There is a timeline containing 25,000 words and covering the
- period from 43AD up to May 1991. You can either look at every entry or
- get the computer to search for specific items. Searching is done by
- selecting a theme (e.g. Food & farming, Buildings, etc), a time interval
- (e.g. 1900 − 1991) and then typing in a search term (e.g. cow). The
- computer will then search the data for all items which match these
- criteria. The data in the timeline also contains references to events
- that occurred outside the border areas but which are relevant to them,
- e.g. the crowning of various monarchs.
- 7.4
- The other way of accessing the data is to explore the map. This
- stretches from the Solway Firth in the west to Haydon Bridge in the east
- and from Hermitage Castle in the north to Harraby in the south. At each
- of the many places marked on the map, you can consult experts who will
- tell you about the place. For instance at Tarraby there exists a small
- stone altar dedicated to the god. Consult the historian and you get one
- piece of information, Consult the Archivist and you get another. In this
- way you can build up a whole picture of the location or artifact found
- there. Some of the entries have pictures as well as text. All of this
- information can be saved to disc or printed.
- 7.4
- Theme trails
- 7.4
- As a more useful alternative to exploring the map, you can follow theme-
- based trails such as one on those star players of history, The Reivers.
- You can choose either of these routes at the start-up screen. You can
- also enter your name at this point and it is used to print out a
- certificate to prove you have completed a trail.
- 7.4
- When you start a trail, a character known as “The Professor” pops up to
- give you a quick bit of background and a clue to a place. To solve the
- clue requires you to search the map to find a location. “Up the A7 north
- of Canonbie to a tower by the Esk.” The place is a peel tower once
- frequented by the infamous Johnnie Armstrong. Having found the right
- place, you have to drive there. Clamber into your nice white Porsche,
- click on the car key, click on the place and away you go. A window opens
- showing you driving along. Time passes and you arrive. The time is
- important and is shown on the icon on the iconbar.
- 7.4
- If you get to the correct place, you will be asked a question, e.g. Who
- destroyed Johnnie Armstrong’s tower? So it is time to consult the
- Professor’s experts. The archaeologist tells us that most stairs in peel
- towers went up clockwise so as to disadvantage a right-handed attacker
- (try using a heavy sword using your left hand). The Kerr family were
- left handed and so had anticlockwise stairs. Eventually, you will find
- an expert who gives you the answer.
- 7.4
- Grabbing your portable phone, you call the Professor and give him the
- answer. Another clue, another drive and another question. Each trail
- consists of between five and eight clues. This is done to let children
- complete a trail during the course of a lesson. Wrong answers lead to
- time penalties, whereas consulting the experts takes no time. This
- provides a strong incentive for pupils not just to get to one location
- and try all the answers in turn. The children did compete against each
- other to see who used the least game time to complete a trail.
- 7.4
- On its own, the information given on a trail is very fragmentary.
- Following the Reivers trail does not give one a complete picture of
- these people, it just gives little snippets which don’t always seem to
- fit together to make a complete whole. This is always going to be a
- problem when a large topic is covered in a short time. It took me many
- hours to read “The Steel Bonnets” (a history of the Reivers) but under
- an hour to do the trail. It’s the difference between reading a book such
- as Catch 22 and seeing the film. The producer has to decide which bits
- are put in and which left out. For this reason, I would see the trails
- as being a stimulus for further work rather than an end in themselves.
- 7.4
- Documentation
- 7.4
- The manual gives suggestions as to how the pack may be used in the
- classroom. For instance, the authors suggest groups of four children
- tend to gain more than individuals when working with the software.
- Support materials including worksheets and four role play exercises are
- provided on the resources disc. Included in the full pack is a sound
- tape of an interview with a local called Louie Hartley. Supporting
- material for this is supplied on the disc and includes copies of family
- trees, scans of photographs and a birth certificate.
- 7.4
- The CD-ROM
- 7.4
- The CD-ROM contains all the data on the discs and more. One of the first
- things you notice when running Frontier from the CD is the improved
- graphics. Most of the information given by the experts is accompanied by
- a scanned colour photograph in mode 15 or 28. For some locations, there
- are replay files to watch. Seeing and hearing a steam train chugging out
- of Carlisle Station certainly brings the railways trail to life.
- Unfortunately, history does not lend itself to movies. How do you get
- film of a Roman legion marching to war without making the product so
- expensive that nobody could afford to buy it. (Try licensing a film clip
- from, say, 20th Century Fox.) Sound is available, so one can hear the
- professor’s questions as well as read them. The telephone rings though
- only for the first question. Five new trails are available and the time
- line expanded to 35,000 words.
- 7.4
- Frontier in use
- 7.4
- The manual suggests that the material is usable for children aged
- between 8 and 16. I have used it with children between year 7 (11) and
- year 10 (14). Brighter pupils had no problem with coming to grips with
- the trails and solving the clues but some of those lower down the
- ability range did have trouble. The trails do require map reading skills
- and some of the bottom set year nine who tried the Reivers trail lacked
- these skills. On the other hand, I lent the discs to a year 8 pupil
- whose 9 year old sister apparently followed the trails without any
- problem.
- 7.4
- Some of the language used could cause problems. Even some bright year 10
- pupils had problems with the instruction “follow the B6357 up
- Liddesdale”. They could follow the road but “dale” is not a widely used
- word around St Albans. All that is marked on the map is Liddle Water.
- That said, it is extremely difficult to provide tasks which can be done
- by an 8 year old and still be enjoyed by a pupil twice as old. Every
- pupil who tried the software enjoyed using it and the CD-ROM is very
- popular in the library at lunch times.
- 7.4
- Niggles
- 7.4
- I have found one or two problems with the program. The index option
- appears rather fragile. Several times, I have clicked on this menu item
- only to have the program crash with a fatal error − most frustrating
- when you are at the final place on a trail. So far, I have had no luck
- running the program from a hard disc on a machine with RISC OS 3 − as
- soon as a trail is chosen, the program crashes. If I use floppy discs,
- there is no problem. The CD-ROM version appears to be rock solid. I
- couldn’t make it crash and, as yet, I am unaware of children doing so.
- The program also does not like Acorn’s New Look − the title bar of the
- windows get a little muddled.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- Frontier is a beautifully produced piece of software which will keep
- children (and adults) absorbed for a very long time. In school, I would
- see it being used as another resource when particular topics are covered
- rather than a way of teaching that topic. If you were planning a trip to
- the region, it would be a superb guide to the area.
- 7.4
- The disc version costs £95 +VAT and the CD-ROM version is £175 +VAT. The
- CD-ROM plus the disc version are available as one pack for £195 +VAT
- from Cambridge Software House. A
- 7.4
- The map and experts’ icons when at a location
- 7.4
- The professor asking a question
- 7.4
- An expert’s contribution
- 7.4
- Aztecs
- 7.4
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.4
- ‘Aztecs’ is another in the series of wonderful historical adventures
- and/or simulations published by Sherston Software. It costs £39.95 +VAT
- from Sherston or £37 through Archive. You can also buy site licence
- versions from Sherston (primary £79.90 +VAT and secondary £119.85 +VAT)
- which gives the institution an unprotected key disc. It can easily be
- installed on a hard disc.
- 7.4
- The pricing may seem a little excessive but the plastic wallet contains
- three discs, Teachers book, Aztec calendar symbols, an A3 poster of
- Aztec counting symbols and glyphs (pictures used for writing), an A3
- colour poster of an Aztec warrior, an A4 colour and A4 black and white
- map, nine challenge cards and an Aztec word glossary.
- 7.4
- The teacher’s book is superb. It virtually produces a blueprint for
- handling a topic on the Aztecs providing information and areas to
- develop away from the computer in a variety of curriculum areas:
- history, maths, language, science, art and craft and geography. A cross-
- curricular approach is made relatively easy and will encourage teachers
- to spend an adequate amount of time on one of the required elements of
- the National Curriculum.
- 7.4
- Starting up
- 7.4
- Double clicking on !Aztec loads the program onto the iconbar. Clicking
- <menu> accesses the Setup menu. From here, the volume can be adjusted,
- the difficulty of the language altered, the screen display chosen − CGA
- or VGA − alternative starting positions picked (there are up to 26
- different possible starting positions) and there is the method for
- saving a position. Return to the desktop can be achieved by pressing
- <ctrl-Q>, screens can be saved as sprites by pressing <ctrl-S> or
- printed by pressing <ctrl-P>.
- 7.4
- This is very long winded introduction to this review but the options are
- so comprehensive and so useful that they need to be mentioned.
- 7.4
- The adventure
- 7.4
- Clicking with <select> starts the adventure from the beginning. After a
- moment’s delay, we are greeted with a title and credit screen and an
- excellent drawing of an Aztec warrior. Seconds later we find ourselves
- visiting our Aunt Maud and Uncle Angus who live in Bermuda. Uncle Angus
- is a ‘nutty professor’ and has invented a computerised jet pack and we
- are invited to go to America to sell two of them. We set off in Uncle
- Angus’ helicopter and fly through the ‘Bermuda Triangle’. The date is
- set from the Archimedes and as we are inevitably sucked into a time
- warp, the date clicks back to 1519. A quick check of the map shows we
- are heading towards Mexico City or Tenochtitlan as it was called then.
- Slowly the shape of the city unfolds as we fly through the mountains and
- we eventually land on a chimampa (an island reclaimed from a lake) in
- order to make repairs to the helicopter. The jetpac’s computer provides
- us with all sorts of useful information as it scans the surrounding area
- providing us with ‘explore boxes.’ One, for example, shows us how a
- chimampa is made and the kinds of food the Aztecs ate. (Yuuuugh!)
- 7.4
- Eventually, we are surrounded by Aztec warriors and taken to the court
- of the Emperor Montezuma II. We find favour with him by offering simple
- gifts. We are given a slave which quite rightly Uncle Angus disagrees
- with (a touch of ethnocentricism?). The adventure continues to unfold as
- we help a slave women prove her husband’s innocence. This involves
- finding one of Montezuma’s precious masks that have been stolen. The
- husband, who was a nobleman, has been made into a slave and will be
- sacrificed when the ninth conch blows (the end of the Aztec day). As we
- gallantly strive to demonstrate his innocence, we learn about other
- areas of Aztec life. These include: Aztec time periods and calendar,
- travelling merchants, the tasks of Aztec priests, shopping, schooling,
- an Aztec game, writing and so on. The children have to solve some
- puzzles and have to learn to barter. Finally, just in time, we find the
- real thief and return the mask to Montezuma. The slave women’s husband
- is released and they decide to leave Tenochtitlan. In the meantime,
- Uncle Angus has finished repairing the helicopter and, as we fly away,
- the children learn about the Spanish explorer Hernan Cortez and the
- destruction of the Aztec empire.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- Children, parents and teachers familiar with the ‘Arcventure’ series
- will enjoy ‘Aztecs’ although the format is different and the adventure
- element is emphasised rather than the simulation. Sherston have a fine
- reputation for producing high quality programs that provide real
- opportunities for children to explore history in an exciting and novel
- way. Sound and animation are used to good effect bringing to life
- aspects which would be impossible to show otherwise. Skilful use of
- animation, appropriate text at realistic reading levels and an element
- of humour, all serve to make this piece of software a lifeline to hard
- pressed teachers. Add to this the excellent support materials and you
- have a program that all primary schools should have. I only hope there
- are more to supplement other areas of the National Curriculum. A
- 7.4
- PD Column
- 7.4
- David Holden
- 7.4
- Competition results
- 7.4
- Some of you may be wondering what happened to the competition for the
- best PD or Shareware that I announced several months ago.
- 7.4
- I wrote to all the main magazines and most of them quickly published
- details. In fact, one was so precipitate it appeared before the
- ‘official’ announcement in Archive! However, another was not so quick
- and nothing was printed until some months later, just as I had decided
- to close the entries. This brought more enquiries and I felt that I
- ought to extend the time to accommodate these new entries.
- 7.4
- All is now finalised and I therefore take pleasure in announcing the
- winners.
- 7.4
- First prize
- 7.4
- The first prize of £100 in cash from A.P.D.L. goes to Event Shell by
- Paul Hobbs. This is a complex programmers’ utility which aids the
- writing of Wimp programs. At its heart is the !ShellSys directory
- containing a series of Library programs. This acts in a similar manner
- to the normal !System directory in that programs can access and make use
- of these common resources. Some of these were not written by Paul but
- contributed by others. For example, it uses Simon Huntington’s
- ‘Interface’ module which provides fancy borders amongst other things.
- 7.4
- The core of the system is provided by a large Basic library containing a
- wealth of functions for the Wimp programmer. Many of these duplicate
- existing SWI’s but for someone who does not possess a copy of the
- P.R.M.’s (and at around £100 a copy many don’t) they are absolutely
- invaluable. The user manual has improved greatly so that, by using Event
- Shell, any competent Basic programmer can write high quality Desktop
- applications.
- 7.4
- Paul has been criticised for writing the main library routines in Basic
- rather than machine code but I agree with his choice. In absolute terms,
- machine code would be better but the whole concept of Event Shell is
- that it is aimed at the less experienced programmer. By looking at the
- code, the user can find out exactly how it works and so the system is
- not only a very useful library of routines, it is also a valuable
- tutorial.
- 7.4
- Event Shell is Shareware with a registration fee of £5. In view of the
- fact that Paul lives in Germany and is always happy to offer help to
- users even before they register, this is very reasonable as most of this
- money goes towards user support.
- 7.4
- Second prize
- 7.4
- Originally there was no second prize but owing to the high quality of
- this program Paul decided to award it a £50 N.C.S. voucher.
- 7.4
- The program is Powerbase written by Derek and Steven Haslam. This is a
- general purpose desktop database. I’m not even going to attempt to
- describe all its features except to say that unless you have very
- serious requirements, and a depth of pocket to match, Powerbase will
- probably fulfil all your database needs.
- 7.4
- Once again it’s Shareware with a registration fee of £10, which is very
- modest in view of the quality of the program.
- 7.4
- This brings me to the remaining four programs each of which will receive
- a £20 N.C.S. voucher.
- 7.4
- Skyview
- 7.4
- This displays a view of the major astronomical bodies in a scrolling
- desktop window. It was written by Nigel Hawkes and although it’s not
- actually Shareware or Careware, users are requested to make a donation
- to a charity if they use the program. There are several programs of this
- type for the PC but this is the first of any quality I have seen for the
- Archimedes. I confess that I don’t have the expertise to judge how
- accurate it is but I have made some comparisons with a professional PC
- program and couldn’t find any important differences.
- 7.4
- HD Lock
- 7.4
- This was written by John Lageu and is designed to prevent or restrict
- access to a hard disc. It is primarily intended for use in schools but
- would also be useful for preventing younger brothers and sisters (or
- sons and daughters) from getting at the more sensitive parts of your
- data.
- 7.4
- It is not a particularly secure system, but it is not intended to be. It
- will certainly prevent most ‘non expert’ users from wandering in
- restricted areas. It is also easy to set up and flexible.
- 7.4
- Lingo Master
- 7.4
- Written by Nigel Caplan, this is a program to assist in learning foreign
- languages. It is a non-desktop program but operation is from simple
- menus and is very straightforward. Limited vocabularies are provided in
- four languages, each divided into various categories. Once again, it’s a
- Shareware program with a registration fee of £5. Registration brings
- much larger and more varied vocabulary files which are mainly aimed at
- the GCSE syllabus. This program is not ‘state of the art’ but it
- performs the required function and is a good low cost learning aid for
- students.
- 7.4
- Movie
- 7.4
- Another non-desktop program written by Richard Burnell. This is actually
- a large database of films with information such as the stars, director,
- etc. As the data files are plain text, you can easily add new entries or
- amend or add notes to existing ones. In fact, the program itself is
- fairly simple but it does what is required of it. The main work of
- producing this program must have gone into collecting and compiling
- nearly three quarters of a megabyte of data files. Again this is a
- Shareware program with a registration fee of £5.
- 7.4
- Why Shareware?
- 7.4
- It will probably not have gone unnoticed that of these six prize
- winners, four are Shareware. Regular readers of this column, knowing my
- bias in this direction, may feel that I have given preferential
- treatment to Shareware at the expense of Public Domain entries. I assure
- you that this is not the case. Although I noticed the fact that Movie
- and Lingomaster were Shareware when I first saw them, I had completely
- forgotten this by the time I came to the final judging.
- 7.4
- In retrospect, I think that it did influence matters indirectly. Many of
- the programs submitted had minor bugs and one factor which I did allow
- to influence me was how the authors reacted to my criticisms and
- suggestions for improvements. A couple of programs had no proper
- instructions and when I commented upon this fact, the authors couldn’t
- be bothered to provide any. Others had bugs which could easily have been
- fixed but again they wouldn’t take the trouble to do so. I make no
- apologies for reacting unfavourably to this. Someone who writes programs
- for public consumption, even if they are PD, should respond properly to
- users’ queries and problems. If these entrants felt unable to do
- anything about the points I raised, even after having entered their
- programs for the competition, then it seemed they would be unlikely to
- react sympathetically to a user who got into difficulties.
- 7.4
- I had always made it clear that I would be influenced by good
- documentation. This is something that Shareware authors who want
- registrations very soon discover to be important. It is no coincidence
- that the first two prize-winners have extensive user manuals. In my
- experience, people who can write good bug-free programs can also write
- good manuals. Poor documentation in a program may be due to lack of time
- or inclination on the part of the author and this is acceptable if the
- program is PD, but when judged against others of similar quality, the
- one with clear instructions will possess a great advantage.
- 7.4
- Special offer
- 7.4
- This month’s offer is that I will send you a copy of all of these
- programs on either two 800Kb or a single 1.6Mb disc (please specify or
- I’ll send you a hi-density disc by default). The price for either
- version is £2 or the equivalent in stamps. When de-archived, they take
- up about 3½ Mb of disc space so I hope you’ll agree that this is a
- bargain. Also any ‘profit’ from the sale of these special discs will be
- passed on to some of the worthy entries who did not win a prize or be
- put towards the next competition.
- 7.4
- Contact me at 39 Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London SE26 5RN. A
- 7.4
- Budget Games
- 7.4
- Andrew Rawnsley
- 7.4
- In the run up to Christmas, quite a number of budget games have been
- released into the Acorn market. These fall into two categories, re-
- releases of old games, and cheap, new games. Either way, the customer
- benefits, and that Christmas cheque goes a little further. This leads to
- a problem for the reviewer − most of the games offer great value
- compared to their £25 rivals.
- 7.4
- The companies
- 7.4
- There are two main companies selling budget priced games this Christmas,
- Buzz (a branch of Krisalis) and Matt Black.
- 7.4
- Buzz are selling five of Krisalis’ older titles, re-packaged in small
- cardboard boxes, at £9.99 each.
- 7.4
- Matt black are selling two new games (one is just a re-vamp) at £14.99
- each.
- 7.4
- The products
- 7.4
- The following games are available:
- 7.4
- SWIV − Buzz
- 7.4
- Revelation − Buzz
- 7.4
- Mad Professor Mariarti − Buzz
- 7.4
- Jahangir Khan World Championship Squash − Buzz
- 7.4
- Manchester United − Buzz
- 7.4
- Blood Sport − Matt Black
- 7.4
- Aggressor, Macho Edition − Matt Black
- 7.4
- SWIV
- 7.4
- SWIV is a vertically scrolling shoot-’em-up, with good graphics, sound,
- power-ups and plenty of variety. It would be good value for money at its
- RRP of £25.99, but at £9.99, it’s a real bargain.
- 7.4
- SWIV has the added advantage that it has a rather good two-player mode.
- Play is simultaneous, the players either helping each other out, or
- trying to amass a higher score than their opponent. One player controls
- a helicopter, whilst the other controls a jeep (which is harder!). In
- one player mode, you can control either vehicle, so it provides two
- difficulty levels.
- 7.4
- If you enjoy this type of game (and don’t own it already), this should
- be top of your post-Christmas shopping list.
- 7.4
- Revelation
- 7.4
- This is an interesting little game which has never been released as a
- full priced product on Acorn machines, although it has for the PC, Amiga
- and ST. It did, however, form a worthy part of the Krisalis Collection
- on the Acorn platform.
- 7.4
- The idea behind the game is to turn various dials on each level, to
- complete the colour combinations required to open a safe. Once inside,
- you can use your remaining time (usually not a lot!) to grab bonuses out
- of the deposit boxes inside the safe.
- 7.4
- The difficulty is that if the colours in adjacent dial slots are the
- same, the dial not being turned rotates and may set off a chain
- reaction, messing up all your hard work!
- 7.4
- The game resembles the classic non-computer game, Downfall, the dials
- and knobs being very similar. There are various power-ups which give
- extra time, pause the timer, reset the level etc.
- 7.4
- If you like puzzle games, this is definitely worth the cash.
- 7.4
- Mad Professor Mariarti
- 7.4
- This is quite an old game but it that still retains some of its
- attraction, even in the face of modern releases. It is an arcade
- adventure in which you guide your professor around the levels, trying to
- shut down his laboratories. There are five levels, the last being a
- rather good mystery level.
- 7.4
- The game has a cute, cartoony feel, with much humour in both the
- graphics and the text message at the bottom of the screen. The puzzles
- are not too taxing, and once you have solved one level of the game, the
- style of puzzles stays the same, so the rest become a little easier.
- 7.4
- One nice touch is that you can collect tokens which can be used to buy
- ‘tools’ (weapons to the rest of us) with which to defend yourself from
- the mutant equipment.
- 7.4
- Again, this is a game worthy of most people’s collections and the style
- of gameplay has a particular appeal to younger players.
- 7.4
- Manchester United
- 7.4
- Fans of the famous football team will be disappointed with this
- ‘official’ game. It is a shame that Krisalis chose to release this game
- on budget, rather than its far superior brother, Man. United Europe.
- 7.4
- The graphics and sound are adequate, but the game lacks playability and
- interest, probably because there isn’t a two player option and because
- control is difficult and unresponsive.
- 7.4
- The management section isn’t bad and may give the game a longer lifespan
- but you can’t choose to play the management section on its own.
- 7.4
- This is definitely not a premiership product and most football fans
- should watch out for Gamesware’s forthcoming ‘Striker’, whilst avid
- Manchester United supporters should save up the extra £15 for Manchester
- United Europe.
- 7.4
- (I wonder if NCS will be releasing The Canaries − the Official Computer
- Game?)
- 7.4
- Jahangir Khan World championship squash
- 7.4
- This squash simulator really only has one plus point − it’s the only
- one. The game is typical of many sports simulators − it has a fistful of
- options but when it comes to the main game, it’s nothing like the real
- thing, and the fixed speed and key responses leave you thinking that
- you’d have won in real life.
- 7.4
- The graphics are not particularly stunning and don’t help the isometric
- 3D view of the squash court which makes the controls seem a little
- strange.
- 7.4
- Squash fans may find something in it to appeal but most people should
- give this one a miss.
- 7.4
- Blood Sport
- 7.4
- This was Matt Black’s first budget release and it’s a shame that the
- price has just gone up by £5. Anyway, this game still represents good
- value for money and is by far the best fighting game currently available
- on Acorn machines (i.e. it’s better than the other one!).
- 7.4
- You can choose to be one of four characters, and then take on the other
- eleven in mortal combat. The graphics are detailed but it’s a shame that
- they only take up just over a third of the screen, vertically. Taller
- characters would make the moves clearer and give space for character
- detail. After all, it’s the characters we’re interested in.
- 7.4
- There are lots of different playing modes, including simultaneous two
- player games for playing with or against a friend.
- 7.4
- Don’t expect Mortal Kombat or Streetfighter 2 − but then it only costs
- £15. This is the next best thing for Acorn owners. If you like this
- genre of game, you can’t go far wrong with Blood Sport!
- 7.4
- Aggressor − Macho Edition
- 7.4
- Some readers may remember the original version of Aggressor, marketed by
- Atomic Software. The game was a flop but the authors took the criticism
- to heart and re-wrote it to produce a game that, if it does as well as
- it deserves, should prove very popular.
- 7.4
- The game can be played by one or two players simultaneously and is a
- horizontally scrolling shoot-‘em-up, with the addition of platforms to
- provide you with access to more of the screen. However, along your way
- through each level, there are usually computer terminals to fix or
- prisoners to rescue which adds more interest to the missions.
- 7.4
- The bad guys come thick and fast and, if you’re lucky, so do the droids,
- carrying health and weapon power-ups.
- 7.4
- There are eight new missions, each with excellent, detailed graphics, so
- it should keep you occupied, particularly as the game has been made
- tougher since the original release.
- 7.4
- My only criticism is the title. How on earth can playing shoot-’em-ups
- all day long make you more macho?!?
- 7.4
- This is a quality product which is definitely worth the cash. A
- 7.4
- The Archive prices of these games are £10 (Buzz) and £15 (Matt Black).
- We cannot give any discount on the budget games except that postage and
- packing are, effectively only charged at 1p!
- 7.4
- Introducing Your Computer − 2
- 7.4
- Norfolk IT Team
- 7.4
- Last month, in the first of our series of articles for the absolute
- beginner, we covered the mouse, examined windows and got as far as
- loading one application, quitting from it and shutting down the computer
- after use. Now we shall begin using the keyboard and introduce the use
- of floppy discs for the storage of information.
- 7.4
- The keyboard
- 7.4
- Like the mouse, the keyboard is used for getting information into the
- computer. It will look fairly familiar to anyone who has used a
- typewriter before. There are four main groups of keys − the main QWERTY
- keyboard (so called because of the arrangement of the letter keys), the
- numeric keypad on the right of the keyboard, the function keys at the
- top and two small clusters of special keys between the QWERTY keyboard
- and the numeric keypad.
- 7.4
- QWERTY
- 7.4
- This is the area of the keyboard most likely to seem familiar. It works
- in pretty much the same way as a typewriter keyboard. To examine its
- functions let’s load an application. Move the mouse pointer until its
- tip is within the ‘Apps’ icon at the bottom left of your screen and
- click <select> once. This will open the Apps directory. Move the pointer
- over the ‘!Edit’ icon and double-click <select>. The Edit icon will
- appear on the iconbar. Clicking <select> on this icon will open a window
- with the title ‘Untitled’. Click <select> on the ‘toggle size’ icon of
- this window to open it to full screen size. Now you can type into this
- window. The red, vertical line is known as a ‘caret’ and indicates the
- point where the characters you type will be inserted into your text.
- 7.4
- The letter keys will behave as you might expect. To obtain the top
- character on a key marked with two characters, hold down one of the two
- <shift> keys as you type. This will also give you upper case letters. If
- you want to type in upper case for a while, press <capslock> to switch
- its green light on. Note that this does not have quite the same effect
- as holding down <shift>. You will still get ‘4’ rather than ‘$’ for
- instance.
- 7.4
- The <ctrl> key is used in conjunction with other keys to perform actions
- which may depend upon the application you are using. Using <ctrl-X> will
- often delete a selected area of text or a part of a drawing for
- instance. In general, different applications use <ctrl> in similar ways,
- cutting down considerably the time you will need to spend learning them.
- The <alt> key can be used to obtain characters not shown on the keyboard
- at all − try holding down the <alt> key and typing <4> (use the key on
- the QWERTY keypad, not the numeric keypad).
- 7.4
- Chars
- 7.4
- There is another way of getting characters other than those shown on the
- keyboard into text. Load Chars from the Apps directory by double-
- clicking with <select>. (If you have been following these instructions,
- you will probably have to use the ‘send to back’ icon on the Edit window
- to bring the Apps directory into view.) Chars does not install an icon
- on the iconbar but directly opens up a window. Clicking on the
- characters in this window will insert them at the caret. In this way you
- can get characters such as ‘©’ into your documents. Clicking on the
- ‘close the window’ icon will actually quit from the Chars application.
- 7.4
- Numeric keypad
- 7.4
- To the right of the keyboard is the aptly named numeric keypad. This
- enables more rapid entry of numbers for those familiar with using to a
- calculator. One might expect that there would be one common standard in
- these things but life just isn’t that simple − take a look at a
- telephone keypad! In addition to the numbers, there are keys here for a
- decimal point, plus, minus, division (/), multiplication (*), # and
- <enter> (which is an alternative to <return>). Pressing <numlock> will
- turn off its light and alter the way these keys work. Again, this is a
- facility which may be used in a particular way by certain applications.
- 7.4
- Function keys
- 7.4
- At the top of the keyboard are the function keys, labelled F1 to F12.
- These have specific uses which depend on the application you are using
- but, like the <ctrl> combinations, these tend to be similar from one
- application to another. Pressing <f12> will nudge the whole screen up a
- bit and insert a line at the bottom of the screen beginning with a ‘*’.
- This is known as the command line. In general, you will not need to use
- the command line but if you are keen to try, type the word ‘time’ and
- press <return>. You should see the current date and time at the bottom
- of the screen. Press <return> again to remove the command line and
- return to the ‘desktop⇧⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩’ as the normal screen is called.
- 7.4
- Special keys
- 7.4
- The four ‘arrow’ keys usually allow you to move the caret around the
- screen − try it in Edit. <Delete> deletes the character to the left of
- the caret and <copy> deletes the character to the right. <Pageup> and
- <pagedown> usually move through text one ‘windowful’ at a time in word-
- processors and <insert> is generally used in word-processing
- applications to insert a section of text at the caret position. <Home>
- usually takes the caret to the beginning of text that you are working
- on. <Print> is used by many applications to do just as you might expect
- (but more on printing later in this series). <Scroll lock> is not used
- in normal applications working on the desktop.
- 7.4
- <Break> is used (particularly in conjunction with <ctrl>) to ‘reset’ the
- computer. This is rather like switching the computer off and then on
- again except that you do not actually turn the power off. Don’t do this
- unless you really mean to because it will cause the computer to forget
- what it was working on and any text, for instance, that you were
- composing will be lost if you have not saved it onto a disc. There is
- also a key marked ‘Esc’ in the top left hand corner of the keyboard.
- Pressing this key will usually stop the computer from doing what it is
- currently engaged upon. An example of its use would be to stop the
- printing of a document when you have just realised that you need to make
- an important alteration but the printer has already started working.
- Somewhere on your computer there will be a ‘Reset’ button though this
- may not be on the main keyboard. Your manual will show you its location.
- Pressing this will reset your machine as described above, rather like
- pressing <ctrl-break>.
- 7.4
- Floppy discs
- 7.4
- Your Acorn A series computer may well have a hard disc drive fitted
- inside it. We shall come to the use of hard drives later on. For the
- moment we shall be concerned only with the use of floppy discs as all
- machines are able to use these and indeed, software you buy is most
- likely to be supplied on floppy discs.
- 7.4
- A floppy disc is shown here.
- 7.4
- The disc itself (the ‘floppy’ part) is enclosed inside a fairly rigid
- plastic case. When the disc is put into the disc drive, the computer
- pulls back the metal shutter on the disc case to reveal the actual disc
- inside. You can slide back the plate yourself but do not touch the
- surface of the disc − it is very vulnerable to fingerprints and
- contamination by any kind of dust or liquid.
- 7.4
- The way in which information is written onto this disc is similar to the
- way in which information is written onto a VHS video tape or an audio
- cassette − it is a process involving magnetism and therefore the disc is
- also affected by magnets − so keep magnets away from your discs!
- 7.4
- The surface of the disc shown in the illustration above is the side
- which should be uppermost when you insert the disc into the disc drive.
- The arrow indicates the direction in which the disc should be inserted −
- hold the label and put the metal end in first.
- 7.4
- The small hole in the bottom left hand corner of the disc is very
- important. If you turn the disc over you will see that a small plastic
- piece can be firmly pulled back and forth with a finger nail or suitable
- object and clicked into place so as to either cover or expose the
- rectangular hole. When this hole is exposed, the contents of the disc
- are protected and cannot be altered in any way or deleted. You may be
- familiar with a similar protection system employed on audio cassette
- tapes.
- 7.4
- Formatting
- 7.4
- Before a newly purchased disc can be used it must be ‘formatted’ for use
- on the particular computer with which it will be used. What is meant by
- formatting?
- 7.4
- Imagine that, without a map, you drop a valuable load out of a
- helicopter onto the surface of a vast desert. Months later, you return
- to retrieve your possession. You have little chance of finding it by
- just flying around the desert. If there were grid lines marked on the
- surface of the desert and you knew that you had dropped your load at a
- particular grid reference, you would stand a much better chance of
- retrieving it. Indeed, if the grid system was sufficiently detailed
- then, as long as the load had not been moved, you could be certain of
- locating it.
- 7.4
- An unformatted disc is like the uncharted desert − a featureless waste.
- The formatting process is analogous to the marking of the desert surface
- with grid lines. Unfortunately, different computer systems use different
- formatting methods and so discs are supplied unformatted and the
- purchaser must format the disc for their computer. In fact, the Acorn A
- series computers can use a number of different formats and this can be
- very useful if you use more than one kind of computer. For the moment we
- are going to consider just two ways of formatting discs for use only
- with Acorn machines.
- 7.4
- The discs you buy may be of two kinds. One type can store more
- information than the other. This larger capacity, so-called ‘high
- density’ disc will always have the initials ‘HD’ written on it on the
- opposite side of the metal plate to the insertion arrow. High density
- discs can be used with Acorn A3010, A3020, A4000, A5000 and A4
- computers. Earlier RISC OS computers such as A3000s, A310s and A420s etc
- can usually only use the standard density discs. If your computer can
- use the high density discs − get them − it is easier and cheaper to keep
- twice as much information on each disc.
- 7.4
- To format a disc, insert it into the disc drive. A fairly substantial
- clunk will tell you that it is in place. Move the mouse pointer over the
- floppy disc drive icon in the bottom left of the screen (if a window is
- obscuring the iconbar press <shift-f12> and the iconbar will come to the
- front of the screen, pressing <shift-f12> again will return it to the
- back) and click <menu>. Move the pointer onto the menu which appears and
- when the ‘Format’ option is ‘highlighted’, slide the pointer over the
- arrow to the right. If you have a high density disc then click <select>
- over the ADFS 1.6M option, otherwise click <select> over the ADFS 800K
- (E) option.
- 7.4
- A window will open like this...
- 7.4
- ... click on ‘Format’ and your disc drive will spring into action. A
- horizontal bar will show you the machine’s progress as it first formats
- and then verifies your disc. The verify process ensures that the
- computer is able to read what it has just written!
- 7.4
- Once your disc has been formatted, click on the ‘OK’ in the window. Now
- is the time to give your disc a name. To do this click <menu> over the
- disc drive icon again, move the pointer up to the ‘Name Disc’ option,
- slide over the arrow and a small window will open. If you move the
- pointer into the white space below the title bar of this window, a caret
- will appear and you can type in a name for the disc. You cannot use
- spaces, punctuation or characters such as $ in the disc name.
- 7.4
- When you have typed in the name, press <return>. At this point, it is a
- good idea to take out your disc (press the button beside the disc drive
- slot), apply a label and write the name of the disc on it. If the
- computer ever asks you to insert a particular disc (and it might) it is
- a lot easier if it has a recognisable name and it is clearly written on
- the label.
- 7.4
- Saving
- 7.4
- Now we will save some information on this newly formatted disc. If it is
- not already in the drive, insert it now. Click <select> on the floppy
- disc drive icon and a directory window will open for your disc. Use the
- adjust size icon to ensure that you can see both your Edit window with
- its text and your directory window. Click in your Edit window to ensure
- that you can see the caret and then press <f3>. This will open a window
- into which you can type a suitable name for your work. Do not press
- <return> when you have done this, but drag the icon that is above the
- name you have just entered, to the directory window and then release
- <select>. Your work will be saved and its icon will appear in the
- directory window for your disc.
- 7.4
- Loading
- 7.4
- Now to load your work. Let’s get bold − shut down the computer and then
- restart it. Now load Edit so that its icon appears on the iconbar.
- Insert your floppy disc into the drive, click on the floppy disc drive
- icon and then double-click on the icon for your work which appears in
- the directory window for the disc. Your work should now load into Edit
- ready to be altered, continued or whatever. A
- 7.4
- Explore with Flossy the Frog
- 7.4
- Richard Rymarz
- 7.4
- I thoroughly enjoy reviewing software, especially if it is of the
- quality that houses such as 4Mation produce. One of their most recent
- offerings is ‘Explore with Flossy the Frog’ and it lives up to my
- highest expectations.
- 7.4
- ‘Flossy’ is housed in a plastic wallet, contains three discs, operating
- instructions and teachers notes. It can be installed on a hard disc but
- a key disc has to be used each time the program is run. It costs £28.79
- for a single user version (£27 through Archive) and £57.58 for a site
- licence from 4Mation. A demo version of the program can be obtained from
- 4Mation on receipt of a blank disc and schools can evaluate the program
- on 28 days free approval. It will run on any Archimedes but 2Mb or more
- are needed.
- 7.4
- Aims
- 7.4
- The broad, general aims are ‘to provide reading opportunities, simple
- problem solving activities and a stimulus for creating activities away
- from the computer.’ Apparently, any fears that non-readers would be
- deterred by the written content of the program were soon dispelled when
- it was trialed with very young children − non-readers were just as
- enthralled by it. Consequently, it is aimed from pre-reading children up
- to the age of 8, either at school or in the home.
- 7.4
- The program
- 7.4
- Clicking on !Flossy (the whole program is mouse driven) results in the
- application installing itself on the iconbar. Clicking <menu> on Flossy
- opens up a number of options including the ability to save a position,
- restart, quit and a choices option that allows the user to choose the
- screen font and its size, a choice to conserve memory if things are
- tight and whether the default is full screen or in a window.
- 7.4
- The program multitasks and, in fact, I am writing this review using
- !Edit and there is a loud plopping noise in the background. Water is
- dripping from a tap into a dog bowl which just happens to be on a bank
- next to a lake and mountains (no reason for this is offered).
- 7.4
- From this first scene, the children are encouraged to explore the
- variety of objects in view. Some provide information, most jump into
- life with some engaging animation and others result in a change of
- scene. For example, clicking on the dog bowl results in the appearance
- of a large, barking dog. Flossy is not impressed and jumps into the lake
- where a whole new variety of creatures and objects come to life. My
- favourite is the water snake who make a series of amusing appearances
- which reminded me of a very funny scene from the film ‘Airplane’. But
- really it would be churlish to either criticise or acclaim any
- particular drawing or piece of animation. All are amusing, delightful
- and/or surprising. Many animations can happen at the same time (memory
- permitting), the sounds are realistic and music is used effectively.
- 7.4
- There is a simple element of problem solving − nothing which will be too
- taxing or unachievable given a fair amount of trial and error. The
- children’s imagination is to be exercised − can Flossy really jump so
- high that she can reach the moon? Answer − of course she can − just
- watch her! Finally, there is no real plot. Flossy’s adventures unfold in
- a gentle and imaginative way taking her (is Flossy a she?) to a planet
- in a space rocket, to the beach, under a lake, and into her bedroom and
- kitchen.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- ‘Explore with Flossy the Frog’ has all the hallmarks of an experienced
- educational software house developing its expertise to provide
- exceptionally high quality material. The drawings by Dutch artist Hans
- Rijnen are superb and the authoring system developed by Dave Caughly has
- been enhanced even since the publication of ‘Granny’s Garden’ and
- ‘Darryl the Dragon.’ Each scene is a joy to explore and was greeted with
- delight when I tested the program with a group of 6 year olds battle
- hardened on a diet of shoot-em-up games. Certainly, if their reaction is
- anything to go by then Flossy is a sure-fire winner.
- 7.4
- Does it live up to its stated aims? The answer is a definite yes.
- However, like many such programs, much as a child will profit from using
- the program alone, more will be gained if Flossy is explored in small
- groups or with the help of a sympathetic adult. If Flossy is to be used
- at home, parents should be prepared to join in with their children and
- enjoy with them the enchantment that this program offers.
- 7.4
- The documentation is excellent with simple suggestions for work away
- from the computer. There is no reference to the National Curriculum −
- thank goodness. Programs such as this should be left to the imagination
- of the children, parents and teachers.
- 7.4
- Finally
- 7.4
- 4Mation are very pleased with this program. They hope to have it
- published in America and are porting it to Windows and the Apple Mac.
- They plan several different language versions and, most interestingly, a
- sign language version for the deaf. This could be on several CD ROM
- discs and include a sign language video clip for each of the 300 pieces
- of text. A
- 7.4
- Hints & Tips
- 7.4
- • Backing up PC partitions. When backing up a PC partition (with
- filetype DosDisc) from a HardDrive with RISC OS 3 the ADFS sees the
- files in the partition as individual files so backs them up as such. So
- when you come to reinstate the partition afterwards the PC partition
- will no longer work, i.e. it will be a normal directory with files in.
- The way to overcome this is to reset the file type to Text before
- backing up and change it back afterwards. Brian Cocksedge, W Sussex.
- 7.4
- • Elite Cheat. On this month’s program disc (£2 through Archive) is a
- cheat for Elite v1.02 made with The Hacker program from DoggySoft. The
- cheat allows you to do more than the normal game will allow. The
- functions are made by using the right Ctrl key and some other keys not
- used in the game. Load the cheat module after you have the Elite
- commander on the iconbar and read the instructions carefully. It enables
- you to stop dead in space, go like a bat out of hell, have loads of
- energy bombs (useful for blasting those rock grabbers), have an
- indestructible energy unit, unlimited rockets and, as a small bonus,
- kills the asking of the word from the book when saving a commander file
- after you have run the game, back to the Desktop (saving time).
- S Edwards, W Midlands.
- 7.4
- • Epson Stylus 800 cartridge life − When the cartridge I had in my new
- Epson Stylus 800 ran out after it had printed only about 300 to 400
- sheets (instead of the quoted 700), I contacted Epson to discuss the
- matter! They asked whether I pressed Pause before switching off the
- printer. I said I did not and asked why it was important. They told me
- that it was because the printer goes through the print head cleaning
- process on every start-up unless Pause is pressed before switch-off. It
- is only necessary to clean the print head “about once a month”. They
- admitted that this is not mentioned in the manual(!), so I thought I
- would pass this gem of information on to other Archive subscribers!
- Stan Haselton, Abbots Langley.
- 7.4
- • JP150 sheet feeder − Owners of JP150 printers may be interested to
- know that the sheet feeder for the Integrex Betajet seems to be exactly
- the same as the one for the JP150. The good news is that the Integrex
- one costs approximately £40 +VAT (£47) as against £77 inc VAT. I wonder
- why the Acorn product is so much more expensive? Alan Shelton, Sutton-
- in-Ashfield.
- 7.4
- • Magazine storage − An alternative to the Archive magazine binders is
- to use what are called K-Bins which are basically topless cardboard
- boxes. They are designed for storing components but work quite nicely
- for Archive magazines and cost about £1.15 each. I am happy to supply
- them to people at cost plus postage − let me know if you are interested.
- Bob Ames, Dept of Music, City University, Northampton Square, London
- EC1V 0HB.
- 7.4
- • Mouse mat grooming − Next time you groom your mouse, take a look at
- your mat. If it has a layer of stubborn fibres, cat hairs etc, try using
- one of those rolling, tacky lint removers that you use on suits and
- jackets. Nik Kelly, Liverpool.
- 7.4
- • PC card and screen blanking − After installing a new hard drive, I had
- to re-install everything and set the computer up as though it were new.
- While I was restoring some of the PC programs, my screen went blank and
- no keypresses would bring it back. What seemed odd was that the
- computer was still working, reading the disc.
- 7.4
- Each time this happened, I reset the computer and then, when I was at
- Acorn World 93, I had a word with Aleph One. They explained that, when
- the PC card had “input focus” all keystrokes were passed through to the
- card and so RISC OS was unaware that keys had been pressed − so the
- screen blanker was coming into operation and was locking in the blank
- state. Because of this, I would need to disable the screen blanker in
- order to use the PC card.
- 7.4
- As I don’t use the blanker very much, it was only a slight nuisance, but
- I carried out an experiment and found out that mouse movement was still
- done via the main operating system. Because of this, all that is needed
- to get the screen back is a very slight movement of the mouse.
- 7.4
- I suppose that if you were wanting to work with text in a word processor
- it would be a good idea to disable the screen blanker, but most of the
- time it is unnecessary. David Wild, Hemel Hempstead.
- 7.4
- • Scanners and Turbo Drivers − A slight problem for users of Turbo
- Drivers is that, sometimes, the printout from ArcFax with CC’s scanner
- becomes garbled for no sensible reason. The solution is to turn your
- printer on. It does not have to be online but just switched on. It works
- every time. Tord Eriksson, Sweden.
- 7.4
- • Time errors − Recently, I found that whilst !Alarm, and indeed most
- other applications, could work out the correct time, those I had written
- in C were wildly inaccurate (over a year and a half out!). The same
- program would work fine on the office A5000 but on my RISC OS 3 A3000,
- it refused to give me anything but 1995. Finally, I tracked the problem
- down to the Territory Manager (literally just by chance, I was actually
- looking up ‘time’ in the PRM’s and spotted it. Somehow the configured
- timezone was −23:45, well outside the allowed limits of +/−13 hrs.
- !Alarm took off the correct value but when I reset it to zero, the
- machine jumped ahead by a day. Why CLib gave such a large error, I don’t
- know. Matthew Hunter, NCS. A
- 7.4
- RiscCAD − A First Look
- 7.4
- Richard Fallas
- 7.4
- RiscCAD was unknown to me until Acorn World 93, although I’ve since seen
- it advertised in the other magazines. Davyn Software kindly allowed me
- to try out the package so that I could review it for Archive. A full
- review, with relevant comparisons with the opposition will take me a bit
- longer than Paul’s deadlines permit so this is an initial summary.
- 7.4
- The screen shots on the manual cover show a circuit diagram but this is
- a full CAD application of more general use. It costs £199 inc VAT and
- this places it neatly between WorraCAD at around £112 and ProCAD at
- £460. What level of facilities does RiscCAD offer? A substantial manual,
- albeit with rather brief index, quick reference guide, function key
- strip and latest version release note are provided along with the
- program disc and examples disc. Start-up from hard disc requires
- insertion of the original disc BUT this may be backed up. RISC OS 3.10
- is an essential requirement for use of the program.
- 7.4
- Initial impressions are that RiscCAD has a very professional appearance.
- Icons are clear, larger and less numerous initially than ProCAD, and
- attractive on-screen. Tool icons are ranged in 9 pairs down the left
- side, and open on selection to sub-menus positioned horizontally (but
- this may be altered) very much in the style of Drafix (on the PC). HiRes
- and LoRes sprites are provided and both are very good, but I’m still
- looking for the HiRes switch! A help message window is also available.
- Many control key combinations are standard Acorn options, e.g. <ctrl-A>
- for “select all”.
- 7.4
- The program uses integer maths at a low level, as does ProCAD, and
- redraws are correspondingly rapid − comparisons with other packages will
- follow, when I’ve taken delivery of my flak jacket! Unlike ProCAD, it
- offers associative dimensioning. The tool selection is very extensive
- but does not match ProCAD, with no provision for non-circular curves.
- Object snap options are also less numerous than ProCAD but cover the
- most commonly required choices. In use the snaps felt “dead” as no
- audible or visual confirmation is offered that a snap is available
- before selection. The icon selection is better than WorraCAD, however,
- again in line with the program cost.
- 7.4
- I liked the way that sub-toolboxes could be rearranged around the screen
- to make best use of available space. Many options could be saved as a
- start-up setting. Less impressive was the Zoom facility. This is
- apparently achieved solely through use of the F10 key, and I couldn’t
- find a mouse controlled Zoom option although a scale to current window
- option is provided. The !Draw (and ProCAD) method of using Shift+Mouse
- to give a zoom window would be an important (essential?) improvement. I
- still like the old PDT method of + and − keys, perhaps with <ctrl>, to
- zoom in and out and this could also be implemented.
- 7.4
- Limited hatching facilities are offered, as are symbols and many text
- options, although outline fonts are not supported which is a strong
- ProCAD feature. Step and repeat copying is available, and also arrays.
- Parallel lines/arcs, fillets and chamfers are also included and up to 16
- layers may be used. Objects may be “broken” and lines trimmed/extended.
- Hiding of objects is also possible, both individually and by type.
- Access to plotters is extensive and controllable, if required, via
- script files.
- 7.4
- The program had a predictable and “solid” feel in use, and so far has
- been robust, i.e. no crashes as yet! To do it justice, I need to spend
- rather longer trying all the features I can find − and working out which
- are missing! This is a time-consuming business and has to be fitted into
- my workload.
- 7.4
- In summary, RiscCAD offers good functionality and speed at a realistic
- price for many users. Future extensions may add facilities − I get the
- feeling that Davyn Software will listen carefully to suggestions from
- users. It goes beyond WorraCAD in most respects, yet is not so
- ambitious, or costly, as ProCAD. A useful addition to RISC-Ware and I
- hope it sells well and develops further. A
- 7.4
- Econet Column
- 7.4
- Dave Emsley
- 7.4
- I have two main items this month. The first is a look at Robert
- Chrismas’ !RAMScrap application and the second is a look at the problems
- of serving Archimedes applications on a Level 3 Econet network leading
- into a review of !AppFS which will be a great help for those of us still
- having to survive on Econet.
- 7.4
- !RAMScrap
- 7.4
- Archimedes systems all require writable scrap space for some of their
- operations. This was originally provided within the !System folder.
- However, recently, the method has changed to a separate !Scrap
- application. So what happens if none is available − for example, when
- using a network as a guest user?
- 7.4
- Enter a new utility called !RAMScrap written by Robert Chrismas. This is
- an application which, when clicked on creates a 64Kb RAM disc (if one
- does not exist) and uses it for scrap files. If an empty RAM disc
- already exists, but is not 64Kb or greater, it is extended. If one
- exists but is not empty it is used at its current size.
- 7.4
- As Robert says in the !Help file, “!RAMScrap tries to cope with most of
- these problems but is not afraid to give up.”
- 7.4
- The only time I could manage to get it to fail to work was when there
- was less than 64Kb of memory available to it.
- 7.4
- Is 64Kb of Scrap space enough?
- 7.4
- I didn’t think it was, but I can’t get !RAMScrap to fail. I loaded up
- both Revelation ImagePro and Ovation and created an 800Kb sprite.
- Dragging this sprite from Revelation to an Ovation picture frame worked
- correctly. I tried the same using Paint and Draw and a 500Kb sprite − no
- problem. Either 64Kb is enough or the Scrap area isn’t used in the way I
- thought it was.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- This is an excellent utility. I haven’t exhaustively tried it in a
- classroom situation but I intend to try replace the current !Scrap
- application in a few users’ directories and test it out thoroughly.
- 7.4
- !RAMScrap is available on this month’s Archive Program Disc, price £2.
- 7.4
- Application Serving on Econet
- 7.4
- Serving Archimedes applications on a Level 3 Econet network is far from
- ideal due to the time it takes to load. This is obviously not a
- criticism of the applications which are very good, once loaded, but
- Econet was designed in the good old days of BBC Bs and Masters and the
- largest applications on these were 64Kb long. Having said that, the
- network does offer two very important things: security and a common user
- interface.
- 7.4
- Security is important in an open access area because if the software
- were stored on floppy disc, anyone could simply take the discs away with
- them. This was the system that we used previously, until discs started
- going missing, but now the majority of software for which we have a
- licence is available to students via the network.
- 7.4
- It is important to have a common user interface so that students know,
- for example, that if they need to use a spreadsheet, they double
- clicking on !Apps and then double clicking on SSheets. This will present
- them with a choice of spreadsheets to use − and all this should be
- independent of their physical location in the college or school.
- 7.4
- When you consider that the loading times may be doubled, and in some
- cases trebled, compared with loading from floppy discs, is it too high a
- price to pay for the added security and the common user interface? Well,
- I would have said that it was but a new product has appeared that has
- given Econet a new lease of life.
- 7.4
- AppFS
- 7.4
- AppFS from AngelSoft is an application which allows a hard disc from any
- station on a network to be distributed across the network to allow
- faster loading of applications.
- 7.4
- First impressions
- 7.4
- AppFS arrived in a cardboard folder with a plastic pocket holding the
- single disc and a booklet of instructions. The A5 sized booklet consists
- of 19 pages on A4 paper folded, no fancy cover, no colours, no staples
- just clearly printed and easy-to-follow instructions. As I said in my
- review of NetManage (Archive 6.9 p25) this is all a network manager
- needs − leave the fancy boxes for the software that has to sell by its
- looks or for impressing the Governors. As long as I can follow the
- instructions that’s all that matters to me. If it saves costs, I
- personally would even accept documentation for this kind of application
- on the disc.
- 7.4
- The application suite comprises of two applications: !AppFS and
- !AppServer. The introductory section of the manual goes into detail
- about how these applications work and the expected speed increases (2-4
- times). It also explains that there is a down side to the application in
- that the disc being served MUST be write protected.
- 7.4
- Setting up the software
- 7.4
- The manual goes into very specific detail on how to set up the software
- for any eventuality, be it a Level 3 or Level 4 network, EtherNet, mixed
- economy or just plain old Econet.
- 7.4
- AppServer
- 7.4
- Part of this section explains how to adapt the software to make it
- autoboot. I tried this on our A440/1 with RISC OS 3.1 and it worked
- perfectly first time. When the machine is reset or switched on, the
- application AppFS Filer now appears in the modules list and an icon
- appears on the iconbar.
- 7.4
- On the server machine, clicking on this icon will produce the same
- result as clicking on the HardDisc icon except that the title at the top
- begins “AppFS::$..” not “ADFS::$..” Software from this can be loaded as
- if from the normal HardDisc4 icon although loading times are slightly
- slower than when loading direct from the applications on hard disc.
- 7.4
-
- 7.4
- Hard Disc AppFSFiler
- 7.4
- Junior PinPoint 6 10
- 7.4
- Ovation 9 14
- 7.4
- Eureka 9 19
- 7.4
- Revelation ImagePro 5 8
- 7.4
- PenDown 5 6
- 7.4
- RISC OS 3 Printers 16 20
- 7.4
- AppServer Control
- 7.4
- One of the configurable options in the !Run file is to have the
- AppFSServer icon on the iconbar. The reason for this is so that the
- manager can update the server station by adding files and/or
- applications while the server is running.
- 7.4
- Whilst off line, the icon on all clients changes to a “crossed out”
- version. Clicking on this produces either the error “Application Server
- is offline” or the error “Please insert HardDisc4”. I think that this
- second one is an unsatisfactory and misleading message. It occurs when
- AppFS has been used and then the server has been put off line. If AppFS
- hasn’t been used then the first error message results.
- 7.4
- !AppFS
- 7.4
- This is the application which needs to be run on the client stations. In
- the manual, the information for making it boot automatically is given
- but I didn’t want it to boot automatically on all stations so I
- temporarily put it into a user’s directory to test it out. A suggested
- version of the application !Armboot is provided with AppFS and I tried
- this in a user’s directory with the result that AppFS loaded and then
- logged me off. Although AppFS does work without being logged on, I felt
- that this was not a good idea because if a user logs on they want to
- stay logged on. A phone call to AngelSoft solved this. The !ArmBoot, as
- supplied, is for the user ‘Boot’ to ensure that if it is automatically
- loaded into every machine from the start, it loads, then logs off so
- that no-one remains logged on as the user ‘Boot’. The correct way of
- running this from a user’s directory is to run !AppFS by double clicking
- this (or incorporating it into a boot sequence).
- 7.4
- Loading software
- 7.4
- Once AppFS is loaded on the client and AppServer is loaded on the server
- (not our fileserver incidentally) clicking on the AppFS icon produced an
- unexpected error. The hard disc on the A440 is set to boot with a
- desktop boot file and this caused the error ‘Please insert disc
- HardDisc4’ to occur due to several lines beginning Filer_Boot
- ADFS::$.... Eventually, after clicking innumerable Cancels for the above
- message, the expected directory viewer of the A440’s hard disc appeared
- and I was able to attempt loading applications. The quoted speed
- increases (i.e. 2-4 times) were achieved on all but the RISC OS 3.1
- printer driver. In actual fact, the speed using AppFS is only marginally
- faster than from floppy disc. (I believe that this is more a function of
- what the printer driver does when it is being installed rather than the
- speed of the medium. Even on my 670Mb drive, !Printers takes well over
- 10s to load. Ed.)
- 7.4
- AppFS Network Floppy
- 7.4
- Junior PinPoint 13 25 15
- 7.4
- Ovation 20 40 32
- 7.4
- Eureka 30 59 32
- 7.4
- Revelation ImagePro 9 18
- 11
- 7.4
- PenDown 6 13 9
- 7.4
- RISC OS 3 Printers 20 23
- 20
- 7.4
- Problems
- 7.4
- The only problem encountered was with the !Boot file on the hard disc
- that is being served causing problems. Because there is a !Scrap
- application on the A440 hard disc, this causes an error message “AppFS
- Discs are write protected” on the client machine. The best way I can
- envisage AppFS being used is for the disc that is being served to be a
- small separate disc or a partition of the main disc and for it not to
- have either a Boot or Scrap application on it. This might mean
- purchasing say a hard card or cheap IDE disc and fitting it inside any
- large (i.e. 4Mb) machine. The best way, however, must be for it to be
- fitted into a machine which is also acting as the Level 4 fileserver
- using the smaller disc for applications with AppFS and the larger for
- files under Level 4. We don’t yet have Level 4 but I tried this idea out
- using !AWServer (a public domain file server utility from Alan Williams)
- and it works fine.
- 7.4
- Conclusion
- 7.4
- To evaluate this application thoroughly, you would ideally need access
- to an extensive or multiple net network. What I can say though is that,
- for our establishment with its single cable Econet, this application
- does exactly what is is intended to do and does it well. It was easy to
- set up and the telephone support provided by AngelSoft was first rate.
- This application is a must for schools who are serving applications
- across a network.
- 7.4
- !AppFS costs £130 +VAT from AngelSoft. A
- 7.4
- JPEG Column
- 7.4
- Stuart Bell
- 7.4
- Impression and JPEG
- 7.4
- Perhaps the most important news for JPEGers since this column started
- was buried away in one magazine’s references to the latest incarnations
- of the Impression DTP application. It was the news that Impression
- Publisher would support the JPEG file format. Let me explain the
- potential significance of this news.
- 7.4
- Until now, if you wanted to include a JPEG file in any Impression
- document, it first had to be de-JPEGed back to Acorn sprite format. A
- document with a number of such files could become very large indeed and
- I often had trouble squeezing the Impression files of articles for this
- column to the point at which they would fit on a 800Kb floppy disc for
- sending to Paul and had to resort to cropping them with !Paint. The
- silly thing was that almost all of them had started out as JPEG files,
- but they had to be decompressed to be part of an Impression document.
- Because any quality-loss occurs when a sprite file is compressed to a
- JPEG file, and not on decompression, a 357Kb sprite file was of no
- higher quality than the 30Kb JPEG file that produced it!
- 7.4
- I contacted Computer Concepts to find our how the system will work. The
- crucial question was whether the latest versions of Impression will
- store the files in a ‘foreign’ format or convert them to sprite format
- within a stored Impression document. If they are converted before
- storing, the space-saving gains offered by JPEG will be lost.
- 7.4
- Apparently, the system works like this: when an image file is loaded
- into Impression in a format which it does not recognise, it ‘asks
- around’ any applications which the system has seen to see if they
- ‘understand’ the format. If any do – and there will be a variety of
- conversion applications for a wide range of formats – then, totally
- transparently to the user, the application will be used to convert the
- file format for Impression (or Artworks for that matter) to display.
- 7.4
- At the moment, the image in the original format will be deleted from
- memory because, as in the case of something like TIFF files, the
- conversion overhead for the variety of possible variant formats makes it
- a laborious process to convert the file each time it is displayed.
- 7.4
- Furthermore, the ability of Impression Style and Impression Publisher to
- read JPEG files is only theoretical, for it has not yet been
- implemented. All that is needed is the writing of an application to
- perform the conversion under the “Object Linking and Embedding” protocol
- which Impression uses. CC hopes to collaborate with Acorn on this point.
- 7.4
- Computer Concepts recognise that, with JPEG, deleting the JPEG file from
- memory and storing the image within the document as a sprite file would
- lose all the space-saving benefits which JPEG offers. However, within
- memory it would need to keep both the JPEG file and the sprite file, as
- it would be too time-consuming to convert the JPEG image each time it is
- to be displayed. I was told that it would be possible simply to keep the
- sprite file in memory and keep the disc file in JPEG format,
- reconverting the file each time the document is loaded. The disadvantage
- of this approach is that a recipient of the Impression document would
- have to have the JPEG-decoding application, otherwise they would not be
- able to read any document that included images stored in JPEG format.
- 7.4
- Clearly, unless images can be kept in JPEG format, the space-saving
- benefits are lost and the only real advantage to the user is the
- transparency of the conversion process. I do hope that Computer Concepts
- will produce a JPEG-reader application under the OLE protocol, and
- implement a ‘keep in JPEG format’ facility in future releases of
- Impression.
- 7.4
- MPEG improved − has it an Acorn future?
- 7.4
- Andrew Ling kindly sent me some JPEG files and also a later version of
- the !MPEG application which I described last time. Clearly, that was a
- very early release and the one that Andrew has sent (version 2.06) is
- smaller and has sprites for higher resolution screens, but most
- importantly clears the MPEG image from the screen when the movie has
- run. The new MPEG filetype is now &BF8. Even though it’s not a true WIMP
- application, the eradication of earlier “wrinkles” plus its display size
- makes !MPEG by Paul LeBeau the MPEG application for Acorn machines – at
- least for the moment. Apparently, this version also supports the PCATS
- 16 bit-per-pixel graphics card. Now, what about the 24bpp cards now
- being announced?
- 7.4
- Currently, MPEG runs no faster than about one frame per second. That’s
- on my relatively slow ARM3-powered A310, but even with the latest
- A5000s, I wouldn’t expect anything over three frames a second. It’s
- crystal-clear now why Acorn went for their proprietary Replay
- compression system. It is asymmetric, in that compression takes an awful
- long time and requires special hardware, but decompression can be done
- in real time without any additional hardware. The Replay DIY board now
- allows reasonably cost-effective compression, and anyone can play Replay
- movies. I saw some running at Acorn World 93 in October, and very
- impressive they were! Certainly, no-one would mistake them for a
- ‘proper’ video, but the quality would be very acceptable for many
- applications.
- 7.4
- Is there, then, any future for MPEG under RISC OS when Replay is the
- official full-motion-video format? I read, in a recent Byte magazine, of
- the availability of MPEG player hardware for PC machines − confirming
- the need for hardware support for MPEG decompression. I also noticed in
- December’s Computer Shopper that the latest release of Microsoft’s Video
- for Windows (1.5) supports the JPEG file format, and also that “dial-a-
- video” cable systems commonly use hardware-supported MPEG compression
- and decompression to maximise the cable bandwidth.
- 7.4
- The point that I’m trying to make is that of industry standards. JPEG
- and MPEG are such standards. However, for all its technical excellence,
- Replay is not. When MPEG decompression boards cost, say, £50 each, will
- Replay’s non-standard file format be a millstone around our necks? Only
- time will tell – your comments will be appreciated.
- 7.4
- Also, in connection with Replay, a self-explanatory quotation from
- Roland Perry’s report on Comdex in January’s Computer Shopper: “To
- display full-motion video effectively on most microcomputers in
- circulation today requires dedicated hardware (the 32-bit Acorn
- Archimedes is an exception). . .” How’s that for a tribute to Replay
- from the PC-orientated world?
- 7.4
- A free MPEG disc
- 7.4
- Until someone produces an MPEG movie recorder application (as opposed to
- the existing players like !MPEG), none of us can produce MPEG movies,
- and so I thought that there might be some interest in a disc containing
- !MPEG and a few movie files. Since !MPEG is really little more than an
- interesting – rather than useful – application at the moment, I don’t
- think that it merits a proper Archive shareware disc. So, if you would
- like an MPEG disc with a “player” and some movies, please send a pre-
- formatted 800Kb disc in a jiffy-bag – not an ordinary envelope – with a
- label with your name and address and a postage stamp so that I can
- simply re-label and re-stamp the jiffy-bag and send it back to you, to
- me at 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, RH12 2AW. No label or stamp – no disc!
- 7.4
- !CFSIscale
- 7.4
- M R Davies has written a useful application to calculate the scaling
- factors to be entered into !ChangeFSI when changing sprite sizes.
- Particularly when working with colour printers, all sorts of
- interference patterns can be introduced if the printer drivers do the
- scaling of the sprite being printed. It’s far better to do it properly
- with !ChangeFSI, so that each pixel of the sprite corresponds to one
- pixel produced by the printer. For example, if you want to print a
- picture four inches wide on a 300dpi printer, then it’s best to use
- !ChangeFSI to scale the sprite to be exactly 1200 pixels wide first, as
- its error correction techniques are far better than those of the
- !Printers applications. !CFSI scale calculates the scaling factors for
- you. Although it’s not strictly a JPEG application, it could be useful,
- and will be on this month’s Archive program disc.
- 7.4
- Cross-platform portability with JPEG
- 7.4
- Bernard Maugoust has written pointing out the benefits of the JPEG
- format for passing data between different computers. I quote him at some
- length because his findings will be of interest to other “cross-
- readers”: “Shortly after the announcement of the shareware disc you’ve
- put together, I received a DOS formatted disc (720Kb) mostly filled with
- deep-sky pictures taken with various CCD cameras and amateur telescopes.
- As I am the only Archimedes user to receive it (it comes as a side-dish
- subscription to an astronomy magazine, ‘Pulsar’), I had to request the
- compression to JPEG to pack as many of them onto the 720Kb discs. After
- I received my copy of Shareware 51, I tried viewing those pictures on
- the following programs: FYEO, JView and Jewel.
- 7.4
- The findings are: (a) all could be viewed through FYEO, (b) some
- couldn’t be displayed correctly using JView, at least on my normal
- resolution monitor, (c) all were be decompressed correctly by Jewel,
- (d) FYEO accepted the files and displayed them even when still filetyped
- as DOS ones (just by dropping the file onto iconbar icon), which Jview
- and Jewel would not do − just change their filetype to ‘jpeg’ (C85) if
- they can be written to freely.”
- 7.4
- Such ‘deep-space’ pictures are about the hardest to re-print from laser
- originals, but to give Archive readers a flavour of how JPEG is being
- used for cross-platform portability, below is one of the files which
- Bernard sent.
- 7.4
- Irlam Instrument’s ImageBank
- 7.4
- Tom Kirby-Green kindly sent me a copy of a demonstration disc which he
- picked up at Acorn World 93. It was Irlam’s ImageBank application which,
- to quote its read-me file, “contains images compressed using ‘state-of-
- the-art’ JPEG (Joint Photographics Experts Group) techniques. This
- allows 10 Mb of colour scans to be squeezed onto an 800Kb floppy. All
- the images in the ImageBank archive are stored in 24 bit format − they
- are not simply sprites.”
- 7.4
- The chopped down version presents the user with a neat scrollable
- window, displaying thumb-nail impressions of each image in the archive.
- Selecting any one of them initiates the de-compression process, and the
- de-JPEGed image can be loaded into Paint for viewing, or saved to disc.
- The full version of ImageBank allows compression to JPEG format, and the
- saving of 24-bit Clear files.
- 7.4
- The twelve images supplied are very attractive, the front-end is very
- nice and the thumbnails are very useful, but on the evidence of the free
- version, I can’t recommend ImageBank to readers of this column. Why?
- Firstly, because ImageBank consistently decompressed one demo file
- (“Mex”) to give a unuseably skewed image when the “optimised” option was
- set. Secondly, and more importantly, it’s about 10–20% slower at de-
- compression than the Public Domain !FYEO application and requires Paint
- to view the decompressed image. If you need to do a lot of compression,
- the full version of ImageBank may be quicker than !JPEGit, but this
- commercial product serves to show yet again how good the PD !FYEO
- application really is.
- 7.4
- JPEG and the ColourCard
- 7.4
- Tom also responded to my request in December for some tests of JPEG
- conversion speeds with a separate Colour Card (the latest “Gold”
- version) – so that the memory bandwidth problem of 256-colour modes on
- normal displays is eliminated. Because his A5000 runs its main memory
- 50% faster than does my A310 and probably gets data off its hard disc
- faster, I append my own results alongside his. For the decompression
- using !FYEO of the same 608×460 image, our timings were:
- 7.4
- Mode: A310 A5000 C.Card
- 7.4
- 12 12 sec 9 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- 15 18 sec 9 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- 20 13 sec 9 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- 21 39 sec 10 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- 28 35 sec 10 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- 31 13 sec 10 sec 9 sec
- 7.4
- Tom notes that in mode 103 (256 colours at 800 ×600), the Colour Card
- also took 9 seconds. For compression using !Creator 1.41 as a ‘front
- end’, he reports that the use of the Colour Card reduces times by about
- 15%. He comments that a true colour sprite looks lovely with 65536
- colours. I only need one colour − green for envy!
- 7.4
- I find these results fascinating − not just the Colour Card results, but
- also the differences bet-ween the A310 (with ARM3) and A5000
- performances. Two months ago, I went on at length about the overhead of
- 256-colour modes on processing speed. Now, it’s clear from these results
- that the 12MHz speed of A5000 memory overcomes most of the bandwidth
- problems experienced by me on my A310 with its 8MHz main memory. In mode
- 21, the A5000 was almost four times as fast, or so it would appear.
- 7.4
- VIDC Enhancer performance degradation
- 7.4
- But then I wondered if there could be any other cause for these
- differences. I had already eliminated the overhead of using Compression
- to store the files being converted (typically five or six seconds a file
- in this case.) I am using the Watford Electronics VGA VIDC Enhancer to
- drive an SVGA monitor – could this be degrading performance? My A310
- won’t drive such a monitor in modes 20, 21 or 31, without the enhancer
- and its software but I tried the VGA modes 27 and 28 straight from RISC
- OS. Without the enhancer, some VGA monitors may not synchronise with the
- 24MHz pixel clock (rather than the proper VGA 25.5MHz) that older Acorn
- computers produce, but mine did, and the results were: Mode 28 (256
- colour 640×480) display: With the Watford VIDC enhancer and software: 35
- seconds. Without the enhancer, using the RISC OS 3 screen driver: 25
- seconds (cf. the A5000’s 10 seconds).
- 7.4
- One may assume that A300s or A400s driving a multi-sync monitor in mode
- 21 would take a similar time. One must put this ten second difference
- down to the relative inefficiency of the software provided with the
- enhancer − an overhead of 28% in mode 28. (There is no significant
- degradation with the 16-colour mode 27.)
- 7.4
- This does illustrate the difficulty of obtaining a ‘level playing field’
- when trying to run comparative benchmarks. The safe conclusion must be
- that machines with 8MHz main memory offer only 40% of the processing
- power of an A5000 when in a 256 colour mode. Now, wasn’t some company
- talking about a 12MHz memory speed-up board when the A310 4Mb memory
- upgrade business was at its peak?
- 7.4
- If anyone with an A30x0 or A4000 has !FYEO and the “Donkeys” JPEG file
- from the ImageBank application, it would be very interesting to hear of
- your results. In the mean time, thanks to Tom for two pieces of
- interesting JPEG material.
- 7.4
- Version 4 of the IJG routines
- 7.4
- When comparing the results produced by different versions of the
- International JPEG Group’s routines, I commented that because version 4
- expects full word parameters (e.g -Quality instead of -Q) JPEG
- applications which use cjpeg and djpeg routines which implement the IJG
- software would need recompiling to pass on the full word parameters.
- Neil Hoggarth, author of the excellent !JFIF application, has written to
- point out that the switches can be abbreviated with version 4 routines,
- and so no recompilation is necessary. Just replacing the old version 3
- cjpeg and djpeg routines in a working copy of !ChangeFSI with the new
- ones is all that is needed. Thanks to Neil for pointing that out. You
- might like to try it – version 4 does produce different – and I think
- better – results than version 3. Of course, the fastest de-JPEGer,
- !FYEO, uses its own decompression routines and so they can’t be changed.
- 7.4
- He also tells me that he has started work on a new full blown JPEG
- application. It may be a while in coming to completion, only because the
- IJG is working on version 5 of its routines, and Neil wants his
- application to use them. Secondly, he’s got a Colour Card on order
- (lucky chap!) and wants to include a “True Colour” capability in the
- application. We wait with interest, Neil!
- 7.4
- And finally
- 7.4
- If you’ve written to me since the first week in December and are
- wondering why your letter hasn’t been mentioned, it’s because I’m
- sending this column to Paul rather earlier than usual – before the
- Christmas rush, and my holiday after Christmas. So, those contributions
- and any responses to this month’s JPEG material should appear in two
- month’s time – unless some earth-shattering JPEG news appears in the
- meantime! A
- 7.4
- I have confused things further − Stuart’s article arrived so early that
- it got into this, the January magazine, instead of the February